Garmin | G2000: Cessna T240 | Garmin G2000: Cessna T240 G2000 Pilot's Guide for the Cessna T240

Garmin G2000: Cessna T240 G2000 Pilot's Guide for the Cessna T240
G2000
™
Garmin (Europe) Ltd.
Liberty House, Bulls Copse Road
Houndsdown Business Park
Southampton, SO40 9RB, U.K.
p:44/0870.8501241
f:44/0870.8501251
www.garmin.com
Cessna T240
Garmin Corporation
No. 68, Jangshu 2nd Road
Shijr, Taipei County, Taiwan
p:886/02.2642.9199
f:886/02.2642.9099
™
Garmin AT, Inc.
2345 Turner Road SE
Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A.
p:503.391.3411
f:503.364.2138
G2000 Pilot’s Guide
Garmin International, Inc.
1200 East 151st Street
Olathe, KS 66062, U.S.A.
p:913.397.8200
f:913.397.8282
190-01263-02
Revision A
Integrated Flight Deck
Pilot’s Guide
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
AUDIO & CNS
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Copyright © 2011-2013 Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved.
This manual reflects the operation of System Software version 1308.10 or later for the Cessna T240. Some differences in operation may
be observed when comparing the information in this manual to later software versions.
Garmin International, Inc., 1200 East 151st Street, Olathe, Kansas 66062, U.S.A.
Tel: 913/397.8200Fax: 913/397.8282
Garmin AT, Inc., 2345 Turner Road SE, Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A.
Tel: 503/391.3411Fax 503/364.2138
Garmin (Europe) Ltd, Liberty House, Bulls Copse Road, Hounsdown Business Park, Southampton, SO40 9RB, U.K.
Tel: 44/0870.8501241Fax: 44/0870.8501251
Garmin Corporation, No. 68, Jangshu 2nd Road, Shijr, Taipei County, Taiwan
Tel: 886/02.2642.9199Fax: 886/02.2642.9099
For after-hours emergency, aircraft on ground (AOG) technical support for Garmin panel mount and integrated avionics systems, please
contact Garmin’s AOG Hotline at 913.397.0836.
Website Address: www.garmin.com
Except as expressly provided herein, no part of this manual may be reproduced, copied, transmitted, disseminated, downloaded or stored
in any storage medium, for any purpose without the express written permission of Garmin. Garmin hereby grants permission to download
a single copy of this manual and of any revision to this manual onto a hard drive or other electronic storage medium to be viewed for
personal use, provided that such electronic or printed copy of this manual or revision must contain the complete text of this copyright notice
and provided further that any unauthorized commercial distribution of this manual or any revision hereto is strictly prohibited.
Garmin® , FliteCharts®, and SafeTaxi® are registered trademarks of Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. These trademarks may not be used
without the express permission of Garmin. G2000™, ESP™ , Garmin ESP™, and Garmin SVT™ are trademarks of Garmin Ltd. or its
subsidiaries.
NavData® is a registered trademark of Jeppesen, Inc.; Stormscope® is a registered trademark of L-3 Communications; ; Honeywell®
and Bendix/King® are registered trademarks of Honeywell International, Inc.; Becker® is a registered trademark of Becker Flugfunkwerk
GmbH.
SiriusXM Weather and SiriusXM Satellite Radio are provided by SiriusXM Satellite Radio, Inc.
aopa membership publications, inc. and its related organizations (hereinafter collectively “aopa”) expressly disclaim all warranties,
with respect to the aopa information included in this data, express or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties
of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. The information is provided “as is” and aopa does not warrant or make any
representations regarding its accuracy, reliability, or otherwise. under no circumstances including negligence, shall aopa be liable for any
incidental, special or consequential damages that result from the use or inability to use the software or related documentation, even if
aopa or an aopa authorized representative has been advised of the possibility of such damages. user agrees not to sue aopa and, to
the maximum extent allowed by law, to release and hold harmless aopa from any causes of action, claims or losses related to any actual
or alleged inaccuracies in the information. some jurisdictions do not allow the limitation or exclusion of implied warranties or liability for
incidental or consequential damages so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you.
AC-U-KWIK and its related organizations (hereafter collectively “AC-U-KWIK Organizations”) expressly disclaim all warranties with
respect to the AC-U-KWIK information included in this data, express or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of
merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. The information is provided “as is” and AC-U-KWIK Organizations do not warrant or
make any representations regarding its accuracy, reliability, or otherwise. Licensee agrees not to sue AC-U-KWIK Organizations and, to the
maximum extent allowed by law, to release and hold harmless AC-U-KWIK Organizations from any cause of action, claims or losses related
to any actual or alleged inaccuracies in the information arising out of Garmin’s use of the information in the datasets. Some jurisdictions
do not allow the limitation or exclusion of implied warranties or liability for incidental or consequential damages so the above limitations
or exclusions may not apply to licensee.
August 2013
Printed in the U.S.A.
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Limited Warranty
LIMITED WARRANTY
Within the warranty period, Garmin will, at its sole discretion, repair or replace any components that fail in normal use. Such repairs or
replacement will be made at no charge to the customer for parts and/or labor incidental to the direct repair of said product. Garmin may,
at its discretion with prior approval, reimburse an authorized Garmin Service Center for associated labor costs incurred for removal and
replacement of the panel mount product installed in an aircraft. The customer shall be responsible for any transportation or other cost. This
warranty does not apply to: (i) cosmetic damage, such as scratches, nicks and dents; (ii) consumable parts, such as batteries, unless product
damage has occurred due to a defect in materials or workmanship; (iii) damage caused by accident, abuse, misuse, water, flood, fire, or
other acts of nature or external causes; (iv) damage caused by service performed by anyone who is not an authorized service provider
of Garmin; or (v) damage to a product that has been modified or altered without the written permission of Garmin. In addition, Garmin
reserves the right to refuse warranty claims against products or services that are obtained and/or used in contravention of the laws of any
country.
THE WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES CONTAINED HEREIN ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS,
IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY LIABILITY ARISING UNDER ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE. THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS, WHICH MAY VARY FROM
STATE TO STATE.
IN NO EVENT SHALL GARMIN BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER
RESULTING FROM THE USE, MISUSE, OR INABILITY TO USE THIS PRODUCT OR FROM DEFECTS IN THE PRODUCT. Some states do not
allow the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitations may not apply in every case.
Garmin retains the exclusive right to repair or replace (with a new or newly-overhauled replacement product) the product or offer a full
refund of the purchase price at its sole discretion. SUCH REMEDY SHALL BE YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF
WARRANTY.
To obtain warranty service, contact your local Garmin Authorized Service Center. For assistance in locating the nearest Service Center, call
Garmin Customer Service at one of the numbers listed below.
Products sold through online auctions are not eligible for warranty coverage or rebates or other special offers from Garmin. Online auction
confirmations are not accepted for warranty verification. To obtain warranty service, an original or copy of the sales receipt from the original
retailer is required. Garmin will not replace missing components from any package purchased through an online auction.
Garmin International Inc.
1200 East 151st Street, Olathe, Kansas 66062
Telephone:
(913)397-8200
Telephone Toll Free:
(888)606-5482
Facsimile:
(913)397-8282
Facsimile Toll Free:
(800)801-4670
E-mail: orders@garmin.com
avionics@garmin.com
warranty@garmin.com
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin (Europe) Ltd.
Liberty House, Bulls Copse Road, Southampton, SO40
9RB, UK
Telephone:
++44 (0) 870-8501243
Telephone Toll Free:
++44 (0) 0808 238 0000
(option 5)
Facsimile:
++44 (0) 238052004
E-mail: avionics.europe@garmin.com
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
i
Warnings, Cautions, and Notes
WARNING: Navigation and terrain separation must NOT be predicated upon the use of the terrain avoidance
feature. The terrain avoidance feature is NOT intended to be used as a primary reference for terrain avoidance
and does not relieve the pilot from the responsibility of being aware of surroundings during flight. The
terrain avoidance feature is only to be used as an aid for terrain avoidance. Terrain data is obtained from
third party sources. Garmin is not able to independently verify the accuracy of the terrain data.
WARNING: The displayed minimum safe altitudes (MSAs) are only advisory in nature and should not be
relied upon as the sole source of obstacle and terrain avoidance information. Always refer to current
aeronautical charts for appropriate minimum clearance altitudes.
WARNING: The altitude calculated by G2000 GPS receivers is geometric height above Mean Sea Level and
could vary significantly from the altitude displayed by pressure altimeters, such as the GDC 74A Air Data
Computer, or other altimeters in aircraft. GPS altitude should never be used for vertical navigation. Always
use pressure altitude displayed by the G2000 PFD or other pressure altimeters in aircraft.
WARNING: Do not use outdated database information. Databases used in the system must be updated
regularly in order to ensure that the information remains current. Pilots using any outdated database do so
entirely at their own risk.
WARNING: Do not use basemap (land and water data) information for primary navigation. Basemap data is
intended only to supplement other approved navigation data sources and should be considered as an aid to
enhance situational awareness.
WARNING: Do not use data link weather information for maneuvering in, near, or around areas of hazardous
weather. Information contained within data link weather products may not accurately depict current
weather conditions.
WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to determine the age of the weather
information shown by the data link weather product. Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing
weather data for data link transmission, the weather information shown by the data link weather product
may be significantly older than the indicated weather product age.
WARNING: The Garmin G2000, as installed in Cessna T240 aircraft, has a very high degree of functional
integrity. However, the pilot must recognize that providing monitoring and/or self-test capability for all
conceivable system failures is not practical. Although unlikely, it may be possible for erroneous operation
to occur without a fault indication shown by the G2000. It is thus the responsibility of the pilot to detect
such an occurrence by means of cross-checking with all redundant or correlated information available in the
cockpit.
WARNING: For safety reasons, system operational procedures must be learned on the ground.
ii
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Warnings, Cautions, and Notes
WARNING: The United States government operates the Global Positioning System and is solely responsible
for its accuracy and maintenance. The GPS system is subject to changes which could affect the accuracy
and performance of all GPS equipment. Portions of the system use GPS as a precision electronic NAVigation
AID (NAVAID). Therefore, as with all NAVAIDs, information presented by the system can be misused or
misinterpreted and, therefore, become unsafe.
WARNING: Do not use GPS to navigate to any active waypoint identified as a ‘NON WGS84 WPT’ by a
system message. ‘NON WGS84 WPT’ waypoints are derived from an unknown map reference datum that
may be incompatible with the map reference datum used by GPS (known as WGS84) and may be positioned
in error as displayed.
WARNING: To reduce the risk of unsafe operation, carefully review and understand all aspects of the
G2000 Pilot’s Guide documentation. Thoroughly practice basic operation prior to actual use. During flight
operations, carefully compare indications from the G2000 to all available navigation sources, including
the information from other NAVAIDs, visual sightings, charts, etc. For safety purposes, always resolve any
discrepancies before continuing navigation.
WARNING: Because of variation in the earth’s magnetic field, operating the system within the following
areas could result in loss of reliable attitude and heading indications. North of 72° North latitude at all
longitudes. South of 70° South latitude at all longitudes. North of 65° North latitude between longitude
75° W and 120° W. (Northern Canada). North of 70° North latitude between longitude 70° W and 128° W.
(Northern Canada). North of 70° North latitude between longitude 85° E and 114° E. (Northern Russia).
South of 55° South latitude between longitude 120° E and 165° E. (Region south of Australia and New
Zealand).
CAUTION: The PFD, MFD, and Touchscreen Controller displays use a lens coated with a special anti-reflective
coating that is very sensitive to skin oils, waxes, and abrasive cleaners. CLEANERS CONTAINING AMMONIA
WILL HARM THE ANTI-REFLECTIVE COATING. It is very important to clean the lens using a clean, lint-free
cloth and an eyeglass lens cleaner that is specified as safe for anti-reflective coatings.
CAUTION: The system does not contain any user-serviceable parts. Repairs should only be made by an
authorized Garmin service center. Unauthorized repairs or modifications could void both the warranty and
the pilot’s authority to operate this device under FAA/FCC regulations.
NOTE: Interference from GPS repeaters operating inside nearby hangars can cause an intermittent loss of
attitude and heading displays while the aircraft is on the ground. Moving the aircraft more than 100 yards
away from the source of the interference should alleviate the condition.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
iii
Warnings, Cautions, and Notes
nOTE: All visual depictions contained within this document, including screen images of the panel and displays,
are subject to change and may not reflect the most current system and aviation databases. Depictions of
equipment may differ slightly from the actual equipment.
NOTE: This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE: This product, its packaging, and its components contain chemicals known to the State of California
to cause cancer, birth defects, or reproductive harm. This notice is being provided in accordance with
California’s Proposition 65. If you have any questions or would like additional information, please refer to
our web site at www.garmin.com/prop65.
NOTE: Use of polarized eyewear may cause the flight displays to appear dim or blank.
NOTE: Garmin requests that the flight crew report any observed discrepancies related to database
information. These discrepancies could come in the form of an incorrect procedure; incorrectly identified
terrain, obstacles and fixes; or any other displayed item used for navigation or communication in the air or
on the ground. Go to FlyGarmin.com and select ‘Aviation Data Error Report.’
NOTE: Do not rely solely upon data link services to provide Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR) information.
Always confirm TFR information through official sources such as Flight Service Stations or Air Traffic Control.
iv
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Revision Information
Record of Revisions
Part Number
190-01263-00
190-01263-00
Revision
A
B
Date
10/28/11
04/04/12
190-01263-01
A
5/10/13
190-01263-02
A
08/13/13
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Page Range
Description
i – I-4
Initial release
i – I-6
Included additional GDU 2.00 parameters and updated CAS
annunciations.
i – I-6
Added Split Mode PFD operation
Added Garmin Connext Weather
Added lightning detection system
Updated EIS displays
Updated CAS Annunciations
Updated System Messages
Updated additional GDU 3.08 parameters
i – I-6
Updated Garmin ESP discussion
Updated Crew Profile discussion
Updated AFCS annunciation descriptions
Updated GTX 33 ES description
Updated SiriusXM Weather product expiration times
Updated additional GDU 3.09 parameters
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
v
Revision Information
Blank Page
vi
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Table of Contents
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
Section 1 System overview
System Description.................................................. 1
System Power-up...................................................... 4
G2000 Controls......................................................... 6
PFD Controls................................................................. 6
GDU Controller............................................................ 12
Touchscreen Controller................................................. 14
System Operation................................................... 34
Normal Display Operation............................................ 34
Reversionary Display Operation.................................... 35
Touchscreen Controller Failure...................................... 36
AHRS Operation.......................................................... 36
GPS Receiver Operation............................................... 37
G2000 System Annunciations....................................... 41
System Management............................................. 42
Avionics Settings......................................................... 42
Environmental Control Settings..................................... 50
Avionics Status............................................................ 52
SiriusXM Information................................................... 53
System Tests................................................................ 54
Utilities.................................................................... 55
Timer.......................................................................... 55
Trip Stats.................................................................... 56
Screen Cleaning........................................................... 59
Crew Profiles............................................................... 59
Secure Digital Cards.............................................. 62
Section 2 Flight Instruments
2.1 Flight Instruments.................................................... 66
Airspeed Indicator....................................................... 66
Attitude Indicator........................................................ 68
Altimeter.................................................................... 69
Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI)........................................ 71
Vertical Deviation........................................................ 72
Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI)............................... 73
Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)................................... 78
2.2 Garmin SVT™ (Synthetic Vision Technology)....... 85
SVT Operation............................................................. 86
SVT Features............................................................... 87
Field of View............................................................... 96
2.3 Supplemental Flight Data..................................... 97
Temperature Displays................................................... 97
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Wind Data.................................................................. 98
Vertical Navigation (VNV) Indications............................ 99
2.4 PFD Annunciations and Alerting Functions....... 100
System Alerting......................................................... 100
Marker Beacon Annunciations.................................... 101
Traffic Annunciation................................................... 101
Terrain Annunciations................................................ 102
Altitude Alerting........................................................ 102
Low Altitude Annunciation......................................... 103
Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height Alerting..... 103
2.5 Abnormal Operations.......................................... 105
Abnormal GPS Conditions.......................................... 105
Unusual Attitudes...................................................... 106
Garmin SVT Troubleshooting....................................... 106
SVT Unusual Attitudes................................................ 107
Section 3 Engine Indication System
3.1 EIS Display............................................................. 111
Engine Parameters..................................................... 112
3.2 Aircraft Systems................................................... 117
System Tests.............................................................. 117
Engine/Systems Display.............................................. 117
Fuel Calculations Screen............................................. 119
Engine Lean Assist Mode............................................ 120
Supplemental Oxygen System..................................... 120
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
Section 4 Audio and CNS
Overview............................................................... 121
PFD COM/NAV display and Controls............................ 122
Touchscreen Controller Audio and CNS Controls........... 124
COM Operation..................................................... 126
COM Transceiver Selection and Activation.................... 126
COM Frequency Tuning............................................... 128
Frequency Spacing..................................................... 135
Automatic Squelch..................................................... 136
Volume..................................................................... 137
NAV Operation...................................................... 138
NAV Radio Selection and Activation............................ 138
NAV Receiver Tuning.................................................. 139
Marker Beacon Receiver............................................. 147
ADF/DME Tuning....................................................... 149
GTX 33 Mode S Transponder............................... 154
Transponder Controls................................................. 154
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
vii
Table of Contents
Transponder Mode Selection....................................... 154
Entering a Transponder Code...................................... 157
IDENT Function......................................................... 158
4.5 Additional Audio Functions................................. 159
Mono/Stereo Headsets............................................... 159
Speaker.................................................................... 159
Intercom................................................................... 160
Clearance Recorder and Player.................................... 166
Simultaneous COM Operation..................................... 167
3D Audio.................................................................. 168
Entertainment Inputs................................................. 170
4.6 Abnormal Operation............................................ 172
Stuck Microphone...................................................... 172
COM Tuning Failure.................................................... 172
Emergency Mode....................................................... 173
Audio Controller Fail-Safe Operation........................... 173
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
viii
Section 5 Flight Management
Introduction.......................................................... 175
Navigation Status Bar................................................ 177
Using Map Displays.............................................. 179
Map Settings Sync..................................................... 179
Map Orientation........................................................ 180
Map Range............................................................... 181
Map Panning............................................................. 184
Topography............................................................... 189
Map Symbols............................................................ 192
Airways.................................................................... 198
Track Vector.............................................................. 200
Wind Vector.............................................................. 201
Fuel Range Ring........................................................ 202
Field of View (SVS)..................................................... 203
Selected Altitude Intercept Arc.................................... 204
Obstacles.................................................................. 205
Waypoints.............................................................. 206
Airports.................................................................... 207
Intersections............................................................. 213
NDBs........................................................................ 216
VORs........................................................................ 219
User Waypoints......................................................... 222
Airspaces............................................................... 230
Direct-to Navigation ........................................... 234
5.6 Flight Planning...................................................... 243
Flight Plan Creation................................................... 244
Adding Waypoints to an Existing Flight Plan................. 249
Adding Airways to a Flight Plan.................................. 253
Adding Procedures to a Stored Flight Plan................... 256
Flight Plan Storage.................................................... 263
Flight Plan Editing..................................................... 265
Along Track Offsets.................................................... 268
Parallel Track............................................................. 270
Activating a Flight Plan Leg........................................ 272
Inverting a Flight Plan................................................ 273
Closest Point of FPL................................................... 275
User-Defined Holding Patterns.................................... 276
5.7 Vertical Navigation.............................................. 280
Altitude Constraints................................................... 284
5.8 Procedures............................................................ 287
Departures................................................................ 287
Arrivals .................................................................... 291
Approaches .............................................................. 294
5.9 Trip Planning......................................................... 303
Trip Planning............................................................. 303
5.10 Navigating a Flight Plan...................................... 307
5.12 Abnormal Operation............................................ 331
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
Section 6 Hazard Avoidance
SiriusXM Weather................................................. 334
Activating Services..................................................... 334
Accessing SiriusXM Weather Products......................... 335
Garmin Connext Weather.................................... 365
Registering the system for Garmin Connext Services..... 365
Accessing Connext Weather Products.......................... 366
Connext Weather Data Requests................................. 373
Garmin Connext Weather Products.............................. 377
Abnormal Operations................................................. 389
Lightning Detection System................................ 390
Using the Stormscope Pane........................................ 391
Displaying Lightning Information on Navigation Maps.. 392
Abnormal Operations................................................. 394
Terrain SVT............................................................ 395
Displaying Terrain SVT Data........................................ 396
Terrain SVT Pane........................................................ 398
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Table of Contents
6.5 TAWS...................................................................... 405
Displaying TAWS Information...................................... 406
TAWS Pane............................................................... 408
TAWS Alerts.............................................................. 409
System Status............................................................ 417
TAWS Abnormal operations........................................ 417
6.6 GTS 800 Traffic...................................................... 419
Theory of operation................................................... 419
Traffic Alerts.............................................................. 422
Operation................................................................. 423
Section 7 Automatic Flight Control System
Basic Autopilot Operation........................................... 432
7.1 AFCS Controls....................................................... 433
7.2 Flight Director Operation.................................... 435
Activating the Flight Director...................................... 435
AFCS Status Box........................................................ 436
Command Bars.......................................................... 436
Flight Director Modes................................................. 437
7.3 Vertical Modes...................................................... 438
Pitch Hold Mode (PIT)................................................ 439
Selected Altitude Capture Mode (ALTS)........................ 440
Altitude Hold Mode (ALT)........................................... 441
Vertical Speed Mode (VS)........................................... 442
Flight Level Change Mode (FLC).................................. 443
Vertical Navigation Modes (VPTH, ALTV)...................... 444
Glidepath Mode (GP) (SBAS Only)............................... 448
Glideslope Mode (GS)................................................ 450
Go Around Mode (GA)............................................... 451
Level Mode (LVL)....................................................... 451
7.4 Lateral Modes....................................................... 452
Roll Hold Mode (ROL)................................................ 453
Heading Select Mode (HDG)....................................... 454
Navigation Modes (FMS, VOR, LOC,)............................ 455
Approach Modes (FMS, VAPP, LOC).............................. 457
Backcourse Mode (BC)............................................... 458
Level Mode (LVL)....................................................... 459
7.5 Autopilot Operation............................................. 460
Engaging the Autopilot.............................................. 460
Control Wheel Steering.............................................. 461
Disengaging the Autopilot.......................................... 461
7.6 Example Procedures............................................. 462
Departure................................................................. 463
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Intercepting a VOR Radial........................................... 465
Flying a Flight Plan/FMS Course.................................. 466
Descent.................................................................... 466
Approach.................................................................. 470
Go Around/Missed Approach...................................... 474
7.7 AFCS Annunciations and Alerts.......................... 476
AFCS Status Alerts..................................................... 476
Overspeed Protection................................................. 477
Underspeed Protection............................................... 477
7.8 Abnormal Operation............................................ 479
Suspected Autopilot malfunction................................. 479
Overpowering Autopilot Servos................................... 479
Section 8 Additional Features
8.1 SafeTaxi................................................................. 482
SafeTaxi Database Information................................... 484
8.2 ChartView (Optional)........................................... 486
Chart Selection.......................................................... 487
Day/Night View......................................................... 489
ChartView Database Information................................ 491
8.3 FliteCharts............................................................. 494
Chart Selection.......................................................... 495
Day/Night View......................................................... 497
FliteCharts Cycle Number and Expiration Date.............. 499
8.4 Airport Directory.................................................. 502
Airport Directory Database Cycle Number and Revision.502
8.5 SiriusXM Satellite Radio (Optional)................... 505
Activating SiriusXM Satellite Services.......................... 505
Using SiriusXM Radio................................................. 507
8.6 Satellite SMS Messaging Service....................... 511
Registering With Connext........................................... 511
Contacts................................................................... 512
Text Messaging (SMS)................................................ 515
8.7 Electronic Stability and Protection.................... 524
Operation................................................................. 525
Pitch Engagement..................................................... 528
High Airspeed Protection............................................ 528
8.8 Scheduled Messages............................................ 529
8.9 Electronic Documents.......................................... 533
Installed Documents.................................................. 533
User Documents........................................................ 533
Viewing Electronic Documents.................................... 534
8.10 Flight Data Logging............................................. 538
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
ix
Table of Contents
8.11 Electronic Checklists (Optional)......................... 540
8.12 Abnormal Operation............................................ 543
Appendices
Annunciations and Alerts.............................................. 545
Comparator Annunciations......................................... 548
Reversionary AHRS Sensor Annunciation...................... 549
G2000 System Annunciations..................................... 550
System Messages and Aircraft Message Advisories....... 552
Voice Alerts............................................................... 567
AFCS Status Annunciations......................................... 568
Terrain Alerts and Annunciations................................. 569
GDL 69/69A Data Link Receiver Annunciations............. 571
Database Management................................................. 573
Jeppesen Databases................................................... 573
Automatic Database Synchronization Feature............... 577
Garmin Databases..................................................... 579
Magnetic Field Variation Database Update................... 581
Glossary........................................................................... 585
Frequently Asked Questions......................................... 591
Map Symbols.................................................................. 595
Index
Index .................................................................................I-1
x
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Section 1 System overview
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1.1 System Description
This section provides an overview of the Garmin G2000 Integrated Avionics System as installed in the Cessna
Model T240 aircraft. The G2000 is an integrated flight control system that presents flight instrumentation,
position, navigation, communication, and identification information to the pilot using flat-panel color displays
and a Touchscreen Controller. The system consists of the following Line Replaceable Units (LRUs):
EIS
• GDU 1400W (2) – The GDU 1400W features a 14-inch light emitting diode (LED) backlit widescreen display
with a 1280 x 800 resolution. The GDU 1400W installed on the left/pilot side is designated as the Primary
Flight Display (PFD) and the unit installed on the right/copilot side is designated as the Multi Function Display
(MFD). The GDUs communicate with each other through a High-Speed Data Bus (HSDB) Ethernet connection.
Each GDU is also paired with a HSDB connection to the on-side GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Unit (IAU).
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
• GTC 570 (1) – The Touchscreen Controller provides MFD control, PFD display pane control, in addition to FMS
functions, data entry interface, and communications and environmental control to the system. The Touchscreen
Controller communicates with each GDU and to the GMA 36 through an HSDB connection.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• GCU 275 – The GDU Controller provides PFD control, radio tuning, and PFD Display Pane control through an
RS-232 digital interface.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• GMA 36 – The Remote Audio Unit integrates navigation/communication radio (NAV/COM) digital audio,
intercom, and marker beacon audio. This unit communicates with both IAUs using an RS-232 digital interface
and the Touchscreen Controller through the HSDB connection.
AFCS
• GIA 63W (2) – The Integrated Avionics Units (IAU) function as the main communications hub, linking several
LRUs with the GDUs. Each IAU contains a GPS SBAS (Satellite-Based Augmentation System) receiver, a very
high frequency (VHF) communication/navigation/glideslope (COM/NAV/GS) receiver, a flight director (FD),
and system integration microprocessors, and is paired with the on-side GDU via an HSDB connection. The
IAUs are not paired and do not communicate with each other directly.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• GDC 74A – The Air Data Computer (ADC) processes data from the pitot/static system and outside air temperature
(OAT) sensor. The ADC provides pressure altitude, airspeed, vertical speed, and OAT information to the
system. It communicates with the #1 IAU using an RS-232 digital interface, and to each IAU, GDU, and GRS
77 unit via ARINC 429 digital connections.
• GEA 71 – The Engine Airframe Unit receives and processes signals from the engine and airframe sensors. This
unit communicates with both IAUs using an RS-485 digital interface.
APPENDICES
• GTX 33 ES – The solid-state Transponder provides Modes A, C, and S capability. It also provides 1090 MHz
Extended Squitter (1090 ES) Automatic Dependent Surveillance-Broadcast (ADS-B) Out capability. The GTX
33 ES communicates with both IAUs through an RS-232 digital interface.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
• GRS 77 (2) – The Attitude and Heading Reference System (AHRS) provides aircraft attitude and heading
information via ARINC 429 to the PFD, MFD, and the IAUs. The AHRS contains advanced sensors (including
accelerometers and rate sensors) and interfaces with the Magnetometer to obtain magnetic field information,
with the ADC to obtain air data, and with both IAUs to obtain GPS information. AHRS operation is discussed
in System Operation, later in this section.
1
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
• GMU 44 (2) – The Magnetometer measures the local magnetic field and sends data to the AHRS for processing
to determine aircraft magnetic heading. The magnetometer receives power directly from the AHRS and
communicates with it via RS-485 and RS-232 digital interfaces.
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• GDL 69A – The Data Link Satellite Radio Receiver provides data link weather information, as well as digital audio
entertainment and information. The Data Link Receiver communicates with the MFD via a HSDB connection.
A subscription to SiriusXM Weather and/or SiriusXM Satellite Radio service is required to enable the GDL 69A
capabilities.
• GSR 56 (optional) – The Iridium Transceiver provides satellite-based communications. The GSR 56 receives
data link weather products from the Garmin Connext Weather service through the Iridium satellite network.
The transceiver also provides Short Message Service (SMS) text communications. The GSR 56 communicates
with the #2 GIA through an RS-232 connection.
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
• GTS 800 – The GTS 800 Traffic Advisory System (TAS) uses active interrogations of Mode S and Mode C
transponders to provide traffic information to the pilot independent of the air traffic control system. An HSDB
connection links the GTS 800 to the PFD.
• GMC 720 – The AFCS Mode Controller provides AFCS control through an RS-232 digital interface with the
PFD and MFD.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• GSA 81 (2) and GTA 82 – The GSA 81 Servos are used for automatic control of pitch and roll. The GTA 82
Pitch Trim Adapter works with the existing motor to provide automatic pitch trim. These units interface with
each IAU via RS-485 connections.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• GSM 86 – The GSM 86 Servo Gearboxes (not pictured) are responsible for transferring the output torque of the
GSA 81 servo actuators to the mechanical flight-control surface linkages.
The Cessna T240 is also equipped with a GFC 700 Automated Flight Control System (AFCS), providing the
flight director (FD), autopilot (AP), and manual electric trim (MET) functions to the system.
NOTE: Refer to the Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS) Section for details on the GFC 700 AFCS.
AFCS
Figure 1-1 shows interactions between the LRUs.
NOTE: For information on optional equipment shown in Figure 1-1, consult the applicable optional interface
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
user’s guide. This document assumes that the reader is already familiar with the operation of this additional
equipment.
2
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
SyStem overview
SyStem
overview
GTS 800
(Traffic Advisory
System)
GDL 69A
(SiriusXM Weather/
Audio Data Link)
Display
Reversion
FliGHt
inStrumentS
GMC 720
(AFCS Mode
Controller)
GDU 1400W
(Primary
Flight
Display)
GDU 1400W
(MultiFunction
Display)
GCU 275
(GDU
Controller)
GIA 63W #2
(Integrated
Avionics
Unit)
GMA 36
(Audio
Controller)
GMU 44 #1
(Magnetometer)
GMU 44 #2
(Magnetometer)
VHF COM
VHF COM
GRS 77 #2
(Attitude &
Heading)
GPS/SBAS
VOR/LOC
G/S
G/S
Flight
Director
Flight
Director
AFCS Mode
Logic
GSA 81 (Roll Servo)
AFCS Mode
Logic
GSA 81 (Pitch Servo)
Servo Logic
DME
aFcS
Servo Logic
GSR 56
(Iridium
Data Link)
HaZarD
avoiDance
GRS 77 #1
(Attitude &
Heading)
VOR/LOC
FliGHt
manaGement
GDC 74A
(Air Data
Computer)
GPS/SBAS
auDio
panel
auDio
& cnS
& cnS
GIA 63W #1
(Integrated
Avionics
Unit)
eiS
GTC 570
(Touchscreen
Controller)
ADF
GTA 82 (Pitch Trim)
ECS
Controller
CO
Guardian
Antennas
Antennas
GTX 33 ES
(Transponder)
(COM, NAV
GPS, SBAS)
Garmin Equipment
(COM, NAV
GPS, SBAS)
Non-Garmin Equipment
Optional Equipment
appenDiceS
429
232
HSDB
485
Digital/Analog Signal
Optional Wiring
aDDitional
FeatureS
GEA 71 (Engine &
Airframe I/F)
inDeX
Figure 1-1 Basic G2000 System Block Diagram
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
3
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
1.2 System Power-up
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: See the Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) for specific procedures concerning avionics power application
and emergency power supply operation.
NOTE: Refer to Appendix A for system-specific annunciations and alerts.
EIS
The G2000 System is integrated with the aircraft electrical system and receives power directly from electrical
busses. The G2000 PFD, MFD, Touchscreen Controller, and supporting sub-systems include both power-on and
continuous built-in test features that exercise the processors, memories, external inputs, and outputs to provide
safe operation.
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
During initialization, the system displays test annunciations, as shown in Figure 1-2. All system annunciations
should be extinguished typically within the first minute of power-up. Upon power-up, annunciator lights on the
AFCS Controller illuminate momentarily.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
On the PFD, the AHRS initializes and displays “AHRS ALIGN: Keep Wings Level”. The PFD should display
valid attitude and heading fields typically within the first minute of power-up. The AHRS can align itself both
while taxiing in a straight line and during level flight.
At power-up, the Touchscreen Controller displays the Garmin logo, followed by the Home Screen.
When the MFD powers up, the splash display (Figure 1-3) shows the following information:
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• System version
• Copyright
• Checklist name and version
• Land database name and version
• Safe Taxi database information
• Terrain database name and version
• Obstacle database name and version
• Navigation database name, version, and effective dates
• Airport Directory name, version and effective dates
• FliteCharts/ChartView database information
Current database information includes database type, cycle number, or valid operating dates. Review the listed
information for currency (to ensure no databases have expired).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Pressing the right-most softkey on the MFD acknowledges this information, and the MFD then shows the EIS
(Engine Indication System) Display, in addition to the Navigation Map Pane (in Half Mode) and Traffic Map Pane
(in Half Mode).
INDEX
APPENDICES
After the system has acquired a sufficient number of satellites to determine its position, the Navigation Map
Pane shows the aircraft’s current position on the map.
4
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
SyStem overview
SyStem
overview
FliGHt
inStrumentS
Figure 1-3 MFD Power-Up Display
eiS
Figure 1-2 PFD Initialization
auDio
panel
auDio
& cnS
& cnS
FliGHt
manaGement
Figure 1-4 Touchscreen Controller Power-Up
HaZarD
avoiDance
aFcS
aDDitional
FeatureS
appenDiceS
inDeX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
5
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
1.3 G2000 Controls
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G2000 controls simplify system operation and minimize the workload and the time required to access
sophisticated functionality. Controls are located on the PFD bezel, the PFD Controller, the Touchscreen Controller,
and the AFCS Controller. This System Overview discusses the PFD controls and the Touchscreen Controller. The
AFCS section discusses the AFCS controls. See the Audio and CNS Section for more information about NAV/
COM controls.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
EIS
PFD Controls
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
PFD Softkeys (Full Mode)
PFD Softkeys (Split Mode)
Display Pane does not
use softkeys
Figure 1-5 PFD Softkeys in Full Mode and Split Mode
6
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selection softkeys are located along the bottom of the PFD. The softkeys shown depend on the softkey level
previously selected. The bezel keys below the softkeys can be used to select the appropriate softkey. There
are three types of softkeys. One selects a simple on/off state, indicated by an annunciator on the softkey label
displayed as green (on) or gray (off). The next type of softkey selects among several options, indicated by the
softkey label changing (with the exception of the Map Range keys) to reflect the name of the chosen option.
The last type of softkey, when pressed displays another set of softkeys available for the selected function. Also,
these softkeys revert to the previous level after 45 seconds of inactivity. When a softkey function is disabled,
the softkey label is subdued (dimmed).
NOTE: The MFD softkeys are not used except in reversionary mode and on the MFD Power-Up Display.
EIS
Selected
Function
Off
Softkey Names
(FMS selected
for the CDI)
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
Subdued
Softkey
(function
unavailable)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Bezel-Mounted
Softkeys (Press)
Full Mode PFD Softkeys
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Split Mode PFD Softkeys
AFCS
Figure 1-6 Top Level PFD Softkeys
Each softkey sublevel has a BACK Softkey which can be selected to return to the previous level.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
7
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 1-7 Inset Map Settings and CAS Softkeys
8
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 1-8 PFD Settings Softkeys
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 1-9 Sensor Softkeys
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
9
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
Level 1
Level 2
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Map
Range Map
Range +
Inset Map
Settings
Displays the Inset Navigation Map display settings softkeys
EIS
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Topo
Terrain
Stormscope
AFCS
Description
Increases the Inset Map display range
Weather
Legend
Traffic
NEXRAD
APPENDICES
Connext
Radar
INDEX
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Level 4
Decreases the Inset Map display range
Off
Detail
SiriusXM
Lightning
10
Level 3
Removes the Inset Navigation Map from the display
Selects desired amount of map detail; cycles through declutter
levels:
All (No Declutter): All map features visible
DCLTR 1: Declutters land data
DCLTR 2: Declutters land and special use airspace (SUA) data
Least: Removes everything except for the active flight plan
Displays/removes the weather product icon and age box (for
enabled data link weather products).
Adds or removes the display of traffic overlay on the Inset
Navigation Map. The softkey annunciator is green when the traffic
function is on. When the traffic function is off, the annunciator is
gray.
Adds or removes the display of map topography on the Inset
Navigation Map. The softkey annunciator is green when
topography is on. When topography is off, the annunciator is gray.
Adds or removes the display of relative terrain information on the
Inset Navigation Map. The softkey annunciator is green when
topography is on. When topography is off, the annunciator is gray.
Adds or removes the overlay of on-board lightning detection
system information on the Inset Navigation Map. The softkey
annunciator is green when lightning detection overlay is enabled,
gray when disabled.
Displays/removes NEXRAD information on the Inset Navigation
Map; cycles through regions or off status.
USA: Displays NEXRAD data only for the United States
Canada: Displays NEXRAD data only for Canada
Off: Removes NEXRAD data from the Inset Navigation
Map
Adds or removes the display of Connext Radar information on
the Inset Navigation Map. The softkey annunciator is green when
Connext Radar is on. When Connext Radar is off, the annunciator
is gray.
Adds or removes the display of SiriusXM Lightning information on
the Inset Navigation Map. The softkey annunciator is green when
the lightning function is on. When the lightning function is off, the
annunciator is gray.
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
System Overview
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Connext
Lightning
Description
EIS
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
Traffic
Inset
(Full Mode
only)
PFD
Settings
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Adds or removes the display of Connext Lightning information on
the Inset Navigation Map. The softkey annunciator is green when
the lightning function is on. When the lightning function is off, the
annunciator is gray.
Adds or removes the display of SiriusXM or Connext METAR data
on the Inset Navigation Map. The softkey annunciator is green
when the METAR data is enabled. When the METAR data is off,
the annunciator is gray.
Replaces the Inset Navigation Map with a dedicated Traffic Inset
Map. The softkey annunciator is green when the Traffic Inset
Map is enabled. When the Traffic Inset Map is off, the softkey
annunciator is gray.
METAR
Displays the PFD settings softkeys.
Attitude
Overlays
Displays the softkeys for enabling or disabling Synthetic Vision
Technology (SVT) features.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pathways
Synthetic
Terrain
Horizon
Heading
Airport
Signs
Displays Pathway Boxes on the PFD.
Enables synthetic terrain depiction.
Displays compass heading along the Zero-Pitch line.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Bearing 1
Wind
APPENDICES
Other PFD
Settings
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Bearing 2
AFCS
Displays position markers for airports within approximately 15 nm
of the current aircraft position. Airport identifiers are displayed
when the airport is within approximately 9 nm.
Enables or disables a Display Pane on the PFD.
FULL: The PFD occupies the full-width of the GDU, and the Display
Pane is disabled.
Split: The GDU shows both a PFD and a Display Pane.
Cycles the Bearing 1 Information Window through NAV1, FMS/
waypoint identifier and FMS-derived distance information, ADF1/
frequency, and Off.
Cycles the Bearing 2 Information Window through NAV2, FMS/
waypoint identifier and FMS-derived distance information, ADF1/
frequency, and Off.
Displays additional PFD settings softkeys.
PFD Mode
Displays the wind option softkeys
Headwind/Tailwind and crosswind components.
Option 2
Wind direction arrow and speed.
Option 3
Wind direction arrow with direction and speed.
INDEX
Option 1
Off
190-01263-02 Rev. A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Level 1
Wind direction information selected off.
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
11
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Altitude
Units
Displays softkeys to select altitude unit parameters.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Meters
IN
HPA
EIS
COM1
121.5
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
OBS
Press to display the BARO setting as hectopacals.
Tunes COM1 to the emergency frequency.
Displays the sensor selection softkeys.
Displays the AHRS selection softkeys.
AHRS
Settings
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When enabled, displays current altitude and selected altitude in
meters in addition to feet.
Press to display the BARO setting as inches of mercury
Selects OBS mode on the CDI when navigating by GPS (only
available with active leg). When OBS is on, the softkey annunciator
is green.
Cycles through FMS, VOR1, and VOR2 navigation modes on the
CDI.
Active
NAV
Sensors
AHRS 1
AHRS 2
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Description
CAS
CAS Up
CAS Dn
Selects the number 1 AHRS. The softkey annunciator is green when
selected.
Selects the number 2 AHRS. The softkey annunciator is green when
selected.
Available only when the list of CAS messages is longer the allotted
window. Pressing softkey displays CAS scrolling softkeys.
Scrolls up through the CAS message list
Scrolls down through the CAS message list
AFCS
GDU Controller
The GDU Controller is mounted above the PFD and provides data entry capabilities, PFD operation, and NAV/
COM tuning capabilities. Many procedures in this Pilot’s Guide can be performed using the GDU Controller.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
COM radio tuning can be accomplished using the PFD controller. Pressing the COM/NAV Button displays/
removes the COM/NAV Window, which allows for the selection of the active and standby frequencies, mics,
and the com monitoring audio source. The Selected Source Frequency Box appears in the upper-right of the
PFD with the active com source in white and frequency in green (refer to the Audio and CNS Section for more
information about NAV/COM tuning).
12
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
System Overview
2
3
5
8
7
6
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
4
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1
9
2 CLR Key
Erases information, cancels entries, or removes menus
3 PFD Knob
Press to enable/disable the selection cursor.
Data Entry: With cursor enabled, turn to enter data in the highlighted field (large knob moves
cursor location; small knob selects character for highlighted cursor location)
Scrolling: When a list of information is too long for the window/box, a scroll bar appears,
indicating more items are available to view. With cursor enabled, turn large knob to scroll
through the list.
)
Activates the direct-to function and allows the user to enter a destination waypoint and
establish a direct course to the selected destination (specified by identifier, chosen from the
active route)
6 BARO Knob
Turn knob to increase/decrease altimeter barometric pressure setting. Press knob to set
barometric pressure setting to Standard.
7 PROC Key
Gives access to IFR departure procedures (DPs), arrival procedures (STARs), and approach
procedures (IAPs) for a flight plan or selected airport
8 FPL Key
Shows/hides flight plan information
9 ENT Key
Validates or confirms a menu selection or data entry
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Selects/deselects COM/NAV radio tuning mode on the PFD Controller
AFCS
5 COM/NAV Key
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4 Direct-to Key (
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Turn to change PFD map range
Press to activate Map Pointer for PFD map panning, and move laterally to move map pointer
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
1 Joystick
EIS
Figure 1-10 GCU 275 GDU Controller
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
13
SyStem
overview
SyStem overview
toucHScreen controller
FliGHt
inStrumentS
The Touchscreen Controller is a pedestal-mounted user interface allowing for ease of data entry, MFD/Display
Pane operation, NAV/COM tuning. The touchscreen uses an infrared grid to determine the location of the
touch input and also allows usage with gloves or stylus. Many procedures in this Pilot’s Guide are performed
using the Touchscreen Controller.
eiS
Radio tuning can be accomplished using the CNS Bar at the top of the Touchscreen Controller screen (refer
to the Audio and CNS Section for detailed information about NAV/COM tuning).
1
auDio
panel
auDio
& cnS
& cnS
2
FliGHt
manaGement
3
4
7
HaZarD
avoiDance
5
8
6
9
inDeX
appenDiceS
aDDitional
FeatureS
aFcS
Figure 1-11 GTC 570 Touchscreen Controller
14
1 CNS Bar
Displays/controls COM, NAV, XPDR, and Intercom functions
2 Screen Title
Displays the title of the current screen
3 Screen
Displays set context sensitive controls and data
4 Button Bar
Displays System level buttons (e.g. Home, MSG, Full/Half, Scroll Up/Down, Back, Enter,
Cancel)
5 Label Bar
Displays labels to show status and current functions of Joystick and knobs
6 Joystick
Provides functions as shown on the Label Bar (e.g. Map Panning, Map Range)
7 Middle Knob
Provides functions as shown on the Label Bar (e.g. COM volume/squelch)
8 Large Right Knob
Provides functions as shown on the Label Bar (e.g. COM Freq/switching, Data Entry)
9 Small Right Knob
Provides functions as shown on the Label Bar (e.g. COM Freq/switching/Hold, Data Entry)
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The Touchscreen Controller’s functions are arranged by screen. Each screen has a title which appears at the
top of the screen area (and below the CNS bar). The contents of each screen change dynamically in response
to pilot interaction or system input.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
All of the Touchscreen Controller’s available functions are accessible from the Home Screen. This screen is
displayed after system power-up. The Home Screen may also be accessed any time it is not currently displayed
by touching the Home Button in the Button Bar below the screen area. Procedures in this Pilot’s Guide generally
begin at the Home Screen as a reference point; however it is not necessary to return to the Home Screen before
performing each procedure if the appropriate screen is already displayed.
Direct To Screen
Home Screen
EIS
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
Direct To
Button
Touched
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Touch to Return to Touch to Return to
Previous Screen
Home Screen
Figure 1-12 Touchscreen Controller Screen Navigation
AFCS
As the Touchscreen Controller is used, certain selections will cause another screen to be displayed. To return
to the previous screen, touch the Back or Cancel Button (as applicable) in the Button Bar, or touch the Home
Button to return to the Home Screen. If the Home Screen was the previous screen, pressing either the Back or
Home Button will also return to the Home Screen.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The CNS Bar, positioned above the screen area, is always displayed during system operation and is accessible
at any time. Some functions on the CNS Bar will cause another screen to be displayed (in the screen area below
the CNS Bar); however, touching the Back or Cancel Button will return to the previous screen.
APPENDICES
Touch to Access
Audio & Radios
Screen
Touch to Access
Transponder
Screen
Touch to Access
Intercom Screen
Touch to Access COM 2
Standby Screen
INDEX
Touch to Access COM 1
Standby Screen
Figure 1-13 Accessing Screens with the CNS Bar
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
15
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Button Bar, displayed below the screen area, displays the system-level buttons which are context-sensitive.
For example, if scrolling is available on a screen, the Button Bar includes corresponding Up and Down Scroll
Arrow buttons.
Figure 1-14 Button Bar Displays System-Level Buttons
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
EIS
The Button Bar also provides the Home, Cancel, and Back Buttons. If a system message or aircraft advisory
message is issued, the MSG button is shown. Touching this button will display/remove the Messages Screen.
The Button Bar also contains buttons for controlling the size of MFD displays, when applicable.
Returns to the Home Screen
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Returns to the previous screen
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Scrolls up in a list
Displays Notifications screen on Touchscreen
Controller with System Messages Tab selected.
Flashes when a new system message or aircraft
advisory message is issued.
Displays Notifications screen on Touchscreen
Controller with SMS Text Inbox Tab selected.
Flashes when an incoming Short Message Service
(SMS) text message is received.
Cancels data entry and returns to the previous
screen
Scrolls down in a list
Accepts entered data into the system.
Selects MFD half-display mode
Selects MFD full-display mode
Table 1-1 Button Bar Buttons with Functions
APPENDICES
The Label Bar, near the bottom of the Touchscreen Controller and above the Joystick and Knobs displays
the current function of each physical control on the Touchscreen Controller as a reference. These functions
include Map Range adjustment, display pane selection, radio volume/squelch adjustment, COM radio tuning,
and alphanumeric data entry.
INDEX
Joystick Functions
Middle Knob Functions Large and Small Right
Knob Functions
Figure 1-15 Label Bar Indicates Joystick and Knob Functions
16
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The labels change based on the context of the options being performed. If a Touchscreen Controller knob
cannot be used because of a failure in a system component (COM, NAV, Audio, etc.), the Label Bar will also
indicate this status; refer to the Audio and CNS section for more information about radio failures.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Touchscreen Controller recognizes input based on a touch, a gesture (such as sliding a finger), or by
pressing or turning the Knobs or Joystick.
EIS
On-screen buttons can be ‘pressed’ by momentarily touching them with a finger and then releasing. It is not
necessary to apply pressure, as the infrared touchscreen surface detects the only the presence and movement
of the finger, not pressure. When touched, the button background is highlighted in blue until the finger is
released. If enabled, an aural ‘click’ sound is also issued to confirm the system detected the button touch.
When releasing the finger, make sure it released within the boundary of the button, otherwise the input is
considered invalid. If enabled, an error sound indicates the touch input was not accepted.
NOTE: While the Touchscreen Controller provides a high level of touch recognition accuracy, consider the
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
following to reduce the probability of touch errors:
• Make sure each button touch results in the expected response.
• Avoid holding anything close to the glass surface while deciding which button to touch, or resting the
hand or fingers on the bezel edges around the glass surface. This can cause interruption of the infrared
beams, leading to inadvertent activation or unresponsive touchscreen controls.
• When selecting a button on a scrollable list, avoid sliding movements which can cause inadvertent
scrolling.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Some adjustments are made using horizontal or vertical sliders. To use, simply touch within the slider box
and slide the finger in the desired slider bar direction, then release the finger. The finger may move outside
of the slider box during adjustment; slider movement stops when either the finger is released or the slider has
reached the end of the adjustment range.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Volume Adjustment Slider
APPENDICES
Map Detail Adjustment Slider
Figure 1-16 Sliders on the Touchscreen Controller
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
17
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When a Touchscreen Controller screen window contains more information than the window can currently
show, a scroll bar and scroll buttons appear. To scroll inside of a window, touch the controller while moving
the finger up or down accordingly. To scroll more quickly, move the finger up or down rapidly in a flicking
motion. Scrolling can also be performed by touching the Up or Down scroll buttons. If additional scrolling is
required to view all information in the window, each touch of the scroll button display one ‘page’ of information.
Some screens provide tabs as a means to group multiple categories of information or buttons. Touch the
desired tab to display its contents and manage settings or information for the selected tab, which is highlighted.
EIS
Selected Tab Highlighted
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
Scroll Bar
Other Available Tabs
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Scroll Arrows
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 1-17 Touchscreen Controller with Tabs and Scroll Arrows
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Elements on the Touchscreen Controller screens (such as buttons and sliders) appear subdued (dimmed) to
indicate their functions are currently not available.
Touch To Activate
Direct-To
APPENDICES
Buttons Subdued Until
Direct-To is Activated
INDEX
Figure 1-18 Subdued Buttons on Touchscreen Controller
18
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Button Types
Annunciator Buttons operate in an on/off state. An ‘on’ or enabled button displays a green annunciator; an
‘off’ or disabled button displays a gray annunciator. Touch the annunciator button to change its state.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
On or Enabled
Off or Disabled
Figure 1-19 Touchscreen Controller Annunciator Buttons
EIS
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
Datafield Buttons can be modified based on information the pilot can enter or change, and often contain
light blue text. Touching a datafield button will either display a pop-up window from which a selection
can be made, or display a keypad to supply the data. See the Data Entry discussion in this section for more
information.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 1-20 Touchscreen Controller Datafield Buttons
AFCS
If a system failure causes a button’s function to be unavailable, a yellow ‘X’ appears over the affected button.
These buttons will not respond when touched.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Button Functions Not Available
Due to LRU Failure
APPENDICES
Figure 1-21 Failed Buttons on Touchscreen Controller
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
19
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
screen Overview
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The following is a brief overview of the major screens used to access Touchscreen Controller functions.
Additional specific screens used to perform functions are shown and discussed in detail throughout this Pilot’s
Guide.
NOTE: Screen appearance varies based on the options installed.
Home Screen
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
EIS
On the Home Screen, the top row of buttons (Map, Traffic, Weather, and Terrain SVT or TAWS) are
each associated with a corresponding display that may be presented on a Display Pane. When one of
these buttons is touched, the selected Display Pane shows the associated display and the button border on
the Touchscreen Controller is highlighted in light blue to indicate the map associated with the button is
selected for display. When returning to the Home Screen, the selected display pane will show the display
associated with the highlighted button.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Shows Navigation Map Pane in the selected Display Pane. Touch button again to access Map
Settings Display on Touchscreen Controller.
Shows Navigation Map Pane in the selected Display Pane. Touch button again to access Map
Settings Display on Touchscreen Controller.
APPENDICES
Shows the currently selected weather Display Pane (e.g., SiriusXM Weather, Connext Weather, or
Stormscope) in the selected Display Pane Touch button again to access Weather Selection Screen
on Touchscreen Controller.
INDEX
Shows Terrain SVT or TAWS Pane (optional). Touch button again to access Terrain SVT or TAWS
Settings screen on Touchscreen Controller.
20
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
SyStem overview
SyStem
overview
Accesses Direct-To Screen on Touchscreen Controller.
FliGHt
inStrumentS
Accesses Active Flight Plan Screen on the Touchscreen Controller.
Accesses Procedures Screen on Touchscreen Controller.
eiS
Accesses Charts Screen on Touchscreen Controller. System shows charts in the selected Display
Pane.
auDio
panel
auDio
& cnS
& cnS
Accesses Aircraft Systems screen on Touchscreen Controller. Provides controls for environmental
systems, showing Engine / Systems Display Pane, system tests, fuel calculations, engine leaning,
and oxygen systems.
FliGHt
manaGement
Touch to display the Checklist Screen. The Checklist Screen provides access to the various aircraft
checklists.
Accesses Services Menu Screen on Touchscreen Controller. Includes SiriusXM Satellite Radio
controls, optional SMS text messaging services, and contact management. Without the GSR 56
option, button is labeled ‘Music’ and accesses the Music Screen on the Touchscreen Controller.
HaZarD
avoiDance
Accesses Utilities Menu Screen on Touchscreen Controller. Includes Weight and Fuel, Trip Planning,
Minimums settings, Trip Statistics, Timer, Scheduled Messages, GPS Status, electronic documents,
Screen Cleaning, Crew Profile, and Setup functions.
Displays the Speed Bugs Screen on the Touchscreen Controller. Provides for enabling and
disabling speed bugs and setting bug parameters.
aFcS
Provides information about Airports, Intersections, VORs, NDBs, User Waypoints. Also allows
creation of User Waypoints.
aDDitional
FeatureS
Provides information about the nearest Airports, Intersections, VORs, NDBs, User Waypoints,
Airspace, Air Route Traffic Control Centers (ARTCC), Flight Service Stations (FSS), and facilities with
weather information.
appenDiceS
inDeX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
21
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Weather Selection Screen
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Shows SiriusXM Weather Pane in the Selected Display Pane. Touch button again to access
SiriusXM Weather Settings Screen.
Shows Stormscope Pane in the Selected Display Pane. Touch button again to access
Stormscope® Settings Screen.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Shows Connext Weather Pane in the Selected Display Pane. Touch button again to access
Connext Weather Settings Screen.
22
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Aircraft Systems Screen
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Accesses environmental controls (air conditioning, defogger, fan speed, etc.)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Controls Annunciator system test.
AFCS
Shows additional EIS information in the selected Display Pane.
Shows the Fuel Calc Screen on the Touchscreen Controller. Calculates range, endurance.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Activates Lean Assist Mode on the MFD EIS display.
APPENDICES
Enables/disables supplemental oxygen system.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
23
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Services Screen
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Shows the Music Screen on the Touchscreen Controller. Provides controls for using
SiriusXM Radio service.
Shows the SMS Text Messaging Screen on the Touchscreen Controller. Provides controls
for viewing, sending, and managing text messages.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Shows the Contacts Screen on the Touchscreen Controller. Stores and edits contact
information.
24
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Utilities Screen
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Provides utilities for weight and fuel computations.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Shows the Trip Planning display pane. Shows trip and fuel statistics.
AFCS
Used to set barometric minimums values and to perform destination temperature
compensation.
Accesses trip statistics and settings.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Provides controllers for system timer functions.
APPENDICES
Used to create custom messages to be displayed one-time or periodically.
Accesses GPS Status display on MFD. Touchscreen Controller provides additional RAIM
prediction function, GPS receiver selection, and SBAS selection.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
Displays electronic documents such as the Airplane Flight Manual and Cockpit Reference
Guide on a display pane. Touchscreen Controller provides controls for viewing and
managing electronic documents.
25
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Feature temporarily disables touchscreen glass input to allow for manual screen cleaning.
Turn or press any knob on the Touchscreen Controller to exit Screen Cleaning Mode.
Provides controls for activating and managing crew profiles.
EIS
Avionics Settings, Avionics/Database Status, SiriusXM information, and Connext
registration information.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
Setup Screen
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Provides controls for changing system avionics settings, such as, time format, units of
measure, airspace alert settings, MFD Data Bar Fields, and audio settings.
Provides LRU status, as well airframe and database information for the PFD, MFD, and
Touchscreen Controller.
APPENDICES
Shows the SiriusXM Info Screen on the Touchscreen Controller. Used to activate audio and
data services from SiriusXM Satellite Radio and to verify subscriptions of SiriusXM Weather
products.
INDEX
Provides capability to enter access code and display registration information for Connext
services. Button shown with GSR 56 option.
26
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
SyStem overview
SyStem
overview
WayPoint info Screen
FliGHt
inStrumentS
eiS
auDio
panel
auDio
& cnS
& cnS
FliGHt
manaGement
Accesses airport information including frequencies, weather, procedures, charts, runways,
and AOPA Airport Directory data.
HaZarD
avoiDance
Shows information for a selected intersection including bearing, distance, and location.
Provides VOR information including frequencies and location
aFcS
Provides NDB information including frequencies and locations
aDDitional
FeatureS
Provides location information for User Waypoints including a list of User Waypoints.
Create User Waypoints based on present position or a designated location.
appenDiceS
inDeX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
27
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Nearest Screen
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Displays a list of the nearest airports, with runway, bearing, and distance information.
Displays a list of the nearest intersections with bearing and distance information
AFCS
Displays a list of the nearest VORs with bearing, distance, and frequency information
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Displays a list of the nearest NDBs with bearing, distance, and frequency information
Displays a list of the nearest User Waypoints with bearing and distance information
APPENDICES
Displays information about the nearest airspace and status
Displays information about the nearest Air Route Traffic Control Center (ARTCC) facilities
including bearing, distance, and frequencies
INDEX
Displays the nearest Flight Service Stations with bearing, distance, and frequency
information
Displays the nearest weather reporting sources, bearings, distances, and frequencies
28
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Touchscreen Controller Joystick and Knobs
The functions of the Joystick and knobs on the Touchscreen Controller are context-sensitive. The Label
Bar, shown above each corresponding control, indicates which function(s) currently apply to each control.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Joystick may be turned to increase or decrease map range on certain system displays. When the
Joystick is pushed, the Map Pointer is activated for Map Panning (push again to deactivate the Map Pointer).
The middle knob is turned to increase or decrease the selected audio source volume. If a COM radio is
selected, pushing the Middle Knob activates/deactivates squelch. If a NAV radio is selected (on the Audio &
Radios Screen), pushing the middle knob enables NAV audio to be heard for identification.
EIS
The large and small right knobs are used for radio tuning and selection, frequency transfer, and data entry.
Turning the large right knob adjusts the selected radio frequency in MHz increments; the small right knob
adjusts the frequency in kHz increments. Push the small right knob momentarily to change the selected COM
radio source (COM 1 or COM 2) for tuning. Push and hold the small right knob for 1.5 seconds to transfer
the selected Standby COM frequency to the active COM frequency.
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
During data entry, turn the large right knob to move the cursor position. Turn the small right knob to select
a character for the highlighted cursor position. Push the small right knob to enter the data (see the Data Entry
discussion later in this section for more information about Data Entry methods.)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Controlling Display PANES (Normal Operations)
After system power-up, the MFD presents the Navigation Map Pane and the Traffic Map Pane in a side-byside format in Half Mode.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
If the PFD is operating in Split Mode, the Touchscreen Controller will also control the Display Pane on the
PFD.
The Joystick on the Touchscreen Controller, when moved to the right or left, selects the active pane on the
MFD or PFD. The active pane is indicated by a light blue Pane Title Bar and outline.
AFCS
In Half Mode, each Display Pane half retains independent settings for their respective display half being
controlled, allowing for greater flexibility and customization. For example, both the left and right MFD
halves may be showing Navigation Map Panes, but with different map orientations or overlay data based on
pilot preferences on each half.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
In normal operations, the system continues operating in Half Mode until Full Mode is selected on the
Touchscreen Controller.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
29
SyStem
overview
SyStem overview
PFD1 in Split Mode with a
Display Pane
MFD in Half Mode with
Two Display Panes
auDio
panel
auDio
& cnS
& cnS
eiS
FliGHt
inStrumentS
Light Blue
Title Bar
Indicates
Selected
Display Pane
Selected on
Touchscreen
Controller
Figure 1-22 Display Pane Control (Normal Operations, PFD in Split Mode)
FliGHt
manaGement
Multi-Function Display (MFD)
aFcS
HaZarD
avoiDance
EIS Display
Navigation Map Pane
(Half Mode)
Traffic Map Pane (Half
Mode)
appenDiceS
aDDitional
FeatureS
Navigation Map
Display Currently
Selected on Left
Display Pane
inDeX
Shows Selected
MFD Display Pane
in Full Mode
Touchscreen Controller
Figure 1-23 MFD and Touchscreen Controllers (Half Mode Operation)
30
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Full Mode is available when the Touchscreen Controller shows a Full Button in the Button Bar for the
selected Display Pane. When the Full Button is touched, the selected MFD Display Pane half expands to a
full-width Display Pane..
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Some Display Panes are only available in Half Mode (such as the ENGINE / SYSTEMS or GPS STATUS
display). When these displays are selected, they are automatically shown in Half Mode, and the Full or Half
Buttons are not available while that Display Pane is selected for control.
Multi-Function Display (MFD)
EIS
EIS Display
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Navigation Map Pane
(Full Mode)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Shows Selected
MFD Display Pane
in Half Mode
Touchscreen Controller
Figure 1-24 MFD and Touchscreen Controllers (Half Mode Operation)
APPENDICES
Certain Display Panes, such as GPS Status and Engine/ Systems Panes, are only formatted for Half Mode.
Selecting a function which shows these Display Panes on the MFD will cause the system to automatically
enter Half Mode operation on the MFD.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
31
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
Data Entry
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Three methods exist for directly entering alphanumeric data (e.g., waypoint identifiers, barometric minimum
descent altitude) into the system: using the Touchscreen Controller’s alphanumeric keypad, the large and
small right knob on the bottom of the Touchscreen Controller, or the PFD Knob on the PFD Controller. In
some instances, such as when entering an identifier, the system will try to predict the desired identifier based
on the characters being entered. In this case, if the desired identifier appears, use the ENTER Button to
confirm the entry without entering the rest of the identifier manually. This can save the pilot from entering
all the characters of the identifier.
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
EIS
Besides character-by-character data entry, the system also provides a shortcut for entering waypoint
identifiers. When the cursor is on a field awaiting entry of a waypoint identifier, touching the Find Button
accesses four different lists of waypoint identifiers for quick selection: Recent, Nearest, Flight Plan (if active
flight plan waypoints are available), and Favorites. In addition, the system provides the ability to search by
Facility Name or by City. The system will automatically fill in the identifier, facility, and city fields with the
information for the selected waypoint.
Using the Touchscreen Controller keyboard to enter alphanumeric data:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Select a Datafield Button the Touchscreen Controller for which data entry is required (i.e. waypoint, radio
frequency, etc.). A keypad will appear, and the Datafield Button will be highlighted in light blue.
2) Touch the desired letters or numbers, one at a time.
3) If an alphabetic keypad is displayed and numbers are desired, touch the 123... Button.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) If the numeric keypad is displayed and letter are desired, touch the ABC... Button.
5) To accept the entry, touch the Enter Button. Otherwise, touch the Back, Cancel, or Home Button (on the
Button Bar) to exit the datafield without saving the entry.
Touch to use Alphabetic Buttons
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Touch to use Numeric Buttons
INDEX
Figure 1-25 Entering a Waypoint on the Touchscreen Controller’s Alphabetic and
Numeric Buttons
32
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Using the Touchscreen Controller’s large and small right knobs to enter data:
1) Select a datafield button on the Touchscreen Controller for which data entry is required (i.e. waypoint, radio
frequency, etc.). A keypad will appear, and the data field will be highlighted in light blue.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Begin entering data by turning the small right knob to select a character for the first placeholder.
Turning the knob to the right cycles through the alphabet (where appropriate) toward the letter Z, starting in
the middle at K, and the digits zero through nine. Turning the knob to the left cycles in the opposite direction.
3) Turn the large right knob to move the cursor to the next placeholder in the field.
EIS
4) Repeat, using the small right knob to select a character and the large right knob to move the cursor, until the
field is complete.
5) Press the right knob to confirm entry. Otherwise, touch the Back or Home button to exit the field without
saving the entry.
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
33
SyStem
overview
SyStem overview
1.4 SyStem operation
FliGHt
inStrumentS
The displays are connected via a single Ethernet bus for high-speed communication. As shown in Figure
1-1, each IAU is connected to a single display. This allows the units to share information, enabling true system
integration.
normal DiSplay operation
eiS
In normal operations, PFD present graphical flight instrumentation (such as heading, airspeed, altitude,
vertical speed) on the Primary Flight Display (PFD) in either Full Mode or Split Mode. In Full Mode, the PFD
occupies the entire display portion of the GDU 1400W. In Split Mode, the PFD is condensed to accommodate
a Display Pane on the inboard portion of the GDU 1400W.
auDio
panel
auDio
& cnS
& cnS
The MFD displays a navigation information, as well as flight plan, weather, traffic and terrain information in
either two Half Mode Display Panes or one Full Mode Display Pane, depending on the selection made on the
Touchscreen Controller. The left portion of the MFD is dedicated to the Engine Indication System (EIS; see the
EIS Section).
inDeX
appenDiceS
aDDitional
FeatureS
aFcS
HaZarD
avoiDance
FliGHt
manaGement
The Touchscreen Controller provides radio management, Display Pane control, data entry, as well as feature
selection and display of system information.
Figure 1-26 G2000 Normal Operation
34
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
SyStem overview
SyStem
overview
reverSionary DiSplay operation
NOTE: The system alerts the pilot when the LRUs are using backup paths. Refer to the Appendices for
FliGHt
inStrumentS
further information regarding system-specific alerts.
PFD AND MFD FAILURE
eiS
If the system detects a PFD or MFD failure, the system automatically enters Reversionary (backup) Mode. In
Reversionary Mode, all important flight information from the PFD is presented on the operating (non-failed)
display in a similar format as in normal operating mode, with the addition of the EIS. EIS operation while in
Reversionary Mode is discussed in the EIS Section. The Inset Map appears on the right side of the display. The
PFD Split Mode Display Pane is not available in Reversionary Mode.
auDio
panel
auDio
& cnS
& cnS
If a PFD or MFD fails, the appropriate IAU-display Ethernet interface is disabled. Thus, the IAU can no longer
communicate with the operating display (refer to Figure 1-1), and the NAV and COM functions provided to the
failed display by the IAU are flagged as invalid on the operating display. The system reverts to backup paths
for the AHRS, ADC and Transponder, as required. The change to backup paths is completely automated for all
LRUs and no pilot action is required.
FliGHt
manaGement
If the system fails to detect a display problem, Reversionary Mode may be manually activated by pressing the
DISPLAY REVERSIONARY Button on the instrument panel. Pressing this button again deactivates Reversionary
Mode.
In Reversionary Mode, the Display Pane control functions of the Touchscreen Controller will not be applicable
to system operation.
HaZarD
avoiDance
aFcS
aDDitional
FeatureS
appenDiceS
inDeX
Figure 1-27 G2000 Reversionary Mode (Failed PFD)
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
35
SyStem
overview
SyStem overview
toucHScreen controller Failure
FliGHt
inStrumentS
If the Touchscreen Controller fails, the MFD continues to display what was shown prior to the failure of the
Touchscreen Controller. Most functions normally performed exclusively on the Touchscreen Controller will be
unavailable.
The PFD Controller is used to control communications and navigation radios, flight planning functions, and
procedure selection and activation on the PFD. Refer to the Audio and CNS and Flight Management sections
for information on using the PFD controller to perform these functions.
eiS
aHrS operation
note: Refer to Appendix A for specific AHRS alert information.
auDio
panel
auDio
& cnS
& cnS
note: Aggressive maneuvering while AHRS is not operating normally may degrade AHRS accuracy.
FliGHt
manaGement
In addition to using internal sensors, the GRS 77 AHRS uses GPS information, magnetic field data and air
data to assist in attitude/heading calculations. In normal mode, the AHRS relies upon GPS and magnetic field
measurements. If either of these external measurements is unavailable or invalid, the AHRS uses air data
information for attitude determination. Four AHRS modes of operation are available (see Figure 1-28) and
depend upon the combination of available sensor inputs. Loss of air data, GPS, or magnetometer sensor inputs
is communicated to the pilot by system message alerts.
YES
NO
HaZarD
avoiDance
Mag Data AND Air Data
Available and Reliable?
NO
YES
Mag Data Available and Reliable?
NO
YES
GPS Data Available and Reliable?
aFcS
YES
appenDiceS
aDDitional
FeatureS
AHRS Normal
Mode
NO
Air Data Available and Reliable?
AHRS no-Mag
Mode
AHRS no-Mag/
no-Air Mode
Heading Invalid
Heading Invalid
AHRS no-GPS
Mode
AHRS coast-on-gyros
until invalid
Attitude/Heading Invalid
inDeX
Figure 1-28 AHRS Operation
36
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GPS Input Failure
Note: In-flight initialization of AHRS, when operating without any valid source of GPS data and at true
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
air speed values greater than approximately 200 knots, is not guaranteed. Under these rare conditions, it
is possible for in-flight AHRS initialization to take an indefinite amount of time which would result in an
extended period of time where valid AHRS outputs are unavailable.
EIS
Two GPS inputs are provided to the AHRS. If GPS information from one of the inputs fails, the AHRS uses
the operating GPS input and an alert message is issued to inform the flight crew. If both GPS inputs fail, the
AHRS can continue to provide attitude and heading information to the PFD as long as magnetometer and
airspeed data are available and valid.
Magnetometer Failure
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
If the magnetometer input fails, the AHRS transitions to one of the reversionary No-Magnetometer modes and
continues to output valid attitude information. However, if the aircraft is airborne, the heading output on the
PFD does become invalid (as indicated by a red “X”).
Air Data Input Failure
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Failure of the air data input has no affect on the AHRS output while AHRS is receiving valid GPS
information. Invalid/unavailable airspeed data in addition to GPS failure results in loss of all attitude and
heading information.
GPS Receiver Operation
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Each GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Unit (IAU) contains a GPS receiver. Information collected by the specified
receiver (GPS 1 for the #1 IAU or GPS 2 for the #2 IAU) may be viewed on the GPS 1 or GPS 2 Status Pane
(refer to Figure 1-29).
AFCS
The system verifies both GPS receivers are providing accurate data. In some circumstances, both GPS receivers
may be providing accurate data, but one receiver may be providing a better GPS solution than the other receiver.
In this case, the system automatically selects the GPS receiver producing the better solution. While both GPS
receivers are still functioning properly, but one receiver is performing better than the other at that particular
time.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
37
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Satellite Constellation
Diagram
Satellite Signal
Strength Bars
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
EIS
Satellite Signal
Information Status
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
GPS Receiver
Status
Figure 1-29 GPS Receiver Information
Viewing the GPS receiver information:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) From Home, touch Utilities > GPS Status.
2) Touch the GPS 1 Button to view information for the #1 GPS receiver. The button annunciator will be green
when selected on. The system displays the GPS1 Status Pane.
3) Touch the GPS 2 Button to view information for the #2 GPS receiver. The button annunciator will be green
when selected on. The system displays the GPS2 Status Pane.
AFCS
Satellite constellation diagram
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Satellites currently in view are shown at their respective positions on a sky view diagram. The sky view is
always in a north-up orientation, with the outer circle representing the horizon, the inner circle representing
45° above the horizon, and the center point showing the position directly overhead.
Each satellite is represented by an oval containing the Pseudo-random noise (PRN) number (i.e., satellite
identification number). Satellites whose signals are currently being used are represented by solid ovals.
APPENDICES
Satellite signal status
The accuracy of the aircraft’s GPS fix is calculated using Estimated Position Uncertainty (EPU), Dilution
of Precision (DOP), and horizontal and vertical figures of merit (HFOM and VFOM). EPU is the radius of a
circle centered on an estimated horizontal position in which actual position has 95% probability of laying.
EPU is a statistical error indication and not an actual error measurement.
INDEX
DOP measures satellite geometry quality (i.e., number of satellites received and where they are relative to
each other) on a range from 0.0 to 9.9, with lower numbers denoting better accuracy. HFOM and VFOM,
38
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
measures of horizontal and vertical position uncertainty, are the current 95% confidence in the horizontal and
vertical accuracy values reported by the GPS receiver.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The current calculated GPS position, time, altitude, ground speed, and track for the aircraft are displayed
below the satellite signal accuracy measurements.
GPS receiver status
EIS
The GPS solution type (ACQUIRING, 2D NAV, 2D DIFF NAV, 3D NAV, 3D DIFF NAV) for the active GPS
receiver (GPS 1 or GPS 2) is shown in the right center of the GPS1 and GPS2 Status Pane. When the receiver
is in the process of acquiring enough satellite signals for navigation, the receiver uses satellite orbital data
(collected continuously from the satellites) and last known position to determine the satellites that should be
in view. The system indicates ‘ACQUIRING’ as the solution until a sufficient number of satellites have been
acquired for computing a solution.
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
When the receiver is in the process of acquiring a 3D navigational GPS solution, ‘3D NAV’ is indicated as
the solution until the 3D differential fix has finished acquisition. SBAS (Satellite-Based Augmentation System)
indicates ‘INACTIVE’. When acquisition is complete, the solution status indicates ‘3D DIFF NAV’ and SBAS
indicates ‘ACTIVE’.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
GPS Satellite Signal Strengths
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The GPS1 and GPS2 Status Pane can be helpful in troubleshooting weak (or missing) signal levels due to
poor satellite coverage or installation problems. As the GPS receiver locks onto satellites, a signal strength
bar is displayed for each satellite in view, with the appropriate satellite PRN number (01-32 or 120-138 for
SBAS) below each bar. The progress of satellite acquisition is shown in three stages, as indicated by signal
bar appearance:
AFCS
- No bar—Receiver is looking for the indicated satellite
- Hollow bar—Receiver has found the satellite and is collecting data
- Light blue bar—Receiver has collected the necessary data and the satellite signal can be used
- Green bar—Satellite is being used for the GPS solution
- Checkered bar—Receiver has excluded the satellite (Fault Detection and Exclusion)
- “D” indication—Denotes the satellite is being used as part of the differential computations
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Each satellite has a 30-second data transmission that must be collected (signal strength bar is hollow) before
the satellite may be used for navigation (signal strength bar becomes solid).
SBAS Selection
APPENDICES
In certain situations, such as when the aircraft is outside or on the fringe of the WAAS, EGNOS, or MSAS
coverage area, it may be desirable to disable the reception of the applicable SBAS signal (although it is not
recommended). When enabled, the annunciator on the applicable button shows green.
Enabling/Disabling EGNOS, MSAS or WAAS
1) From Home, touch Utilities > GPS Status.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
2) Touch the EGNOS, MSAS, or WAAS (any combination) Annunciator Button(s) to enable or disable. A green
annunciation indicates an enabled SBAS selection.
39
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
RAIM (Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring) Prediction
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In most cases performing a RAIM prediction is not necessary. However, in some cases, the selected approach
may be outside the SBAS coverage area and it may be necessary to perform a RAIM prediction for the intended
approach.
EIS
Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (RAIM) is a GPS receiver function that performs a consistency
check on all tracked satellites. RAIM ensures that the available satellite geometry allows the receiver to
calculate a position within a specified RAIM protection limit (2.0 nautical miles for oceanic and enroute, 1.0
nm for terminal, and 0.3 nm for non-precision approaches). During oceanic, enroute, and terminal phases of
flight, RAIM is available nearly 100% of the time.
The RAIM prediction function also indicates whether RAIM is available at a specified date and time. RAIM
computations predict satellite coverage within ±15 min of the specified arrival date and time.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
Because of the tighter protection limit on approaches, there may be times when RAIM is not available. The
system automatically monitors RAIM and warns with an alert message when it is not available. If RAIM is not
predicted to be available for the final approach course, the approach does not become active, as indicated by
the messages “Approach is not active” and “RAIM not available from FAF to MAP”. If RAIM is not available
when crossing the FAF, the missed approach procedure must be flown.
Predicting RAIM availability:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > GPS Status.
2) Touch the Location Button.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Touch the Waypoint Button to enter the location for which RAIM will be predicted. Touch the Present
Position Button to enter the aircraft’s current position as the prediction location.
4) If the Waypoint Button was touched in step 2, enter the waypoint identifier using the alphanumeric buttons.
If the Present Position Button was touched in step 2, proceed to step 5.
5) Touch the Enter Button.
AFCS
6) The location selected for RAIM prediction is now displayed on the Location Button.
7) Touch the Arrival Time Button.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
8) Enter the planned arrival time for the selected location using the numeric buttons
9) Touch the Enter Button. The time is now displayed on the Arrival Time Button.
10) Touch the Arrival Date Button.
APPENDICES
11) Touch the button for the desired year. If necessary, touch and drag in the window, or use the Up and Down
buttons to display the desired year.
12) Touch the button for the desired month. If necessary, touch and drag in the window, or use the Up and Down
buttons to display the desired month.
13) Touch the button for the desired day. If necessary, touch and drag in the window, or use the Up and Down
buttons to display the desired day. The selected date is now displayed on the Arrival Date Button.
INDEX
14) Touch the Compute RAIM Button. One of the following will be displayed in the RAIM Status field.
• ‘Computing’—RAIM calculation in progress
40
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
• ‘Available’—RAIM is predicted to be available for the specified waypoint, time, and date
• ‘Not Available’—RAIM is predicted to be unavailable for the specified waypoint, time, and date
• ‘--------’—RAIM has not been computed for the specified waypoint, time, and date combination
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
G2000 System Annunciations
EIS
When an LRU or an LRU function fails, a large yellow or red ‘X’ is typically displayed on windows associated
with the failed data (Figure 1-30 displays all possible flags and responsible LRUs). Upon G2000 power-up,
certain instruments remain invalid as equipment begins to initialize. All windows should be operational within
one minute of power-up. If any window is not operational after this time, the G2000 should be serviced by a
Garmin-authorized repair facility.
NOTE: For a detailed description of all annunciations and alerts, refer to Appendix A. Refer to the Airplane
GDC 74 Air
Data Computer
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
Flight Manual (AFM) for additional information regarding pilot responses to these annunciations.
GIA 63W Integrated
Avionics Unit
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
GDC 74 Air
Data Computer
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
GEA 71 Engine
Airframe Unit
or
GIA 63W
Integrated
Avionics Unit
GRS 77 AHRS
or GMU 44
Magnetometer
AFCS
GIA 63/63W
Integrated
Avionics Unit
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
GIA 63W Integrated
Avionics Unit
GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Unit
GTX 33 Transponder
APPENDICES
GMA 36
Audio Panel
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
Figure 1-30 G2000 System Failure Annunciations
41
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
1.5 System Management
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Touchscreen Controller allows management of various system parameters, in addition to providing status
and database information for the system.
Avionics Settings
Avionics Settings are categorized into five Tabs (System, Units, Alerts, MFD Fields, and Audio):
System Settings
EIS
• Time display format (local 12 hour, local 24 hour or UTC )
• Time offset
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
• Flight Director Active Format (not pilot selectable)
• GPS CDI range
• COM transceiver channel spacing
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Stability & Protection (Garmin ESP™)
• Nearest Airport Runway Surface
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Nearest Airport Minimum Length
NOTE: The time offset is used to define current local time. UTC (also called GMT or Zulu) date and time are
AFCS
calculated directly from the GPS satellite signals and cannot be changed.
Setting the Time Format:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) If necessary, touch the System tab.
3) Touch the Time Format Button (displays currently selected time format in light blue).
4) Touch a time format option button (Local 12hr, Local 24hr, or UTC).
APPENDICES
Setting the Time Offset Value:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
2) If necessary, from the System Tab.
3) Touch the Time Offset button (currently selected time offset shown in light blue).
INDEX
4) Input the desired value using the numeric keypad or the large and small right knobs and touch the ENTER
Button.
42
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
Figure 1-31 System Time (Local 24-hr Format)
‘Time Format’
Datafield
Time
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
Date
‘Time Format’ Options
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 1-32 Time Format Settings
AFCS
GPS CDI Range
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The GPS CDI setting allows the pilot to define the range for the course deviation indicator (CDI). The
range values represent full range deflection for the CDI to either side. The default setting is ‘AUTO’. At this
setting, leaving the departure airport the CDI range is set to 1.0 nm and gradually ramps up to 2 nm beyond
30 nm from the departure airport. The CDI range is set to 2.0 nautical miles during the en route phase of
flight. Within 30 nm of the destination airport, the CDI range gradually ramps down to 1.0 nm (terminal
area). During approach operations, the CDI range ramps down even further to 0.3 nm. This transition
normally occurs within 2.0 nm of the final approach fix (FAF).
APPENDICES
If a lower CDI range setting is selected (i.e., 1.0 or 0.3 nm), the higher range settings are not selected
during any phase of flight. For example, if 1.0 nm is selected, the system uses this for en route and terminal
phases and ramps down to 0.3 nm during an approach. Note that the Receiver Autonomous Integrity
Monitoring (RAIM) protection limits follow the selected CDI range and corresponding flight phases.
INDEX
Setting the GPS CDI Range:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the System tab.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
43
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
3) Touch the GPS CDI button (button displays current GPS CDI range in light blue).
4) Touch one of the following GPS CDI Range Buttons: 0.30 NM, 1.00 NM, 2.00 NM, or AUTO.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
COM Channel Spacing
NOTE: 8.33 kHz VHF communication frequency channel spacing is not approved for use in the United States.
Select the 25.0 kHz channel spacing option for use in the United States.
EIS
The ‘COM Channel Spacing’ datafield allows the pilot to select 8.33 kHz or 25.0 kHz COM frequency
channel spacing.
Setting COM Channel Spacing:
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the System tab.
3) Scroll to and touch the COM Channel Spacing Button (button displays the current spacing setting in light blue).
4) Touch either the 8.33 kHz or 25.0 kHz Buttons.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Electronic Stability & Protection (ESP)
Refer to the Additional Features Section for more information on Electronic Stability & Protection.
Enabling/Disabling Electronic Stability & Protection:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the System tab.
3) Scroll to and touch the Stability & Protection Enable Button. Electronic Stability and Protection is enabled when
button annunciator is green, disabled when gray.
AFCS
The Electronic Stability & Protection feature is enabled on each power cycle.
Nearest Airports
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Nearest airport matching criteria (such as minimum runway length and/or surface type) can be entered to
prevent airports with small runways or runways that are not of appropriate surface from being displayed in
the list as nearest airports . Default settings are zero feet (or meters) for runway length and “HARD/SOFT”
for runway surface type.
Setting the Nearest Airport surface matching criteria:
APPENDICES
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the System tab.
3) Scroll to and touch the Nearest Airport Runway Surface button (button displays current runway surface selection
in light blue).
INDEX
4) Touch one of the following runway surface buttons: Any, Hard Only, Hard/Soft, or Water.
44
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Setting the Nearest Airport Minimum Runway Length matching criteria:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the System tab.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Scroll to and touch the Nearest Airport Min Rwy Length button (button displays current length setting in light
blue).
4) Input a minimum runway surface distance using the keypad or the large and small right knobs, then touch Enter
to accept the entry.
EIS
Units Settings
• Nav Angle
• Magnetic Variance (not pilot selectable)
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
• Distance/Speed (not pilot selectable)
• Altitude/Vertical Speed
• Temperature
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Fuel
• Weight
• Position Format
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Units Tab allows configuration of the measurement units used for the following displayed data:
AFCS
• Nav angle (magnetic, true)
When set to ‘Magnetic ( ˚ )’, magnetic variation is figured into the displayed value. When ‘True ( ˚T )’
is selected, no magnetic variation is calculated and a ‘T’ is displayed next to the value.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Affects Current Heading, Selected Heading, and Selected Course.
Affects the BRG, DTK, TKE, TRK, and XTK fields.
• Altitude and vertical speed (feet, meters)
Affects all altitude and elevation displays, with the exception of VNAV altitudes.
APPENDICES
• Temperature (Celsius, Fahrenheit)
Affects all temperature displays.
• Fuel and fuel flow (gallons, gallons/hour, imperial gallons/hour, kilograms/hour, liters/hour, pounds/
hour)
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
Affects indicated fuel quantities and fuel flow rates.
45
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
• Weight (pounds, kilograms)
Affects aircraft weight displays.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Position format (HDDD°MM.MM’, HDDD°MM’SS.S, MGRS, UTM/UPS”)
Affects all position displays.
Changing unit settings:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
EIS
2) If necessary, touch the Units tab.
3) Scroll if necessary and touch button corresponding to the units to be changed (current units selection displayed
in light blue).
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
4) Touch a units button from the list.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Settings
Displayed for
Reference,
Not Pilot
Selectable
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Button
Indicates
Setting
is Pilot
Selectable
AFCS
Figure 1-33 Viewing Unit Data on the Avionics Settings Screen
Alerts Settings
• Baro transition alert
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Airspace alert altitude buffer
• Arrival Alert
• Class B/TMA airspace alert
• Class C/TCA airspace alert
APPENDICES
• Class D airspace alert
• Restricted airspace alert
• MOA (Military) airspace alert
INDEX
• Other (ADIZ) airspace alert
46
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The Alerts Tab allows configuration of the following alert settings:
• Baro transition alert
• Arrival alerts
• Altitude buffer distance alert
• Airspace alerts
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Baro Transition Alert settings
Setting the Baro Transition Alert altitude:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
EIS
2) If necessary, touch the Alerts Tab.
3) Touch the Baro Transition Alert altitude button.
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
4) Input the desired altitude using the numeric keypad or the large and small right knobs, then touch the ENTER
Button or press the Right Knob.
Enabling/Disabling the Baro Transition Alert:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) If necessary, touch the Alerts Tab.
3) Touch the Baro Transition Alert Enable Button. Button annunciator is green when alert is enabled, gray when
disabled.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Arrival Alert settings
Setting the Arrival Alert distance:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the Alerts Tab.
AFCS
3) Touch the Arrival Alert distance button.
4) Input the desired distance using the numeric keypad or the large and small right knobs, then touch the ENTER
Button or press the Right Knob.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Enabling/disabling Arrival Alerts:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the Alerts Tab.
APPENDICES
3) Touch the Arrival Alert Enable Button. Button annunciator is green when alert is enabled, gray when disabled.
Airspace Alerts
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
The Airspace Alerts allow the pilot to enable/disable the controlled/special-use airspace message alerts
on or off. This does not affect the Nearest Airspace alerts or the airspace boundaries depicted on the
Navigation Map Pane. It simply enables/disables the warning provided when the aircraft is approaching or
near an airspace.
47
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Alerts for the following airspaces can be turned enabled/disabled:
• Class B/TMA
• Restricted
• Class C/TCA
• MOA (Military)
• Class D
• Other airspaces/ADIZ
EIS
An altitude buffer is also provided which “expands” the vertical range above or below an airspace. For
example, if the buffer is set at 500 feet, and the aircraft is more than 500 feet above/below an airspace, an
alert message is not generated, but if the aircraft is less than 500 feet above/below an airspace and projected
to enter it, the pilot is notified with an alert message. The default setting for the altitude buffer is 200 feet.
Setting the altitude buffer distance:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
2) If necessary, touch the Alerts Tab.
3) Touch the Airspace Alert Alt Buffer altitude button (displays current selection in light blue).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Enter the desired altitude buffer using the numeric keypad or the large and small right knobs, then touch the
ENTER Button or press the Right Knob.
Enabling/disabling an airspace alert:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the Alerts Tab.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Scroll as necessary and touch the Enable Button nex to any of the following alerts: CLASS B/TMA, CLASS C/
TCA, CLASS D, RESTRICTED, MOA (MILITARY), OTHER/ADIZ. Button annunciator is green when alert is enabled,
gray when disabled.
MFD Fields Settings
AFCS
• MFD Data Bar Field 1
• MFD Data Bar Field 2
• MFD Data Bar Field 3
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• MFD Data Bar Field 4
• MFD Data Bar Field 5
• MFD Data Bar Field 6
APPENDICES
• MFD Data Bar Field 7
INDEX
• MFD Data Bar Field 8
48
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The MFD Navigation Status Bar can display up to eight navigation data bar fields. By default, the
Navigation Status Bar displays Ground Speed (GS), Desired Track (DTK), Track (TRK), Estimated Time
Enroute (ETE), Bearing (BRG), Distance (DIS), Minimum Safe Altitude (MSA), and Estimated Time of
Arrival (ETA). The system assigns each data bar field a corresponding number, 1 though 8, as displayed
from left-to-right in the MFD Navigation Status Bar.
Change the information shown in an MFD Data Bar field:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the MFD Fields Tab.
EIS
3) Scroll as needed and touch the MFD Data Bar Field Number to be changed (1 through 8); current selection for
each data bar field displayed in light blue.
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
4) Scroll as needed and touch the button corresponding to the desired data to be shown in the selected MFD Data
Bar Field.
The following data may be selected for display in each of the eight fields of the Navigation Status Bar.
• Distance (DIS)
• Ground Speed (GS)
• Desired Track (DTK)
• Minimum Safe Altitude (MSA)
• Endurance (END)
• True Airspeed (TAS)
• Enroute Safe Altitude (ESA)
• Track Angle Error (TKE)
• Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA)
• Track (TRK)
• Estimated Time Enroute (ETE)
• Vertical Speed Required (VSR)
• Fuel On Board (FOB)
• Cross-Track Error (XTK)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Fuel Over Destination (FOD)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Bearing (BRG)
AFCS
Audio Settings
• Audio Alert Voice
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Pilot 3D Audio
• Pilot L-R Swap
• Copilot 3D Audio
• Copilot L-R Swap
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
49
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
The Audio Tab allows configuration the audio alert voice gender, as well as the 3D audio feature for the
pilot and copilot. Refer to the Audio & CNS Section for more information about 3D audio.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selecting the audio alert voice:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the Audio Tab.
3) Touch the Audio Alert Voice button (current voice displayed in light blue).
4) Touch the audio alert voice gender button to select an audio alert voice (Male or Female).
EIS
Enabling/Disabling 3D audio for the Pilot or Copilot:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
2) If necessary, touch the Audio Tab.
3) Scroll to and touch either the Pilot 3D Audio or Copilot 3D Audio Enable Button. 3D audio is enabled when
button annunciator is green, disabled when gray.
Changing the location of the left and right audio for the 3D audio feature:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the Audio Tab.
3) Scroll to and touch either the Pilot L-R Swap or Copilot L-R Swap Enable Button. When enabled, the audio
normally heard in the left headset channel is heard in the right headset channel.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Environmental Control Settings
The G2000 offers a control interface for the Environmental Control System (ECS) through the ECS Screen on
the Touchscreen Controller. The ECS Screen allows control of cabin temperature control, fan speed settings,
and windscreen defogging.
AFCS
Enabling/Disabling ECS:
1) From Home, touch Aircraft Systems > ECS.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Touch the ECS ON Button. A green annunciator indicates ECS is enabled as shown in Figure 1-34. A gray
annunciator indicates ECS is disabled.
Enable/Disable
ECS
Cabin
Temperature
Adjustment
APPENDICES
Enable/Disable
Windscreen Defogging
Set Fan to
Automatic
or Manual
Enable/Disable
Air-Conditioning
INDEX
Manual
Fan Speed
Adjustment
Figure 1-34 ECS Screen
50
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Adjusting cabin temperature:
1) From Home, touch Aircraft Systems > ECS.
2) Touch and slide the temperature slider as shown in Figure 1-34.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Or:
Touch the + pointer to increase the temperature, or - pointer to decrease the temperature. Each touch increases
or decreases one degree.
The selected cabin temperature is displayed above the temperature slider. The actual cabin temperature is
displayed to the left of the selected temperature as shown in Figure 1-34.
EIS
Setting fan mode:
1) From Home, touch Aircraft Systems > ECS.
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
2) Touch the Mode Button to select Manual or Auto. Each touch of the button switches between manual and
automatic mode. Auto mode is selected in Figure 1-34. Manual mode allows the fan speed to be adjusted
manually. Auto mode allows the ECS to determine proper fan speed for the selected temperature.
Adjusting manual fan speed:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) From Home, touch Aircraft Systems > ECS.
2) If needed, touch the Mode Button to display ‘Manual’ on the button label.
3) Touch and slide the fan speed slider as shown in Figure 1-34.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Or:
Touch the + pointer to increase fan speed, or - pointer to decrease fan speed. Each touch increases or decreases
ten percent. The manual fan speed setting is displayed above the fan speed slider.
Enabling/Disabling windshield defogging:
AFCS
1) From Home, touch Aircraft Systems > ECS.
2) If necessary, enable the ECS by touching the ECS ON Button.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Touch the DEFOG Button. A green annunciator indicates defogging is enabled. A gray annunciator indicates
defogging is disabled.
Enabling/Disabling the air-conditioning system:
1) From Home Screen, touch Aircraft Systems > ECS.
APPENDICES
2) If necessary, enable the ECS by touching the ECS ON Button.
3) Touch the A/C Button. A green annunciator indicates air-conditioning is enabled. A gray annunciator indicates
air-conditioning is disabled.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
51
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
Avionics Status
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Avionics Status Screen provides information about installed LRUs, airframe system software, and
databases.
LRU Info
The LRU Info Tab on the Avionics Status screen displays the status, serial numbers, and software version
numbers for all detected system LRUs. The system displays a green checked box for each active LRUs. A
yellow ‘X’ box indicates a failed LRU. Inform a service center or Garmin dealer a LRU has failed.
EIS
Viewing LRU information:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Status.
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
2) If necessary, touch the LRU Info tab.
3) Scroll as needed and touch a LRU button to display a pop-up window with additional information for the
selected LRU.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) When finished, touch the pop-up window (if displayed), or touch Back or Home.
LRU Info Tab
Selected
Additional
Information
Shown for
Selected
LRU
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Failed
LRU
AFCS
Active LRU
(Touch
to View
Additional
Information)
Figure 1-35 Viewing LRU Info Information on the Touchscreen Controller
Airframe
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The Airframe Tab of the Avionics Status screen displays pertinent information about the airframe including
the System ID number, System Software Version number, Configuration ID, Cockpit Reference Guide part
number, and Checklist information.
APPENDICES
Viewing airframe information:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Status.
2) If necessary, touch the Airframe Tab.
INDEX
3) Scroll as needed to view the airframe information.
52
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Database
The Database Tab of the Avionics Status screen displays pertinent information on all system databases
(MFD1, GTC1, and GTC2).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Viewing database information:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Status.
2) If necessary, touch the Database Tab.
3) Touch MFD1, PFD1, or GTC1 Buttons to display database information for the selected LRU.
EIS
4) Scroll as necessary to view database information for the selected LRU, then touch Back or Home.
SiriusXM Information
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
Note: Refer to the Hazard Avoidance Section for information about SiriusXM Weather products or the
Additional Features Section for information about SiriusXM Satellite Radio.
Viewing SiriusXM Information:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > SiriusXM Info.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SiriusXM services are subscription-based. The service is activated by providing SiriusXM customer service
with either one or two coded IDs, depending on the equipment. Either the Audio Radio ID or the Data Radio
ID, or both, must be provided to SiriusXM to activate the subscription(s). These IDs can be found in the
following locations:
• On the label on the back of the GDL 69/69A Data Link Receiver
• On the SiriusXM Info Screen of the Touchscreen Controller
• On the SiriusXM Activation Instructions included with the GDL 69/69A.
AFCS
Data Radio ID
(for XM Weather)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Weather Products
(Available Products
for Service
Class Indicated
in White, Not
Available are
Diminished)
Audio Radio ID
(for SiriusXM
Entertainment)
Service Class of
SiriusXM Weather
Subscription
APPENDICES
Start Service
Activation
Figure 1-36 SiriusXM Info Screen
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
53
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
Activating SiriusXM Weather and SiriusXM Satellite Radio:
1) Position the aircraft so the GDL 69A antenna has an unobstructed view of the sky.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) From Home touch Utilities > Setup > SiriusXM Info > Start. The Activation Window displays ‘ACTIVATING’.
3) If activating SiriusXM Weather, monitor Weather Products window on the SiriusXM Info Screen. Unavailable
weather product names appear in diminished text; available weather product names appear in white text.
SiriusXM Weather activation is complete when all weather products in the subscription are displayed as available.
EIS
4) If activating SiriusXM Satellite Radio, touch Home > Services > Music to display the Music Screen. Then
scroll in the channel list and verify the channels in the subscription are available. Then return to the SiriusXM
Info Screen.
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
5) When activation has completed, touch the Lock Button to save the activation changes, or touch the Cancel to
exit without saving changes.
System Tests
The System Tests Screen provides an Annunciator Test. A status window near the top of the screen indicates
the present status of the annunciator test.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If the annunciators have not been tested since the last power cycle, the Annunciator Test Button displays
dashes (‘---’).
Testing the aircraft annunciators:
1) From Home, touch Aircraft Systems > System Tests.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Touch the Annunciator Test Button. While the annunciators are being tested, the button displays ‘In Progress’.
The Button displays ‘Done’ when the test has completed.
AFCS
Test Status Window
Annunciator Test
Button
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 1-37 System Tests Screen
54
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1.6Utilities
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Timer and Trip Statistics features provide a stopwatch-like generic timer, a total time in flight timer, and
a record of the time of departure as well as distance tracking—odometer, trip odometer, and average ground
speeds and maximum ground speeds.
Timer
EIS
The generic timer can be set to count up or down from a specified time (HH:MM:SS). When the countdown
on the timer reaches zero the digits begin to count up from zero. If the timer is reset before reaching zero on a
countdown, the digits are reset to the initial value. If the timer is counting up when reset, the digits are zeroed.
Setting the generic timer:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Timer.
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
2) Touch the Time Button.
3) Input the desired time using the numeric keypad or the Large and Small Right Knobs, then touch the Enter
Button or press the Right Knob.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Touch the Start Button. The button changes to ‘Stop’.
5) To stop the timer, touch the Stop Button.
6) To reset the timer, touch the Reset Button.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 1-38 Timer Screen
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
55
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
Figure 1-39 Timer (PFD)
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
Trip Stats
Flight Time
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The flight timer can be set to count up from zero starting at system power-up or from the time the aircraft
lifts off; the timer can also be reset to zero.
Setting the flight timer starting criterion:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Trip Stats.
2) Touch the Flight Time Start At Button (Figure 1-40).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Touch either the Power On or In-Air Button. A green annunciator indicates the selected option.
4) Touch the Accept Button.
Resetting the flight timer:
AFCS
1) From Home Screen, touch Utilities > Trip Stats.
2) Touch the Flight Time Button (light blue text in button displays flight time).
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Touch the Reset Button to reset the flight timer or touch the Cancel Button.
INDEX
Figure 1-40 Trip Statistics Options
56
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Departure Time
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The system records the time at which departure occurs. The departure time is selectable as either from the
time the system was powered-up, or when the aircraft becomes airborne. The displayed departure time can
also be reset to display the current time at the point of reset.
Setting the departure timer starting criterion:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Trip Stats.
2) Touch the Departure Time Start At Button.
EIS
3) Touch either the Power On or In-Air Button. A green annunciator indicates the selected option.
4) Touch the Accept Button.
Resetting the departure time:
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Trip Stats.
2) Touch the ‘Departure Time’ Datafield Button.
3) Touch the Reset Button.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Odometer
The Odometer presents a total distance traveled since the last reset.
Setting the odometer automatic reset criterion:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Trip Stats.
2) Touch the Odometer Reset Button (Figure 1-40).
3) Touch the Power On, In-Air, or Manually Button. A green annunciator indicates the selected option. Note
manual reset is always available regardless of the option selected for automatic reset.
AFCS
4) Touch the Accept Button.
Manually resetting the odometer:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Trip Stats.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Touch the Odometer distance button (shows current odometer reading in light blue).
3) Touch the Reset Button to reset the odometer, or touch the Cancel Button.
Trip Odometer
APPENDICES
The Trip Odometer presents a total distance traveled for the active flight plan since the last reset.
Setting the Trip Odometer automatic reset criterion:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Trip Stats.
2) Touch the Trip Odometer Reset Button (Figure 1-40).
INDEX
3) Touch the Power On, In-Air, or Manually Button. A green annunciator indicates the selected option. Note
manual reset is always available regardless of the option selected for automatic reset.
4) Touch the Accept Button.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
57
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
Manually resetting the Trip Odometer:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Trip Stats.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Touch the Trip Odometer distance button (shows current trip odometer reading in light blue.)
3) Touch the Reset Button to reset the trip odometer, or touch the Cancel Button.
Average Ground Speed
Avg Ground Speed presents a ground speed average since the last reset.
EIS
Setting the average ground speed automatic reset criterion:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Trip Stats.
2) Scroll to display the ‘Avg Ground Speed’ buttons.
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
3) Touch the Avg Ground Speed Reset Button.
4) Touch the Power On, In-Air, or Manually Button. A green annunciator indicates the selected option. Note
manual reset is always available regardless of the option selected for automatic reset.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Touch the Accept Button.
Manually resetting the Odometer:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Trip Stats.
2) Scroll to display the ‘Avg Ground Speed’ buttons.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Touch the Avg Ground Speed Button (button displays average ground speed in light blue).
4) Touch the Reset Button to reset the average ground speed, or touch the Cancel Button.
Maximum Ground Speed
‘Max Ground Speed’ shows the highest recorded ground speed since the last reset.
AFCS
Setting the Maximum Ground Speed automatic reset criterion:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Trip Stats.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Scroll to display the ‘Max Ground Speed’ buttons.
3) Touch the Max Ground Speed Reset Button.
4) Touch the Power On, In-Air, or Manually Button. A green annunciator indicates the selected option. Note
manual reset is always available regardless of the option selected for automatic reset.
APPENDICES
5) Touch the Accept Button.
Manually resetting the Maximum Ground Speed:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Trip Stats.
2) Scroll to display the ‘Max Ground Speed’ buttons.
INDEX
3) Touch the Max Ground Speed Button (button displays maximum speed in light blue).
4) Touch the Reset Button to reset the Maximum Ground Speed, or touch the Cancel Button.
58
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Screen Cleaning
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Screen Cleaning mode temporary deactivates touch input on the Touchscreen Controller screen to facilitate
cleaning. The screen can be cleaned using a microfiber or soft cotton cloth lightly dampened with clean water.
Do not use chemical cleaning agents, as these may damage the coating on the glass surface.
Cleaning the Touchscreen Controller screen:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Screen Cleaning.
2) The Touchscreen Controller indicates the screen may be cleaned. Clean the screen as needed.
EIS
3) Press or turn any knob to return to the Utilities Screen.
Crew Profiles
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
The crew profile feature enables the flight crew to conveniently store and recall a group of system settings
using a named crew profile. Each crew profile contains a wide range of parameters including settings for maps,
avionics, trip planning, certain PFD softkey selections, chart display preferences, weight and fuel information,
and more.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
During system operation, a crew profile is always active, as shown on the Crew Profile Screen (Figure 1-41). As
the flight crew makes selections applicable to the crew profile, the system automatically stores this information
into the active crew profile. If the Default Profile is the active crew profile, the system retains the current settings
only until the power is cycled.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Note: When the system is powered up on the ground, the Default Profile is activated with the airframe
default settings.
When a crew profile is added using the Crew Profile Screen, the system stores the current settings into the
new crew profile. If a crew profile other than the Default Profile is the active crew profile, the system retains
this information through power cycles. The Default Profile cannot be renamed or deleted.
AFCS
Active Crew
Profile
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Available
Profiles
Stored on
the System
Available
Options for
Selected
Crew Profile
Import a Crew
Profile from an
SD Card
APPENDICES
Add a New
Crew Profile
Selected Crew
Profile
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
Figure 1-41 Managing Crew Profiles on the Crew Profile Screen
59
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
Adding a new crew profile:
1) If necessary, adjust the system settings as desired to be used for the crew profile to be added.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) From Home, touch Utilities > Crew Profile.
3) Scroll if necessary, and touch the Add Profile Button.
4) Input the name to assign to the crew profile using the keypad or the large and small right knobs, then touch
Enter or press the right knob. Crew Profiles may be up to 16 characters long, and cannot share the exact name
of another crew profile. The system adds the new crew profile using the current settings.
EIS
Activating a crew profile:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Crew Profile.
2) Scroll if necessary, and touch the button for the crew profile to be activated.
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
3) Touch the Activate Button. When finished, the system displays the name of the selected crew profile in the
‘Active Profile’ Window.
Copying an existing crew profile:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Crew Profile.
2) Scroll if necessary, and touch the button for the crew profile to be copied.
3) Touch the Copy Button.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Input the name to assign to the copied crew profile using the keypad or the large and small right knobs, then
touch Enter or press the right knob. Crew Profiles may be up to 16 characters long, and cannot share the exact
name of another crew profile. The Crew Profile screen displays the name of the copied profile in the list.
Renaming an existing crew profile:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Crew Profile.
AFCS
2) Scroll if necessary, and touch the button for the crew profile to be renamed.
3) Touch the Rename Button.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Input the new name to assign to the selected crew profile using the keypad or the large and small right knobs,
then touch Enter or press the right knob. Crew Profiles may be up to 16 characters long, and cannot share the
exact name of another crew profile. The Crew Profile screen displays the name of the renamed crew profile in
the list.
APPENDICES
Deleting a crew profile:
Note: The system cannot delete the currently active crew profile. If necessary, activate another crew profile
prior to deletion.
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Crew Profile.
INDEX
2) Scroll if necessary, and touch the button for the profile to be deleted.
3) Touch the Delete Button.
4) Touch the OK Button to confirm and delete the profile, or touch the Cancel Button.
60
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Importing a crew profile from an SD card:
1) If necessary, insert an SD card containing a crew profile into the top card slot in the MFD.
2) From Home, touch Utilities > Crew Profile.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Touch the Import Button.
4) Scroll if necessary, and touch the button for the crew profile to be imported.
Exporting a crew profile to an SD card:
1) If necessary, insert an SD card to store a crew profile into the top card slot in the MFD.
EIS
2) From Home, touch Utilities > Crew Profile.
3) Scroll if necessary, and touch the button for the crew profile to be exported from the list.
AUDIO
PANEL
AUDIO
& CNS
& CNS
4) Touch the Export Button.
Restoring airframe default settings to the active crew profile:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Crew Profile.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) If necessary, activate the crew profile to be restored to the airframe default settings.
3) Touch the Restore Defaults Button.
4) Touch the OK Button to restore the profile to the default settings, or touch Cancel.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
61
SyStem
overview
SyStem overview
1.7 Secure DiGital carDS
FliGHt
inStrumentS
note: DO NOT use the database SD cards for any purpose other than database storage.
NOTE: Refer to the Appendices for instructions on updating databases.
eiS
The PFDs and the MFD data card slots use Secure Digital (SD) cards and are located on the top right portion
of the display bezels. Each display bezel is equipped with two SD card slots. SD cards are used for various
databases, system software updates, recording flight data, and storing electronic documents.
auDio
panel
auDio
& cnS
& cnS
NOTE: Ensure that the system is powered off before inserting the SD card.
Not all SD cards are compatible with the system. Use only SD cards supplied by Garmin or the aircraft
manufacturer.
Install an SD card
FliGHt
manaGement
Insert the SD card in the SD card slot, pushing the card in until the spring latch engages. The front of the card
should remain flush with the face of the display bezel.
Remove an SD card
aDDitional
FeatureS
aFcS
HaZarD
avoiDance
Gently press on the SD card to release the spring latch and eject the card.
inDeX
appenDiceS
SD Card Slots
Figure 1-42 Display Bezel SD Card Slots
62
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Section 2 Flight Instruments
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: In the event that the airspeed, attitude, altitude, or heading indications become unusable, refer
to the backup instruments.
Note: The Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS) provides additional readouts and bugs on selected flight
instruments. Refer to the AFCS Section for details on these bugs and readouts, as they appear on the display
during certain AFCS modes.
EIS
The Primary Flight Display (PFD) features a large horizon, airspeed, attitude, altitude, vertical speed, and
course deviation information. In addition to the flight instruments, navigation, communication, terrain, traffic,
and weather information are also presented on the PFD and explained in other sections of this Pilot’s Guide.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The following flight instruments and supplemental flight data are displayed on the PFD:
– Barometric Minimum Descent
Altitude (MDA)
– True airspeed
• Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI)
• Outside Air Temperature (OAT)
– Airspeed awareness ranges
• Vertical Navigation (VNV)
Indications
• ISA Temperature Deviation
– Trend vector
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Attitude Indicator with slip/skid
indication
– Barometric setting
• Wind data
• Horizontal Situation Indicator,
showing
– Vspeed reference flags
• Altimeter, showing
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
– Indicated airspeed
• Vertical Deviation, Glideslope,
and Glidepath Indicators
• Airspeed Indicator, showing
– Turn Rate Indicator
– Course Deviation Indicator
(CDI)
– Reference altitude
– Navigation source
AFCS
– Trend vector
– Bearing pointers and
information windows
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The PFD also displays various alerts and annunciations.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
63
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
22
21
20
19
18
1
17
16
EIS
2
15
14
3
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4
13
12
5
11
6
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
7
10
8
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
9
1
Airspeed Indicator
12
Turn Rate Indicator
2
Indicated Airspeed
13
Navigation Status Box
3
Current Heading
14
Altimeter Barometric Setting
4
True Airspeed
15
Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI)
5
Horizontal Situation Indicator ( HSI)
16
Selected Altitude Bug
6
Timer
17
Altimeter
7
ISA Temperature Deviation
18
Selected Altitude
8
Outside Air Temperature (OAT)
19
COM Frequency Box
9
Softkeys
20
AFCS Status Box
10
System Time
21
Slip/Skid Indicator
11
Selected Heading Bug
22
Attitude Indicator
INDEX
Figure 2-1 Primary Flight Display (Default)
64
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
14
13
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
12
11
1
EIS
2
10
3
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
9
4
5
6
8
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
7
8
Alerts Window
2
Traffic Annunciation
9
Barometric Minimum Descent Altitude
3
Selected Heading
10
Selected Course
4
Wind Data
11
Glideslope Indicator
5
DME Information Window
12
Marker Beacon Annunciation
6
Inset Map
13
Terrain Annunciation
7
Bearing Information Windows
14
AFCS Status Annunciation
AFCS
Vspeed Reference
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 2-2 Additional PFD Information
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
65
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
2.1 Flight Instruments
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Airspeed Indicator
Note: Refer to the Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) for speed criteria.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
The Airspeed Indicator displays airspeed on a moving tape rolling number gauge. The true airspeed is
displayed in knots below the Airspeed Indicator. The numeric labels and major tick marks on the moving
tape are shown at intervals of 10 knots. The minor tick marks on the moving tape are indicated at intervals of
five knots. Speed indication starts at 20 knots, with 80 knots of airspeed viewable at any time. The indicated
airspeed is displayed inside the black pointer. The pointer remains black until reaching never-exceed speed
(VNE), at which point it turns red.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Indicated
Airspeed
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Airspeed
Trend
Vector
True
Airspeed
Vspeed
References
Speed
Ranges
Figure 2-4 Red Pointer at VNE
Figure 2-3 Airspeed Indicator
AFCS
A color-coded (white, green, yellow, and red) speed range strip is located on the moving tape. The colors
denote flaps operating range, normal operating range, caution range, and never-exceed speed (VNE). A red range
is also present for low speed awareness.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The Airspeed Trend Vector is a vertical, magenta line that appears to the right of the color-coded speed
range strip when airspeed is either accelerating or decelerating. One end of the magenta line is anchored to
the tip of the airspeed pointer while the other end moves continuously up or down corresponding to the rate
of acceleration or deceleration. For any constant rate of acceleration or deceleration, the moving end of the
line shows approximately what the indicated airspeed value will be in six seconds. If the trend vector crosses
VNE, the text of the actual airspeed readout changes to yellow. The trend vector is absent if the speed remains
constant or if any data needed to calculate airspeed is not available due to a system failure.
66
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Vspeeds (Glide, VX, and VY) can be changed and their flags turned on or off. When active (on), the Vspeeds
are displayed at their respective locations to the right of the airspeed scale. All Vspeed values are reset and all
flags turned off when power is cycled.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 2-5 Vspeed Settings
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Changing Vspeeds and turning Vspeed flags on/off:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Speed Bugs
2) To turn the Vspeed on or off, touch the On Button.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) To set or change a Vspeed value, touch the Data Field for the Vspeed, enter a value in the keypad, and touch
Enter. The pilot icon next to the Vspeed value (Figure 2-6) indicates that the Vspeed is a pilot-entered value.
AFCS
Figure 2-6 Pilot-Entered Vspeed
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Turning all Vspeed flags on/off:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Utilities > Speed Bugs.
APPENDICES
2) To activate all Vspeed flags, touch the All Bugs On Button.
3) To remove all Vspeed flags, touch the All Bugs Off Button.
Restoring all Vspeed defaults:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Utilities > Speed Bugs.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
2) Touch the Restore All Defaults Button.
67
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
Attitude Indicator
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Attitude information is displayed over a virtual blue sky and brown ground with a white horizon line. The
Attitude Indicator displays the pitch, roll, and slip/skid information.
9
8
1
7
EIS
2
6
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3
4
5
1
Roll Pointer
2
Roll Scale
3
Horizon Line
4
Aircraft Symbol
5
Land Representation
6
Pitch Scale
7
Slip/Skid Indicator
8
Sky Representation
9
Roll Scale Zero
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 2-7 Attitude Indicator
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The horizon line is part of the pitch scale. Above and below the horizon line, major pitch marks and numeric
labels are shown for every 10˚, up to 80˚. Minor pitch marks are shown for intervening 5˚ increments, up to
25˚ below and 45˚ above the horizon line. Between 20˚ below to 20˚ above the horizon line, minor pitch marks
occur every 2.5˚. When Synthetic Vision Technology (optional) is active, the pitch scale is reduced to 10˚ up
and 7.5˚ down; refer to the Additional Features section.
The inverted white triangle indicates zero on the roll scale. Major tick marks at 30˚ and 60˚ and minor tick
marks at 10˚, 20˚, and 45˚ are shown to the left and right of the zero. Angle of bank is indicated by the position
of the pointer on the roll scale.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
The Slip/Skid Indicator is the bar beneath the roll pointer. The indicator bar moves with the roll pointer and
moves laterally away from the pointer to indicate uncoordinated flight. Slip (inside the turn) or skid (outside
the turn) is indicated by the location of the bar relative to the pointer.
INDEX
Figure 2-8 Slip/Skid Indication
68
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Altimeter
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Altimeter displays 600 feet of barometric altitude values at a time on a moving tape rolling number gauge.
Numeric labels and major tick marks are shown at intervals of 100 feet. Minor tick marks are at intervals of 20
feet. The current altitude is displayed in the black pointer.
The Selected Altitude is displayed above the Altimeter in the box indicated by a selection bug symbol. A bug
corresponding to this altitude is shown on the tape. If the Selected Altitude exceeds the range shown on the
tape, the bug appears at the corresponding edge of the tape. When the metric value is selected it is displayed
in a separate box below the Selected Altitude.
EIS
A magenta Altitude Trend Vector extends up or down the left of the altitude tape, the end resting at the
approximate altitude to be reached in 6 seconds at the current vertical speed. The trend vector is not shown if
altitude remains constant or if data needed for calculation is not available due to a system failure.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Setting the Selected Altitude:
Turn the ALT Knob on the GMC 720 AFCS Controller to set the Selected Altitude in 100-ft increments. When
meters are displayed, Selected Altitude is adjusted in 50 meter increments..
If set, the Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height (MDA/DH) value is also available for the Selected altitude.
Selected
Altitude
(Meters)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Current
Altitude
(Meters)
Altitude
Trend
Vector
Current
Altitude
Selected
Altitude
Bug
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selected
Altitude
AFCS
MDA/DH
Bug
Figure 2-9 Altimeter
Barometric
Setting Box
(Hectopascals)
Figure 2-10 Altimeter (Metric)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Barometric
Setting
APPENDICES
Altitudes can also be displayed in meters (Figure 2-10). Note that the altitude tape does not change scale.
Displaying altitude in meters:
1) Select the PFD Settings Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
2) Select the Other PFD Settings Softkey.
INDEX
3) Select the Altitude Units Softkey.
4) Select the Meters Softkey to turn on metric altitude readouts.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
69
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The barometric pressure setting is displayed below the Altimeter in inches of mercury (in Hg) or hectopascals
(hPa) when metric units are selected. Adjusting the altimeter barometric setting creates discontinuities in VNV
vertical deviation, moving the descent path. For large adjustments, it may take several minutes for the aircraft
to re-establish on the descent path. If the change is made while nearing a waypoint with a VNV Target Altitude,
the aircraft may not re-establish on the descent path in time to meet the vertical constraint.
Selecting the altimeter barometric pressure setting:
Turn the BARO Knob to select the desired setting.
Selecting standard barometric pressure:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Press the BARO Knob to select standard pressure; STD BARO is displayed in the Barometric Setting box.
Figure 2-11 Standard Barometric Altimeter Setting
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Changing altimeter barometric pressure setting units:
1) Select the PFD Settings Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
2) Select the Altitude Units Softkey.
3) Select the IN Softkey to display the barometric pressure setting in inches of mercury (in Hg).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Or, select the HPA Softkey to display the barometric pressure setting in hectopascals (hPa; see Figure 2-10).
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
4) Select the Back Softkey to return to the top-level softkeys.
70
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
A Baro Transition Alert is provided to alert the pilot to change the barometric pressure setting when crossing
the transition altitude in either direction. This is displayed by the flashing light blue barometric pressure setting
when crossing the transition altitude.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Setting the Baro Transition Alert:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Utilities >Setup > Avionics Settings.
2) Touch the Alerts Tab.
• To turn the alert on or off, touch the Baro Transition Alert Enable Button.
EIS
• To set or change the Baro Transition Alert Altitude, touch the Baro Transition Alert Data Field. Enter the
desired altitude on the keypad, and touch Enter.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 2-12 Baro Transition Alert
Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI)
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI) displays the aircraft vertical speed on a fixed scale with labels at 1000 and
2000 fpm and minor tick marks every 500 fpm (Figure 2-13). Digits appear in the pointer when the climb or
descent rate is greater than 100 fpm. If the rate of ascent/descent exceeds 2000 fpm, the pointer appears at the
corresponding edge of the tape and the rate appears inside the pointer.
A magenta chevron is displayed as the Required Vertical Speed Indication (RVSI) for reaching a VNV Target
Altitude once the “TOD [Top of Descent] within 1 minute” alert has been generated. See the Flight Management
Section for details on VNV features, and refer to Section 2.3, Supplemental Flight Data, for more information
about VNV indications on the PFD.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
71
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Vertical Deviation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight Instruments
The Vertical Deviation Indicator (VDI) is a magenta chevron indicating the baro-VNV vertical deviation when
Vertical Navigation (VNV) is being used (Figure 2-13). The VDI appears in conjunction with the “TOD within
1 minute” alert. Full-scale deflection (two dots) is 1000 feet. The VDI is removed from the display if vertical
deviation becomes invalid. See the Flight Management Section for details on VNV features, and refer to Section
2.3, Supplemental Flight Data, for more information about VNV indications on the PFD.
Note: The Glidepath Indicator is only shown when SBAS is available.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
The Glideslope Indicator (Figure 2-14) appears to the left of the Altimeter whenever an ILS frequency is
tuned in the active NAV field. A green diamond acts as the Glideslope Indicator, like a glideslope needle on
a conventional indicator. If a localizer frequency is tuned and there is no glideslope, “NO GS” is displayed in
place of the diamond.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The glidepath is analogous to the glideslope for GPS approaches supporting SBAS vertical guidance (LNAV+V,
LNAV/VNAV, LPV). When an approach of this type is loaded into the flight plan and FMS is the selected
navigation source, the Glidepath Indicator (Figure 2-15) appears as a magenta diamond. If the approach type
downgrades past the final approach fix (FAF), “NO GP” is displayed in place of the diamond.
While executing an LNAV/VNAV or RNP approach and between the FAF and MAP, excessive deviation
indicators appear as vertical yellow lines (Figure 2-15) to indicate areas where the vertical deviation exceeds
75 feet.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
VNV Target
Altitude
Vertical
Speed
Indicator
AFCS
Vertical
Deviation
Indicator
Vertical
Speed
Pointer
Excessive
Deviation
Indicator
Glideslope
Indicator
Glidepath
Indicator
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Required
Vertical
Speed
Indicator
Figure 2-14 Glideslope Indicator
Figure 2-15 Glidepath Indicator
INDEX
Figure 2-13 Vertical Speed and
Deviation Indicators (VSI and VDI)
72
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI) displays a rotating compass card in a heading-up orientation. Letters
indicate the cardinal points and numeric labels occur every 30˚. Major tick marks are at 10˚ intervals and minor
tick marks at 5˚ intervals. A digital reading of the current heading appears on top of the HSI, and the current
track is represented on the HSI by a magenta diamond. The HSI also presents turn rate, course deviation,
bearing, and navigation source information.
17
16
EIS
The HSI contains a Course Deviation Indicator (CDI), with a Course Pointer, To/From Indicator, and a sliding
deviation bar and scale. The course pointer is a single line arrow (FMS, VOR1, and LOC1) or a double line
arrow (VOR2 and LOC2) which points in the direction of the set course. The To/From arrow rotates with the
course pointer and is displayed when the active NAVAID is received.
15
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1
14
2
3
13
5
12
6
11
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4
10
7
9
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
8
10
Rotating Compass Card
2
Selected Heading
11
Aircraft Symbol
3
Current Track Indicator
12
Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)
4
Navigation Source
13
Flight Phase
5
Lateral Deviation Scale
14
Selected Course
6
Heading Bug
15
Turn Rate and Heading Trend Vector
7
Course Pointer
16
Current Heading
8
To/From Indicator
17
Lubber Line
9
OBS Mode Active
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Turn Rate Indicator
AFCS
1
APPENDICES
Figure 2-16 Horizontal Situation Indicator (360˚ HSI)
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
A digital reading of the current heading appears on top of the HSI. The current track is represented on the
HSI by a magenta diamond. To the upper left of the HSI, the Selected Heading is shown in light blue; the light
blue bug on the compass rose corresponds to the Selected Heading. The Desired Track (DTK) is shown in
magenta to the upper right of the HSI when the selected navigation source is FMS without OBS mode active.
The Selected Course (CRS) is shown to the upper right of the HSI in green when the selected navigation source
is VOR or LOC and in magenta when the selected navigation source is FMS with OBS mode active.
73
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
Adjusting the selected heading:
Turn the HDG Knob to set the selected heading.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Press the HDG Knob to synchronize the bug to the current heading.
Adjusting the Selected Course:
Turn the CRS Knob to set the Selected Course.
Press the CRS Knob to re-center the CDI and return the course pointer to the bearing of the active waypoint or
navigation station (see OBS Mode for adjusting a GPS course).
EIS
Current Heading
Heading Bug
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Selected
Heading
Selected
Course
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 2-17 Heading and Course Indications (Magnetic)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Navigation angles (track, heading, course, bearing) are corrected to the computed magnetic variation or
referenced to true north (denoted ‘T’), and are set on the GTC Avionics Settings Screen. When an approach
referenced to true north has been loaded into the flight plan, the system generates a message to change the
navigation angle setting to ‘True’ at the appropriate time.
AFCS
Figure 2-18 Heading and Course Indications (True)
Changing the navigation angle setting:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) From the Home Page touch Utilities >Setup > Avionics Settings.
2) Touch the Units Tab.
3) Touch the Nav Angle Data Field.
INDEX
APPENDICES
4) Touch the desired setting (Magnetic or True).
74
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 2-19 Navigation Angle Settings
Turn Rate Indicator
Standard
Turn Rate
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Half-standard
Turn Rate
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Turn Rate Indicator is located directly above the rotating compass card. Tick marks to the left and right
of the lubber line denote half-standard and standard turn rates. A magenta Turn Rate Trend Vector shows the
current turn rate. The end of the trend vector gives the heading predicted in 6 seconds, based on the present
turn rate. A standard-rate turn is shown on the indicator by the trend vector stopping at the standard turn
rate tick mark, corresponding to a predicted heading of 18˚ from the current heading. At rates greater than 4
deg/sec, an arrowhead appears at the end of the magenta trend vector and the prediction is no longer valid.
Arrow Shown
for Turn Rate
> 4 deg/sec
AFCS
Figure 2-20 Turn Rate Indicator and Trend Vector
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
75
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
Bearing Pointers and Information Windows
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Two bearing pointers and associated information can be displayed on the HSI for NAV, FMS, and ADF
sources by pressing the PFD Settings Softkey then the Bearing 1 or Bearing 2 Softkey. The bearing pointers
are light blue and are single-line (Bearing 1) or double-line (Bearing 2). A pointer symbol is shown in the
information windows to indicate the navigation source. The bearing pointers never override the CDI and are
visually separated from the CDI by a white ring. Bearing pointers may be selected but not necessarily visible
due to data unavailability.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Note: ADF radio installation is optional.
Bearing 1
Pointer
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Tuning
Mode
Frequency
Bearing 2
Pointer
Distance
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Distance to
Bearing Source
Station
Identifier
Bearing Source 1
Bearing Source 2
AFCS
Figure 2-21 HSI with Bearing and Distance Information
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When a bearing pointer is displayed, its associated information window is also displayed. The Bearing
Information windows (Figure 2-21) are displayed to the lower sides of the HSI and display the following
information:
• Bearing source (NAV, FMS, ADF)
• Station/waypoint identifier (NAV, FMS)
• Pointer icon (Bearing 1 = single line, Bearing 2 =
double line)
• GPS-derived great circle distance to bearing
source
APPENDICES
• Frequency (NAV, ADF)
INDEX
When the NAV radio is tuned to an ILS frequency the bearing source and the bearing pointer is removed
from the HSI. When NAV1 or NAV2 is the selected bearing source, the frequency is replaced by the station
identifier when the station is within range. If FMS is the bearing source, the active waypoint identifier is
displayed in lieu of a frequency.
76
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The bearing pointer is removed from the HSI and “NO DATA” is displayed in the information window if the
NAV radio is not receiving the tuned VOR station or if FMS is the bearing source and an active waypoint is
not selected. An ADF source bearing pointer will point 90 degrees right if no signal is received.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selecting bearing display and changing sources:
1) Select the PFD Settings Softkey.
2) Select a Bearing Softkey to display the desired bearing pointer and information window with a NAV source.
3) Select the Bearing Softkey again to change the bearing source to FMS.
4) To remove the bearing pointer and information window, select the Bearing Softkey again.
EIS
DME Information Window
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The DME Information Window is displayed to the left of the HSI. It shows the DME label, tuning mode
(NAV1, NAV2, or HOLD), frequency, and distance. When a signal is invalid, the distance is replaced by –.– –
NM Refer to the Audio Panel and CNS Section for information on tuning the DME.
Note: DME installation is optional.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
77
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) moves left or right from the course pointer along a lateral deviation
scale to display aircraft position relative to the course. If the course deviation data is not valid, the CDI is not
displayed.
Navigation
Source
Flight
Phase
EIS
Scale
Crosstrack
Error
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
CDI
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 2-22 Course Deviation Indicator
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The CDI can display two sources of navigation, FMS or VOR/LOC. Color indicates the current navigation
source, magenta for FMS and green for VOR and LOC. The full scale limits for the CDI are defined by a GPSderived distance when coupled to GPS. When navigating using a VOR or localizer (LOC), the CDI uses the
same angular limits as a mechanical CDI. If the CDI exceeds the maximum deviation on the scale (two dots)
while navigating with GPS, the crosstrack error (XTK) is displayed below the white aircraft symbol.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 2-23 Navigation Sources
78
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Changing navigation sources:
1) Select the Active Nav Softkey to change from FMS to VOR1/DME1 or LOC1/DME1.
2) Select the Active Nav Softkey again to change from VOR1 or LOC1 to VOR2 or LOC2.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Select the Active Nav Softkey a third time to return to FMS.
FMS
Selected
LOC1
Selected
VOR2
Selected
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Selecting the Active Nav
Softkey Cycles through
Navigation Sources
Figure 2-24 Selecting a Navigation Source
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The system automatically switches from FMS to LOC navigation source and changes the CDI scaling
accordingly when all of the following occur:
• A localizer or ILS approach has been loaded into the active flight plan
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• The final approach fix (FAF) is the active waypoint, the FAF is less than 15 nm away, and the aircraft is moving
toward the FAF
• A valid localizer frequency has been tuned
• The FMS CDI deviation is less than 1.2 times full-scale deflection
AFCS
FMS steering guidance is still provided after the CDI automatically switches to LOC until LOC capture, up
to the Final Approach Fix (FAF) for an ILS approach, or until GPS information becomes invalid. Activating a
Vector-to-Final (VTF) also causes the CDI to switch to LOC navigation source. FMS steering guidance is not
provided after this switch.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
79
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
FMS CDI Scaling
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When FMS is the selected navigation source, the flight plan legs are sequenced automatically and
annunciations appear on the HSI for the flight phase. Flight phase annunciations are normally shown in
magenta, but when cautionary conditions exist the color changes to yellow. If the current leg in the flight plan
is a heading leg, ‘HDG LEG’ is annunciated in magenta beneath the aircraft symbol.
EIS
The current GPS CDI scale setting is displayed on the GTC Avionics Settings Screen and the full-scale
deflection setting may also be changed on this screen. If the selected scaling is smaller than the automatic
setting for enroute and terminal phases, the CDI is scaled accordingly and the selected setting is displayed
rather than the flight phase annunciation.
Changing the selected GPS CDI setting:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Setup > Avionics Settings.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Touch the System Tab.
3) Touch the GPS CDI Data Field.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Touch desired setting (2.00 NM, 1.00 NM, 0.30 NM, or AUTO).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 2-25 GPS CDI Settings
INDEX
APPENDICES
When set to ‘Auto’ (default), the GPS CDI scale automatically adjusts to the desired limits based upon the
current phase of flight (Figure 2-26, Table 2-1).
80
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
Enroute
Terminal
Approach
0.3 nm
1.0 nm
1.0 nm
2.0 nm
0.3 nm
1.0 nm
Terminal
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
CDI Full-scale Deflection
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Departure
Refer to accompanying
approach CDI scaling figures
Missed
Approach
EIS
Figure 2-26 Automatic CDI Scaling
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Once a departure procedure is activated, the CDI is scaled for departure (0.3 nm).
• The system switches from departure to terminal CDI scaling (1.0 nm) under the following conditions:
- The next leg in the procedure is not aligned with the departure runway
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- The next leg in the departure procedure is not CA, CD, CF, CI, CR, DF, FA, FC, FD, FM, IF, or TF (see
Glossary for leg type definitions)
- After any leg in the departure procedure that is not CA or FA
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• At 30 nm from the departure airport the enroute phase of flight is automatically entered and CDI scaling
changes to 2.0 nm over a distance of 1.0 nm, except under the following conditions:
- When navigating with an active departure procedure, the flight phase and CDI scale does not change
until the aircraft arrives at the last departure waypoint (if more than 30 nm from the departure airport) or
the leg after the last departure waypoint has been activated or a direct-to waypoint is activated.
AFCS
• If after completing the departure procedure the nearest airport is more than 200 nm away from the aircraft
and the approach procedure has not yet commenced, the CDI is scaled for oceanic flight (4.0 nm).
• Within 31 nm of the destination airport (terminal area), the CDI scale gradually ramps down from 2.0 nm
to 1.0 nm over a distance of 1.0 nm, except under the following conditions:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
- Upon reaching the first waypoint of an arrival route that is more than 31 nm from the destination airport,
the flight phase changes to terminal and the CDI scale begins to transition down from 2.0 nm to 1.0 nm
over a distance of 1.0 nm.
APPENDICES
• During approach, the CDI scale ramps down even further (see Figures 2-27 and 2-28). This transition
normally occurs within 2.0 nm of the final approach fix (FAF). The CDI switches to approach scaling
automatically once the approach procedure is activated or if Vector-to-Final (VTF) is selected.
- If the active waypoint is the FAF, the ground track and the bearing to the FAF must be within 45° of the
final approach segment course.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
- If the active waypoint is part of the missed approach procedure, the active leg and preceding missed
approach legs must be aligned with the final approach segment course and the aircraft must not have
passed the turn initiation point.
81
2 nm
FAF
CDI scale varies if VTF is activated
0.3 nm
1.0 nm
2 nm
FAF
EIS
angle based
on database
information
course width
angle set
by system
CDI Full-scale Deflection
0.3 nm
1.0 nm
CDI scale is set to the smaller of 0.3 nm
or an angle set by the system
350 ft
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
CDI Full-scale Deflection
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
Landing
Threshold
CDI scale varies if VTF is activated
Figure 2-27 Typical LNAV and LNAV+V Approach CDI Scaling
Figure 2-28 Typical LNAV/VNAV, LPV, and LP Approach CDI Scaling
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• When a missed approach is activated, the CDI scale changes to 0.3 nm.
• The system automatically switches back to terminal scaling under the following conditions:
- The next leg in the missed approach procedure is not aligned with the final approach path
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- The next leg in the missed approach procedure is not CA, CD, CF, CI, CR, DF, FA, FC, FD, FM, IF, or TF
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- After any leg in the missed approach procedure that is not CA or FA
Flight Phase
Departure
Terminal
Enroute
Oceanic
Annunciation
DPRT
TERM
ENR
OCN
Approach
(Non-precision)
LNAV
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Approach
(Non-precision with
Vertical Guidance)
Approach
(LNAV/VNAV)
Approach
(LPV)
Approach
(LP)
Missed Approach
Automatic CDI Full-scale Deflection
0.3 nm
1.0 nm
2.0 nm
4.0 nm
1.0 nm decreasing to 350 feet depending on
variables (see Figure 2-27)
LNAV + V
L/VNAV
LPV
1.0 nm decreasing to a specified course width, then
0.3 nm, depending on variables (see Figure 2-28)
LP
MAPR
0.3 nm
INDEX
Table 2-1 Automatic GPS CDI Scaling
82
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
OBS Mode
NOTE: VNV is inhibited while automatic waypoint sequencing has been suspended.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Enabling Omni-bearing Selector (OBS) Mode suspends the automatic sequencing of waypoints in a GPS
flight plan (FMS must be the selected navigation source), but retains the current “active-to” waypoint as the
navigation reference even after passing the waypoint. ‘OBS’ is annunciated to the lower right of the aircraft
symbol when OBS Mode is selected.
EIS
While OBS Mode is enabled, a course line is drawn through the “active-to” waypoint on the moving map.
If desired, the course to/from the waypoint can now be adjusted. When OBS Mode is disabled, the GPS flight
plan returns to normal operation with automatic sequencing of waypoints, following the course set in OBS
Mode. The flight path on the moving map retains the modified course line.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FMS
Selected
OBS Softkey
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
OBS Mode
Enabled
OBS Softkey
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 2-29 Omni-bearing Selector (OBS) Mode
Enabling/disabling OBS Mode while navigating a GPS flight plan:
1) Select the OBS Softkey to select OBS Mode.
AFCS
2) Turn the CRS Knob to select the desired course to/from the waypoint. Press the CRS Knob to synchronize the
Selected Course with the bearing to the next waypoint.
3) Select the OBS Softkey again to return to automatic waypoint sequencing.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
83
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
As the aircraft crosses the missed approach point (MAP), automatic approach waypoint sequencing is
suspended. ‘SUSP’ appears on the HSI at the lower right of the aircraft symbol. The OBS Softkey label
changes to indicate the suspension is active as shown in Figure 2-30. Selecting the SUSP Softkey, deactivates
the suspension and resumes automatic sequencing of approach waypoints.
SUSP Softkey
SUSP
Annunciation
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 2-30 Suspension of Automatic Waypoint Sequencing
84
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
2.2 Garmin SVT™ (Synthetic Vision Technology)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: Use appropriate primary systems for navigation, and for terrain, obstacle, and traffic avoidance.
SVT is intended as an aid to situational awareness only and may not provide either the accuracy or reliability
upon which to solely base decisions and/or plan maneuvers to avoid terrain, obstacles, or traffic.
EIS
The optional Garmin SVT™ Synthetic Vision Technology is a visual enhancement to the G2000 Integrated
Avionics System. SVT depicts a forward-looking attitude display of the topography immediately in front of the
aircraft. The field of view is 44 degrees to the left and 44 degrees to the right. SVT information is shown on
the Primary Flight Display (PFD), or on the Multifunction Display (MFD) in Reversionary Mode. The depicted
imagery is derived from the aircraft attitude, heading, GPS three-dimensional position, and a 4.9 arc-second
database of terrain, obstacles, and other relevant features. The terrain data resolution of 4.9 arc-seconds, meaning
that the terrain elevation contours are stored in squares measuring 4.9 arc-seconds on each side, is required for
the operation of SVT. Loss of any of the required data, including temporary loss of the GPS signal, will cause SVT
to be disabled until the required data is restored.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The SVT terrain display shows land contours (colors are consistent with those of the topographical map display),
large water features, towers, and other obstacles over 200’ AGL that are included in the obstacle database. Cultural
features on the ground such as roads, highways, railroad tracks, cities, and state boundaries are not displayed even
if those features are found on the MFD map. The terrain display also includes a north–south east–west grid with
lines oriented with true north and spaced at one arc-minute intervals to assist in orientation relative to the terrain.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The optional Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS-B) or standard Terrain-SVS is integrated within
SVT to provide visual and auditory alerts to indicate the presence of terrain and obstacle threats relevant to the
projected flight path. Terrain alerts are displayed in red and yellow shading on the PFD.
The terrain display is intended for situational awareness only. It may not provide the accuracy or fidelity on
which to base decisions and plan maneuvers to avoid terrain or obstacles. Navigation must not be predicated
solely upon the use of the Terrain–SVT or TAWS terrain or obstacle data displayed by the SVT.
AFCS
The following SVT enhancements appear on the PFD:
• Airport Signs
• Flight Path Marker
• Runway Display
• Horizon Heading Marks
• Terrain Alerting
• Traffic Display
• Obstacle Alerting
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Pathways
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
85
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 2-31 Synthetic Vision Imagery
SVT Operation
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SVT is activated from the PFD using the softkeys located along the bottom edge of the display. Pressing the
softkeys turns the related function on or off. When SVT is enabled, the pitch scale increments are reduced to
10 degrees up and 7.5 degrees down.
AFCS
SVT functions are displayed on three levels of softkeys. The PFD Settings Softkey leads into the PFD
function Softkeys, including synthetic vision. Pressing the Attitude Overlays Softkey displays the SVT feature
softkeys. The softkeys are labeled Pathways, Synthetic Terrain, Horizon Heading, and Airport Signs. The
Back Softkey returns to the previous level of softkeys. Synthetic Terrain must be active before any other SVT
feature may be activated. A green annunciator on the softkey label indicates the feature is activated.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Horizon Heading, Airport Signs, and Pathways softkeys are only available when the Synthetic Terrain
Softkey is activated (softkey annunciator is green). After activating the Synthetic Terrain Softkey, the
Horizon Heading, Airport Signs, and Pathways softkeys may be activated in any combination to display
desired features. When system power is cycled, the last selected state (on or off) of the SVT feature softkeys is
remembered.
• Pathways Softkey enables display of rectangular boxes that represent course guidance.
APPENDICES
• Synthetic Terrain Softkey enables synthetic terrain depiction.
• Horizon Heading Softkey enables the display of heading marks and digits on the zero pitch line.
• Airport Signs Softkey enables airport signposts.
INDEX
Activating and deactivating SVT:
1) Press the PFD Settings Softkey.
2) Press the Attitude Overlays Softkey.
3) Press the Synthetic Terrain Softkey. The SVT display will cycle on or off with each press of the Synthetic
Terrain Softkey.
86
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Activating and deactivating Pathways:
1) Press the PFD Settings Softkey.
2) Press the Attitude Overlays Softkey.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the Pathways Softkey. The Pathways feature will cycle on or off with each press of the Pathways
Softkey.
Activating and deactivating Horizon Headings:
1) Press the PFD Settings Softkey.
2) Press the Attitude Overlays Softkey.
EIS
3) Press the Horizon Heading Softkey. The horizon heading display will cycle on or off with each press of the
Horizon Heading Softkey.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Activating and deactivating Airport Signs:
1) Press the PFD Settings Softkey.
2) Press the Attitude Overlays Softkey.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Press the Airport Signs Softkey. Display of airport signs will cycle on or off with each press of the Airport
Signs Softkey.
SVT Features
Airport
Runway
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected
Altitude
Pathways
Color
Matches CDI
Indicating
NAV Source
Flight
Path
Marker
AFCS
Zero
Pitch Line
(ZPL) with
Compass
Heading
Marks
Airplane
Symbol
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Synthetic
Terrain
APPENDICES
SVT
Softkeys
Figure 2-32 SVT on the Primary Flight Display
INDEX
NOTE: Pathways and terrain features are not a substitute for standard course and altitude deviation
information provided by the altimeter, CDI, and VDI.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
87
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
Pathways
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pathways provide a three-dimensional perspective view of the selected route of flight shown as colored
rectangular boxes representing the horizontal and vertical flight path of the active flight plan. The box
size represents 700 feet wide by 200 feet tall during enroute, oceanic, and terminal flight phases. During
an approach, the box width is 700 feet or one half full scale deviation on the HSI, whichever is less. The
height is 200 feet or one half full scale deviation on the VDI, whichever is less. The altitude at which the
pathway boxes are displayed is determined by the higher of either the selected altitude or the VNAV altitude
programmed for the active leg in the flight plan (Figure 2-33).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
The color of the rectangular boxes may be magenta, green, or white depending on the route of flight and
navigation source selected. The active GPS or GPS overlay flight plan leg is represented by magenta boxes
that correspond to the Magenta CDI. A localizer course is represented by green boxes that correspond to a
green CDI. An inactive leg of an active flight plan is represented by white boxes corresponding to a white line
drawn on the Inset map or MFD map indicating an inactive leg.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Programmed
Altitudes
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Selected
Altitude
Figure 2-33 Selected and Programmed Selected Altitude
88
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pathways provide supplemental glidepath information on an active ILS, LPV, LNAV/VNAV, and some LNAV
approaches. Pathways are intended as an aid to situational awareness and should not be used independent of the
CDI, VDI, glide path indicator, and glide slope indicator. They are removed from the display when the selected
navigation information is not available. Pathways are not displayed beyond the active leg when leg sequencing
is suspended and are not displayed on any portion of the flight plan leg that would lead to intercepting a leg in
the wrong direction.
Departure and Enroute
EIS
Prior to intercepting an active flight plan leg, pathways are displayed as a series of boxes with pointers at
each corner that point in the direction of the active waypoint. Pathways are not displayed for the first leg of
the flight plan if that segment is a Heading-to-Altitude leg. The first segment displaying pathways is the first
active GPS leg or active leg with a GPS overlay. If this leg of the flight plan route is outside the SVT field of
view, pathways will not be visible until the aircraft has turned toward this leg. While approaching the center
of the active leg and prescribed altitude, the number of pathway boxes decreases to a minimum of four.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pathways are displayed along the flight plan route at the highest of either the selected altitude or the
programmed altitude for the leg. Climb profiles cannot be displayed due to the variables associated with
aircraft performance. Flight plan legs requiring a climb are indicated by pathways displayed at a level above
the aircraft at the altitude selected or programmed.
Descent and Approach
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pathways are shown descending only for a programmed descent (Figures 2-34, 2-35). When the flight
plan includes programmed descent segments, pathways are displayed along the descent path provided that
the selected altitude is lower than the programmed altitude.
AFCS
During a Vectors-to-Final (VTF) approach transition, pathways are displayed along the final approach
course inbound to the Missed Approach Point (MAP). Pathways are shown level at the selected altitude
or at the next programmed crossing altitude, whichever is higher, up to the point along the final approach
course where the altitude intercepts the extended vertical descent path, glidepath, or glideslope. From
the vertical path descent, glidepath, or glideslope intercept point, the pathways are shown inbound to the
Missed Approach Point (MAP) along the published lateral and vertical descent path.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
During an ILS approach, the initial approach segment is displayed in magenta at the segment altitudes
if FMS is selected as the navigation source on the CDI. When switching to localizer inbound with LOC
selected as the navigation source on the CDI, pathways are displayed in green along the localizer and glide
slope.
APPENDICES
VOR, LOC BC, and ADF approach segments that are approved to be flown using GPS are displayed in
magenta boxes. Segments that are flown using other than GPS or ILS, such as heading legs or VOR final
approach courses are not displayed.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
89
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
Selected Altitude
set for Enroute
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected Altitude
set for Departure
Climbs NOT
displayed
by pathway
Non-programmed descents NOT displayed by pathway
TOD
EIS
Selected Altitude
for Step Down
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Programmed descent
displayed by pathway
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selected Altitude or Programmed Altitude
(whichever is higher)
Figure 2-34 SVT Pathways, Enroute and Descent
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Missed Approach
AFCS
Upon activating the missed approach, pathways lead to the Missed Approach Holding Point (MAHP) and
are displayed as a level path at the published altitude for the MAHP, or the selected altitude, whichever is
the highest. If the initial missed approach leg is a Course-to-Altitude (CA) leg, the pathways boxes will
be displayed level at the altitude published for the MAHP. If the initial missed approach leg is defined by
a course using other than GPS, pathways are not displayed for that segment. In this case, the pathways
displayed for the next leg may be outside the field of view and will be visible when the aircraft has turned
in the direction of that leg.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Pathways are displayed along each segment including the path required to track course reversals that are
part of a procedure, such as holding patterns. Pathways boxes will not indicate a turn to a MAHP unless a
defined geographical waypoint exists between the MAP and MAHP.
90
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FAF
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Descent displayed
by pathway
Selected Altitude
or Programmed Altitude
(whichever is higher)
by pathway
EIS
MAP Climbs NOT displayed
Turn Segment
NOT displayed
by pathway
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
MAHP
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 2-35 SVT Pathways, Approach, Missed Approach, and Holding
AFCS
Flight Path Marker
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The Flight Path Marker (FPM), also known as a Velocity Vector, is displayed on the PFD at groundspeeds
above 30 knots. The FPM depicts the approximate projected path of the aircraft accounting for wind speed
and direction relative to the three-dimensional terrain display.
The FPM is always available when the Synthetic Terrain feature is in operation. The FPM represents the
direction of the flight path as it relates to the terrain and obstacles on the display, while the airplane symbol
represents the aircraft heading.
APPENDICES
The FPM works in conjunction with the Pathways feature to assist the pilot in maintaining desired altitudes
and direction when navigating a flight plan. When on course and altitude the FPM is aligned inside the
pathway boxes as shown (Figure 2-38).
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
The FPM may also be used to identify a possible conflict with the aircraft flight path and distant terrain or
obstacles. Displayed terrain or obstacles in the aircraft’s flight path extending above the FPM could indicate
a potential conflict, even before an alert is issued by TAWS. However, decisions regarding terrain and/or
obstacle avoidance should not be made using only the FPM.
91
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
Flight Path
Marker
(FPM)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Wind
Vector
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 2-36 SVT on the Primary Flight Display
Zero Pitch Line
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Zero Pitch Line is drawn completely across the display and represents the horizon when the terrain
horizon is difficult to distinguish from other terrain being displayed. It may not align with the terrain
horizon, particularly when the terrain is mountainous or when the aircraft is flown at high altitudes.
Horizon Heading
AFCS
The Horizon Heading is synchronized with the HSI and shows approximately 60 degrees of compass
heading in 30‑degree increments on the Zero Pitch Line. Horizon Heading tick marks and digits appearing
on the zero pitch line are not visible behind either the airspeed or altitude display. Horizon Heading is used
for general heading awareness, and is activated and deactivated by pressing the Horizon Heading Softkey.
Traffic
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
WARNING: Intruder aircraft at or below 500 ft. AGL may not appear on the SVT display or may appear as a
partial symbol.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Traffic symbols are displayed in their approximate locations as determined by the related traffic systems.
Traffic symbols are displayed in three dimensions, appearing larger as they are getting closer, and smaller
when they are further away. Traffic within 250 feet laterally of the aircraft will not be displayed on the SVT
display. Traffic symbols and coloring are consistent with that used for traffic displayed in the Inset map or
MFD traffic page. If the traffic altitude is unknown, the traffic will not be displayed on the SVT display. For
more details refer to the traffic system discussion in the Hazard Avoidance section.
92
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Airport Signs
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Airport Signs provide a visual representation of airport location and identification on the synthetic terrain
display. When activated, the signs appear on the display when the aircraft is approximately 15 nm from an
airport and disappear at approximately 4.5 nm. Airport signs are shown without the identifier until the aircraft
is approximately eight nautical miles from the airport. Airport signs are not shown behind the airspeed or
altitude display. Airport signs are activated and deactivated by pressing the Airport Signs Softkey.
EIS
Airport
Sign with
Identifier
(Between
4.5 nm and
8 nm)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Airport
Sign
without
Identifier
(Between
8 nm and
15 nm)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 2-37 Airport Signs
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
93
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
Runways
WARNING: Do not use SVT runway depiction as the sole means for determining the proximity of the aircraft
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
to the runway or for maintaining the proper approach path angle during landing.
NOTE: Not all airports have runways with endpoint data in the database, therefore, these runways are not
displayed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Runway data provides improved awareness of runway location with respect to the surrounding terrain. All
runway thresholds are depicted at their respective elevations as defined in the database. In some situations,
where threshold elevations differ significantly, crossing runways may appear to be layered. As runways are
displayed, those within 45 degrees of the aircraft heading are displayed in white. Other runways will be gray
in color. When an approach for a specific runway is active, that runway will appear brighter and be outlined
with a white box, regardless of the runway orientation as related to aircraft heading. As the aircraft gets closer
to the runway, more detail such as runway numbers and centerlines will be displayed.
Other
Runway on
Airport
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Runway
Selected for
Approach
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 2-38 Airport Runways
94
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Terrain-SVS and TAWS-B Alerting
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Terrain alerting on the synthetic terrain display is triggered by Forward-looking Terrain Avoidance (FLTA)
alerts, and corresponds to the red and yellow X symbols on the Inset Map and MFD map displays. For more
detailed information regarding Terrain-SVS and TAWS-B, refer to the Hazard Avoidance Section.
In some instances, a terrain or obstacle alert may be issued with no conflict shading displayed on the
synthetic terrain. In these cases, the conflict is outside the SVT field of view to the left or right of the aircraft.
TERRAIN
Annunciation
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Terrain
Caution
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Potential
Impact
Points
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 2-39 Terrain Alert
AFCS
Obstacles are represented on the synthetic terrain display by standard two-dimensional tower symbols found
on the Inset map and MFD maps and charts. Obstacle symbols appear in the perspective view with relative
height above terrain and distance from the aircraft. Unlike the Inset map and MFD moving map display,
obstacles on the synthetic terrain display do not change colors to warn of potential conflict with the aircraft’s
flight path until the obstacle is associated with an actual FLTA alert. Obstacles greater than 1000 feet below the
aircraft altitude are not shown. Obstacles are shown behind the airspeed and altitude displays.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
95
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
TERRAIN
Annunciation
EIS
Obstacle
Warning
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Potential
Impact
Point
Figure 2-40 Obstacle
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Field of View
The PFD field of view can be represented on the MFD Navigation Map Page. Two dashed lines forming a
V‑shape in front of the aircraft symbol on the map, represent the forward viewing area shown on the PFD.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Enabling or Disabling the field of view indication:
1) From the Home Screen on the Touchscreen Controller, touch Map > Map Settings > Map Options.
2) If not already selected, touch the Map Tab.
3) Scroll to display the Field of View Annunciator Button.
AFCS
4) Touch the Field of View Button to enable or disable the field of view indication. A green annunciator on the
button indicates the field of view is enabled. A gray annunciator indicates the field of view is disabled.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The following figure compares the PFD forward looking depiction with the MFD plan view and Field of View
turned on.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Lines
Depict
PFD Field
of View
SVT View on the PFD
Field of View on the MFD
Figure 2-41 PFD and MFD Field of View Comparison
96
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
2.3 Supplemental Flight Data
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In addition to the flight instruments, the PFD also displays various supplemental information, including
temperatures, wind data, and Vertical Navigation (VNV) indications.
Temperature Displays
The Outside Air Temperature (OAT) and deviation from International Standard Atmosphere (ISA) temperature
are displayed to the left of the HSI on the PFD. Both are displayed in degrees Celsius (°C).
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 2-42 Outside Air Temperature and ISA Temperature
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
97
SyStem
oVerVieW
Flight inStrumentS
Wind dAtA
Option 1
Option 2
Option 3
No Data
Audio pAnel
& cnS
eiS
Flight
inStrumentS
Wind direction and speed (relative to the aircraft) in knots can be displayed in a window to the upper left of
the HSI. When the window is selected for display, but wind information is invalid or unavailable, the window
shows “NO WIND DATA”. Wind data can be displayed in three different ways:
Flight
mAnAgement
Figure 2-43 Wind Data
Displaying wind data:
hAzArd
AVoidAnce
1) Select the PFD Settings Softkey.
2) Select the Wind Softkey to display wind data display options.
3) Select one of the Option softkeys to change how wind data is displayed:
• Option 1: Wind direction arrows with headwind and crosswind components
• Option 2: Wind direction arrow and speed
AFcS
• Option 3: Wind direction arrow with direction and speed
indeX
AppendiceS
AdditionAl
FeAtureS
4) To remove the window, select the Off Softkey.
98
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight inStrumentS
SyStem
oVerVieW
VerticAl nAVigAtion (VnV) indicAtionS
Flight
inStrumentS
When a VNV flight plan has been activated, VNV indications (VNV Target Altitude, RVSI, VDI) appear on the
PFD in conjunction with the “TOD within 1 minute” message and “Vertical track” voice alert. See the Flight
Management section for details on VNV features. VNV indications are removed from the PFD according to the
criteria listed in Table 2-2.
Vertical
Deviation
Indicator
eiS
VNV Target
Altitude
Audio pAnel
& cnS
Required
Vertical
Speed Bug
Flight
mAnAgement
FMS is
Selected
Navigation
Source
Top of Descent
Message
Terminal
Phase of
Flight
hAzArd
AVoidAnce
Figure 2-44 Vertical Navigation Indications (PFD)
Criteria
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
AppendiceS
X
AdditionAl
FeAtureS
X
AFcS
Aircraft > 1 min before the next TOD due to flight plan change
VNV cancelled
Distance to active waypoint cannot be computed due to
unsupported flight plan leg type (see Flight Management
Section)
Aircraft > 250 feet below active VNV Target Altitude
Current crosstrack or track angle error has exceeded limit
Active altitude-constrained waypoint can not be reached within
maximum allowed flight path angle and vertical speed
VNV Indication Removed
Required Vertical
Vertical
VNV Target
Speed (RVSI)
Deviation (VDI)
Altitude
X
X
X
X
X
X
Table 2-2 VNV Indication Removal Criteria
indeX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
99
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
2.4PFD Annunciations and Alerting Functions
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The following annunciations and alerting functions are displayed on the PFD. Refer to Appendix A for more
information on alerts and annunciations.
System Alerting
The G2000 CAS (Crew Alerting System), as installed in Cessna T240 aircraft, uses three alert levels.
EIS
• WARNING: This level of alert requires immediate pilot attention. The system displays a warning alert
in the CAS Window with a continuous aural chime. Text appearing in the CAS Annunciation Window
is red. A warning alert is accompanied by a flashing red WARNING Softkey annunciation. Pressing the
WARNING Softkey acknowledges the presence of the warning alert, stops the aural chime, and extinguishes
the WARNING Softkey annunciation.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• CAUTION: This level of alert indicates the existence of abnormal conditions on the aircraft that may require
pilot intervention. The system displays a caution alert in the CAS Window with a single aural chime. Text
appearing in the CAS Annunciation Window is yellow. A caution alert is accompanied by a flashing yellow
CAUTION Softkey annunciation. Pressing the CAUTION Softkey acknowledges the presence of the caution
alert and extinguishes the CAUTION Softkey annunciation.
• ADVISORY: This level of alert provides general information to the pilot. The system displays a white advisory
alert in the CAS Window. No softkey annunciations accompany an advisory alert.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
System messages and aircraft advisory messages are accompanied by a MSG annunciation on the upper-left
of the PFD in addition to a flashing MSG Button on the Touchscreen Controller Button Bar. Touching the
MSG Button acknowledges the presence of the message and displays/removes the Messages Screen on the
Touchscreen Controller.
CAS
Annunciation
Window
INDEX
Softkey
Annunciations
Figure 2-45 System Alerting
100
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Marker Beacon Annunciations
Outer Marker
Middle Marker
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Marker Beacon Annunciations are displayed on the PFD to the left of the Selected Altitude. Outer marker
reception is indicated in blue, middle in yellow, and inner in white. Refer to the Audio Panel and CNS Section
for more information on Marker Beacon Annunciations.
Inner Marker
EIS
Altimeter
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 2-46 Marker Beacon Annunciations
Traffic Annunciation
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Traffic is displayed symbolically on the PFD Inset Map, the MFD Navigation Map Page, and various other
MFD page maps. Refer to the Hazard Avoidance Section and the Appendix for more details about the Traffic
Information Service (TIS) and optional Traffic Advisory Systems (TAS). When a traffic advisory (TA) is detected,
the following automatically occur:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• The PFD Inset Map is enabled and displays traffic
• A flashing black-on-yellow ‘TRAFFIC’ annunciation (Figure 2-46) appears to the top left of the HSI for five
seconds and remains displayed until no TAs are detected in the area
• A single “Traffic” aural alert is generated, unless an optional Traffic Advisory System (TAS) is installed (refer
to the applicable TAS documentation for alerts generated by TAS equipment)
AFCS
If additional TAs appear, new aural and visual alerts are generated.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 2-47 Traffic Annunciation
Traffic
Symbols
APPENDICES
Figure 2-48 Inset Map with Traffic Displayed
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
101
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
Terrain Annunciations
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Terrain Awareness and Warning System - Class B (TAWS-B) or Terrain-SVS annunciations appear on the PFD
to the upper left of the Altimeter. Refer to the Hazard Avoidance Section and the Appendix for information on
optional TAWS-B or Terrain-SVS alerts and annunciations.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Inset Map
Enabled,
Displaying
Traffic When
TA Detected
Figure 2-49 Traffic and Example TAWS-B Annunciations
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Altitude Alerting
Altitude Alerting provides the pilot with visual and aural alerts when approaching the Selected Altitude.
Whenever the Selected Altitude is changed, the Altitude Alerter is reset. The Altitude Alerter is independent
of the GFC 700 AFCS, but visual annunciations and alerting tones are provided only when the GFC 700 is
installed. The following occur when approaching the Selected Altitude:
AFCS
• Upon passing through 1000 feet of the Selected Altitude, the Selected Altitude changes to black text on a light
blue background and flashes for 5 seconds.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• When the aircraft passes within 200 ft of the Selected Altitude, an aural tone is heard, and the Selected
Altitude changes to light blue text on a black background and flashes for 5 seconds.
• After reaching the Selected Altitude, if the pilot flies outside the deviation band (±200 feet of the Selected
Altitude) an aural tone is heard. The Selected Altitude changes to yellow text on a black background and
flashes for 5 seconds.
APPENDICES
Within 1000 ft
Within 200 ft
Deviation of ±200 ft
INDEX
Figure 2-50 Altitude Alerting Visual Annunciations
102
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight inStrumentS
SyStem
oVerVieW
loW Altitude AnnunciAtion
Flight
inStrumentS
note: The Low Altitude Annunciation is available only when SBAS is available. This annunciation is not
shown for systems with TAWS or Terrain-SVS, unless terrain alerting is inhibited.
When the Final Approach Fix (FAF) is the active waypoint in a GPS SBAS approach using vertical guidance,
a Low Altitude Annunciation may appear if the current aircraft altitude is at least 164 feet below the prescribed
altitude at the FAF. A black-on-yellow ‘LOW ALT’ annunciation appears to the top left of the Altimeter, flashing
for several seconds then remaining displayed until the condition is resolved.
eiS
Altimeter
Audio pAnel
& cnS
Figure 2-51 Low Altitude on GPS SBAS Approach
Flight
mAnAgement
minimum deScent Altitude/deciSion height Alerting
hAzArd
AVoidAnce
For altitude awareness, a Minimum Descent Altitude (MDA) or Decision Height (DH), based on
barometric or temperature compensated altitude can be set. When active, the altitude setting is displayed
to the bottom left of the Altimeter. Once the altitude is within the range of the tape, a bug appears at the
reference altitude on the Altimeter. The following visual annunciations occur when approaching the
MDA/DH:
• When the aircraft altitude descends to within 2500 feet of the MDA/DH setting, the ‘BARO MIN’ or ‘TEMP
COMP’ box appears with the altitude in light blue text (or magenta for TEMP COMP). The bug appears on
the altitude tape in light blue (or magenta for TEMP COMP) once in range.
• When the aircraft passes through 100 feet of the MDA/DH, the bug and text turn white.
AFcS
• Once the aircraft reaches the MDA/DH, the bug and text turn yellow and the aural alert, “Minimums
Minimums”, is heard.
Light Blue Within 2500 ft
White Within 100 ft
Yellow When Altitude Reached
AdditionAl
FeAtureS
AppendiceS
MDA/DH
Bug
Barometric
Minimum
Box
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
indeX
Figure 2-52 Barometric MDA/DH Alerting Visual Annunciations
103
SyStem
oVerVieW
Flight inStrumentS
The MDA/DA function is reset (set to “Off”) when the power is cycled or another approach is activated.
Setting the Baro/Temp Comp Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height and bug:
Flight
inStrumentS
1) From the Home Screen, touch Utilities > Minimums > Minimums.
2) Touch Baro or Temp Comp (OFF is selected by default.)
• If Temp Comp is selected, touch Temp at Dest. Use the keypad to enter desired temperature, and touch
Enter.
Flight
mAnAgement
Audio pAnel
& cnS
eiS
3) Use the keypad to enter the desired altitude from zero to 16,000 feet, and touch Enter.
hAzArd
AVoidAnce
Figure 2-53 Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height
indeX
AppendiceS
AdditionAl
FeAtureS
AFcS
Alerting is inhibited while the aircraft is on the ground and until the aircraft reaches 150 feet above the MDA/
DH. If the aircraft proceeds to climb after having reached the MDA/DH, once it reaches 50 feet above the MDA/
DH, alerting is disabled.
104
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight inStrumentS
SyStem
oVerVieW
2.5 ABnormAl operAtionS
ABnormAl gpS conditionS
Flight
inStrumentS
The annunciations listed in Table 2-3 can appear on the HSI when abnormal GPS conditions occur. Refer to
the Flight Management Section for more information on Dead Reckoning Mode.
Annunciation
Location
eiS
Description
Loss of Integrity Monitoring–GPS integrity is insufficient for the current
GPS LOI
Left of HSI
phase of flight
Integrity OK–GPS integrity has been restored to within normal limits
GPS INTEG OK
Left of HSI
(annunciation displayed for 5 seconds)
Lower left of Dead Reckoning–System is using projected position rather than GPS position
DR
aircraft symbol to compute navigation data and sequence active flight plan waypoints
Audio pAnel
& cnS
Table 2-3 Abnormal GPS Conditions Annunciated on HSI
Flight
mAnAgement
hAzArd
AVoidAnce
AFcS
Figure 2-54 Abnormal GPS Condition Annunciations
In Dead Reckoning Mode the following items on the PFD are then shown in yellow:
AdditionAl
FeAtureS
• CDI (when FMS is the selected navigation source; the CDI is removed after 20 minutes)
• Current Track Bug
• Wind Data
AppendiceS
• Distances in the Bearing Information windows
• GPS bearing pointers
These items should be verified when operating in Dead Reckoning Mode and they become increasingly
inaccurate over time.
indeX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
105
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
Unusual Attitudes
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When the aircraft enters an unusual pitch attitude, red chevrons pointing toward the horizon warn of extreme
pitch. The chevrons are displayed on the Attitude Indicator, starting at 50˚ above and 30˚ below the horizon
line.
Nose High
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Nose Low
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 2-55 Pitch Attitude Warning
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
If pitch exceeds +30˚/-20˚ or bank exceeds 65˚, some information displayed on the PFD is removed. The
Altimeter, Airspeed, Attitude, Vertical Speed, and Horizontal Situation indicators remain on the display and
the Bearing Information, Alerts, and Annunciation windows can be displayed during such situations. The
following information is removed from the PFD (and corresponding softkeys are disabled) when the aircraft
experiences unusual attitudes:
• Traffic Annunciations
• Wind Data
• Altimeter Barometric Setting
• AFCS Annunciations
• System Time
• Selected Altitude
• Flight Director Command Bars
• Timer
• VNV Target Altitude
• Inset Map
• Minimum Descent Altitude/
Decision Height readout
• Selected Heading
• Vertical Deviation, Glideslope,
and Glidepath Indicators
• Navigation Status Box
• Outside Air Temperature (OAT)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• ISA Temperature Deviation (ISA)
• Selected Course/Desired Track
Garmin SVT Troubleshooting
APPENDICES
Garmin SVT™ is intended to be used with traditional attitude, heading, obstacle, terrain, and traffic inputs.
SVT is disabled when valid attitude or heading data is not available for the display. In case of invalid SVT data,
the PFD display reverts to the standard blue-over-brown attitude display.
SVT becomes disabled without the following data resources:
• Attitude data
INDEX
• Heading data
• GPS position data
106
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
• 4.9 arc-second terrain data
• Obstacle data
• TAWS function is not available, in test mode, or failed
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SVT can be displayed on the Multifunction Display (MFD) in Reversionary Mode. If it is enabled when switching
to Reversionary Mode, SVT will take up to 30 seconds to be displayed. The standard, non-SVT PFD display will
be shown in the interim.
SVT Unusual Attitudes
EIS
During extreme pitch attitudes, the display shows either a brown or blue colored bar at the top or bottom
of the screen to represent earth or sky. The blue colored bar is also displayed when terrain gradient is great
enough to completely fill the display. This is intended to prevent losing sight of the horizon during extreme
pitch attitudes.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Blue Band
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Terrain
Completely
Fills Display
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 2-56 Blue Sky Bar with Full Display Terrain
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
107
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
Blank Page
108
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Engine Indication System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Section 3 Engine Indication System
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Note: Refer to the Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) for limitations.
The Engine Indication System (EIS) for the Cessna T240 displays critical engine, electrical, fuel, and other
system parameters on the left side of the MFD during normal operations. EIS information can be expanded to
a half MFD display using the Touchscreen Controller to show additional information. In Reversionary Mode,
the system presents EIS information with PFD symbology (refer to the System Overview for information about
Reversionary Mode).
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Instrument types include dial gauges, horizontal and vertical bar indicators, digital readouts, slide bars, and bar
graphs. Green bands indicate normal ranges of operation; yellow and red bands indicate caution and warning
ranges, respectively. White bands indicate areas outside of normal operation that are not in the caution or
warning ranges.
If gauge parameters enter a caution condition, the gauge title, pointer, and readout become yellow with black
text. If a gauge enters a warning condition, the gauge title, pointer, and readout flash red and white inverse video.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If sensory data to an instrument becomes invalid or unavailable, the system displays a yellow ‘X’ across the
instrument. The system displays dashes instead of a readout if the sensor input for a readout is out-of-range.
EIS Display
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 3-1 MFD with EIS Display (Normal Mode)
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
109
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Engine Indication system
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS Display
Figure 3-2 EIS Display with Engine/Systems Pane
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
EIS Display
INDEX
Figure 3-3 EIS Display (Reversionary Mode)
110
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Engine Indication System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3.1EIS Display
Note: When engine speed is less than 500 rpm, no warning occurs for manifold pressure and oil pressure
1
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
values outside the acceptable operating range.
9
EIS
2
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
10
3
11
5
12
6
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
13
7
AFCS
14
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
15
8
16
Figure 3-4 EIS Display (Normal Mode)
Figure 3-5 EIS Display (Reversionary Mode)
Manifold Pressure
5
Oil Temperature
9
2
Cruise Power Display
6
Oil Pressure
10 Turbo Inlet
14 Aileron Trim
3
Cylinder Head Temperature
7
Fuel Quantity/Tank
Selection
11 Dual Voltmeter
15 Anti-Ice Fluid Quantity
4
Fuel Flow
8
Engine Hours Display
12 Dual Ammeter
16 Flaps Position Indicator
Temperature
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
13 Elevator Trim
(Optional)
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Tachometer
APPENDICES
1
111
SyStem
oVerVieW
engine indication SyStem
engine parameterS
MaNIFOlD PRESSuRE GauGE
eiS
fligHt
inStrUmentS
The Manifold Pressure (MAP) Gauge shows engine manifold pressure from ten to forty inches of Mercury.
aUdio panel
& cnS
Figure 3-6 Manifold Pressure Gauge
TachOMETER GauGE
HaZard
aVoidance
fligHt
management
The Tachometer (RPM) Gauge measures the propeller speed from zero to 3000 revolutions per minute
(RPM).
Figure 3-7 Tachometer Gauge
cRuISE POWER DISPlay
additional
featUreS
afcS
The Cruise Power (CRU % PWR) Display shows the percentage of available power from 51% to 91% as a
digital readout. This value is based calculations from engine RPM, manifold pressure, pressure altitude, and
outside air temperature (OAT). The system displays dashes ‘--’ instead of a readout when the percentage of
available power is outside of the range mentioned above.
indeX
appendiceS
Figure 3-8 cruise Power Display
112
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
engine indication SyStem
SyStem
oVerVieW
chT GauGE
fligHt
inStrUmentS
The Cylinder Head Temperature (CHT) Gauge displays the temperature of the hottest cylinder in degrees
Fahrenheit. A number inside the gauge pointer indicates the corresponding cylinder number for which CHT
is currently displayed.
eiS
Number
identifies
hottest
cylinder
aUdio panel
& cnS
Figure 3-9 cylinder head
Temperature Gauge
fligHt
management
FuEl FlOW GauGE
The Fuel Flow Gauge displays the fuel flow rate in gallons per hour (GPH) from zero to 45.
HaZard
aVoidance
afcS
Figure 3-10 Fuel Flow Gauge
additional
featUreS
appendiceS
indeX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the cessna T240
113
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Engine Indication system
TIT Gauge
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Turbo Inlet Temperature Gauges displays the Turbo Inlet Temperature (TIT) for each turbocharger in
degrees Fahrenheit (°F). The (TIT) gauges display additional information when Lean Assist Mode is active;
see Section 3.2 for details.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 3-11 Turbo Inlet
Temperature Gauges
Oil Pressure and Temperature Gauges
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Oil Pressure Gauge indicates engine oil pressure in pounds per square inch (PSI). The Oil Temperature
Gauge shows engine oil temperature in degrees Fahrenheit (°F).
AFCS
Figure 3-12 Oil Pressure
and Temperature Gauges
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Electrical Information
APPENDICES
The Dual Voltmeter indicates the voltages of the left and right electrical buses. The Dual Ammeter displays
the left and right battery electrical currents in amperes (AMPS)
INDEX
Dual Voltmeter
Dual Ammeter
Figure 3-13 Dual Voltmeter and
Dual Ammeter
114
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Engine Indication System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Fuel Quantity and Tank Selection
The Fuel Quantity Gauges show the fuel quantities in United States gallons (GAL) for the left and right
tanks. The system displays a light blue box over corresponding to the fuel tank selector position.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected Fuel
Tank Indicator
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 3-14 Fuel Display
Engine Tachometer Time
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Engine Hours Display shows the engine tachometer time to the nearest 0.1 hours. One hour of engine
operation at 2400 RPM increases the time on the display by one hour. The Engine Hours Display is not
shown while the pulse oximeter is in use.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 3-15 Engine Hours Display
Trim Indicators
AFCS
The Trim Display pointers show elevator and aileron trim positions. Green bars represent takeoff trim
positions.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 3-16 Trim Display
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
115
SyStem
oVerVieW
PulSE OXIMETER INFORMaTION
fligHt
inStrUmentS
engine indication SyStem
The Pulse Oximeter Display shows a measurement of blood oxygen as a percentage (OXY %) and heart rate
(HRT RATE) in beats per minute. The Pulse Oximeter readouts appear in the lower-left of the EIS Display (in
place of the Engine Hours Display) when the system detects a finger has been inserted into the pulse oximeter,
and remains displayed momentarily after a finger is removed. The Pulse Oximeter Display is available in
Normal Mode, but not in Reversionary Mode.
fligHt
management
aUdio panel
& cnS
eiS
note: Refer to the Airplane Flight Manual for more information about using the pulse oximeter.
HaZard
aVoidance
Figure 3-17 Pulse Oximeter Display
aNTI-IcE FluID QuaNTITy (OPTIONal)
afcS
The optional Anti-Ice Display on the EIS shows the number of remaining gallons (GALS) of anti-ice fluid
as a digital readout. The FIKI (Flight Into Known Icing) Anti-Ice option also displays the Anti-Ice Time
Remaining on the Engine and Systems Display.
additional
featUreS
Figure 3-18 anti-Ice Display
FlaPS INFORMaTION
appendiceS
The Flaps Position Indicator displays the flap positions as shown in Figure 3-18. The Flaps Position
Indicator is available in Normal Mode, but not in Reversionary Mode.
Flaps Up
Flaps in Takeoff
Configuration
Flaps in Landing
Configuration
Flaps in Transition
indeX
Figure 3-19 Flaps Position Indicator
116
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Engine Indication System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3.2Aircraft Systems
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Aircraft Systems Screen on the Touchscreen Controller provides access to the Environmental Control System
(ECS) settings (refer to the Additional Features Section), the Annunciator system test, the Engine/Systems Display,
the Fuel Calculator, as well as toggle buttons to enable/disable Lean Assist and the supplemental oxygen system.
Shows System
Tests Screen on
GDU
Shows Environmental
Control System (ECS)
settings on GDU
Enables/
Disables Lean
Assist
Enables/
Disables
Oxygen System
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Shows Fuel
Calculator on
GDU
EIS
Shows Engine/
Systems Display
on MFD
Figure 3-20 Aircraft Systems Screen
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
System Tests
The System Tests Button on the Aircraft Systems Screen of the Touchscreen Controller provides access to
the Annunciator System Test.
Testing the annunciators:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) From Home, touch Aircraft Systems.
2) Touch the System Tests Button.
3) Touch the Annunciator Test Button.
AFCS
Engine/Systems Display
The Engine/Systems Display shows engine, electrical, oxygen, and fuel calculation information using bar
graphs, digital readouts, and slide bars on the MFD.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Accessing the Engine/Systems Display:
From Home, touch Aircraft Systems > Engine/Sys.
APPENDICES
Note: The Engine/Systems display is shown in Half Mode, and is not available in Full Mode or Reversionary
Mode.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
117
1
6
2
7
aUdio panel
& cnS
eiS
fligHt
inStrUmentS
SyStem
oVerVieW
engine indication SyStem
fligHt
management
3
4
HaZard
aVoidance
5
Figure 3-21 Engine and Systems Display
afcS
1
2
additional
featUreS
3
appendiceS
4
5
indeX
6
7
118
Exhaust Gas Temperature
(EGT °F)
Alternator Amps
(ALT AMPS)
Oxygen Outlet Pressure
Gauge (OXY OUTLET
PSI)
Fuel Calculations Group
(GAL REM, GAL USED,
ENDUR, RANGE NM)
Anti-Ice Time Remaining
(A-ICE TIME REM)
(Optional)
Cylinder Head
Temperature (CHT °F)
Oxygen Quantity Gauge
(OXY QTY PSI)
For each cylinder, the exhaust gas temperatures are shown in degrees
Fahrenheit (°F). Each bar segment on the graph represents 25 degrees.
Currents for the right and left alternators are displayed using vertical bar
indicators and readouts.
Oxygen outlet pressure in psi.
The fuel remaining, fuel used, fuel endurance, and range calculations
are displayed.
The Anti-Ice Time Remaining based on the Anti-Ice fluid quantity and
the Anti-Ice fluid flow rate. FIKI (Flight Into Known Icing) Anti-Ice
option only.
For each cylinder, the head temperatures are shown in degrees Fahrenheit
(°F). Each bar segment on the graph represents 100 degrees.
Oxygen amount in psi; note that gauge increment is 100 psi
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
engine indication SyStem
SyStem
oVerVieW
fUel calcUlationS Screen
note: Fuel calculations do not use the aircraft fuel quantity indicators and are calculated from the last time
fligHt
inStrUmentS
the fuel totalizer quantity was reset.
The system calculates fuel used (GAL USED), endurance (ENDUR), and range (RANGE NM) based on the
displayed fuel remaining (GAL REM), fuel flow, and groundspeed. The fuel remaining can be adjusted on the
Fuel Calc Screen on the Touchscreen Controller.
accessing the Fuel calculations Screen:
eiS
From home, touch aircraft Systems > Fuel calc.
adjusting the Totalizer-Based Fuel Remaining:
aUdio panel
& cnS
1) From home, touch aircraft Systems > Fuel calc.
2) Touch the Gal Rem Button.
3) Enter the fuel quantity using the numeric keypad or large and small right knobs, then touch the Enter Button.
The totalizer-based fuel remaining is set to the entered fuel quantity and the GAL USED is set to zero.
fligHt
management
Setting the Totalizer-Based Fuel Remaining to Full Fuel:
1) From home, touch aircraft Systems > Fuel calc.
HaZard
aVoidance
2) Touch the Set To Full Fuel Button. The totalizer-based fuel remaining is set to the aircraft’s usable fuel capacity
and the GAL USED is set to zero.
afcS
Range
Calculation
Fuel Used
Calculation
Endurance
Calculation
appendiceS
Edit Remaining Fuel
Quantity
additional
featUreS
Fuel
Remaining
Set Fuel Quantity to Full
Figure 3-22 Fuel calculations Screen
indeX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the cessna T240
119
SyStem
oVerVieW
engine lean aSSiSt mode
fligHt
inStrUmentS
engine indication SyStem
The Engine Lean Assist Mode is accessed using the Touchscreen Controller.
NOTE: Consult the Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) for leaning procedures.
While the Lean Assist Mode is active, the system indicates the peak of each TIT on the EIS display with a
light blue bar which remains at the peak Turbo Inlet Temperature. Readouts below each TIT gauge indicate the
difference between each peak TIT and the current temperature. An indicator below the readout shows whether
each TIT is operating ‘LEAN’ or ‘RICH’ of peak TIT.
eiS
Enabling/Disabling lean assist Mode:
1) From home, touch aircraft Systems.
fligHt
management
aUdio panel
& cnS
2) Touch the lean assist Button. The button annunciator is green when Lean Assist Mode is enabled, annunciator
is gray when disabled.
HaZard
aVoidance
Peak TIT
Lean or Rich
from Peak
TIT Deviation
from Peak
afcS
Figure 3-23 Engine lean assist Mode (EIS Display)
additional
featUreS
SUpplemental oXygen SyStem
The Oxygen Button on the Touchscreen Controller enables or disables the supplemental oxygen system.
Enabling/Disabling the Oxygen System:
1) From home, touch aircraft Systems.
indeX
appendiceS
2) Touch the Oxygen Button. When the button annunciator is green, oxygen is enabled, annunciator is gray when
disabled.
120
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Audio and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Section 4 Audio and CNS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
4.1Overview
The Communication/Navigation/Surveillance (CNS) system includes the Audio Controller, communication
radios, navigation radios, and Mode S transponder. The System Overview Section provides a block diagram
description of the Audio and CNS system interconnection.
EIS
The Touchscreen Controller provides primary tuning of the communication transceivers and microphone and
receiver audio selection. The Audio Controller includes an intercom system (ICS) between the pilot, copilot, and
passengers, a marker beacon receiver, and a COM clearance recorder.
AUDIO & CNS
The Mode S transponder is controlled with the Touchscreen Controller. The Transponder Button is located in
the upper right of the touchscreen, right below the XPDR IDENT Button. The Transponder Button displays the
active four-digit code, mode, and reply status (Figure 4-3).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
121
SySteM
overview
Audio And cnS
pFd coM/nAv diSplAy And controlS
2
3
HAZArd
AvoidAnce
FligHt
MAnAgeMent
Audio & cnS
eiS
FligHt
inStruMentS
1
AFcS
Figure 4-1 COM/NAV Window, Active NAV Window, and Active COM Frequency Box
5
6
7
AppendiceS
AdditionAl
FeAtureS
4
indeX
Figure 4-2 PFD Controller COM/NAV Controls
122
garmin g2000 Pilot’s guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Audio and CNS
3
Selected Source/Frequency Box – Displays selected communication source and frequency. .
4
ENT Key – Confirms a selection and moves the cursor to the next data field.
5
CLR Key – Cancels entries or removes menus.
6
PFD Knob – Large PFD Knob moves the cursor from field to field. Small PFD Knob activates menus, makes
selections, or activates the blinking editing cursor when the cursor is on the standby frequency. When the
cursor is blinking on the standby frequency, the PFD Knob tunes the standby frequency for the selected
source (large knob for MHz; small knob for kHz). Press the PFD Knob to confirm the frequency and move
the cursor to the next data field. Press and hold to transfer the standby frequency to the active frequency.
7
COM/NAV Button – Displays/removes the COM/NAV Window on the PFD.
AUDIO & CNS
Active NAV Window – Displays active NAV station ID, frequency, and DME distance.
EIS
2
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
COM/NAV Window – Provides COM/NAV active and standby frequency selection, volume adjustment for
each COM/NAV, COM MIC selection, and COM MON selection. The selected COM transceiver frequency
is displayed in green.
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
123
SySteM
overview
Audio And cnS
toucHScreen controller Audio And cnS controlS
FligHt
inStruMentS
1
2
6
3
7
4
8
5
9
FligHt
MAnAgeMent
Audio & cnS
eiS
10
11
12
HAZArd
AvoidAnce
13
14
MIC Button – Switches between the #1 transceiver and the #2 transceiver.
2
COM1 Button – Transfers the standby and active COM1 frequencies.
3
Audio & Radios Button – Displays/removes the Audio & Radios Screen. The Audio & Radios Screen
is used to control the Communication/Navigation/Surveillance (CNS) and Audio settings for the pilot,
copilot, and passengers.
AppendiceS
4
Intercom Button – Displays/removes the Intercom Screen. The Intercom Screen is used to control the
intercom isolation, volume, and squelch settings for the pilot, copilot, and passengers.
5
STBY Button (COM1) – Displays/removes the COM1 Standby Screen. The COM1 Standby Screen is used
to enter and transfer COM1 frequencies.
6
COM2 Button– Transfers the standby and active COM2 frequencies.
AdditionAl
FeAtureS
1
indeX
AFcS
Figure 4-3 Touchscreen CNS Bar Controls
124
garmin g2000 Pilot’s guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Audio and CNS
STBY Button (COM2) – Displays/removes the COM2 Standby Screen. The COM2 Standby Screen is used
to enter and transfer COM2 frequencies.
10
MON Button – Controls which receivers are being explicitly monitored.
11
Function Label – Indicates middle knob function. Typical: Pilot COM1/COM2 Volume, Push: Squelch
12
Function Label – Indicates right large and small knob function. Typical Frequency Entry: COM1/COM2
Frequency, Push:1-2, Hold: Typical Data Entry: Data Entry, Push: Enter, Hold:
13
Middle Knob – Function as labeled (see #12)
14
Large/Small Right Knob – Function as labeled (see #12). Data Entry: Large knob moves the cursor from field
to field. Small knob edits character by character. Frequency Entry: Large knob increases/decreases MHz;
Small knob increases/decreases kHz. Press the small knob to confirm the frequency. Press and hold to
transfer the standby frequency to the active frequency.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
9
AUDIO & CNS
Transponder Settings Button – Displays/removes the Transponder Screen. The Transponder Screen is used
to select the transponder mode and code. While the transponder is replying to an interrogation, an R is
displayed on the button.
EIS
8
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
XPDR IDENT Button– Sends a distinct identity indication to Air Traffic Control (ATC). When selected,
the word IDENT is displayed in green and pulsates for the duration of the transmission.
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
7
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
125
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio and CNS
4.2COM Operation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
COM Transceiver Selection and Activation
NOTE: When turning on the G2000 for use, the system remembers the last frequencies used and the active
COM transceiver state prior to shutdown.
EIS
The COM1 and COM2 frequencies are shown on the CNS Bar. The COM1 and COM2 frequencies are also
shown on the Audio & Radios Screen. The COM transceiver can be selected for transmitting on the Touchscreen
Controller or on the PFD. During reception of audio from the COM radio selected for transmission, audio from
the other COM radio(s) is muted.
AUDIO & CNS
The active COM frequency is displayed in green. The standby frequency of the COM selected for tuning is
light blue. When the standby frequency of the COM selected for tuning is being tuned with the right knobs,
the entire standby frequency button is highlighted in light blue. The other standby frequency is white.
Selecting a COM Radio for transmission:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Touch the MIC Button in the CNS Bar to switch between COM radios until the desired COM is selected.
Or:
1) Touch the Audio & Radios Button to display the Audio & Radios Screen.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) If selecting for the Copilot, touch the Copilot Tab. (If necessary, also touch the Sync to Pilot Button to disable
synchronizing selections to the pilot.)
3) Touch the desired MIC Button on the Audio & Radios Screen to select the COM radio for transmission.
Or:
1) On the PFD Controller, press the COM/NAV Button to display the COM/NAV Window on the PFD.
AFCS
2) Turn the large PFD Knob to move the cursor to the MIC field.
3) Turn the small PFD Knob to select the desired COM.
4) Press the COM/NAV Button to hide the COM/NAV Window.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Selecting a COM Radio for monitoring:
Touch the MON Button in the CNS Bar to monitor the COM not selected for transmission.
Or:
APPENDICES
1) Touch the Audio & Radios Button to display the Audio & Radios Screen.
2) If selecting for the Copilot, touch the Copilot Tab. (If necessary, also touch the Sync to Pilot Button to disable
synchronizing selections to the pilot.)
INDEX
3) Touch the COM1 Button or COM2 Button to select the COM1/COM2 radio for monitoring.
126
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Audio and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
CNS Bar
MIC Button (COM1 selected for transmission)
COM2 Primary Frequency
COM1 Standby Frequency
COM2 Standby Frequency
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
COM1 Active Frequency
(selected for transmission)
MIC Button(COM2)
EIS
COM1 Active Frequency
COM1 Standby Frequency
COM2 Primary Frequency
COM2 Standby Frequency
MIC Button (COM1 selected
for transmission)
Audio & Radios Screen
AUDIO & CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Communication
Source/Primary
Frequency
(COM1 selected
for transmission)
COM/NAV Window
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
COM1 Active Frequency
(selected for transmission)
COM1 Standby Frequency
COM1 selected for
transmission
PFD Knob
COM/NAV Button
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 4-4 Selecting a COM Radio for Transmission
CNS Bar Symbol Meaning of Symbol
COM1 selected for transmission and automatically selected for monitoring
APPENDICES
COM2 selected for transmission and automatically selected for monitoring
Copilot is not synchronized to pilot: Pilot is using/monitoring COM1, Copilot is using/monitoring COM2
Copilot is not synchronized to pilot: Pilot is using/monitoring COM2, Copilot is using/monitoring COM1
CNS Bar MIC/MON Button Symbols
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
127
SySteM
overview
Audio And cnS
TRANSMIT/RECEIVE INDICATIONS
FligHt
inStruMentS
During COM transmission, a white TX appears by the active COM frequency. During COM signal reception,
a white RX appears by the active COM frequency.
Receive Indicator
eiS
Transmit Indicator
Audio & cnS
Transmit Indicator
FligHt
MAnAgeMent
Receive Indicator
HAZArd
AvoidAnce
Transmit Indicator on PFD
Receive Indicator on PFD
Figure 4-5 COM Radio Transmit and Receive Indications
AFcS
coM Frequency tuning
Selecting a COM frequency using the Touchscreen Controller:
AdditionAl
FeAtureS
1) Touch the COM1 STBY Button or COM2 STBY Button in the CNS Bar to display the COM1/COM2 Standby
Screen.
2) Use the keypad to select the frequency.
AppendiceS
3) Touch the Enter Button to accept the new frequency as the COM1/COM2 standby frequency; or touch the
XFER Button to accept the new frequency as the COM1/COM2 active frequency and transfer the previously
active frequency to the standby frequency.
Or:
1) Press the small right knob to select the COM desired for tuning (selected standby frequency is light blue).
indeX
2) Turn the large and small right knobs to tune the frequency (Large knob increases/decreases MHz; Small knob
increases/decreases kHz).
3) Press the small right knob to enter the new frequency as the standby frequency; or press and hold the small right
knob to transfer the new standby frequency to the active frequency.
128
garmin g2000 Pilot’s guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Audio and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Frequency selected
for tuning
Find Button
EIS
Frequency Transfer (XFER) Button
AUDIO & CNS
Enter Button
Knob function labels
Figure 4-6 COM Frequency Tuning Keypad
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Or:
1) Touch the Audio & Radios Button to display the Audio & Radios Screen.
2) Touch the COM1/COM2 volume slider, or press the small right knob, to select COM1/COM2 for tuning.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Turn the large and small right knobs to select the frequency (Large knob increases/decreases MHz; Small knob
increases/decreases kHz).
4) Press the small right knob to accept the new frequency as the standby frequency; or press and hold the small
right knob to accept the new frequency as the COM1/COM2 active frequency and transfer the previously active
frequency to the standby frequency
AFCS
COM1 Volume Slider
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
COM selected for
tuning (light blue
border)
COM2 Frequency Button
APPENDICES
Knob function labels
INDEX
Figure 4-7 Audio & Radios Screen - COM1/COM2 Frequency Tuning
Or:
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
129
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio and CNS
1) Touch the Audio & Radios Button to display the Audio & Radios Screen.
2) Touch the COM1/COM2 frequency button to display the COM1/COM2 Standby Screen.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Use the keypad to select the desired frequency.
4) Touch the Enter Button to accept the new frequency as the COM1/COM2 standby frequency; or touch the
XFER Button to accept the new frequency as the COM1/COM2 active frequency and transfer the previously
active frequency to the standby frequency.
Selecting a COM frequency using the PFD Controller:
EIS
1) On the PFD Controller, press the COM/NAV Button to display the COM/NAV Window on the PFD.
2) Turn the large PFD Knob to move the cursor to the SOURCE field.
3) Turn either PFD Knob to select the desired COM.
AUDIO & CNS
4) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob to accept the selection and move the cursor to the STBY frequency
field.
5) Turn the small PFD Knob one click to activate the editing cursor (flashing).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6) Turn the large and small PFD knobs to select the frequency (Large knob increases/decreases MHz; Small knob
increases/decreases kHz)
7) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob to accept the selection and move the cursor to the XFER? field.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
8) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob to accept the new frequency as the COM1/COM2 active frequency
and transfer the previously active frequency to the standby frequency
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 4-8 Frequency Tuning from the PFD Controller
130
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Audio and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Finding and selecting a COM frequency from the CNS Bar:
1) Touch COM1 STBY or COM2 STBY (CNS Bar) > Find to display the Find Frequencies Screen.
2) Touch the tab for the desired type of frequency (Recent, Nearest, Dest, Flight Plan, or Favorite).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Scroll the list to find the desired frequency.
4) Touch the frequency button to accept the new frequency as the COM1/COM2 standby frequency.
Select a
tab for the
frequency
category
Find
Button
EIS
Selecting
Multiple
accesses
another
level with
selectable
frequencies
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 4-9 Find Frequency Screen
AUDIO & CNS
Select the
frequency
button to
tune the
standby
frequency
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
131
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio and CNS
Finding and selecting a COM frequency from the Airport Info Screen:
1) From Home, touch Waypoint Info > Airport to display the Airport Information Screen.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) If needed, touch the airport button to enter/find the desired airport.
3) Touch the Freqs Tab to display the Airport Frequencies Screen.
4) Scroll the list to find the desired frequency.
5) Touch the frequency button to display the Load Frequency Screen.
EIS
6) Touch the location button to load the frequency to COM1/2 Active/Standby or Favorites.
AUDIO & CNS
Airport
Button
Freqs
Tab
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Frequency
Button
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Location
Buttons
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 4-10 Airport Info Screen Tuning
132
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Audio and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Finding and selecting a COM frequency from the Nearest Airport Screen:
1) From Home, touch Nearest > Airport to display the Nearest Airport Screen.
2) Scroll the list to find the desired airport.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Touch the airport button to display the Waypoint Options Window.
4) Touch the Airport Info Button to display the Airport Information Screen.
5) Touch the Freqs Tab to display the Airport Frequencies Screen.
6) Scroll the list to find the desired frequency.
EIS
7) Touch the frequency button to display the Load Frequency Screen.
8) Touch the location button to load the frequency to COM1/2 Active/Standby or Favorites.
AUDIO & CNS
Airport
Button
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Airport Info
Button
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Frequency
Button
AFCS
Freqs
Tab
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 4-11 Nearest Airport Tuning
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
133
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Finding and selecting a COM frequency from the Nearest Airspace/ARTCC/FSS/Weather Screen:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Audio and CNS
2) Scroll the list to find the desired frequency.
1) From Home, touch the Nearest > (Airspace or ARTCC or FSS or Weather) to display the Nearest (Airspace
or ARTCC or FSS or Weather) Screen.
3) Touch the frequency button to display the Load Frequency Screen.
4) Touch the location button to load the frequency to COM1/2 Active/Standby or Favorites.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO & CNS
EIS
Frequency
Button
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 4-12 Nearest Airspace/ARTCC/FSS/Weather Tuning
134
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Audio and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Frequency Spacing
8.33-kHz Channel Spacing
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The COM radios can tune either 25-kHz spacing (118.000 to 136.975 MHz) or 8.33-kHz spacing (118.000
to 136.990 MHz) for 760-channel or 3040-channel configuration. When 8.33-kHz channel spacing is selected,
all of the 25-kHz channel spacing frequencies are also available in the complete 3040-channel list.
25-kHz Channel Spacing
EIS
Figure 4-13 COM Channel Spacing
Changing COM frequency channel spacing:
AUDIO & CNS
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
2) Scroll the list to show the COM Channel Spacing button.
3) Touch the COM Channel Spacing button to display the choice of 25.0 kHz or 8.33 kHz.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Touch the channel spacing button.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Select 8.33-kHz
or 25.0-kHz
COM Frequency
Channel Spacing
AFCS
Figure 4-14 Changing COM Frequency Channel Spacing
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
135
SySteM
overview
Audio And cnS
AutoMAtic SquelcH
FligHt
inStruMentS
Automatic Squelch quiets unwanted static noise when no audio signal is received, while still providing good
sensitivity to weak COM signals. To disable Automatic Squelch for the selected transceiver, press the middle
knob. When Automatic Squelch is disabled, COM audio reception is always on. Continuous static noise is
heard over the headsets and speaker, if selected. Pressing the middle knob again enables Automatic Squelch .
When Automatic Squelch is disabled, a white SQ appears next to the active COM frequency.
FligHt
MAnAgeMent
Audio & cnS
eiS
Automatic Squelch Off Indicator
AFcS
HAZArd
AvoidAnce
Automatic Squelch Off
Indicator
AdditionAl
FeAtureS
Middle knob - Push to
disable/enable Automatic
Squelch
AppendiceS
Automatic Squelch Off
Indicator on PFD
indeX
Figure 4-15 COM Radio Automatic Squelch Disable/Enable
136
garmin g2000 Pilot’s guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Audio And cnS
SySteM
overview
voluMe
FligHt
inStruMentS
The selected COM radio volume level can be adjusted from 0 to 100% on the touchscreen controller by
turning the middle knob or by sliding your finger right or left on the COM volume slider. Turning the knob
clockwise increases volume, turning the knob counterclockwise decreases volume. Sliding to the right increases
volume, sliding to the left decreases volume. When adjusting volume, the level is displayed in place of the
active frequency in the CNS Bar, and remains for two seconds after the change. When the Audio & Radios
Screen is displayed, the volume changes are not shown in the CNS Bar.
eiS
The volume can also be adjusted on the PFD using the PFD Controller. With the COM/NAV Window
displayed, turn the large right knob to select the VOLUME field. Turn the small right knob to adjust the volume
(Turning the knob clockwise increases volume, turning the knob counterclockwise decreases volume).
COM1 Volume
Audio & cnS
FligHt
MAnAgeMent
Selected COM
Volume
COM Volume
Slider
HAZArd
AvoidAnce
AFcS
Middle Knob
- Turn to adjust
COM volume
AdditionAl
FeAtureS
AppendiceS
Figure 4-16 COM Volume Level
indeX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
garmin g2000 Pilot’s guide for the Cessna T240
137
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio and CNS
4.3NAV Operation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NAV Radio Selection and Activation
The active NAV frequency selected for navigation is shown on the PFD. Active and Standby NAV frequencies
are shown on the Touchscreen Controller.
EIS
A NAV radio is selected for navigation by selecting the Active NAV Softkey located on the PFD. The NAV
frequency selected for navigation is displayed in green. Selecting the Active NAV Softkey once selects NAV1
as the navigation radio. Selecting the Active NAV Softkey a second time selects NAV2 as the navigation radio.
Selecting the Active NAV Softkey a third time activates FMS mode. Selecting the Active NAV Softkey again
cycles back to NAV1.
AUDIO & CNS
• VOR1 (or LOC1) – If NAV1 is selected, a green single line arrow (shown) labeled either VOR1 or LOC1 is
displayed on the HSI and the active NAV1 frequency is displayed in green.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The three navigation modes that can be cycled through are:
• FMS – If FMS Mode is selected, a magenta single line arrow (not shown) appears on the HSI and neither NAV
radio is selected. Both active NAV frequencies are displayed in white on the Touchscreen Controller.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• VOR2 (or LOC2) – If NAV2 is selected, a green double line arrow (not shown) labeled either VOR2 or LOC2
is displayed on the HSI and the active NAV2 frequency is displayed in green.
AFCS
NAV1 Active Frequency and ID
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The NAV Radio is selected by
pressing the Active NAV Softkey
Figure 4-17 Selecting a NAV Radio for Navigation
INDEX
APPENDICES
See the Flight Instruments Section for selecting the DME and Bearing Information windows and using VOR
or ADF as the source for the bearing pointer.
138
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Audio and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
NAV radios are selected for listening by pressing the corresponding buttons on the Touchscreen Controller.
Touching the NAV1 or NAV2 Button selects and deselects the navigation radio source. Selected audio can be heard
over the headset and the speaker (if selected). All radios can be selected individually or simultaneously.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NAV1 Button
(selected for monitoring)
AUDIO & CNS
NAV2 Button
(not selected)
EIS
NAV1 Active Frequency/ID
NAV1 Standby Frequency
NAV2 Active Frequency/ID
NAV2 Standby Frequency
Figure 4-18 Selecting a NAV Radio for Monitoring
Selecting/deselecting a navigation radio for monitoring:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Touch the Audio & Radios Button to display the Audio & Radios Screen.
2) If selecting for the Copilot, touch the Copilot Tab. (If necessary, also touch the Sync to Pilot Button to disable
synchronizing selections to the pilot.)
3) Touch the NAV1 or NAV2 Button on the Audio & Radios Screen to select/deselect the radio for monitoring.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NAV Receiver Tuning
The NAV frequencies are tuned from the Touchscreen Controller and the PFD Controller.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NAV selected for
tuning (light blue
border)
NAV1 Volume Slider
NAV2 Frequency Button
APPENDICES
Knob function labels
Figure 4-19 Audio & Radios Screen - NAV Frequency Tuning
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
139
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio and CNS
Selecting a NAV frequency using the Touchscreen Controller:
1) Touch the Audio & Radios Button to display the Audio & Radios Screen.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Touch the NAV1/NAV2 frequency button to select NAV1/NAV2 for tuning, and display the NAV1/NAV2 frequency
tuning screen.
3) Use the keypad to select the desired frequency.
EIS
4) Touch the Enter Button to enter the new frequency as the NAV1/NAV2 standby frequency; or touch the XFER
Button to enter the new frequency as the NAV1/NAV2 standby frequency and transfer it to the active frequency.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO & CNS
Find Button
XFER Button
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Enter Button
Knob function labels
Figure 4-20 NAV Frequency Tuning Window
AFCS
Or:
1) Touch the Audio & Radios Button to display the Audio & Radios Screen.
2) Touch the NAV1/NAV2 volume slider to select NAV1/NAV2 for tuning.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Turn the large and small right knobs to tune the frequency (Large knob increases/decreases MHz; Small knob
increases/decreases kHz).
INDEX
APPENDICES
4) Press the small right knob to enter the new frequency as the NAV1/NAV2 standby frequency; or press and hold
the small right knob to transfer the new standby frequency to the active frequency.
140
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Audio and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Selecting a NAV frequency using the PFD Controller:
1) On the PFD Controller, press the COM/NAV Button to display the COM/NAV Window.
2) Turn the large PFD Knob to move the cursor to the SOURCE field.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Turn either PFD Knob to select the desired NAV.
4) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob to accept the selection and move the cursor to the STBY frequency
field.
5) Turn the small PFD Knob one click to activate the editing cursor (flashing).
EIS
6) Turn the large and small PFD knobs to tune the frequency (Large knob increases/decreases MHz; Small knob
increases/decreases kHz)
7) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob to accept the selection and move the cursor to the XFER? field.
AUDIO & CNS
8) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob to transfer the standby frequency to the active frequency.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 4-21 Frequency Tuning from the PFD Controller
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
141
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio and CNS
Finding and selecting a NAV frequency from the Airport Info Screen:
1) From Home, touch Waypoint Info > Airport to display the Airport Information Screen.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) If needed, touch the airport button to enter/find the desired airport.
3) Touch the Freqs Tab to display the Airport Frequencies Screen.
4) Scroll the list to find the desired frequency.
5) Touch the frequency button to display the Load Frequency Screen.
EIS
6) Touch the location button to load the frequency to NAV1/2 Active/Standby or Favorites.
Airport
Button
AUDIO & CNS
Frequency
Button
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Freqs
Tab
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Location
buttons
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 4-22 Airport Info Screen Tuning
142
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Audio and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Finding and selecting a NAV frequency from the VOR Info Screen:
1) From Home, touch Waypoint Info > VOR to display the VOR Information Screen.
2) If needed, touch the VOR button to enter/find the desired airport.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Touch the frequency button to display the Load Frequency Screen.
4) Touch the location button to load the frequency to NAV1/2 Active/Standby or Favorites.
VOR
Button
EIS
Location
buttons
AUDIO & CNS
Frequency
Button
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 4-23 VOR Info Screen Tuning
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
143
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio and CNS
Finding and selecting a NAV frequency from the Nearest Airport Screen:
1) From Home, touch Nearest > Airport to display the Nearest Airport Screen.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Scroll the list to find the desired airport.
3) Touch the airport button to display the Waypoint Options Window.
4) Touch the Airport Info Button to display the Airport Information Screen.
5) Touch the Freqs Tab to display the Airport Frequencies Screen.
6) Scroll the list to find the desired frequency.
EIS
7) Touch the frequency button to display the Load Frequency Screen.
AUDIO & CNS
8) Touch the location button to load the frequency to NAV1/2 Active/Standby or Favorites.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Airport
Button
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Airport Info
Button
Frequency
Button
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Freqs
Tab
INDEX
Location
buttons
Figure 4-24 Nearest Airport Tuning
144
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Audio and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Finding and selecting a NAV frequency from the Nearest VOR/FSS/Weather Screen:
1) From Home, touch the Nearest > (VOR or FSS or Weather) to display the Nearest (Airspace or FSS or
Weather) Screen.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Scroll the list to find the desired frequency.
3) Touch the frequency button to display the Load Frequency Screen.
4) Touch the location button to load the frequency to NAV1/2 Active/Standby or Favorites.
EIS
Frequency
Button
AUDIO & CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Location
Buttons
AFCS
Figure 4-25 Nearest VOR/FSS/Weather Tuning
VOR/LOC ID
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When the Morse code Identifier audio is on for a NAV radio, a white ID appears to the right of the active
NAV frequency. Pressing the middle knob turns off the Morse code audio only for the selected radio. To turn
off both NAV IDs, select each NAV in turn and press the middle knob to turn the Morse code off.
APPENDICES
INDEX
Station
Identifier
Morse Code ID
is selected
Figure 4-26 VOR/LOC ID Locations
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
145
SySteM
overview
Audio And cnS
VOLUME
FligHt
inStruMentS
The selected NAV radio volume level can be adjusted from 0 to 100% on the touchscreen controller by turning
the middle knob or by sliding your finger right or left on the NAV volume slider. Turning the knob clockwise
increases volume, turning the knob counterclockwise decreases volume. Sliding to the right increases volume,
sliding to the left decreases volume.
Audio & cnS
eiS
The volume can also be adjusted on the PFD using the PFD Controller. With the COM/NAV Window
displayed, turn the large right knob to select the VOLUME field. Turn the small right knob to adjust the volume
(Turning the knob clockwise increases volume, turning the knob counterclockwise decreases volume).
Selected NAV
Volume
FligHt
MAnAgeMent
NAV Volume
Slider
AdditionAl
FeAtureS
AFcS
HAZArd
AvoidAnce
Middle knob Turn to adjust NAV
volume
indeX
AppendiceS
Figure 4-27 NAV Volume Level
146
garmin g2000 Pilot’s guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Audio And cnS
SySteM
overview
AUTO-TUNINg NAV FREqUENCIES ON APPROACH ACTIVATION
note: The primary NAV frequency is auto-tuned upon loading a VOR or ILS/Localizer approach.
FligHt
inStruMentS
note: When an ILS/LOC approach has been activated in FMS Mode, the system switches to NAV Mode as
the final approach course is intercepted (within 15 nm of the FAF). See the Flight Management Section for
details.
NAV frequencies are automatically loaded into the NAV Frequency Box on approach activation.
eiS
When loading or activating a VOR or ILS/LOC approach, the approach frequency is automatically transferred
to a NAV frequency field as follows:
Audio & cnS
• If the current CDI navigation source is FMS, the approach frequency is transferred to the NAV1 active
frequency field. The frequency that was previously in the NAV1 active frequency field is transferred to
standby.
• If the current CDI navigation source is FMS, and if the approach frequency is already loaded into the NAV1
standby frequency field, the standby frequency is transferred to active.
FligHt
MAnAgeMent
• If the current CDI navigation source is NAV1 or NAV2, the approach frequency is transferred to the standby
frequency fields of the selected CDI NAV radio.
MArker beAcon receiver
HAZArd
AvoidAnce
note: The marker beacon indicators operate independently of marker beacon audio and cannot be turned
off.
Outer Marker
Indication
Middle Marker
Indication
AFcS
The marker beacon receiver is used as part of the ILS. The marker beacon receiver is always on and detects
any marker beacon signals within the reception range of the aircraft. The receiver detects the three marker tones
– outer, middle, and inner – and provides the marker beacon annunciations located to the left of the Altimeter
on the PFD.
Inner Marker
Indication
AdditionAl
FeAtureS
AppendiceS
Figure 4-28 Marker Beacon Annunciations on the PFD
indeX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
garmin g2000 Pilot’s guide for the Cessna T240
147
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio and CNS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Marker Beacon
Mute Button
(flashing)
Marker Beacon
Volume Slider
Marker Button
AUDIO & CNS
EIS
Marker Beacon
High Sense
Button
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 4-29 Marker Beacon Keys
Marker Volume
Knob Label
The Touchscreen Controller provides three different states of marker beacon audio operation; Selected, Muted,
and Deselected. Pressing the MARKER Button selects/deselects marker beacon audio. The button annunciator
indicates when marker beacon audio is selected.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
During marker beacon audio reception, pressing the flashing MUTE Button mutes the audio but does not
affect the marker annunciations (Figure 4-28). The marker tone is silenced, then waits for the next marker tone.
The flashing MUTE Button is also removed during audio muting. The audio returns when the next marker
beacon signal is received.
AFCS
Pressing the High Sense Button switches between high and low marker beacon receiver sensitivity. The High
Sense function (annunciator illuminated) is used to provide an earlier indication when nearing a marker during
an approach. The Low Sense function (annunciator extinguished) results in a narrower marker dwell while
over a station.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The Marker Beacon volume level can be adjusted from 0 to 100% on the touchscreen controller by turning
the middle knob or by sliding your finger right or left on the Marker Beacon Volume Slider. Turning the
knob clockwise increases volume, turning the knob counterclockwise decreases volume. Sliding to the right
increases volume, sliding to the left decreases volume.
148
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Audio and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADF/DME Tuning
See the Flight Instruments Section for displaying the DME and bearing information windows (ADF) and
using the ADF as the source for the bearing pointer.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The system tunes the ADF receiver (optional) and DME transceiver (optional). The ADF is tuned by entering
the frequency in the ADF standby frequency field of the Audio & Radios Screen on the Touchscreen Controller.
The UHF DME frequency is tuned by pairing with a VHF NAV frequency. DME frequency pairing is automatic
and only the VHF NAV frequency is shown.
The following ADF/DME information is displayed on the Touchscreen Controller:
EIS
• Active and standby ADF frequencies
• ADF receiver mode
AUDIO & CNS
• ADF receiver volume
• DME tuning mode (DME transceiver pairing)
• DME receiver volume
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
ADF Volume Slider
ADF1 Button
ADF Control Button
DME1 Button
DME Control Button
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
DME Volume Slider
ADF Volume Knob Label
AFCS
ADF Frequency/Transfer Knob Label
Figure 4-30 ADF/DME Tuning
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The selected ADF/DME volume level can be adjusted from 0 to 100% on the touchscreen controller by turning
the middle knob or by sliding your finger right or left on the NAV volume slider. Turning the knob clockwise
increases volume, turning the knob counterclockwise decreases volume. Sliding to the right increases volume,
sliding to the left decreases volume.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
149
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio and CNS
ADF Tuning
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ADF frequencies in the 190.0-kHz to 1799.5-kHz range are entered in the standby ADF frequency field.
The system does not tune the ADF emergency frequency, 2182.0‑kHz.
Selecting an ADF frequency:
1) Touch Audio & Radios to display the Audio & Radios Screen.
2) Scroll the list to find the ADF.
3) Touch the ADF control button to display the ADF Mode/Tuning Screen.
EIS
4) Use the keypad to select the desired frequency.
AUDIO & CNS
5) Touch the Enter Button to enter the new frequency as the ADF standby frequency; or touch the XFER Button
to enter the new frequency as the ADF standby frequency and transfer it to the active frequency.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Find Button
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
XFER Button
Enter Button
Knob function labels
AFCS
Figure 4-31 ADF Mode/Tuning Screen
Or:
1) Touch the Audio & Radios Button to display the Audio & Radios Screen.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Scroll the list to find the ADF.
3) Touch the ADF control button to display the ADF Mode/Tuning Screen.
APPENDICES
4) Turn the large and small right knobs to tune the frequency (Large knob increases/decreases kHz; Small knob
selects .5 kHz).
INDEX
5) Press the small right knob to enter the new frequency as the ADF standby frequency; or press and hold the small
right knob to transfer the new standby frequency to the active frequency.
150
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Audio and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Finding and selecting an ADF frequency:
1) Touch the Audio & Radios Button to display the Audio & Radios Screen.
2) Scroll the list to find the ADF.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Touch the ADF control button to display the ADF Mode/Tuning Screen.
4) Touch the Find Button to display the Find ADF Frequency Screen.
5) Touch the tab for the desired type of frequency (Recent, Nearest, Dest, Flight Plan, or Favorite).
6) Scroll the list to find the desired frequency.
EIS
7) Touch the frequency button to enter the new frequency as the ADF standby frequency.
AUDIO & CNS
Select a
tab for the
frequency
category
Select the
frequency
button to
tune the
standby
frequency
Find
Button
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 4-32 Finding an ADF Frequency
Transferring the active and standby ADF frequencies:
1) Touch the Audio & Radios Button to display the Audio & Radios Screen.
AFCS
2) Scroll the list to find the ADF.
3) Touch the ADF volume slider to select the ADF for transfer.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Press and hold the small right knob to transfer the frequencies.
ADF Volume slider
APPENDICES
INDEX
ADF Transfer Knob Label
Figure 4-33 ADF Frequency Transfer
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
151
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Selecting ADF Receiver Mode
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Audio and CNS
• ANT (Antenna) – The ADF bearing pointer parks on the HSI at 90 degrees. Best mode for listening to NDB
audio.
The following modes can be selected: (In all modes NDB audio can be heard by selecting the ADF1 Button
on the Touchscreen Controller.)
• ADF (Automatic Direction Finder) – The ADF pointer points to the relative bearing of the NDB station.
EIS
• ADF/BFO (ADF/Beat Frequency Oscillator) – The ADF pointer points to the relative bearing of the NDB
station and an audible tone confirms signal reception. This mode allows identification of the interrupted
carrier beacon stations used in various parts of the world.
AUDIO & CNS
• ANT/BFO (Antenna/Beat Frequency Oscillator) – The ADF bearing pointer parks on the HSI at 90 degrees
while an audible tone is provided when a signal is received. This mode also allows identification of the
interrupted carrier beacon stations and confirms signal reception.
Selecting an ADF receiver mode:
1) Touch Audio & Radios to display the Audio & Radios Screen.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Scroll the list to find the ADF.
3) Touch the ADF control button to display the ADF Mode/Tuning Screen.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Touch the ANT, ADF, ADF/BFO, or ANT/BFO Button to select the ADF mode.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
ADF Mode Buttons
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 4-34 ADF Mode Selection
152
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Audio and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
DME Tuning
NOTE: The system remembers the last frequency used for DME tuning and the NAV1, NAV2, or HOLD state
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
prior to shutdown.
The following DME transceiver pairings can be selected:
• NAV1 – Pairs the DME frequency from the selected NAV1 frequency.
• NAV2 – Pairs the DME frequency from the selected NAV2 frequency.
AUDIO & CNS
DME1
Mode
Control
Button
EIS
• HOLD – When in the HOLD position, the DME frequency remains paired with the last selected NAV
frequency.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
DME
Mode
Select
Buttons
DME1
Audio
Select
Button
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 4-35 DME Mode Selection
Selecting DME transceiver pairing:
AFCS
1) Touch Audio & Radios to display the Audio & Radios Screen.
2) Scroll the list to find the DME.
3) Touch the DME mode control button to display the DME Mode Window.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Touch the NAV1 Mode, NAV2 Mode, or HOLD Mode Button to select the DME mode.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
153
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio and CNS
4.4 GTX 33 Mode S Transponder
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The GTX 33 Mode S Transponder provides Mode A, Mode C, and Mode S interrogation and reply capabilities.
Selective addressing or Mode Select (Mode S) capability includes the following features:
• Level-2 reply data link capability (used to exchange information between aircraft and ATC facilities)
• Surveillance identifier capability
• Altitude reporting
• Airborne status determination
EIS
• Transponder capability reporting
• Mode S Enhanced Surveillance (EHS) requirements
AUDIO & CNS
• Acquisition Squitter – Acquisition Squitter, or short squitter, contains the aircraft’s 24-bit address and transponder
capability. The transmission is sent periodically, regardless of the presence of interrogations. The purpose of
acquisition squitter is to enable Mode S ground stations and aircraft equipped with a Traffic Avoidance Systems
(TAS/TCAS) to recognize the presence of Mode S-equipped aircraft for selective interrogation.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Extended Squitter – Extended Squitter is transmitted periodically and contain information such as altitude
(barometric and GPS), GPS position, and aircraft identification. The purpose of extended squitter is to provide
aircraft position and identification to ADS-B Ground-Based Transceivers (GBTs) and other aircraft.
The Hazard Avoidance Section provides more details on traffic avoidance systems.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Transponder Controls
Transponder mode selection, code entry, and IDENT activation are controlled and displayed on the
Touchscreen Controller.
XPDR IDENT Button
AFCS
Transponder Mode Button
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 4-36 Transponder Display and Controls
Transponder Mode Selection
APPENDICES
Mode selection can be automatic (Ground and Altitude Reporting modes) or manual (Standby, On, and
Altitude Reporting modes). The Mode Selection Buttons can be accessed by selecting the Transponder Mode
Button.
Selecting a transponder mode:
1) Touch the Transponder Mode Button to display the Transponder Screen.
INDEX
2) Touch a Mode Button to activate the transponder mode.
154
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Audio and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Transponder Mode
Buttons
EIS
AUDIO & CNS
Figure 4-37 Transponder Mode Selection
Ground Mode
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Ground Mode is normally selected automatically when the aircraft is on the ground. Ground Mode may
also be selected manually by selecting the Ground Button. Ground Mode can be overridden by selecting any
one of the Transponder Mode Buttons. Ground Mode generates Mode S replies to discrete interrogations as
well as transmission of acquisition squitter and extended squitter, including ADS-B Out. Mode A, Mode C,
and Mode S all-call replies are inhibited.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
A green GND indication and transponder code appear in the Transponder Mode Button.
Ground Mode
AFCS
Figure 4-38 Ground Mode
Standby Mode (Manual)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NOTE: In Standby Mode, the IDENT function is inoperative.
Standby Mode can be selected at any time by selecting the Standby Button. In Standby, the transponder is
powered and new codes can be entered, but no replies or squitters are transmitted.
APPENDICES
When Standby is selected, a white STBY indication and transponder code appear in the Transponder Mode
Button. In all other modes, these fields appear in green.
Standby Mode
INDEX
Figure 4-39 Standby Mode
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
155
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio and CNS
Manual ON Mode
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ON Mode can be selected at any time by selecting the ON Button. ON Mode generates Mode A and Mode S
replies as well as transmission of acquisition squitter and extended squitter, including ADS-B Out. Mode C
altitude reporting is inhibited.
In ON Mode, a green ON indication and transponder code appear in the Transponder Mode Button.
EIS
ON Mode (No
Altitude Reporting)
Figure 4-40 On Mode
AUDIO & CNS
Altitude Reporting Mode (Automatic or Manual)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Altitude Reporting Mode is automatically selected when the aircraft becomes airborne. Altitude Reporting
Mode may also be selected manually by selecting the Altitude Reporting Button. Altitude Mode generates
Mode A, Mode C, and Mode S replies as well as transmissions of acquisition squitter and extended squitter,
including ADS-B Out.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
If Altitude Mode is selected, a green ALT indication and transponder code appear in the Transponder
Mode Button, and all transponder replies requesting altitude information are provided with pressure altitude
information.
Altitude Reporting Mode
(Mode C Altitude Reporting)
Figure 4-41 Altitude Reporting Mode
AFCS
Reply Status
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When the transponder sends replies to interrogations, a white R indication appears momentarily in the
Transponder Mode Button.
Reply to Interrogation
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 4-42 Altitude Reporting Mode
156
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Audio and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Entering a Transponder Code
Entering a transponder code with the keypad:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Touch the Transponder Mode Button to display the Transponder Screen.
2) Use the keypad to select the desired code.
3) Touch the Enter Button to enter the new code, or wait approximately two seconds for automatic entry.
Transponder Code Entry
EIS
AUDIO & CNS
VFR Button
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 4-43 Transponder Code Entry
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Entering a transponder code with the knobs:
1) Touch the Transponder Mode Button to display the Transponder Screen.
2) Turn the large right knob one click either way to place the editing cursor on the first digit of the existing code.
3) Turn the small right knob to enter the first digit.
AFCS
4) Turn the large right knob to move the cursor to the next digit.
5) Turn the small right knob to enter the next digit, repeat steps 4 and 5 until complete.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) Touch the Enter Button, or push the small right knob, to enter the new code.
Or:
1) Touch the Transponder Mode Button to display the Transponder Screen.
APPENDICES
2) Turn the small right knob one click either way to erase the previous code and place the editing cursor on the first
digit.
3) Turn the small right knob to enter the first digit.
4) Turn the large right knob to move the cursor to the next digit.
5) Turn the small right knob to enter the next digit, repeat steps 4 and 5 until complete.
INDEX
6) Touch the Enter Button, or push the small right knob, to enter the new code.
Pressing the Cancel Button before code entry is complete cancels code entry and restores the previous code.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
157
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio and CNS
VFR Code
The VFR code can be entered either manually or by selecting the VFR Button. When the VFR Button is
selected, the pre-programmed VFR code is automatically displayed in the Transponder Mode Button.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The pre-programmed VFR Code is set at the factory to 1200. If a VFR code change is required, contact a
Garmin-authorized service center for configuration.
IDENT Function
EIS
NOTE: In Standby Mode, the XPDR IDENT Button is inoperative.
AUDIO & CNS
Selecting the XPDR IDENT Button in the CNS Bar sends a distinct identity indication to Air Traffic Control
(ATC). The indication distinguishes the identing transponder from all the others on the air traffic controller’s
screen. When the XPDR IDENT Button is selected, the word IDENT turns green and pulsates for the duration
of the identity indication.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Transponder IDENT Active
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 4-44 Transponder IDENT Indication
158
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Audio and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4.5 Additional Audio Functions
Mono/Stereo Headsets
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Stereo headsets are recommended for use in this aircraft.
Using a monaural headset in a stereo jack shorts the right headset channel output to ground. While this does
not damage the Audio Controller, a person listening on a monaural headset hears only the left channel in both
ears. If a monaural headset is used at one of the passenger positions, any other passenger using a stereo headset
hears audio in the left ear only.
EIS
Speaker
AUDIO & CNS
All of the radios can be heard over the cabin speaker. Pressing the Speaker Button selects and deselects the
cabin speaker. Speaker audio is muted when the PTT is pressed. Certain aural alerts and warnings (autopilot,
traffic, altitude) are always heard on the speaker, even when the speaker is not selected.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The speaker volume level can be adjusted from 0 to 100% on the touchscreen controller by turning the
middle knob or by sliding your finger right or left using the Speaker volume slider. Turning the knob clockwise
increases volume, turning the knob counterclockwise decreases volume. Sliding to the right increases volume,
sliding to the left decreases volume.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Speaker Volume Slider
Speaker Button
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 4-45 Speaker Audio Selection
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
159
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio and CNS
Intercom
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Audio Panel includes an eight-mode intercom system (ICS) and two stereo music inputs for the pilot,
copilot and passengers. The intercom provides Pilot and Copilot isolation from the passengers and aircraft
radios. Each of the three link arrows are selected/deselected by touching the arrow.
Intercom Button
EIS
Pilot/Copilot Link Arrow
Copilot Volume Button
AUDIO & CNS
Pilot Volume Button
Pilot/Passenger Link Arrow
Copilot/Passenger Link
Arrow
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Passenger Volume
Button
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 4-46 Intercom Controls
NOTE: In the default ICS configuration, only the pilot and copilot positions can hear aircraft alerts.
All Intercom Mode
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
In ‘All Intercom’ mode the Pilot, Copilot, and Passengers hear each other and hear the aircraft audio.
INDEX
Figure 4-47 All Intercom Mode
160
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Audio and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Copilot-Passenger Intercom Mode
In ‘Copilot-Passenger’ mode the Pilot, Copilot, and Passengers hear the aircraft audio. The Copilot and
Passengers also hear each other.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO & CNS
Figure 4-48 Copilot-Passenger Intercom Mode
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pilot-Copilot Intercom Mode
In ‘Pilot-Copilot’ mode the Pilot and Copilot hear the aircraft audio and each other. The Passengers hear
each other.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 4-49 Pilot-Copilot Intercom Mode
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
161
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio and CNS
Pilot-Passenger Intercom Mode
AUDIO & CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In ‘Pilot-Passenger’ mode the Pilot, Copilot, and Passengers hear the aircraft audio. The Pilot and
Passengers also hear each other.
Figure 4-50 Pilot-Passenger Intercom Mode
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
All Isolate Mode
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
In ‘All Isolate’ mode the Pilot and Copilot hear the aircraft audio. The Passengers hear each other.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 4-51 All Isolate Mode
162
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Audio and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Pilot-Passenger/Copilot-Passenger Intercom Mode
In ‘Pilot-Passenger/Copilot-Passenger’ mode the Pilot, Copilot, and Passengers hear the aircraft audio.
The Passengers hear the pilot, copilot, and each other.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO & CNS
Figure 4-52 Pilot-Passenger/Copilot-Passenger Intercom Mode
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pilot-Passenger/Pilot-Copilot Intercom Mode
In ‘Pilot-Passenger/Pilot-Copilot’ mode the Pilot and Copilot hear the aircraft audio and each other. The
Passengers hear the Pilot and each other.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 4-53 Pilot-Passenger/Pilot-Copilot Intercom Mode
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
163
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio and CNS
Copilot-Passenger/Pilot-Copilot Intercom Mode
AUDIO & CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In ‘Copilot-Passenger/Pilot-Copilot’ mode the Pilot and Copilot hear the aircraft audio and each other.
The Passengers hear the Copilot and each other.
Figure 4-54 Copilot-Passenger/Pilot-Copilot Intercom Mode
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Intercom Volume and Squelch
The Touchscreen Controller controls the volume and squelch for the pilot, copilot, and the passengers
independently.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The selected intercom volume or squelch level can be adjusted from 0 to 100% on the touchscreen controller
by turning the middle knob or by sliding your finger right or left on the slider. Turning the knob clockwise
increases volume, turning the knob counterclockwise decreases volume. Sliding to the right increases volume,
sliding to the left decreases volume.
Adjusting intercom volume:
1) Touch the Intercom Button to display the Intercom Screen.
AFCS
2) Touch the Pilot Volume, Copilot Volume, or Passenger Volume button to display the Pilot, Copilot, or
Passenger Intercom Settings Screen.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Adjust the volume by using the middle knob or by sliding your finger on the volume slider.
164
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Audio and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Adjusting intercom squelch:
1) Touch the Intercom Button to display the Intercom Screen.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Touch the Pilot Volume, Copilot Volume, or Passenger Volume button to display the Pilot, Copilot, or
Passenger Intercom Settings Screen.
3) Touch the Squelch Mode Button to turn off Auto Squelch.
4) Adjust the squelch by using the middle knob or by sliding your finger on the squelch slider.
EIS
Intercom Button
AUDIO & CNS
Copilot Volume Button
Pilot Volume Button
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Passenger Volume
Button
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Volume
Slider
AFCS
Squelch
Button
Volume
Knob Label
Squelch
Knob Label
APPENDICES
Figure 4-55 Intercom Volume/Squelch Controls
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Squelch
Slider
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
165
SySteM
overview
Audio And cnS
cleArAnce recorder And plAyer
FligHt
inStruMentS
The Audio Controller contains a digital clearance recorder that records up to 2.5 minutes of the selected COM
radio signal. Recorded COM audio is stored in separate memory blocks. Once 2.5 minutes of recording time
have been reached, the recorder begins recording over the stored memory blocks, starting from the oldest block.
Touching the Recorder (Play) Button plays the latest recorded memory block. The Recorder (Stop) Button
is displayed while the audio is playing. When the present memory block has finished playing the Recorder
(Play) Button is displayed again.
eiS
Touching the Recorder (Stop) Button during play of a memory block stops play. If a COM input signal is
detected during play of a recorded memory block, play is halted.
Audio & cnS
Touching the Previous button begins playing the previously recorded memory block. Each subsequent press
of the Previous button selects the previously recorded memory block, if any more exist. Touching the Next
button begins playing the next recorded memory block. Each subsequent press of the Next button selects the
next recorded memory block, if any more exist.
Powering down the system automatically clears all recorded blocks.
FligHt
MAnAgeMent
Audio & Radios Button
Recorder Volume Slider
HAZArd
AvoidAnce
Recorder Button
Stop
Play
Audio Playback Controls
Play next block
AFcS
Play previous block
AdditionAl
FeAtureS
Recorder Volume Knob Label
indeX
AppendiceS
Figure 4-56 Recorder Controls
166
garmin g2000 Pilot’s guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Audio and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Simultaneous COM Operation
Both the pilot and the copilot can transmit and receive simultaneously over separate COM radios. The
selected COM MIC Annunciator flashes when either pilot’s microphone PTT is pressed.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If both pilots select the same COM radio, the pilot has priority on COM1 and the copilot has priority on
COM2.
Selecting/deselecting simultaneous COM mode:
1) Touch the Audio & Radios Button to display the Audio & Radios Screen.
EIS
2) Touch the Copilot Tab.
3) Touch the Sync to Pilot Button to disable/enable synchronizing the copilot COM selections to the pilot.
4) Touch the COM1/COM2 MIC Button to select COM1/COM2 for copilot transmissions.
AUDIO & CNS
COM2
Active
Frequency
Sync to
Pilot Button
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
MIC Button
(COM1
selected for
transmission)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
COM1
Active
Frequency
MIC Button
(COM1
selected for
transmission)
AFCS
MIC Button (COM1/2 selected for
transmission)
(COM1 by Pilot, COM2 by Copilot)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
MIC Button
(COM2 selected by copilot)
APPENDICES
COM2 Active Frequency
(selected by Copilot for
transmission)
Figure 4-57 Simultaneous COM Operation
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
167
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3D Audio
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Audio and CNS
Because this feature uses different signals for left and right channels, it requires wiring for stereo intercom
and stereo headsets. If 3D audio is activated when mono headsets are in use, the listener will still hear all audio
sources; however, there is no benefit from location separation.
3D Audio is useful when multiple audio sources are present. By using different responses in each ear, 3D
audio processing creates the illusion that each audio source is coming from a unique location or seat position.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO & CNS
EIS
With a single COM selected and 3D Audio enabled, the listener hears the audio source at the 12 o’clock
position. If both COMs are selected, the listener hears COM1 at 11 o’clock and COM2 at the 1 o’clock position.
All other intercom positions are processed to sound like their relative seat location. By default, the G2000
assumes the pilot sits in the left seat.
168
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Audio and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
Figure 4-58 Avionics Settings Screen (3D Audio)
AUDIO & CNS
Enabling/disabling 3D Audio for the pilot position:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings to display the Avionics Settings Screen.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Touch the Audio Tab.
3) Touch the Pilot 3D Audio Enable Button to enable/disable 3D audio for the pilot position.
Enabling/disabling 3D Audio for the copilot position:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings to display the Avionics Settings Screen.
2) Touch the Audio Tab.
3) Touch the Copilot 3D Audio Enable Button to enable/disable 3D audio for the copilot position.
Swap left and right pilot headset audio:
AFCS
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings to display the Avionics Settings Screen.
2) Touch the Audio Tab.
3) Touch the Pilot L-R Swap Enable Button to swap the left and right pilot headset audio.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Swap left and right copilot headset audio:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings to display the Avionics Settings Screen.
2) Touch the Audio Tab.
APPENDICES
3) Touch the Copilot L-R Swap Enable Button to swap the left and right copilot headset audio.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
169
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio and CNS
Entertainment Inputs
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Audio Controller provides two stereo auxiliary entertainment inputs: MUSIC 1 and MUSIC 2. These
inputs are compatible with popular portable entertainment devices such as MP3 and CD players. Two 3.5-mm
stereo phone jacks are installed in convenient locations for audio connection. The headphone outputs of the
entertainment devices are plugged into the MUSIC 1 or MUSIC 2 jacks.
EIS
The pilot can select each of the entertainment inputs independently. The copilot and passengers can also
select each entertainment independently if not synchronized to the pilot. If the copilot and/or passengers are
synchronized to the pilot, they will hear the entertainment inputs the pilot has selected at the volume level the
pilot has selected. Sync to Pilot does not synchronize the copilot or passenger settings for MUSIC 1 or MUSIC
2 mute, and Clicks.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO & CNS
MUSIC1 Volume Slider
MUSIC1 Button
Mute Settings Button (MUSIC1)
MUSIC2 Button
Mute Settings Button (MUSIC2)
MUSIC2 Volume Slider
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
MUSIC1 Volume Knob label
Figure 4-59 Entertainment Audio Control
Selecting/deselecting MUSIC1/2 input:
AFCS
1) Touch the Audio & Radios Button to display the Audio & Radios Screen.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) If selecting for the Copilot or Passengers, touch the Copilot Tab or the Pass Tab. (If necessary, also touch the
Sync to Pilot Button to disable synchronizing selections to the pilot.)
3) Scroll the list to find MUSIC1 or MUSIC2.
4) Touch the MUSIC1 or MUSIC2 Button to select/deselect the MUSIC1/2 input for the selected position (pilot,
copilot, or passengers).
INDEX
APPENDICES
The MUSIC1/2 volume can be adjusted from 0 to 100% on the touchscreen controller by turning the middle
knob or by sliding your finger right or left on the volume slider. Turning the knob clockwise increases volume,
turning the knob counterclockwise decreases volume. Sliding to the right increases volume, sliding to the left
decreases volume.
170
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Audio and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
MUSIC Muting
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
MUSIC muting occurs when the configured activity (intercom, radio inputs, or aural alerts) is heard.
MUSIC is always soft muted when an interruption occurs from these sources. Soft muting is the gradual
return of MUSIC to its original volume level. The time required for MUSIC volume to return to normal is
between one-half and four seconds.
Configuring MUSIC1/2 Mute Settings:
1) Touch the Audio & Radios Button to display the Audio & Radios Screen.
EIS
2) If selecting for the Copilot or Passengers, touch the Copilot Tab or the Pass Tab. Touch the Sync to Pilot
Button to disable synchronizing selections to the pilot.
3) Scroll the list to find MUSIC1 or MUSIC2.
AUDIO & CNS
4) Touch the Mute Settings Button to display the Music1/2 Mute Settings Window.
5) Select any of the Intercom, Radio Inputs, or Aural Alerts Buttons to select which items will mute MUSIC1/2.
XM Radio Entertainment
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
XM Radio audio from the Data Link Receiver is connected to the MUSIC1 input (optional: requires
subscription to XM Radio Service). Refer to the Additional Features Section for more details on the Data Link
Receiver.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Connecting a stereo input to the MUSIC 1 jack removes the XM Radio Audio from that input. For example,
if passengers prefer their own music while the pilot listens to the XM Radio, the entertainment audio should
be connected to the MUSIC 2 jack.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
171
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio and CNS
4.6 Abnormal Operation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Abnormal operation of the G2000 includes equipment failures of the system components and failure of
associated equipment, including switches and external devices.
Stuck Microphone
If the push-to-talk (PTT) Key becomes stuck, the COM transmitter stops transmitting after 35 seconds of
continuous operation. An alert appears on the Touchscreen Controller to advise the pilot of a stuck microphone.
AUDIO & CNS
EIS
The MIC Button Annunciator flashes as long as the PTT Key remains stuck.
Figure 4-60
COM Tuning Failure
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
In case of a COM system tuning failure, the emergency frequency (121.500 MHz) is automatically tuned in
the radio in which the tuning failure occurred. Depending on the failure mode, a yellow X may appear on the
frequency display.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Emergency Channel
Loaded Automatically
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 4-61 COM Tuning Failure
172
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Audio and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Emergency Mode
The emergency frequency (121.500 MHz) can be tuned in COM1 by selecting the emergency mode.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selecting emergency mode:
1) Select the PFD Settings Softkey on the PFD.
2) Select the Other PFD Settings Softkey on the PFD.
3) Select the COM1 121.5 Softkey on the PFD to tune COM1 to the emergency frequency.
EIS
Emergency Mode Active
Figure 4-62 COM1 Emergency Mode Active
AUDIO & CNS
Audio Controller Fail-Safe Operation
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If there is a failure of the Audio Panel, a fail-safe circuit connects the pilot’s headset and microphone directly
to the COM1 transceiver. Audio will not be available on the speaker.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
173
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO & CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio and CNS
Blank Page
174
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Section 5 Flight Management
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
5.1Introduction
The G2000 is an integrated flight, engine, communication, navigation and surveillance system. This section of
the Pilot’s Guide explains GPS navigation using the G2000.
EIS
The most prominent parts of the system are the Primary Flight Display (PFD), the Multi Function Display
(MFD), and the Touchscreen Controller. The information to successfully navigate the aircraft using the GPS
sensors is displayed on these units. See examples in the Figure 5-1 and Figure 5-2. Detailed descriptions of GPS
navigation functions are discussed later in this section.
A brief description of the GPS navigation data on the PFD and MFD follows.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Navigation mode indicates which sensor is providing the course data (e.g., GPS, VOR) and the flight plan phase
(e.g., Departure (DPRT), Terminal (TERM), Enroute (ENR), Oceanic (OCN), Approach (LNAV, LNAV+V, L/VNAV,
LP, LPV), or Missed Approach (MAPR)). L/VNAV, LP, and LPV approaches are only available with SBAS. L/VNAV
approaches will be flown as an LNAV approach when SBAS is not available.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Inset Map is a small version of the Navigation Map and can be displayed in the lower left corner of the PFD.
When the system is in reversionary mode, the Inset Map is displayed in the lower right corner. The Inset Map
is displayed by selecting the Inset Map Settings Softkey. Selecting the Inset Map Settings Softkey again, then
selecting the Off Softkey removes the Inset Map.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Navigation Map displays aviation data (e.g., airports, VORs, airways, airspaces), geographic data (e.g.,
cities, lakes, highways, borders), topographic data (map shading indicating elevation), and hazard data (e.g.,
traffic, terrain, weather). The amount of displayed data can be reduced by selecting the Detail Softkey on the PFD
for the Inset Map, and by the Map Detail Slider on the Touchscreen Controller for MFD maps. The Navigation
Map can be oriented three different ways: North Up (NORTH UP), Track Up (TRK UP), or Heading Up (HDG
UP).
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
An aircraft icon is placed on the Navigation Map at the location corresponding to the calculated present position.
The aircraft position and the flight plan legs are accurately based on GPS calculations. The basemap upon which
these are placed are from a source with less resolution, therefore the relative position of the aircraft to map features
is not exact. The leg of the active flight plan currently being flown is shown as a magenta line on the navigation
map. The other legs are shown in white.
APPENDICES
There are 28 different map ranges available, from 250 feet to 1000 nm. Range is indicated in the upper left
quadrant of the range ring shown around the aircraft icon. This indicated range is the range from the aircraft icon
to the range ring, and roughly half the range to the top edge of the displayed map. To change the map range on
any MFD map, turn the Joystick counter-clockwise to decrease the range, or clockwise to increase the range. To
change the Inset Map range, use the Map Range - and the Map Range + softkeys, or turn the Joystick on the
GDU Controller.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
175
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Location of:
- Direct To Window
- Flight Plan Window
- Procedures Window
- COM/NAV Window
Current Track
Indicator
Navigation Status Bar
Navigation Mode
EIS
Inset Map
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-1 GPS Navigation Information on the PFD
MFD Data Bar
Map Orientation
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pane Title
Navigation Map
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Aviation Data
- Geographic Data
- Topographic Data
- Hazard Data
Map Range
Active Flight Plan Leg
Aircraft Icon
at Present Position
AFCS
Flight Plan Leg
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-2 GPS Navigation Information on the Navigation Map Pane
176
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Navigation Status Bar
The PFD Navigation Status Bar located at the top of the PFD contains two fields displaying the following
information:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
PFD Navigation Status Bar
EIS
• Active flight plan leg (e.g., ‘D-> KICT’ or ‘KIXD -> KCOS’) or flight plan annunciations (e.g., ‘Turn right to
021˚ in 8 seconds’)
• Distance (DIS) and Bearing (BRG) to the next waypoint or flight plan annunciations (e.g., ‘TOD within 1
minute’)
Symbol
Description
Active Leg
Symbol
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The symbols used in the PFD status bar are:
Description
Right Holding Pattern
Left Holding Pattern
Right Procedure Turn
Right DME Arc
Left Procedure Turn
Left DME Arc
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Direct-to
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Vector to Final
The MFD Data Bar located at the top of the MFD contains eight data fields, each displaying one of the
following items:
• Fuel over Destination (FOD)
• Ground Speed (GS)
• Minimum Safe Altitude (MSA)
• True Air Speed (TAS)
• Track Angle Error (TKE)
• Track (TRK)
• Vertical Speed Required (VSR)
• Crosstrack Error (XTK)
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Bearing (BRG)
• Distance (DIS)
• Desired Track (DTK)
• Endurance (END)
• Enroute Safe Altitude (ESA)
• Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA)
• Estimated Time Enroute (ETE)
• Fuel on Board (FOB)
APPENDICES
MFD Navigation Data Bar
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
The navigation information displayed in the eight data fields can be selected on the Touchscreen Controller.
The default selections (in order left to right) are GS, DTK, TRK, ETE, BRG, DIS, MSA, and ETA.
177
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Changing a field in the MFD Navigation Data Bar:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings to display the Avionics Settings Screen.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Touch the MFD Fields Tab to display the MFD Data Bar Field selection list.
3) If necessary, scroll through the data field list to find the desired field.
4) Touch the MFD Data Bar Field Button to display the data options list.
5) If necessary, scroll through the data options list to find the desired option.
6) Touch the desired data option button.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
7) Repeat steps 3 - 6 as necessary.
Data Bar
Field Select
Buttons
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
MFD Fields
Tab
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 5-3 MFD Data Bar Field Selection
178
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5.2Using Map Displays
• Airports, NAVAIDs, airspaces, airways, land data
(highways, cities, lakes, rivers, borders, etc.) with
names
• Map Pointer information (distance and bearing
to pointer, location of pointer, name, and other
pertinent information)
• Aircraft icon (representing present position)
• Map range
• Track vector
• Wind direction and speed
• Topography scale
• Map orientation
• Topography data
• Icons for enabled map features
• Obstacle data
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Map displays are used extensively to provide situational awareness in flight. Most maps can display the following
information:
• Fuel range ring
• Flight plan legs
• User waypoints
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The information in this section applies to any displays that show the navigation map.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Map Settings Sync
Map settings can be synchronized with with the settings of any display, and will keep them synchronized
when changes are made to the settings. The synchronization can be for the onside or offside independently, or
for all displays.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Enabling/disabling map settings synchronization:
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings > Map Settings Sync.
2) Touch the Onside Button or the All Button.
AFCS
3) Touch the PFD1, MFD Left, PFD2, or MFD Right Button to initially synchronize the onside map settings or all
map settings with the selected display.
Or:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Touch the Off Button to disable synchronization.
Off Button
Map Settings
Sync Button
APPENDICES
Onside
Button
All Button
INDEX
Figure 5-4 Map Settings Synchronization
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
179
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Map Orientation
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Maps are shown in one of three different orientation options, allowing flexibility in determining aircraft
position relative to other items on the map (north up) or for determining where map items are relative to where
the aircraft is going (track up or heading up). The map orientation is shown in the upper left corner of the map.
Figure 5-5 Map Orientation
• North up (NORTH UP) aligns the top of the navigation map to north.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Track up (TRK UP) aligns the top of the navigation map to the current ground track.
• Heading up (HDG UP) aligns the top of the navigation map to the current aircraft heading (default setting).
Note: Map orientation changes for the Navigation Map only affect the map being controlled. The orientation
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
of the Inset Map on the PFD is always Heading Up
Changing the Navigation Map orientation:
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) Touch the Orientation Button.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
3) Touch the North Up, Track Up, or Heading Up Button to select the navigation map orientation.
180
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Orientation
Button
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
Heading Up Button
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Track Up Button
North Up Button
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Track Up Orientation
North Up Orientation
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Heading Up Orientation
Figure 5-6 Map Orientation Selection
Map Range
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
APPENDICES
There are 28 different map ranges available, from 250 feet to 1000 nm. Range is indicated in the upper left
quadrant of the range ring shown around the aircraft icon. This indicated range is the range from the aircraft icon
to the range ring, and roughly half the range to the top edge of the displayed map. To change the map range on
any MFD map, turn the Joystick counter-clockwise to decrease the range, or clockwise to increase the range. To
change the Inset Map range, use the Map Range - and the Map Range + softkeys, or turn the Joystick on the
GDU Controller.
181
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Auto Zoom On
Auto Zoom Off
EIS
Figure 5-7 Map Range
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Auto Zoom
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Auto zoom allows the system to change the map display range to the smallest range clearly showing the
active waypoint. Auto zoom can be overridden by adjusting the range with the Joystick, and remains until
the active waypoint changes, a terrain or traffic alert occurs, the aircraft takes off, or the manual override times
out (timer set on the Touchscreen Controller Map Setup Screen).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
If a terrain caution or warning occurs, any map page displaying TAWS/TERRAIN data automatically adjusts
to the smallest map range clearly showing the highest priority alert. If a new traffic advisory alert occurs, any
map page capable of displaying traffic advisory alerts automatically adjusts to the smallest map range clearly
showing the traffic advisory. When terrain or traffic alerts clear, the map returns to the previous auto zoom
range based on the active waypoint.
The auto zoom function can be turned on or off independently for the PFD and MFD. Control of the ranges
at which the auto zoom occurs is done by setting the minimum and maximum ‘look forward’ times (set on the
Touchscreen Controller Map Setup Screen). These settings determine the minimum and maximum distance
to display based upon the aircraft’s ground speed.
AFCS
• Waypoints that are long distances apart cause the map range to increase to a point where many details on
the map are decluttered. If this is not acceptable, lower the maximum look ahead time to a value that limits
the auto zoom to an acceptable range.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Waypoints that are very short distances apart cause the map range to decrease to a point where situational
awareness may not be what is desired. Increase the minimum look ahead time to a value that limits the auto
zoom to a minimum range that provides acceptable situational awareness.
APPENDICES
• Flight plans that have a combination of long and short legs cause the range to increase and decrease as
waypoints sequence. To avoid this, auto zoom can be disabled or the maximum/minimum times can be
adjusted.
• The ‘time out’ time (configurable on the Touchscreen Controller Map Setup Screen) determines how long
auto zoom is overridden by a manual adjustment of the range knob. At the expiration of this time, the auto
zoom range is restored. Setting the ‘time out’ value to zero causes the manual override to never time out.
INDEX
• When the maximum ‘look forward’ time is set to zero, the upper limit becomes the maximum range available
(1000 nm).
• When the minimum ‘look forward’ time is set to zero, the lower limit becomes 0.75 nm.
182
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Configuring automatic zoom:
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the Other Tab to display the options list.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Touch the Auto Zoom Button to enable/disable auto zoom.
4) Touch the Auto Zoom Settings Button to display the Auto Zoom Settings Screen.
5) Touch the Auto Zoom Max Look Fwd Button to display the numeric keyboard.
6) Use the keypad to enter the maximum look forward time. Times are from zero to 999 minutes.
EIS
7) Repeat steps 5 and 6 for ‘Min Look Fwd’ (zero to 99 minutes) and ‘Time Out’ (zero to 99 minutes).
Auto Zoom Button
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Auto Zoom Settings Button
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Auto Zoom Max Look Fwd
Button
Auto Zoom Time Out Button
AFCS
Auto Zoom Min Look Fwd
Button
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-8 Auto Zoom Setup
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
183
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Map Panning
The Map Pointer allows the pilot to:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• View parts of the map outside the displayed range without adjusting the map range by panning the map
• Highlight and select locations on the map
• Graphically create user waypoints
• Review information for a selected airport, NAVAID, or user waypoint
• Designate locations for use in flight planning
EIS
• Review airspace and airway information
• Measure the bearing and distance from the aircraft present position to any location on the navigation map
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Map Pointer
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Map Pointer
Information
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
When the Map Pointer function is selected by pressing the Joystick, the Map Pointer flashes on the map
display, and the Map Pointer Options Screen is displayed on the Touchscreen Controller. A window also appears
at the upper left of the map display showing the latitude/longitude of the pointer, the bearing and distance to
the pointer from the aircraft’s present position, and the elevation of the land at the position of the pointer.
Figure 5-9 Navigation Map - Map Pointer Activated
APPENDICES
Panning the map:
1) Press the Joystick to display the Map Pointer.
2) Move the Joystick to move the Map Pointer around the map.
INDEX
3) Press the Joystick to remove the Map Pointer and recenter the map on the aircraft’s current position.
184
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
When the Map Pointer is placed on an airport, the name of the airport is highlighted (even if the name was
not originally displayed on the map). When an airport is highlighted on the map display, pertinent information
is available by pressing the Waypoint Info Button on the Touchscreen Controller.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Map Pointer
Information
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Map Pointer
on Airport
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Info Tab
Waypoint
Info
Button
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Airport
Information
AFCS
Figure 5-10 Navigation Map - Map Pointer on Airport
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
185
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Reviewing information for an airport, NAVAID, or user waypoint:
1) Place the Map Pointer on an airport, NAVAID, or user waypoint.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Touch the Waypoint Info Button to display the waypoint information screen.
3) Press the Joystick to exit the waypoint information screen and remove the Map Pointer from the Navigation
Map.
EIS
When the Map Pointer is placed on a NAVAID, the name of the NAVAID is highlighted (even if the name was
not originally displayed on the map). When a NAVAID is highlighted on the map display, pertinent information
is available by pressing the Waypoint Info Button on the Touchscreen Controller.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Map Pointer
Information
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Map Pointer
on VOR
Waypoint
Info
Button
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
VOR
Information
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 5-11 Navigation Map - Map Pointer on VOR
186
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
When the Map Pointer is placed on a User Waypoint, the name of the User Waypoint is highlighted (even if
the name was not originally displayed on the map). When a User Waypoint is highlighted on the map display,
pertinent information is available by pressing the Waypoint Info Button on the Touchscreen Controller.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Map Pointer
Information
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Map Pointer
on User
Waypoint
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Waypoint
Info
Button
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
User
Waypoint
Information
AFCS
Figure 5-12 Navigation Map - Map Pointer on User Waypoint
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
187
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When the Map Pointer is on an airspace boundary, the boundary is highlighted and airspace information is
shown in a box above and to the right of the Map Pointer. The information includes the name and class of
airspace, the ceiling in feet above Mean Sea Level (MSL), and the floor in feet MSL. When an airspace is selected
on the map display, additional frequency information is also available by pressing the Airspace Info Button on
the Touchscreen Controller.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Map Pointer
Information
Airspace
Information
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Map Pointer
on Airspace
Airspace
Information
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Airspace
Info
Button
Figure 5-13 Navigation Map - Map Pointer on Airspace
Reviewing information for a special use or controlled airspace:
APPENDICES
1) Place the Map Pointer on a waypoint.
2) Touch the Airspace Info Button to display the Airspace Information Screen.
INDEX
3) Press the Joystick to exit the Airspace Information Screen and remove the Map Pointer from the Navigation
Map.
188
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Topography
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
All navigation maps can display various shades of topography colors representing land elevation, similar
to aviation sectional charts. Topographic data can be displayed or removed as described in the following
procedures.
Navigation Map
Topographic Data
Navigation Map
Black Background
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TOPO Off
TOPO On
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Topo Data
Button
Topo Data
Settings
Button
Topo Data
Button
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Topo
Scale
Button
Land Tab
AFCS
Figure 5-14 Navigation Map - Topographic Data
Displaying/removing topographic data on navigation map panes:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) Touch the Land Tab, if necessary.
3) Scroll the list to find the Topo Data Button, if necessary.
4) Touch the Topo Data Button to display/remove topographic data on the navigation map.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
189
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Topo Disabled
Topo Data On
Topo Enabled
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Topo Data Off
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-15 PFD Inset Map - Topographic Data
Displaying/removing topographic data from the PFD Inset Map:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Press the Inset Map Settings Softkey on the PFD.
2) Press the Topo Softkey to display/remove topographic data on the Inset Map. When the annunciator on the
button is green, topographical data is displayed. When the annunciator is gray, topographic data is removed,
and navigation data is presented on a black background.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Press the Back Softkey to return to the top level softkeys.
The topographic data range is the maximum map range on which topographic data is displayed.
Note: Since the PFD Inset Map is much smaller than the MFD navigation maps, items are removed on the
AFCS
PFD Inset Map one range level less than the range selected on the Map Options screen (e.g., a setting of 100
nm removes the item at ranges above 100 nm on MFD navigation maps, while the PFD Inset Map removes
the same item at 75 nm).
Selecting a topographical data range:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) Touch the Land Tab, if necessary.
3) Scroll the list to find the Topo Data Settings Button, if necessary.
APPENDICES
4) Touch the Topo Data Settings Button to display the Topo Data Settings Screen.
5) Touch the Topo Data Button to display the Map Topo Range list.
INDEX
6) Scroll the list if necessary to find the desired range, and touch the range button.
190
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
In addition, the Navigation Map can display a topographic scale (located in the lower right hand side of the
map) showing a scale of the terrain elevation.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-16 Navigation Map - Topo Scale
Displaying/removing the topographic scale:
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Touch the Land Tab, if necessary.
3) Scroll the list to find the Topo Data Settings Button, if necessary.
4) Touch the Topo Data Settings Button to display the Topo Data Settings Screen.
5) Touch the Topo Scale Button to display/remove the topographic scale.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
191
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Map Symbols
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
This section discusses the types of land and aviation symbols that can be displayed. Each listed type of symbol
can be turned on or off, and the maximum range to display each symbol can be set. The decluttering of the
symbols from the map using the DCLTR Softkey is also discussed.
Land Symbols
The following items are configured on the Land Tab on the Map Options Screen:
Land Symbols
Symbol
Topo Data
Obstacle Data
Roads
See Appendix F
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
(Text label size can be None, Small, Medium, or Large)
50
100
International Highway (Freeway)
50
100
US Highway (National Highway)
15
100
State Highway (Local Highway)
7.5
50
4
25
Railroad
7.5
25
Large City (> 200,000)
100
1000
Medium City (> 50,000)
50
150
Small City (> 5,000)
State/Province
25
400
100
1000
Rivers and Lakes (River/Lake)
75
100
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Interstate Highway (Freeway)
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Local Road (Local Road)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Default
Maximum
Range (nm) Range (nm)
1000
1000
10
25
N/A
INDEX
APPENDICES
Table 5-1 Land Symbol Information
192
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Aviation Symbols
The following items are configured on the Aviation Tab of the Map Options Screen:
Aviation Symbols
Symbol
Default
Maximum
Range (nm) Range (nm)
50
250
Class C/TCA)
50
75
Class D
10
25
Restricted
50
75
MOA (Millitary)
50
75
Other/ADIZ
50
75
TFR
250
1000
Large Airport
Medium Airport
Small Airport
100
50
25
250
75
25
VOR Waypoint
50
75
INT Waypoint
25
25
NDB Waypoint
25
25
User Waypoint
SafeTaxi
25
1.5
250
25
7.5
25
See Additional Features
Runway Extension
APPENDICES
Class B/TMA
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
75
AFCS
50
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
High Altitude Airways
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
75
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
50
EIS
Low Altitude Airways
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
(Text label size can be None, Small, Medium, or
Large)
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
Table 5-2 Aviation Symbol Information
193
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Symbol Setup
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
All navigation maps can display aviation and land symbols. Aviation and land symbol types (e.g. runway
extensions, railroads) can be removed individually.
Displaying/removing a navigation or land symbol type:
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) Touch the Aviation Tab or Land Tab, if necessary.
3) Scroll the list to find the desired item.
EIS
4) Touch the annunciator button to display/remove the symbol type from navigation maps.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Annunciator Button
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-17 Map Settings Screen - Individual Items On/Off
The range button sets the maximum range at which items appear on the display.
Selecting an Aviation or Land item range:
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
AFCS
2) Touch the Aviation Tab or Land Tab, if necessary.
3) Scroll the list to find the desired item.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Touch the range button to display the range choices.
5) Touch a range selection button to select the maximum range.
INDEX
APPENDICES
6) Repeat steps 3-5 as necessary.
194
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Range
Button
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
Figure 5-17 Map Settings Screen - Aviation Data Setup
Range
Selection
Button
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Range
Button
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Range
Selection
Button
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-18 Map Settings Screen - Land Data Setup
Note: Since the PFD Inset Map is much smaller than the navigation maps, items are removed on the PFD
AFCS
Inset Map two range levels smaller than the range selected on the Map Option Screen (e.g., a setting of 100
nm removes the item at ranges above 100 nm on navigation maps, while the PFD Inset Map removes the
same item above 50 nm).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
195
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Map Detail
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The declutter feature allows the pilot to progressively step through four levels of map detail. The navigation
map detail level is displayed on the Map Settings Screen on the Touchscreen Controller and on the navigation
map. The PFD Inset Map detail level is shown on the Inset Map and the Detail Softkey.
EIS
Map Detail
Slider
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Detail Indicator
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-19 Navigation Map - Map Detail
Detail Indicator
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Detail Softkey
Figure 5-20 Inset Map - Map Detail
Adjusting the navigation map detail:
APPENDICES
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings > Map Detail.
2) Slide up or down on the Map Detail Slider to adjust the navigation map detail.
Adjusting the PFD Inset Map detail:
INDEX
1) Press the Inset Map Settings Softkey on the PFD.
2) Press the Detail Softkey as necessary to adjust the Inset Map detail.
196
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Table 5-3 lists the items that are decluttered at each map detail level. The ‘X’ represents map items
decluttered for each level of detail.
Item
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Least
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NEXRAD
Lightning Data
Airports
Safe Taxi
Runway Labels
TFRs
Restricted
MOA (Military)
User Waypoints
Latitude/Longitude Grid
NAVAIDs (does not declutter if used to define airway)
Intersections (does not declutter if used to define airway)
Class B Airspaces/TMA
Class C Airspaces/TCA
Class D Airspaces
Other Airspaces/ADIZ
Obstacles
Cities
Roads
Railroads
State/Province Boundaries
Declutter-1 Declutter-2
AFCS
Table 5-3 Navigation Map Items Decluttered for each Detail Level
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
197
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Airways
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
This airways discussion is based upon the North American airway structure. The airway structure in places
other than North America vary by location, etc. and are not discussed in this book. Low Altitude Airways (or
Victor Airways) primarily serve smaller piston-engine, propeller-driven airplanes on shorter routes and at lower
altitudes. Airways are eight nautical miles wide and start 1,200 feet above ground level (AGL) and extend up
to 18,000 feet mean sea level (MSL). Low Altitude Airways are designated with a “V” before the airway number
(hence the name “Victor Airways”) since they run primarily between VORs.
EIS
High Altitude Airways (or Jet Routes) primarily serve airliners, jets, turboprops, and turbocharged piston
aircraft operating above 18,000 feet MSL. Jet Routes start at 18,000 feet MSL and extend upward to 45,000 feet
MSL (altitudes above 18,000 feet are called “flight levels” and are described as FL450 for 45,000 feet MSL). Jet
Routes are designated with a “J” before the route number.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Low Altitude Airways are drawn in gray (the same shade used for roads). High Altitude Airways are drawn
in green. When both types of airways are displayed, High Altitude Airways are drawn on top of Low Altitude
Airways.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When airways are selected for display on the map, the airway waypoints (VORs, NDBs and Intersections) are
also displayed.
High Altitude
Airway
(Jet Route)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Low Altitude
Airway
(Victor Airway)
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 5-21 Airways on MFD Navigation Map
198
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Airways may be displayed on the map at the pilot’s discretion using the Touchscreen Controller. The airway
range can also be programmed to only display airways on the MFD when the map range is at or below a specific
value.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Displaying/removing airways:
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) Touch the Aviation Tab, if necessary.
3) Touch the Low Altitude Airways Button to display/remove the low altitude airways.
4) Touch the High Altitude Airways Button to display/remove the high altitude airways.
EIS
Range
Button
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Low
Altitude
Airways
Button
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
High
Altitude
Airways
Button
Range
Selection
Button
Figure 5-22 Map Options Screen - Airways Setup
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The airway range is the maximum map range on which airways are displayed.
Selecting an airway range:
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
AFCS
2) Touch the Aviation Tab, if necessary.
3) Touch the low altitude or high altitude range button to display the range selection buttons.
Airway Type
Airway Symbol/Line
Highlighted Airway
Information Box
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Touch a range selection button to select the maximum map display range. The following range items are
configurable on the airways menu.
Default
Maximum
Range (nm) Range (nm)
50
250
High Altitude Airway
50
250
APPENDICES
Low Altitude Airway
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
Table 5-4 Airway Range Information
199
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Track Vector
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Navigation Map can display a track vector that is useful in minimizing track angle error. The track vector
is a solid light blue line segment extended to a predicted location. The track vector look-ahead time is selectable
(30 sec, 60 sec (default), 2 min, 5 min, 10 min, 20 min) and determines the length of the track vector. The track
vector shows up to 90 degrees of a turn for the 30 and 60 second time settings. It is always a straight line for
the 2 min, 5 min, 10 min and 20 min settings.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Track Vector
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-23 Navigation Map - Track Vector
Displaying/removing the track vector:
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) Touch the Other Tab, if necessary.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Touch the Track Vector Button to display/remove the track vector.
Time
Button
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Track
Vector
Button
Time
Selection
Button
Figure 5-24 Map Options Screen - Track Vector Setup
APPENDICES
Selecting track vector look-ahead time:
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) Touch the Other Tab, if necessary.
3) Touch the time button to display the time selection buttons.
INDEX
4) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch a time selection button to select the look-ahead time.
200
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Wind Vector
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The map displays a wind vector arrow in the upper right-hand portion of the screen. Wind vector information
is displayed as a white arrow pointing in the direction in which the wind is moving for wind speeds greater than
or equal to 1 kt.
Wind Vector
Figure 5-25 Navigation Map - Wind Vector
EIS
Note: The wind vector is not displayed until the aircraft is moving.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Displaying/removing the wind vector:
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) Touch the Other Tab, if necessary.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Touch the Wind Vector Button to display/remove the track vector.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Wind
Vector
Button
AFCS
Figure 5-26 Map Options Screen - Wind Vector Setup
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
201
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Fuel Range Ring
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The map can display a fuel range ring which shows an estimate of the remaining flight distance, based on
a valid fuel totalizer being entered. A dashed green circle indicates the selected range to reserve fuel. A solid
green circle indicates the total endurance range. If only reserve fuel remains, the range is indicated by a solid
yellow circle.
Total Endurance Range
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Time to Reserve Fuel
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Range to Reserve Fuel
Figure 5-27 Navigation Map - Fuel Range Ring
Displaying/removing the fuel range ring:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) Touch the Other Tab, if necessary.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
3) Touch the Fuel Rng (Rsv) Button to display/remove the fuel range ring.
APPENDICES
Fuel Rng
(Rsv)
Button
Fuel Reserve Time
Button
Figure 5-28 Map Options Screen - Fuel Range Ring Setup
Selecting fuel reserve time:
INDEX
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) Touch the Other Tab, if necessary.
3) Touch the fuel reserve time button to display the keypad.
4) Use the keypad to enter the fuel reserve time.
202
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Field of View (SVS)
The PFD field of view can be represented on the Navigation Map Page. Two dashed lines forming a V‑shape
in front of the aircraft symbol on the map, represent the forward viewing area shown on the PFD.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Lines
Depict
PFD Field
of View
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
SVT View on the PFD
Field of View on the MFD
Figure 5-29 PFD and Navigation Map Field of View Comparison
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Displaying/removing the field of view:
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) Touch the Other Tab, if necessary.
3) Scroll to display the Field of View Button.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Touch the Field of View Button to display/remove the field of view.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Field of
View
Button
Figure 5-30 Map Settings Screen - Field of View Setup
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
203
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Selected Altitude Intercept Arc
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The map can display the location along the current track where the aircraft will intercept the selected altitude.
The location will be shown as a light blue arc when the aircraft is actually climbing or descending.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Selected
Altitude
Intercept Arc
Figure 5-31 Navigation Map - Selected Altitude Intercept Arc
Displaying/removing the selected altitude intercept arc:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) Touch the Other Tab, if necessary.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Touch the Selected Alt Range Arc Button to display/remove the selected altitude intercept arc.
AFCS
Selected Alt Range Arc
Button
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-32 Map Settings Screen -Selected Altitude Intercept Arc Setup
204
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Obstacles
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The navigation map can display the location of obstacles (e.g. towers). The obstacles are shown as red, yellow,
or gray, depending on the height relative to the aircraft AGL altitude. See the Hazard Avoidance section for more
details on symbol and color usage.
EIS
Obstacle
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Obstacle Data Displayed
when selected by the
Pointer
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-33 Navigation Map - Obstacles
Displaying/removing obstacles:
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Touch the Land Tab, if necessary.
3) Touch the Obstacle Data Button to display/remove the obstacles.
Range
Button
AFCS
Obstacle
Data
Button
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Range
Selection
Button
APPENDICES
Figure 5-34 Map Options Screen - Airways Setup
Selecting the obstacle data range:
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
INDEX
2) Touch the Land Tab, if necessary.
3) Touch the obstacle range button to display the range selection buttons.
4) Touch a range selection button to select the maximum map display range.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
205
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
5.3Waypoints
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Waypoints are predetermined geographical positions (internal database) or pilot-entered positions, and are
used for all phases of flight planning and navigation.
Communication and navigation frequencies can be found and tuned from waypoint data, Refer to the Audio
and CNS section for details.
EIS
Waypoints can be selected by entering the ICAO identifier, entering the name of the facility, or by entering the
city name. See the System Overview section for detailed instructions on entering data in the system.
INT Button
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Airport Button
VOR Button
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
NDB Button
User Waypoint
Button
Create Waypoint
Button
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-35 Waypoint Info Screen
If duplicate entries exist for an identifier, a Waypoint Duplicates Screen is displayed when the Enter Button is
touched or the small right knob is pressed.
Duplicates
Found
Message
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Waypoint
Selection
Button
INDEX
Figure 5-36 Waypoint Duplicates Screen
206
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Airports
Note: ‘North Up’ orientation on the Airport Information pane cannot be changed; the pilot needs to be
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
aware of proper orientation if the Navigation Map orientation is different from the Airport Information Map.
EIS
The Airport Information pane displays a map of the currently selected airport and surrounding area, and the
Airport Information Screen on the Touchscreen Controller allows the pilot to view airport information, load
frequencies, review runways, and review instrument procedures that may be involved in the flight plan. For
airports with multiple runways, information for each runway is available. See the Audio and CNS Section for
more information on finding and tuning frequencies. After engine startup, the Airport Information pane defaults
to the airport where the aircraft is located. After a flight plan has been loaded, it defaults to the destination
airport. On a flight plan with multiple airports, it defaults to the airport which is the current active waypoint.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Navigation Map
Showing Selected
Airport
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Airport/Runway
Diagram
AFCS
Figure 5-37 Airport Information Pane on MFD
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Waypoint Options Button
Selected Airport Button
Direct-To, Add to FPL
(Identifier, Name, Symbol)
Info Tab
Airport City, Region
APPENDICES
Airport Bearing, Distance, &
Latitude/Longitude
Airport Elevation,
UTC Offset
Fuel Available, Airport Usage Type
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
Figure 5-38 Airport Information Screen
207
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
The following descriptions and abbreviations are used on the Airport Information Screen:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Usage type: PUBLIC, MILITARY, PRIVATE, or HELIPORT
Fuel Available: AVGAS, JET
Selected Airport Button
Availability
EIS
Freqs Tab
Frequency Identifier
Frequency Button
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Tune COM Active Frequency
Tune COM Standby Frequency
Add to Favorites
Figure 5-39 Airport Frequencies Screen
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The following descriptions and abbreviations are used on the Airport Frequencies Screen:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
COM Availability: TX (transmit only), RX (receive only), PT (part time), i (additional information available)
COM Frequencies: Approach*, Arrival*, ASOS, ATIS, AWOS, Center, Class B*, Class C*, Clearance, Control, CTA*,
Departure*, Gate, Ground, Helicopter, Multicom, Other, Pre-Taxi, Radar, Ramp, Terminal*, TMA*, Tower, TRSA*, Unicom
* May include Additional Information)
NAV Frequencies: ILS, LOC
AFCS
See the Hazard Avoidance section for the description of the information shown on the Weather Tab. See
the Procedures discussion later in this section about loading procedures from the Proc Tab. See the Additional
Features section for the description of the information shown on the Charts Tab and the Chart NOTAMs Tab.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Selected Airport Button
Runway Information Button
APPENDICES
Designation
Length/Width
Surface
Lighting Available
Runways Tab
Figure 5-40 Airport Runways Screen
INDEX
The following descriptions and abbreviations are used on the Airport Runways Screen:
Runway surface type: Hard, Turf, Sealed, Gravel, Dirt, Soft, Unknown, or Water
Runway lighting type: No Lights, Part Time, Full Time, Unknown, or PCL (for pilot-controlled lighting)
208
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Selected Airport Button
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Airport Directory
Information
APT DIR Tab
EIS
Figure 5-41 Airport Directory Info Screen
Phones: Phone/Fax Numbers
Weather: Service Type, Frequency, Phone Number
Hours: Facility, Light, Tower, Beacon
Flight Service Station (FSS): Name, Phone Numbers
Location: Sectional, Magnetic Variation
Instrument Approaches: Published Approach, Frequency
Frequencies: Type/Frequency
NAVAIDS: Type, Identifier, Frequency, Radial, Distance
Transportation: Ground Transportation Type Available
Noise: Noise Abatement Procedures
Approach: Facility Name, Frequency, Frequency Parameter
Charts: Low Altitude Chart Number
Runway: Headings, Length, Width, Obstructions, Surface
Notes: Airport Notes
Obstructions: General Airport Obstructions
Pilot Controlled Lighting: High/Med/Low Clicks/Second
Special Operations at Airport
Services Available: Category, Specific Service
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Traffic Pattern Altitudes (TPA): Aircraft Class/Altitude
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Airport: Identifier, Site Number, Name, City, State
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The following types of airport directory information are shown (if available):
AFCS
FBO: Type, Frequencies, Services, Fees, Fuel, Credit Cards,
Phone/Fax Numbers
Selecting an airport for review by identifier:
1) From Home, touch Waypoint Info > Airport.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Touch the Info Tab, if necessary.
3) Touch the selected airport button to display the keypad.
4) Use the keypad to enter the airport identifier.
APPENDICES
5) Touch the Enter Button to accept the identifier and display the airport information on the Touchscreen
Controller.
6) Touch the Waypoint Options Button, then the Show on Map Button to display the airport information on
the map, if necessary.
Finding and selecting an airport for review by facility name or city name:
INDEX
1) From Home, touch Waypoint Info > Airport.
2) Touch the Info Tab, if necessary.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
209
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
3) Touch the selected airport button to display the keypad.
4) Touch the Find Button to display the Find Waypoint Screen.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
5) Touch the Search Tab to display the Search By Button.
6) If necessary, touch the Search By Button to choose Search by City or Search by Facility.
7) Touch the Facility Name Button or the City Name Button to display the keypad.
8) Use the keypad to enter the name.
9) Touch the Enter Button to accept the entry and display the search results.
EIS
10) Touch an airport selection button to display the airport information on the Touchscreen Controller.
11) Touch the Waypoint Options Button, then the Show on Map Button to display the airport information on
the map, if necessary.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Finding and selecting an airport for review by category (Recent, Nearest, Flight Plan, or Favorites):
1) From Home, touch Waypoint Info > Airport.
2) Touch the Info Tab, if necessary.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Touch the selected airport button to display the keypad.
4) Touch the Find Button to display the Find Waypoint Screen.
5) Touch the Recent, Nearest, Flight Plan, or Favorites Tab to display a list of airports in the selected category.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
6) Touch an airport selection button to display the airport information on the Touchscreen Controller.
7) Touch the Waypoint Options Button, then the Show on Map Button to display the airport information on
the map, if necessary.
Selecting a runway:
1) From Home, touch Waypoint Info > Airport.
AFCS
2) Touch the Runways Tab to display the runway information buttons.
3) Touch a runway information button to select the runway.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Touch the Waypoint Options Button, then the Show on Map Button to display the airport information on
the map, if necessary.
APPENDICES
The Nearest Airport pane displays a map of the nearest airport and surrounding area, and the Nearest Airport
Screen on the Touchscreen Controller allows the pilot to view airport information, load frequencies, review
runways, and review instrument procedures that may be involved in the flight plan. For airports with multiple
runways, information for each runway is available. See the Audio and CNS Section for more information on
finding and tuning frequencies.
The Nearest Airports Screen displays a list of up to 25 nearest airports (five entries can be displayed at one
time). If there are more than five they are displayed in a scrollable list. If there are no nearest airports available,
“NONE WITHIN 200NM” is displayed.
INDEX
A dashed white line is drawn on the Nearest Airport pane from the aircraft position to the selected nearest
airport.
210
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Navigation Map
Showing Nearest
Airport
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Nearest Airport
Figure 5-42 Nearest Airport Pane
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Nearest Airport Information
Nearest Airport Buttons
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Bearing
Distance
Type of Approach
Length of Runway
(Identifier, Name, Symbol)
AFCS
Figure 5-43 Nearest Airport Screen
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Viewing information for a nearest airport:
1) From Home, touch Nearest > Airport.
2) Touch a nearest airport button to display the Waypoint Options Window and highlight the airport on the MFD.
3) Touch the Airport Info Button to display the Airport Information Screen.
APPENDICES
4) Touch a Tab to display the desired information on the Touchscreen Controller.
5) Touch the Waypoint Options Button, then the Show on Map Button to display the Nearest Airport pane, if
necessary.
See the Audio and CNS Section for frequency selection and the Procedures section for approaches.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
The minimum runway length and surface type used when determining the 25 nearest airports to display
on the Nearest Airports Screen are set on the Avionics Settings Screen under the System Tab. A minimum
211
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
runway length and/or surface type can be entered to prevent airports with small runways or runways that are
not appropriately surfaced from being displayed. Default settings are 0 feet (or meters) for runway length and
“HARD/SOFT” for runway surface type.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selecting nearest airport surface matching criteria:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
2) Touch the System Tab, if necessary.
3) Scroll the list to display the Nearest Airport Runway Surface Button.
EIS
4) Touch the Nearest Airport Runway Surface Button to display the surface choices.
5) Touch a surface selection button to set the surface criteria.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
System
Tab
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Nearest
Airport
Runway
Surface
Button
Surface
Selection
Button
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-44 Nearest Airport Runway Surface Selection
Selecting nearest airport minimum runway length matching criteria:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
AFCS
2) Touch the System Tab, if necessary.
3) Scroll the list to display the Nearest Airport Min Rwy Length Button.
4) Touch the Nearest Airport Min Rwy Length Button to display the keypad.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5) Use the keypad to enter the minimum length.
6) Touch the Enter Button to accept the length criteria.
Runway
Length
Entry
APPENDICES
System
Tab
INDEX
Nearest
Airport
Min Rwy
Length
Button
Figure 5-45 Nearest Airport Runway Length Selection
212
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Intersections
Note: The VOR displayed on the Intersection Information pane is the nearest VOR, not necessarily the VOR
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
used to define the intersection.
The Intersection Information pane displays a map of the currently selected intersection and surrounding area,
and the Intersection Information Screen on the Touchscreen Controller allows the pilot to view intersection
information.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Navigation Map
Showing
Selected
Intersection
Selected Intersection
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-46 Intersection Information Pane
AFCS
Waypoint Options Button
Selected Intersection Button
Direct-To, Insert in Flight Plan, Show On Map
(Identifier, Symbol)
Region
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Intersection Latitude/Longitude,
Bearing & Distance
Nearest VOR Identifier
Nearest VOR Radial
Nearest VOR Distance
APPENDICES
Figure 5-47 Intersection Information Screen
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
213
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Selecting an intersection:
1) From Home, touch Waypoint Info > INT.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Touch the selected intersection button to display the keypad.
3) Use the keypad to enter the intersection identifier.
4) Touch the Enter Button to accept the identifier and display the intersection information on the Touchscreen
Controller.
EIS
5) Touch the Waypoint Options Button, then the Show on Map Button to display the Intersection Information
pane, if necessary.
Finding and selecting an intersection by category (Recent, Nearest, Flight Plan, or Favorites):
1) From Home, touch Waypoint Info > INT.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Touch the selected intersection button to display the keypad.
3) Touch the Find Button to display the Find Waypoint Screen.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Touch the Recent, Nearest, Flight Plan, or Favorites Tab to display a list of intersections in the selected
category.
5) Touch an intersection selection button to display the intersection information on the Touchscreen Controller.
6) Touch the Waypoint Options Button, then the Show on Map Button to display the Intersection Information
pane, if necessary.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Nearest Intersecton pane displays a map of the nearest intersection and surrounding area, and the Nearest
Intersection Screen on the Touchscreen Controller allows the pilot to view intersection information, and intitate
a direct-to or insert the intersection in the flight plan.
AFCS
The Nearest Intersection Screen displays a list of up to 25 nearest intersections (five entries can be displayed at
one time). If there are more than five they are displayed in a scrollable list. If there are no nearest intersections
available, “NONE WITHIN 200NM” is displayed.
A dashed white line is drawn on the Nearest Intersection pane from the aircraft position to the selected nearest
intersection.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Note: The list only includes waypoints that are within 200 nm.
214
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Navigation Map
Showing Nearest
Intersection
EIS
Nearest Intersection
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-48 Nearest Intersection Pane
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Nearest Intersection Information
Bearing
Distance
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Nearest Intersection Buttons
(Identifier, Symbol)
AFCS
Figure 5-49 Nearest Intersection Screen
Viewing information for a nearest intersection:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) From Home, touch Nearest > INT.
2) Touch a nearest Intersection button to display the Waypoint Options Window.
3) Touch the Show on Map Button to display the Nearest Intersection pane, if necessary.
APPENDICES
4) Touch the Intersection Info Button to display the Intersection Information Screen.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
215
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
NDBs
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The NDB Information pane displays a map of the currently selected NDB and surrounding area, and the NDB
Information Screen on the Touchscreen Controller allows the pilot to view NDB information.
Navigation Map
Showing
Selected NDB
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Selected NDB
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-50 NDB Information Pane
Waypoint Options Button
Selected NDB Button
Direct-To, Insert in Flight Plan, Show On Map
(Identifier, Name, Symbol)
City, Region
AFCS
NDB Latitude/Longitude,
Bearing & Distance
Nearest Airport
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Frequency Button
Tune ADF1 Active/Standby
Add to Favorites
Identifier
Symbol
Bearing/Distance
Figure 5-51 NDB Information Screen
APPENDICES
Note: Compass locator (LOM, LMM): a low power, low or medium frequency radio beacon installed in
INDEX
conjunction with the instrument landing system. When LOM is used, the locator is at the Outer Marker;
when LMM is used, the locator is at the Middle Marker.
216
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Selecting an NDB:
1) From Home, touch Waypoint Info > NDB.
2) Touch the selected NDB button to display the keypad.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Use the keypad to enter the NDB identifier.
4) Touch the Enter Button to accept the identifier and display the NDB information on the Touchscreen
Controller.
5) Touch the Waypoint Options Button, then the Show on Map Button to display the NDB Information pane,
if necessary.
EIS
Finding and selecting an NDB for review by facility name or city name:
1) From Home, touch Waypoint Info > NDB.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Touch the selected NDB button to display the keypad.
3) Touch the Find Button to display the Find Waypoint Screen.
4) Touch the Search Tab to display the Search By Button.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) If necessary, touch the Search By Button to choose Search by City or Search by Facility.
6) Touch the Facility Name Button or the City Name Button to display the keypad.
7) Use the keypad to enter the name.
8) Touch the Enter Button to accept the entry and display the search results.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
9) Touch an NDB selection button to display the NDB information on the Touchscreen Controller.
10) Touch the Waypoint Options Button, then the Show on Map Button to display the NDB Information pane,
if necessary.
Finding and selecting an NDB by category (Recent, Nearest, Flight Plan, or Favorites):
AFCS
1) From Home, touch Waypoint Info > NDB.
2) Touch the selected NDB button to display the keypad.
3) Touch the Find Button to display the Find Waypoint Screen.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Touch the Recent, Nearest, Flight Plan, or Favorites Tab to display a list of NDBs in the selected category.
5) Touch an NDB selection button to display the NDB information on the Touchscreen Controller.
APPENDICES
6) Touch the Waypoint Options Button, then the Show on Map Button to display the NDB Information pane,
if necessary.
The Nearest NDB pane displays a map of the nearest NDB and surrounding area, and the Nearest NDB Screen
on the Touchscreen Controller allows the pilot to view NDB information, and initiate a direct-to or insert the
NDB in the flight plan.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
217
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
The Nearest NDB Screen displays a list of up to 25 nearest NDBs (five entries can be displayed at one time).
If there are more than five they are displayed in a scrollable list. If there are no nearest NDBs available, “NONE
WITHIN 200NM” is displayed.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A dashed white line is drawn on the Nearest NDB pane from the aircraft position to the selected nearest NDB.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Note: The list only includes waypoints that are within 200 nm.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Navigation Map
Showing Nearest
NDB
Nearest NDB
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-52 Nearest NDB Pane
Nearest NDB Information
AFCS
Bearing/Distance
NDB Frequency Button
Tune ADF Active/Standby Frequency
Add to Favorites
Nearest NDB Buttons
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
(Identifier, Name, Symbol)
APPENDICES
Figure 5-53 Nearest NDB Screen
Viewing information for a nearest NDB:
1) From Home, touch Nearest > NDB.
2) Touch a nearest NDB button to display the Waypoint Options Window.
INDEX
3) Touch the Show on Map Button to display the Nearest NDB pane, if necessary.
4) Touch the NDB Info Button to display the NDB Information Screen.
218
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
VORs
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The VOR Information Page can be used to view information about VOR and ILS signals (since ILS signals
can be received on a NAV receiver), or to quickly tune a VOR or ILS frequency. Localizer information cannot
be viewed on the VOR Information Screen. If a VOR station is combined with a TACAN station it is listed as a
VOR-TACAN on the VOR Information Screen and if it includes only DME, it is displayed as VOR-DME.
The VOR Information Pane displays a map of the currently selected VOR and surrounding area, and the VOR
Information Screen on the Touchscreen Controller allows the pilot to view VOR information.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Navigation Map
Showing
Selected VOR
Selected VOR
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-54 VOR Information Pane
Waypoint Options Button
Selected VOR Button
AFCS
Direct-To, Insert in Flight Plan, VOR Info
(Identifier, Name, Symbol)
City, Region
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
VOR Latitude/Longitude,
Bearing & Distance
Class, Magnetic Variation, Type
Nearest Airport
Identifier
Symbol
Bearing/Distance
APPENDICES
Frequency Button
Tune NAV1/NAV2 Active/Standby
Add to Favorites
Figure 5-55 VOR Information Screen
The VOR classes used are: LOW ALTITUDE, HIGH ALTITUDE, and TERMINAL.
Selecting a VOR:
INDEX
1) From Home, touch Waypoint Info > VOR.
2) Touch the selected VOR button to display the keypad.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
219
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
3) Use the keypad to enter the VOR identifier.
4) Touch the Enter Button to accept the identifier and display the VOR information on the Touchscreen
Controller.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
5) Touch the Waypoint Options Button, then the Show on Map Button to display the VOR Information pane,
if necessary.
Finding and selecting a VOR for review by facility name or city name:
1) From Home, touch Waypoint Info > VOR.
EIS
2) Touch the selected VOR button to display the keypad.
3) Touch the Find Button to display the Find Waypoint Screen.
4) Touch the Search Tab to display the Search By Button.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) If necessary, touch the Search By Button to choose Search by City or Search by Facility.
6) Touch the Facility Name Button or the City Name Button to display the keypad.
7) Use the keypad to enter the name.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8) Touch the Enter Button to accept the entry and display the search results.
9) Touch a VOR selection button to display the VOR information on the Touchscreen Controller.
10) Touch the Waypoint Options Button, then the Show on Map Button to display the VOR Information pane,
if necessary.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Finding and selecting a VOR by category (Recent, Nearest, Flight Plan, or Favorites):
1) From Home, touch Waypoint Info > VOR.
2) Touch the selected VOR button to display the keypad.
3) Touch the Find Button to display the Find Waypoint Screen.
AFCS
4) Touch the Recent, Nearest, Flight Plan, or Favorites Tab to display a list of VORs in the selected category.
5) Touch a VOR selection button to display the VOR information on the Touchscreen Controller.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) Touch the Waypoint Options Button, then the Show on Map Button to display the VOR Information pane,
if necessary.
The Nearest VOR pane displays a map of the nearest VOR and surrounding area, and the Nearest VOR Screen
on the Touchscreen Controller allows the pilot to view VOR information, intitate a direct-to, insert the VOR in
the flight plan, or tune a NAV frequency.
APPENDICES
The Nearest VOR Screen displays a list of up to 25 nearest VORs (five entries can be displayed at one time).
If there are more than five they are displayed in a scrollable list. If there are no nearest VORs available, “NONE
WITHIN 200NM” is displayed.
A dashed white line is drawn on the Nearest VOR pane from the aircraft position to the selected nearest VOR.
INDEX
Note: The list only includes waypoints that are within 200 nm.
220
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Navigation Map
Showing Nearest VOR
Nearest VOR
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-56 Nearest VOR Pane
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Nearest VOR Information
Bearing/Distance
VOR Frequency Button
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Tune NAV1/2 Active/Standby Frequency
Add to Favorites
Nearest VOR Buttons
(Identifier, Name, Symbol)
AFCS
Figure 5-57 Nearest VOR Screen
Viewing information for a nearest NDB:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) From Home, touch Nearest > VOR.
2) Touch a nearest VOR button to display the Waypoint Options Window.
3) Touch the Show on Map Button to display the Nearest VOR pane, if necessary.
APPENDICES
4) Touch the VOR Info Button to display the VOR Information Screen.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
221
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
User Waypoints
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The system can create and store up to 1,000 user-defined waypoints. User waypoints can be created from
any map pane (except PFD Inset Map, Trip Planning, or Procedure) by selecting a position on the map using
the Joystick, or from the User Waypoint Information Screen by referencing a bearing/distance from an existing
waypoint, bearings from two existing waypoints, or latitude and longitude. Once a waypoint has been created,
it can be renamed, deleted, or moved. Temporary user waypoints are erased upon system power down.
Navigation Map
Showing
Selected User
Waypoint
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selected User Waypoint
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-58 User Waypoint Information Pane
Selected User Waypoint Button
Waypoint Options Button
Direct To, Insert in Flight Plan, Edit,
Delete, Delete All, Show On Map
Region
User Waypoint Definition
Location Type (LAT/LON)
Latitude/Longitude
Distance/Bearing from Aircraft
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
(Identifier, Name, Symbol)
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 5-59 User Waypoint Information Screen (defined by latitude/longitude)
222
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
(Identifier, Name, Symbol)
Waypoint Options Button
Direct To, Insert in Flight Plan, Edit,
Delete, Delete All, Show On Map
User Waypoint Definition
Location Type (RAD/DIS)
Reference Waypoint
Radial/Distance from Waypoint
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Bearing/Distance from Aircraft
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Selected User Waypoint Button
Latitude/Longitude
Region
EIS
Figure 5-60 User Waypoint Information Screen (defined by radial/distance from waypoint)
(Identifier, Name, Symbol)
Direct To, Insert in Flight Plan, Edit,
Delete, Delete All, Show On Map
User Waypoint Definition
Location Type (RAD/RAD)
Reference Waypoints
Radials from Waypoints
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Bearing/Distance from Aircraft
Waypoint Options Button
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Selected User Waypoint Button
Latitude/Longitude
Region
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-61 User Waypoint Information Screen (defined by radials from two waypoints)
Selecting a user waypoint:
1) From Home, touch Waypoint Info > User Waypoint.
AFCS
2) Touch the selected user waypoint button to display the keypad.
3) Use the keypad to enter the user waypoint identifier.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Touch the Enter Button to accept the identifier and display the user waypoint information on the Touchscreen
Controller.
5) Touch the Waypoint Options Button, then the Show on Map Button to display the User Waypoint Information
pane, if necessary.
Finding and selecting a user waypoint for review by facility name or city name:
APPENDICES
1) From Home, touch Waypoint Info > User Waypoint.
2) Touch the selected user waypoint button to display the keypad.
3) Touch the Find Button to display the Find Waypoint Screen.
4) Touch the Search Tab to display the Search By Button.
INDEX
5) If necessary, touch the Search By Button to choose Search by City or Search by Facility.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
223
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
6) Touch the Facility Name Button or the City Name Button to display the keypad.
7) Use the keypad to enter the name.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
8) Touch the Enter Button to accept the entry and display the search results.
9) Touch a user waypoint selection button to display the user waypoint information on the Touchscreen Controller.
10) Touch the Waypoint Options Button, then the Show on Map Button to display the User Waypoint Information
pane, if necessary..
Finding and selecting a user waypoint by category (Recent, Nearest, Flight Plan, or Favorites):
EIS
1) From Home, touch Waypoint Info > User Waypoint.
2) Touch the selected user waypoint button to display the keypad.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Touch the Find Button to display the Find Waypoint Screen.
4) Touch the Recent, Nearest, Flight Plan, or Favorites Tab to display a list of user waypoints in the selected
category.
5) Touch a user waypoint selection button to display the user waypoint information on the Touchscreen Controller.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6) Touch the Waypoint Options Button, then the Show on Map Button to display the User Waypoint Information
pane, if necessary.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Navigation Map
Showing Nearest
User Waypoint
Nearest User Waypoint
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 5-62 Nearest User Waypoint Pane
224
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Nearest User Waypoint Information
Bearing/Distance
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Nearest User Waypoint Buttons
(Identifier, Name, Symbol)
EIS
Figure 5-63 Nearest User Waypoint Screen
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Viewing information for a nearest user waypoint:
1) From Home, touch Nearest > User.
2) Touch a nearest user waypoint button to display the Waypoint Options Window.
3) Touch the Show on Map Button to display the Nearest User pane, if necessary.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Touch the User Waypoint Info Button to display the User Waypoint Information Screen.
Creating User Waypoints
User waypoints can be created from the User Waypoint Information Screen in the following ways:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Creating user waypoints from the User Waypoint Information Screen:
1) From Home, touch Waypoint Info > Create Waypoint. The current aircraft position is the default location
of the new waypoint.
2) Touch the user waypoint name button to display the keypad.
AFCS
3) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
4) If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the following ways:
a) Touch the Type Button to display the User Waypoint Type Window.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
b) Touch the RAD/DIS Button to select the bearing/distance from a waypoint type.
c) Touch the REF Button to display the keypad.
d) Use the keypad and the Enter Button, or the Find function, to select the waypoint.
APPENDICES
e) Touch the RAD Button to display the keypad.
f) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select the radial.
g) Touch the DIS Button to display the keypad.
h) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select the distance.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
225
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
User Waypoint Name Button
Temporary Button
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Type Button
REF Button
DIS Button
RAD Button
EIS
Comment Button
Figure 5-64 Create User Waypoint Screen (defined by bearing/distance from a waypoint)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Or:
a) Touch the Type Button to display the User Waypoint Type Window.
b) Touch the RAD/RAD Button to select the bearings from two waypoints type.
c) Touch a REF Button to display the keypad.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
d) Use the keypad and the Enter Button, or the Find function, to select the waypoint.
e) Touch the corresponding RAD Button to display the keypad.
f) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select the radial.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
g) Repeat steps c – f for the other reference waypoint and radial.
User Waypoint Name Button
Temporary Button
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Type Button
REF Button 1
RAD Button 1
REF Button 2
RAD Button 2
Comment Button
Figure 5-65 Create User Waypoint Screen (defined by radials from two waypoints)
APPENDICES
Or:
a) Touch the Type Button to display the User Waypoint Type Window.
b) Touch the LAT/LON Button to select the latitude/longitude type.
c) Touch the LAT/LON Button to display the keypad.
INDEX
d) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select the latitude and longitude.
226
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
User Waypoint Name Button
Temporary Button
Type Button
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
LAT/LON Button
Comment Button
EIS
Figure 5-66 Create User Waypoint Screen (defined by latitude/longitude)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) If desired, change the waypoint comment.
a) Touch the Comment Button to display the keypad.
b) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select the comment.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6) If desired, touch the Temporary Button to change the waypoint storage method. When the annunciator on
the button is green, the waypoint is only stored until the next power cycle. When the annunciator is gray, the
waypoint is stored until manually erased.
7) Touch the Create Button to accept the new user waypoint.
Creating user waypoints from map pages:
2)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Press the Joystick to activate the panning function and display the Map Pointer Options Screen on the
Touchscreen Controller.
Use the Joystick to pan to the map location of the desired user waypoint.
AFCS
3) Touch the Create User Waypoint Button. The Create User Waypoint Screen is displayed with the captured
position.
4) Touch the user waypoint name button to display the keypad.
5) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) If desired, change the waypoint comment. The comment defaults to the abbreviated latitude/longitude of the
user waypoint.
a) Touch the Comment Button to display the keypad.
b) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select the comment.
APPENDICES
7) Press the Create Button to create the new waypoint.
8) Press the Joystick to deactivate the panning function and return to the previous display on the Touchscreen
Controller.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
227
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
User Waypoint Name Button
EIS
Comment Button
Figure 5-67 Create User Waypoint Screen (initiated from map page)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Editing User Waypoints
Editing a user waypoint comment:
1) From Home, touch Waypoint Info > User Waypoint.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) If necessary, touch the WPT List Tab to display the list of user waypoints, and touch the desired user waypoint
selection button.
3) Touch the Waypoint Options Button to display the Waypoint Options Window.
4) Touch the Edit Button to display the Edit User Waypoint Screen.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) Touch the Comment Button to display the keypad.
6) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select a user waypoint comment (up to 25 characters).
7) Touch the Save Button to accept the new comment.
8) Touch the OK Button in response to the question “Are you sure you want to modify this waypoint?”.
AFCS
Editing a user waypoint name:
1) From Home, touch Waypoint Info > User Waypoint.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) If necessary, touch the WPT List Tab to display the list of user waypoints, and touch the desired user waypoint
selection button.
3) Touch the Waypoint Options Button to display the Waypoint Options Window.
4) Touch the Edit Button to display the Edit User Waypoint Screen.
APPENDICES
5) Touch the user waypoint name button to display the keypad.
6) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
7) Touch the Save Button to accept the new name.
8) Touch the OK Button in response to the question “Are you sure you want to modify this waypoint?”.
INDEX
Editing a user waypoint type and location:
1) From Home, touch Waypoint Info > User Waypoint.
2) If necessary, touch the WPT List Tab to display the list of user waypoints, and touch the desired user waypoint
selection button.
228
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3) Touch the Waypoint Options Button to display the Waypoint Options Window.
4) Touch the Edit Button to display the Edit User Waypoint Screen.
5) Touch the Type Button to display the User Waypoint Type Window.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
6) Touch the RAD/DIS Button, the RAD/RAD Button, or the LAT/LON Button to select the waypoint type.
7) Touch the REF Button, the RAD Button, the DIS Button, or the LAT/LON Button, as required, to bring up the
keypad.
8) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select the user waypoint location.
9) Touch the Save Button to accept the new type and location.
EIS
10) Touch the OK Button in response to the question “Are you sure you want to modify this waypoint?”.
Changing the location of an existing user waypoint to the aircraft present position:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) From Home, touch Waypoint Info > User Waypoint.
2) If necessary, touch the WPT List Tab to display the list of user waypoints, and touch the desired user waypoint
selection button.
3) Touch the Waypoint Options Button to display the Waypoint Options Window.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Touch the Edit Button to display the Edit User Waypoint Screen.
5) Touch the Type Button to display the User Waypoint Type Window.
6) Touch the P. POS Button to select the aircraft present position as the location.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
7) Touch the Save Button to accept the new name.
8) Touch the OK Button in response to the question “Are you sure you want to modify this waypoint?”.
Deleting User Waypoints
Deleting a single user waypoint:
AFCS
1) From Home, touch Waypoint Info > User Waypoint.
2) If necessary, touch the WPT List Tab to display the list of user waypoints, and touch the desired user waypoint
selection button.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Touch the Waypoint Options Button to display the Waypoint Options Window.
4) Touch the Delete Button.
5) Touch the OK Button in response to the question “Would you like to delete the user waypoint XXXXXX?”.
APPENDICES
Note: The option to ‘Delete All User Waypoints’ is not available while the aircraft is in flight.
Deleting all user waypoints:
1) From Home, touch Waypoint Info > User Waypoint.
INDEX
2) Touch the Waypoint Options Button to display the Waypoint Options Window.
3) Touch the Delete All Button.
4) Touch the OK Button in response to the question “Would you like to delete all user waypoints?”.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
229
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
5.4Airspaces
MOA (Military)
Class D Airspace
Restricted Area
Class B Airspace
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The system can display the following types of airspaces: Class B/TMA, Class C/TCA, Class D, Restricted, MOA
(Military), Other Airspace, Air Defense Interdiction Zone (ADIZ), and Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TFR
Alert Area
AFCS
Class C Airspace
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
ADIZ
Warning Area
APPENDICES
Figure 5-68 Airspaces
The Nearest Airspace Screen and the Message window on the Touchscreen Controller provide additional
information about airspaces and the location of the aircraft in relationship to them.
INDEX
The Alerts Tab on the Avionics Settings Screen allows the pilot to turn the controlled/special-use airspace alerts
on or off. This does not affect the alerts listed on the Nearest Airspace Screen or the airspace boundaries depicted
on the Navigation Map pane. It simply turns on/off the alert provided when the aircraft is approaching or near
an airspace.
230
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
An altitude buffer is also provided which “expands” the vertical range above or below an airspace. For example,
if the buffer is set at 500 feet, and the aircraft is more than 500 feet above/below an airspace, an alert message is
not generated, but if the aircraft is less than 500 feet above/below an airspace and projected to enter it, the pilot
is notified with an alert message. The default setting for the altitude buffer is 200 feet.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Changing the altitude buffer distance setting:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
2) Touch the Alerts Tab to display the list of alert settings.
3) Touch the Airspace Alert Alt Buffer Button to display the keypad.
EIS
4) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select the buffer distance.
Turning an airspace alert on or off:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
2) Touch the Alerts Tab to display the list of alert settings.
3) Scroll the list if necessary.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Touch the airspace alert enable button to enable/disable the alert. When the annunciator on the button is
green, the alert is enabled When the annunciator is gray, the alert is disabled.
Airspace Alert Alt Buffer Button
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Airspace Altitude Buffer
- Alert On/Off
(Default Settings Shown)
Alerts Tab
Airspace Alert Enable Button
AFCS
Figure 5-69 Avionics Settings Screen - Alerts Tab
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Map ranges for the airspace boundaries are selected on the Aviation Tab on the Map Settings Screen-Map
Options. See Table 5-2 for the default and maximum ranges for each type of airspace and the symbol used to
define the airspace area.
APPENDICES
The Nearest Airspace Screen and the Nearest Airspace pane can be used to quickly find airspaces close to the
flight path. The Nearest Airspace pane shows a map of airspace boundaries and surrounding area. The Nearest
Airspace Screen displays airspace information. In addition, a selected frequency associated with the airspace can
be loaded from the Nearest Airspace Screen.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
231
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Airspace 1
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Airspace 2
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Airspace 3
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-70 Nearest Airspace Pane
Controlling
Agency
Airspace
Info Button
Airspace
Vertical Limits
Airspace
Status
Frequency
Tuning
Button
Frequencies
- Ceiling
- Floor
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Name
Type
* Proximity
** Time till
Intercept
AFCS
Figure 5-71 Nearest Airspace Screen
- Type
- Avail/Info
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
*Proximity: Ahead, Inside, Ahead<2nm, Within 2nm
**Time till Intercept: Only if Ahead or Ahead < 2nm
Selecting and viewing an airspace alert with its associated information:
1) From Home, touch Nearest > Airspace.
APPENDICES
2) Touch an airspace info button to display the Airspace Options Window.
3) Touch the Show on Map Button to display the Nearest Airspace Information pane, if necessary.
INDEX
4) Touch the Details Button to see more information about the airspace.
232
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
When an airspace alert occurs, the MSG Button on the Touchscreen Controller begins flashing. Touch the
flashing button to view the list of alerts. The following airspace alerts are displayed in the message window:
Comments
The aircraft is inside the airspace.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Special use airspace is ahead of aircraft. The aircraft penetrates the airspace within 10
minutes.
Special use airspace is near and ahead of the aircraft position.
Special use airspace is within 2 nm of the aircraft position.
EIS
Message
INSIDE ARSPC – Inside airspace.
ARSPC AHEAD – Airspace ahead –
less than 10 minutes.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near and
ahead.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near
– less than 2 nm.
Table 5-6 Airspace Alert Messages
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
233
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
5.5 Direct-to Navigation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Direct-to method of navigation, initiated by touching the Direct To Button on the Touchscreen Controller,
or by pressing the ¯ Button on the GDU Controller, is quicker to use than a flight plan when needing to
navigate to a single point such as a nearby airport.
Once a direct-to is activated, the system establishes a point-to-point course line from the present position to the
selected direct-to destination. Course guidance is provided until the direct-to is replaced with a new direct-to or
flight plan, or cancelled.
EIS
A vertical navigation (VNAV) direct-to creates a descent path (and provides guidance to stay on the path) from
the current altitude to a selected altitude at the direct-to waypoint. Vertical navigation is based on barometric
altitudes, not on GPS altitude, and is used for cruise and descent phases of flight.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Direct-to Window on the PFD and the Direct To Screen on the Touchscreen Controller allows selection and
activation of direct-to navigation, and displays selected direct-to waypoint data on the PFD and the Touchscreen
Controller. Any waypoint can be entered as a direct-to destination.
Waypoint Selection Button
- Identifier/Symbol/City
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Waypoint Tab
Direct-to Point Info
- City/Region
- Bearing/Distance
Flight Plan Tab
VNAV Offset Button
Nearest Tab
VNAV Altitude Button
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Recent Tab
Hold Button
Course Button
Activate ¯ Button
Cancel ¯ Button
AFCS
Figure 5-72 Direct To Screen
Activate and Insert in Flight Plan
Button
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Direct-to Point Info
- Identifier/Symbol/City
- Facility Name
VNV Constraints
- Altitude at Arrival
- Along Track Offset
Direct-to Point Info
APPENDICES
- Bearing/Distance
- Desired Course
Activation Command
INDEX
Figure 5-73 Direct To Window - PFD
234
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Selecting a waypoint as the direct-to destination by identifier:
1) From Home, touch Direct To.
2) Touch the waypoint selection button to display the keypad.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Use the keypad to select the waypoint identifier.
4) Touch the Enter Button to accept the identifier, and and return to the Direct To Screen.
5) Touch the Activate ¯ Button to activate the direct-to.
Selecting a waypoint as the direct-to destination by identifier using the GDU Controller:
EIS
1) On the GDU Controller, press the ¯ Button to display the Direct To Window.
2) Turn the large PFD Knob to move the cursor to the identifier field, if necessary.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Turn the small PFD Knob one click to activate the editing cursor (flashing).
4) Turn the large and small PFD knobs to select the identifier (large knob moves the cursor; small knob selects the
character)
5) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob to accept the selection and move the cursor to the ACTIVATE? field.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob to activate the direct-to.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 5-74 Direct To by Identifier using the GDU Controller
Finding and selecting a waypoint as the direct-to destination by facility name or city name:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) From Home, touch Direct To.
2) Touch the waypoint selection button to display the keypad.
3) Touch the Find button to display the Find Waypoint Screen.
APPENDICES
4) Touch the Search Tab to display the Search By Button.
5) If necessary, touch the Search By Button to choose Search by City or Search by Facility.
6) Touch the Facility Name Button or the City Name Button to display the keypad.
7) Use the keypad to select the name.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
8) Touch the Enter Button to accept the entry and display the search results.
235
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
9) Touch a waypoint selection button to choose the waypoint as the direct-to destination, and return to the Direct
To Screen.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
10) Touch the Activate ¯ Button to activate the direct-to.
City Name
Button
Search By
Button
- Name
- Facility
EIS
Waypoint
Selection
Button
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Search Tab
Figure 5-75 Find Waypoint Screen - Search by City Name
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selecting a waypoint as the direct-to destination by facility name or city name using the GDU
Controller:
1) On the GDU Controller, press the ¯ Button to display the Direct To Window.
2) Turn the large PFD Knob to move the cursor to the facility name or city name field.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Turn the small PFD Knob one click to activate the editing cursor (flashing).
4) Turn the large and small PFD knobs to select the name (large knob moves the cursor; small knob selects the
character)
5) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob to accept the selection and move the cursor to the ACTIVATE? field.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
6) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob to activate the direct-to.
INDEX
Figure 5-76 Direct To by City Name using the GDU Controller
236
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Selecting a waypoint as the direct-to destination by category (Flight Plan, Nearest, or Recent):
1) From Home, touch Direct To.
2) Touch the Flight Plan Tab, the Nearest Tab, or the Recent Tab, as necessary.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Touch a waypoint selection button to choose the waypoint as the direct-to destination, and return to the Direct
To Screen.
4) Touch the Activate ¯ Button to activate the direct-to.
EIS
Bearing/Distance to Waypoint
Flight Plan Tab
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Waypoint Selection Button
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-77 Direct To Screen - Flight Plan Tab
Selecting a waypoint as the direct-to destination from the active flight plan:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan.
2) Touch a waypoint selection button to display the Waypoint Options Window.
3) Touch either ¯ button to choose the waypoint as the direct-to destination, and return to the Direct To Screen.
4) Touch the Activate ¯ Button to activate the direct-to.
AFCS
Direct To (¯) Button
Waypoint Selection Button
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Direct To (¯) Button
APPENDICES
Figure 5-78 Active Flight Plan Screen - Waypoint Options
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
237
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Selecting the active flight plan waypoint as the direct-to destination:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight Management
2) Touch the Activate ¯ Button to activate the direct-to.
1) From Home, touch ¯ to choose the active flight plan waypoint as the direct-to destination, and return to the
Direct To Screen.
Or:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan.
EIS
2) Touch ¯ button to choose the active flight plan waypoint as the direct-to destination, and return to the
Direct To Screen.
3) Touch the Activate ¯ Button to activate the direct-to.
Selecting the active flight plan waypoint as the direct-to destination using the GDU Controller:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) On the GDU Controller, press the ¯ Button to display the Direct To Window.
2) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob to accept the selection and move the cursor to the ACTIVATE? field.
3) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob to activate the direct-to.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Any waypoint contained in the active flight plan can be selected as a direct-to waypoint from the Active Flight
Plan Window on the PFD. Also, any NRST, RECENT, or USER waypoint can be selected as a direct-to waypoint
from the Active Flight Plan Window on the PFD. This is done via the Waypoint Submenu.
Waypoint Submenu
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Flight Plan Waypoints
- Nearest Airports
- Recent Waypoints
- User Waypoints
Figure 5-79 Waypoint Submenu
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Any FPL, NRST, RECENT, or USER waypoint can be selected as a direct-to destination in the Direct To Window
on the PFD.
Selecting a FPL, NRST, RECENT, or USER waypoint as a direct-to destination using the GDU
Controller:
APPENDICES
1) Press the ¯ Key. The Direct To Window is displayed (with the active flight plan destination as the default
selection or a blank destination if no flight plan is active).
2) Turn the small PFD Knob counter-clockwise one click to display a list of flight plan waypoints (the FPL list is
populated only when navigating a flight plan).
INDEX
3) If necessary, turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the NRST, RECENT, or USER waypoints.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to select the desired waypoint.
5) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
6) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
238
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The direct-to function can be accessed from any waypoint information screen (Airport Information, Intersection
Information, VOR Information, NDB Information, or User Waypoint Information), and from some of the nearest
waypoint screens (Nearest Airport, Nearest Intersection, Nearest VOR, Nearest NDB, Nearest User, or Nearest
Weather) . If the direct-to is initiated from the Active Flight Plan Screen when no waypoint has been selected,
the default waypoint is either the active flight plan waypoint (if a flight plan is active) or no waypoint (Select
Waypoint Button is active). Direct-to requests on waypoint information screens or nearest waypoint screens
defaults to the displayed waypoint.
Selecting any waypoint as a direct-to destination:
1) Select the screen containing the desired waypoint type and select the desired waypoint.
EIS
2) Touch the Waypoint Options Button.
3) Touch the ¯ button to choose the waypoint as the direct-to destination, and display the Direct To Screen.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Touch the Activate ¯ Button to activate the direct-to.
Selecting a nearby airport as a direct-to destination:
1) From Home, touch Nearest > Airport.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Touch a nearest airport button to display the Waypoint Options Window and highlight the airport on the MFD.
3) Touch the ¯ button to choose the waypoint as the direct-to destination, and display the Direct To Screen.
4) Touch the Activate ¯ Button to activate the direct-to.
Direct-to destinations may also be selected by using the map pointer on the navigation map.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selecting a waypoint as a direct-to destination using the pointer:
1) From the navigation map display, press the Joystick to display the pointer.
2) Move the Joystick to place the pointer at the desired destination location.
AFCS
3) If the pointer is placed on an existing airport, NAVAID, or user waypoint, the waypoint name is highlighted, and
the Direct To Button is activated.
4) Touch the Direct To Button to display the Direct To Screen with the selected point entered as the direct-to
destination.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5) Touch the Activate ¯ Button to activate the direct-to.
Cancelling a Direct To:
1) From Home, touch Direct To.
APPENDICES
2) Touch the Cancel ¯ Button.
3) Touch the OK Button in response to the question “Cancel ¯ XXXXXX”.
Or:
1) On the GDU Controller, press the ¯ Button to display the Direct To Window.
INDEX
2) Turn the large PFD Knob to move the cursor to the CANCEL ¯ field.
3) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob to cancel the direct-to.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
239
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
EIS
Cancel ¯
Using GDU Controller on PFD
Using Touchscreen Controller
Figure 5-80 Cancelling a Direct To
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
When navigating a direct-to, the system sets a direct great circle course to the selected destination. The course
to a destination can also be manually selected.
Selecting a manual direct-to course:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) From Home, touch Direct To.
2) Touch the Course Button to display the keypad.
3) Use the keypad to select the course.
4) Touch the Enter Button to accept the course, and and return to the Direct To Screen.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) Touch the Activate ¯ Button to activate the direct-to using the manually selected course.
Or:
1) On the GDU Controller, press the ¯ Button to display the Direct To Window.
2) Turn the large PFD Knob to move the cursor to the CRS field.
AFCS
3) Turn the small PFD Knob one click to activate the editing cursor (flashing).
4) Turn the large and small PFD knobs to select the course (large knob moves the cursor; small knob selects the
character)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob to accept the selection and move the cursor to the ACTIVATE? field.
INDEX
APPENDICES
6) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob to activate the direct-to using the manually selected course.
240
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Course
Selection
EIS
Using GDU Controller on PFD
Using Touchscreen Controller
Figure 5-81 Direct To - Selecting a Manual Course
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Reselecting the direct course from the current position:
1) From Home, touch Direct To.
2) Touch the Activate ¯ Button to activate the direct-to using the direct course.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Or:
1) On the GDU Controller, press the ¯ Button to display the Direct To Window.
2) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob to accept the selection and move the cursor to the ACTIVATE? field.
3) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob to activate the direct-to using the direct course.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
A direct-to with altitude constraints creates a descent path (and provides guidance to stay on the path) from
the aircraft’s current altitude to the altitude of the direct-to waypoint. The altitude is reached at the waypoint, or
at the specified distance along the flight path if an offset distance has been entered. All VNAV altitudes prior to
the direct-to destination are removed from the active flight plan upon successful activation of the direct-to. All
VNAV altitudes following the direct-to waypoint are retained. See the section on Vertical Navigation for more
information regarding the use and purpose of VNAV altitudes and offset distances.
Entering a VNAV altitude and along-track offset for the waypoint:
1) From Home, touch Direct To.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Touch the VNAV Altitude Button to display the keypad.
3) Use the keypad to select the altitude.
4) Touch the Enter Button to accept the altitude, and and return to the Direct To Screen.
APPENDICES
5) Touch the VNAV Offset Button to display the keypad.
6) Touch the (Before) - Button or the (After) + Button, if necessary.
7) Use the keypad to select the offset distance.
8) Touch the Enter Button to accept the offset distance, and and return to the Direct To Screen.
INDEX
9) Touch the Activate ¯ Button to activate the direct-to using the VNAV constraints.
Or:
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
241
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
1) On the GDU Controller, press the ¯ Button to display the Direct To Window.
2) Turn the large PFD Knob to move the cursor to the ALT field.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Turn the small PFD Knob one click to activate the editing cursor (flashing).
4) Turn the large and small PFD knobs to select the altitude (large knob moves the cursor; small knob selects the
character).
5) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob to accept the selection and move the cursor to the OFFSET field.
6) Turn the large and small PFD knobs to select the offset distance (large knob moves the cursor; small knob
selects the character).
EIS
7) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob to accept the selection and move the cursor to the CRS field.
8) Turn the large PFD Knob to move the cursor to the ACTIVATE ¯ field.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
9) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob to activate the direct-to using the VNAV constraints..
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Altitude/
Offset
Selection
Using GDU Controller on PFD
Using Touchscreen Controller
Figure 5-82 Direct To - Setting VNAV Constraints
AFCS
Removing a VNAV constraint:
1) From Home, touch Direct To.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Touch the Activate ¯ Button to activate the direct to without the VNAV constraints.
Or:
1) On the GDU Controller, press the ¯ Button to display the Direct To Window.
2) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob to accept the selection and move the cursor to the ACTIVATE? field.
INDEX
APPENDICES
3) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob to activate the direct to without the VNAV constraints.
242
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5.6 Flight Planning
Flight Plan Leg Type
Active non-heading Leg
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight planning consists of building a flight plan by entering waypoints one at a time, adding waypoints along
airways, and inserting departures, airways, arrivals, or approaches as needed. The system allows flight planning
information to be entered from either the MFD or PFD. The flight plan is displayed on maps using different
line widths, colors, and types, based on the type of leg and the segment of the flight plan currently being flown
(departure, enroute, arrival, approach, or missed approach).
Symbol
EIS
Active heading Leg
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Non-heading Leg in the current flight segment
Heading Leg not in the current flight segment
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Non-heading Leg not in the active flight segment
Turn Anticipation Arc
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Table 5-7 Flight Plan Leg Symbols
AFCS
Up to 99 flight plans with up to 99 waypoints each can be created and stored in memory. One flight plan can be
activated at a time and becomes the active flight plan. The active flight plan is erased when the system is turned
off and overwritten when another flight plan is activated. When storing flight plans with an approach, departure,
or arrival, the system uses the waypoint information from the current database to define the waypoints. If the
database is changed or updated, the system automatically updates the information if the procedure has not been
modified. If an approach, departure, or arrival procedure is no longer available, the procedure is deleted from the
affected stored flight plan(s), and an alert is displayed (see Miscellaneous Messages in Appendix A) advising that
one or more stored flight plans need to be edited.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Whenever an approach, departure, or arrival procedure is loaded into the active flight plan, a set of approach,
departure, or arrival waypoints is inserted into the flight plan along with a header line describing the instrument
procedure the pilot selected. The original enroute portion of the flight plan remains active (unless an instrument
procedure is activated) when the procedure is loaded.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
When the database is updated, the airways need to be reloaded also. Each airway segment is reloaded from
the database given the entry waypoint, the airway identifier and the exit waypoint. This reloads the sequence of
waypoints between the entry and exit waypoints (the sequence may change when the database is updated). The
update of an airway can fail during this process. If that happens, the airway waypoints are changed to regular
(non-airway) flight plan waypoints, and an alert is displayed (see Miscellaneous Messages in Appendix A).
243
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
The following could cause the airway update to fail:
• Airway identifier, entry waypoint or exit waypoint not found in the new database.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Airway entry/exit waypoint is not an acceptable waypoint for the airway – either the waypoint is no longer on
the airway, or there is a new directional restriction that prevents it being used.
• Loading the new airway sequence would exceed the capacity of the flight plan.
Flight Plan Creation
There are four places to create, modify, or view a flight plan:
EIS
• Active Flight Plan Screen on the Touchscreen Controller (create/modify the active flight plan)
• Flight Plan Catalog Screen on the Touchscreen Controller (create/modify a stored flight plan)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Flight Plan Window on the PFD (create/modify the active flight plan)
• Active Flight Plan Inset Window (view the active flight plan)
Flight Plan Name
Direct To (¯) Button
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Departure Identifier Button
Waypoint Selection Button
PROC Button
Active Flight Plan Leg
VNAV Button
Bearing/Distance to Waypoint
Enroute Button
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Flight Plan Options Button
VNAV Altitude Button
Figure 5-83 Active Flight Plan Screen
AFCS
Number of Flight Plans Stored
Number of Available Storage Spots
Stored Flight Plan Options Button
Cumulative Flight Plan Distance
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Departure Airport Identifier/Symbol
Flight Plan Enroute Safe Altitude
Destination Airport Identifier/Symbol
APPENDICES
Create New Catalog Flight Plan
Button
INDEX
Figure 5-84 Flight Plan Catalog Screen
244
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Active Flight Plan Name
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Active Flight
Plan Leg
Active Flight Plan Waypoint List
EIS
- Procedure Identifier
- Waypoint ID
- Desired Track to Waypoint
- Distance to Waypoint
- Airway Identifier
Figure 5-85 Flight Plan Window on PFD
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Active Flight Plan Leg
Active Flight Plan
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Current VNV Profile
Active Flight Plan Info
Active Flight Plan Leg
AFCS
- Active Vertical WPT Alt/ID
- Time to Top of Descent
- Flight Path Angle
- Vertical Speed Target
- Vertical Speed Required
- Vertical Deviation
Figure 5-86 Active Flight Plan Inset Window
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The active flight plan is listed on the Active Flight Plan Screen on the Touchscreen Controller, and in the
Flight Plan Window on the PFD. It is the flight plan to which the system is currently providing guidance, and is
shown on the navigation maps. Stored flight plans are listed on the Flight Plan Catalog Screen, and are available
for activation (becomes the active flight plan).
Creating an active flight plan using the Touchscreen Controller:
APPENDICES
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan.
2) Touch the Add Waypoint Button to display the keypad.
3) Select the identifier of the departure waypoint. The active flight plan is modified as each waypoint is entered.
Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select a waypoint Identifier.
INDEX
Or:
Use the right Knobs to select a waypoint identifier.
Or:
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
245
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
a) Touch the Find Button to display the FInd Waypoint Screen.
b) Touch the Nearest, Recent, Flight Plan, or Favorites Tab and select the waypoint from from the list of
waypoints.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Or:
a) Touch the Find button to display the Find Waypoint Screen.
b) Touch the Search Tab to display the Search By Button.
c) If necessary, touch the Search By Button to choose Search by City or Search by Facility.
EIS
d) Touch the Facility Name Button or the City Name Button to display the keypad.
e) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to accept the entry and display the search results.
f) Touch a waypoint selection button to choose the waypoint.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Repeat step numbers 2 and 3 to enter each additional flight plan waypoint.
Creating an active flight plan using the GDU Controller:
1) Press the FPL Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Turn the small PFD Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank
Waypoint Information Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window with a
waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, or user waypoints).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the departure waypoint or select a waypoint from the submenu of
waypoints and press the ENT Key. The active flight plan is modified as each waypoint is entered.
5) Repeat step numbers 3 and 4 to enter each additional flight plan waypoint.
6) When all waypoints have been entered, press the FPL Key or the CLR Key to remove the Waypoint Information
Window.
AFCS
Creating a stored flight plan using the Touchscreen Controller:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options
2) Touch the Catalog Button to display the Flight Plan Catalog Screen.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Touch the Create New Catalog Flight Plan Button to display the Edit Stored Flight Plan Screen.
4) Touch the Add Waypoint Button to display the keypad.
5) Select the identifier of the departure waypoint. The active flight plan is modified as each waypoint is entered.
Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select a waypoint Identifier.
APPENDICES
Or:
Use the right knobs to select a waypoint identifier.
Or:
a) Touch the Find Button to display the FInd Waypoint Screen.
INDEX
b) Touch the Nearest, Recent, Flight Plan, or Favorites Tab and select the waypoint from from the list of
waypoints.
Or:
246
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
a) Touch the Find button to display the Find Waypoint Screen.
b) Touch the Search Tab to display the Search By Button.
c) If necessary, touch the Search By Button to choose Search by City or Search by Facility.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
d) Touch the Facility Name Button or the City Name Button to display the keypad.
e) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to accept the entry and display the search results.
f) Touch a waypoint selection button to choose the waypoint.
6) Repeat step numbers 4 and 5 to enter each additional flight plan waypoint.
EIS
Flight plans can be imported from an SD Card or exported to an SD Card.
Importing a Flight Plan from an SD Card
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Insert the SD card containing the flight plan in the top card slot on the MFD.
2) From Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options > Catalog > Create New Catalog Flight Plan >
Flight Plan Options.
3) Touch the Import Button to display the Import Flight Plan Screen.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Touch a flight plan selection button to display the flight plan information and activate the Import Button.
5) Touch the Import Button.
6) Touch the OK Button to return to the Edit Stored Flight Plan Screen.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Flight Plan
Select
Button
Import
Button
AFCS
Import
Button
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Selected
Flight
Plan Info
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 5-87 Flight Plan Import
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
247
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Note: If the imported flight plan contains a waypoint with a name that duplicates the name of a waypoint
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
already stored on the system, the system compares the coordinates of the imported waypoint with those of
the existing waypoint. If the coordinates are different, the imported waypoint is automatically renamed by
adding characters to the end of the name.
Exporting a stored Flight Plan to an SD Card
1) Insert the SD card for storing the flight plan in the top card slot on the MFD.
2) From Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options
EIS
3) Touch the Catalog Button to display the Flight Plan Catalog Screen.
4) Touch a flight plan selection button to display the Catalog Options Window.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Touch the Export Button to display the Export Flight Plan Screen.
6) Touch the File Name: Button to rename the exported flight plan using the keypad or right knob, if necessary.
7) Touch the Export Button.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8) Touch the OK Button in response to the “Flight Plan Successfully Exported.” prompt to return to the Flight Plan
Options Screen.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Note: The exported flight plan will not contain any procedures or airways.
Flight Plan
Selection
Button
Catalog
Button
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Export
Button
INDEX
Export
Button
Figure 5-88 Stored Flight Plan Export
248
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Adding Waypoints to an Existing Flight Plan
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Waypoints can be added to the active flight plan or any stored flight plan. Choose the flight plan, select the
desired point of insertion, enter the waypoint, and it is added to the flight plan. Flight plans are limited to 99
waypoints (including waypoints within airways and procedures). If the number of waypoints in the flight plan
exceeds 99, the message “Flight plan is full. Remove unnecessary waypoints.” appears and the new waypoint(s)
are not added to the flight plan.
Stored Flight Plan Selected
Waypoint Options Button
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Enroute Options Button
EIS
- Comment
- Procedure Identifier
- Waypoint Identifier
- Airway Identifier
- Flight Plan Segment Identifier
- Desired Track to Waypoint
- Distance to Waypoint
- Waypoint Altitude Constraint
Procedure Options Button
Flight Plan Options Button
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-89 Edit Stored Flight Plan Screen
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Flight Plan Full Message
AFCS
Figure 5-90 Edit Stored Flight Plan Screen - Flight Plan Full
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Adding a waypoint to a stored flight plan:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options
2) Touch the Catalog Button to display the Flight Plan Catalog Screen.
APPENDICES
3) Touch a flight plan selection button to display the Catalog Options Window.
4) Touch the Edit Button to display the Edit Stored Flight Plan Screen.
5) Touch a waypoint options button to display the Waypoint Options Window.
INDEX
6) Touch the Insert Before Button or the Insert After Button to select where the new waypint will be placed in
relation to the selected waypoint. The keypad is displayed.
7) Use the keypad, right knob, or the Find function to select the new waypoint.
8) Touch the Enter Button to accept the waypoint and place it in the flight plan.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
249
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Insert Before Button
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Insert After Button
Selected Waypoint
Remove Waypoint Button
EIS
Waypoint Info Button
Figure 5-91 Edit Stored Flight Plan Screen - Waypoint Options Window
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Or:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options
2) Touch the Catalog Button to display the Flight Plan Catalog Screen.
3) Touch a flight plan selection button to display the Catalog Options Window.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Touch the Edit Button to display the Edit Stored Flight Plan Screen.
5) Scroll to the end of the list, if necessary to show the Add Waypoint Button.
6) Touch the Add Waypoint Button to display the keypad is displayed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
7) Use the keypad, right knob, or the Find function to select the new waypoint.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
8) Touch the Enter Button to accept the waypoint and place it in the flight plan.
Add Waypoint Button
APPENDICES
Figure 5-92 Edit Stored Flight Plan Screen - Adding a Waypoint to the end of the Flight Plan
Note: If the identifier entered in the Waypoint Information Window has duplicates, a ‘Duplicates found’
INDEX
message is shown. Touch the Enter Button and the Waypoint Duplicates Screen is displayed. Touch a
waypoint selection button to select the correct waypoint.
250
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Duplicates
Message
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Waypoint
Selection
Button
EIS
Figure 5-93 Duplicate Waypoints
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Adding a waypoint to the active flight plan:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan.
2) Touch a waypoint button to display the Waypoint Options Window.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Touch the Insert Before Button or the Insert After Button to select where the new waypoint will be placed
in relation to the selected waypoint. The keypad is displayed.
4) Use the keypad, right knob, or the Find function to select the new waypoint.
5) Touch the Enter Button to accept the waypoint and place it in the flight plan.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Adding a waypoint to the active flight plan using the GDU Controller:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Select the point in the flight plan before which to add the new waypoint. The new waypoint is placed directly
in front of the highlighted waypoint.
AFCS
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank
Waypoint Information Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window with a
waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user, or airway waypoints).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the waypoint or select a waypoint from the submenu of waypoints
and press the ENT Key. The active flight plan is modified as each waypoint is entered.
APPENDICES
INDEX
Selected
Waypoint
Figure 5-94 Adding a Waypoint to the Active Flight Plan on the PFD
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
251
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Adding waypoints to the active flight plan using the map pointer:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the Joystick to activate the panning function on the Active Flight Plan Pane and pan to the map location
of the desired waypoint. When the pointer is activated, the Map Pointer Options Screen is displayed on the
Touchscreen Controller. When the pointer highlights a map location that can be added to the active flight plan,
the Insert In Flight Plan Button is activated.
2) Touch the Insert In Flight Plan Button. The Insert Before Waypoint Screen is displayed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
3) Touch the waypoint selection button to select where to insert the new waypoint. The waypoint is inserted into
the active flight plan before the selected waypoint.
Map Pointer
- KTOP Highlighted
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Active Flight Plan Info
AFCS
Figure 5-95 Active Flight Plan Pane - Map Pointer Active
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Insert In
Flight Plan
Button
APPENDICES
Waypoint
Selection
Button
INDEX
Figure 5-96 Inserting Waypoint in Active Flight Plan
252
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
KTOP Inserted
Figure 5-97 KTOP in Flight Plan
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Adding Airways to a Flight Plan
Airways can be added to the active flight plan or any stored flight plan. An airway can only be loaded if
there is a waypoint in the flight plan that is part of the desired airway and is not part of an arrival or approach
procedure. The system also anticipates the desired airway based on the selected waypoint and the flight plan.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Adding an airway to the active flight plan:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan.
2) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a waypoint selection button to display the Waypoint Options Window.
3) Touch the Load Airway Button to display the Airway Selection Screen.
AFCS
4) Scroll the list if necessary and touch an airway selection button to select the airway and display the Select Exit
Window (the airway waypoints are displayed in alphabetical order, not the order they appear in the airway).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5) Scroll the list if necessary and touch an airway exit point selection button to select the airway exit point and
display the Airway Waypoint Sequence.
6) Touch the Load Airway Button to insert the airway into the active flight plan.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
253
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected
Airway
Entry Point
Airway
Selection
Button
EIS
Load
Airway
Button
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Airway
Waypoint
Sequence
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Airway
Exit Point
Selection
Button
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-98 Adding an Airway to the Active Flight Plan
Load
Airway
Button
Inserted Airway
Inserted Airway Header
APPENDICES
- Airway Identifier:
[airway id].[exit wpt id]
(e.g., V4.SLN)
INDEX
Figure 5-99 Active Flight Plan Pane - V4 Airway Loaded
254
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Inserted Airway Header
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
- Airway Identifier:
[airway id].[exit waypoint id]
(e.g., V4.SLN)
EIS
Figure 5-100 Active Flight Plan Screen - V4 Airway Loaded
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Adding an airway to a stored flight plan:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options
2) Touch the Catalog Button to display the Flight Plan Catalog Screen.
3) Touch a flight plan selection button to display the Catalog Options Window.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Touch the Edit Button to display the Edit Stored Flight Plan Screen.
5) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a waypoint selection button to display the Waypoint Options Window.
6) Touch the Load Airway Button to display the Airway Selection Screen.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
7) Scroll the list if necessary and touch an airway selection button to select the airway and display the Select Exit
Window.
8) Scroll the list if necessary and touch an airway exit point selection button to select the airway exit point and
display the Airway Waypoint Sequence.
9) Touch the Load Airway Button to insert the airway into the stored flight plan.
AFCS
Restrictions on Adding Airways
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Some airways have directional restrictions on all or part of the route. Airway “A2” in Europe has a directional
restriction over the whole route such that it can be flown only in the direction MTD-ABB-BNE-DEVAL.
Airway “UR975” in North Africa has more complicated directional restrictions within the list of airway
waypoints AMANO, VAKOR, LIBRO, NELDA, DIRKA, GZO, KOSET, and SARKI:
• Starting from AMANO, the airway can be flown only to LIBRO.
APPENDICES
• Starting from SARKI, the airway can be flown only to LIBRO.
• Between NELDA and GZO, the airway can be flown in either direction.
In the US, airways that are “one-way” for specified hours of operation are not uncommon. These airways
are always bidirectional in the system database.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
The system only allows correct airway sequences to be inserted. If the pilot subsequently inverts the flight
plan, the system inverts the airway waypoint sequence and removes the airway header.
255
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Adding Procedures to a Stored Flight Plan
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The system allows the pilot to insert pre-defined instrument procedures from the navigation database into a
flight plan. The procedures are designed to facilitate routing of traffic leaving an airport (departure), arriving at
an airport (arrival), and landing at an airport (approach). See the procedures section for more details.
Stored Flight Plan Name
Load Departure Button
EIS
Stored Flight Plan Waypoint List
Load Arrival Button
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Load Approach Button
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-101 Edit Stored Flight Plan Screen - Flight Plan Options
Departure (DP)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
A Departure Procedure (DP) is loaded at the departure airport in the flight plan. Only one departure can
be loaded at a time in a flight plan. The route is defined by selection of a departure, the transition waypoints,
and a runway.
Departure Button
Airport Button
Transition Button
Departure Waypoint Sequence
AFCS
Runway Button
Preview Button
Load Button
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Remove Button
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 5-102 Departure Selection Screen
256
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Preview of
Selected
Departure
EIS
Departure Airport
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-103 Departure Pane - Preview of the Selected Departure
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Loading a departure procedure into a stored flight plan:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options
2) Touch the Catalog Button to display the Flight Plan Catalog Screen.
3) Touch a flight plan selection button to display the Catalog Options Window.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Touch the Edit Button to display the Edit Stored Flight Plan Screen.
5) Touch the Flight Plan Options Button to display the Flight Plan Options Window.
6) Touch the Load Departure Button to display the Departure Selection Screen.
7) Touch the Departure Button to display the Select Departure Screen with a list of available departures.
AFCS
8) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a departure selection button to select the departure and return to the
Departure Selection Screen.
9) Touch the Transition Button to display the Select Transition Screen with a list of available transitions.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
10) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a transition selection button to select the transition and return to the
Departure Selection Screen.
11) Touch the Runway Button to display the Select Runway Screen with a list of available runways.
APPENDICES
12) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a runway selection button to select the runway and return to the Departure
Selection Screen.
13) Touch the Preview Button, then the Show on Map Button to show the preview of the departure.
14) Touch the Load Button to insert the departure into the stored flight plan.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
257
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Stored Flight Plan Name
Inserted Departure Header
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
- Departure Identifier: [departure
airport]-[departure runway].
[departure transition].
[departure end point]
(e.g., KMKC-RW01.TIFTO3.TIFTO)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-104 Edit Stored Flight Plan Screen - Departure Inserted
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Departure End Point
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Loaded Departure
Departure Airport
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 5-105 Stored Flight Plan Pane - Departure Inserted
258
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Arrival (STAR)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A Standard Terminal Arrival (STAR) is loaded at the destination airport in the flight plan. Only one arrival
can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. The route is defined by selection of an arrival, the transition waypoints,
and a runway.
Arrival Button
Airport Button
Transition Button
Arrival Waypoint Sequence
Runway Button
EIS
Preview Button
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Load Button
Remove Button
Figure 5-106 Arrival Selection Screen
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Destination Airport
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Preview of
Selected Arrival
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-107 Arrival Pane - Preview of the Selected Arrival
Loading an arrival procedure into a stored flight plan:
APPENDICES
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options
2) Touch the Catalog Button to display the Flight Plan Catalog Screen.
3) Touch a flight plan selection button to display the Catalog Options Window.
4) Touch the Edit Button to display the Edit Stored Flight Plan Screen.
INDEX
5) Touch the Flight Plan Options Button to display the Flight Plan Options Window.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
259
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
6) Touch the Load Arrival Button to display the Arrival Selection Screen.
7) Touch the Arrival Button to display the Select Arrival Screen with a list of available arrivals.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
8) Scroll the list if necessary and touch an arrival selection button to select the arrival and return to the Arrival
Selection Screen.
9) Touch the Transition Button to display the Select Transition Screen with a list of available transitions.
10) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a transition selection button to select the transition and return to the Arrival
Selection Screen.
11) Touch the Runway Button to display the Select Runway Screen with a list of available runways.
EIS
12) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a runway selection button to select the runway and return to the Arrival
Selection Screen.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
13) Touch the Preview Button, then the Show on Map Button to show the preview of the arrival.
14) Touch the Load Button to insert the arrival into the stored flight plan.
Stored Flight Plan Name
Inserted Arrival Header
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- Arrival Identifier: [destination
airport]-[arrival transition].
[arrival].[arrival runway]
(e.g., KCOS-TBE.DBRY2.ALL)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 5-108 Edit Stored Flight Plan Screen - Arrival Inserted
APPENDICES
Destination Airport
INDEX
Loaded Arrival
Figure 5-109 Stored Flight Plan Pane - Arrival Inserted
260
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Approach (APPR)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
An Approach Procedure (APPR) can be loaded at any airport that has an approach available. Only one
approach can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. The route for a selected approach is defined by designating
transition waypoints.
Approach Button
Airport Button
Transition Button
Approach Waypoint Sequence
Minimums Button
EIS
SBAS Channel Button
Load Button
Remove Button
Load & Activate Button
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Preview Button
Figure 5-110 Approach Selection Screen
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Destination Runway
Preview of
Selected Arrival
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-111 Approach Pane - Preview of the Selected Approach
Loading an approach procedure into a stored flight plan:
APPENDICES
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options
2) Touch the Catalog Button to display the Flight Plan Catalog Screen.
3) Touch a flight plan selection button to display the Catalog Options Window.
4) Touch the Edit Button to display the Edit Stored Flight Plan Screen.
INDEX
5) Touch the Flight Plan Options Button to display the Flight Plan Options Window.
6) Touch the Load Approach Button to display the Approach Selection Screen.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
261
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
7) Select the airport and approach:
a) If necessary, touch the Airport Button to display the keypad and use it to select the approach airport.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
b) Touch the Enter Button to accept the approach airport.
c) If necessary, touch the Approach Button to display the Select Approach Screen with a list of available
approaches.
d) Scroll the list if necessary and touch an approach selection button to select the approach and return to the
Approach Selection Screen.
Or:
EIS
a) If the SBAS Button is available , touch the SBAS Button to display the keypad and use it to select the SBAS
channel number (The SBAS channel button is only available when an LP, LPV, or no approach is selected).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
If the SBAS Button is not available , touch the Approach Button to display the Select Approach Screen, scroll
to the bottom of the list, touch the Select by SBAS Channel Button to display the keypad, and use it to select
the SBAS channel number
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8) Touch the Transition Button to display the Select Transition Screen with a list of available transitions.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
b) Touch the Enter Button to accept the SBAS channel and return to the Approach Selection Screen with the
airport and approach selected.
11) Touch the Load Button to insert the approach into the stored flight plan.
9) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a transition selection button to select the transition and return to the
Approach Selection Screen.
10) Touch the Preview Button, then the Show on Map Button to show the preview of the approach.
Stored Flight Plan Name
Inserted Approach Header
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
- Approach Identifier: [destination
airport]-[runway and approach type].
(e.g., KCOS-RNAV GPS Y 35R LPV)
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 5-112 Edit Stored Flight Plan Screen - Approach Inserted
262
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Loaded Approach
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-113 Stored Flight Plan Pane - Approach Inserted
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Flight Plan Storage
The system can store up to 99 flight plans. The active flight plan is erased when the system is powered off
or when another flight plan is activated. Details about each stored flight plan can be viewed on the Flight Plan
Catalog Screen.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Viewing information about a stored flight plan:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options
2) Touch the Catalog Button to display the Flight Plan Catalog Screen. The flight plan information is displayed
showing departure, destination, and total distance for the stored flight plans.
AFCS
3) Touch a stored flight plan button to display the Catalog Options Window.
4) Touch the Edit Button to display the Edit Stored Flight Plan Screen to view the waypoints in the stored flight
plan.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Stored Flight Plan Button
Cumulative Flight Plan Distance
Departure Airport Identifier/Symbol
APPENDICES
Destination Airport Identifier/Symbol
INDEX
Figure 5-114 Flight Plan Catalog Screen
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
263
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Stored Flight Plan Selected
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
- Comment
- Procedure Identifier
- Waypoint Identifier
- Airway Identifier
- Flight Plan Segment Identifier
- Desired Track to Waypoint
- Distance to Waypoint
- Waypoint Altitude Constraint
EIS
Flight Plan Options Button
Figure 5-115 Edit Stored Flight Plan Screen
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Storing an active flight plan from the Active Flight Plan Screen:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options
2) Touch the Store Button.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Touch the OK Button in response to the question “Store XXXX/XXXX into catalog?”.
Activate a Flight Plan
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Activating a stored flight plan erases the active flight plan and replaces it with the flight plan being activated.
Inverting a stored flight plan reverses the waypoint order, erases the active flight plan, and replaces it with the
flight plan being activated (the stored flight plan is not changed).
Activating a stored flight plan:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options
2) Touch the Catalog Button to display the Flight Plan Catalog Screen.
AFCS
3) Touch a stored flight plan button to display the Catalog Options Window.
4) Touch the Activate Button.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5) Touch the OK Button in response to “Activate Selected Flight Plan and Replace Current Active Route?”. To
cancel the request, touch the Cancel Button.
Inverting and activating a stored flight plan:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options
APPENDICES
2) Touch the Catalog Button to display the Flight Plan Catalog Screen.
3) Touch a stored flight plan button to display the Catalog Options Window.
4) Touch the Invert and Activate Button.
INDEX
5) Touch the OK Button in response to “Invert and Activate Selected Flight Plan and Replace Current Active
Route?”. To cancel the request, touch the Cancel Button.
264
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Copy a Flight Plan
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The system allows copying a flight plan into a new flight plan memory slot, allowing editing, etc., without
affecting the original flight plan. This can be used to duplicate an existing stored flight plan for use in creating
a modified version of the original stored flight plan.
Copying a stored flight plan:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options
2) Touch the Catalog Button to display the Flight Plan Catalog Screen.
EIS
3) Touch a stored flight plan button to display the Catalog Options Window.
4) Touch the Copy Button.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Touch the OK Button in response to “Copy Flight Plan <flight plan name>?” The copied flight plan is placed
at the end of the list of stored flight plans. To cancel the request, touch the Cancel Button.
Delete a Stored Flight Plan
Individual flight plans can be deleted from the system memory.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Deleting a stored flight plan:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options
2) Touch the Catalog Button to display the Flight Plan Catalog Screen.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Touch a stored flight plan button to display the Catalog Options Window.
4) Touch the Delete Button.
5) Touch the OK Button in response to “Delete Flight Plan <flight plan name>?”. The flight plan is deleted, and
any flight plans following it in the list are shifted up. To cancel the request, touch the Cancel Button.
AFCS
Flight Plan Editing
The active flight plan or any stored flight plan can be edited. The edits made to the active flight plan affect
navigation as soon as they are entered.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Deleting the Active Flight Plan
The system allows deleting an active flight plan. Deleting the active flight plan suspends navigation by the
system.
Deleting the active flight plan:
APPENDICES
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options
2) Touch the Delete Flight Plan Button.
3) Touch the OK Button in response to “Delete all waypoints in flight plan?” The active flight plan is deleted. To
cancel the request, touch the Cancel Button.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
265
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Removing Flight Plan Items
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Individual waypoints, entire airways, and entire procedures can be deleted from a flight plan. Some waypoints
in the final approach segment (such as the FAF or MAP) can not be deleted individually. Attempting to delete
a waypoint that is not allowed results in a window displaying ‘Invalid flight plan modification.’
Removing an individual waypoint from the active flight plan:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan
2) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a waypoint selection button to display the Waypoint Options Window.
EIS
3) Touch the Remove Waypoint Button.
4) Touch the OK Button in response to “Remove <waypoint name>?” The waypoint is removed. To cancel the
request, touch the Cancel Button.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Removing an individual waypoint from the active flight plan using the GDU Controller:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Turn the large PFD Key to highlight the waypoint.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <waypoint name>?’ window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
Removing an entire airway from the active flight plan:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan
2) Scroll the list if necessary and touch an airway selection button to display the Airway Options Window.
3) Touch the Remove Airway Button.
AFCS
4) Touch the OK Button in response to “Remove Airway -<airway name> from flight plan?” The airway is
removed, but the starting and ending waypoints remain in the flight plan. To cancel the request, touch the
Cancel Button.
Removing an entire airway from the active flight plan using the GDU Controller:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Turn the large PFD Knob to highlight the airway header.
3) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <airway name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed.
APPENDICES
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
Removing an entire procedure from the active flight plan:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan
INDEX
2) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a departure, arrival, or approach selection button to display the Departure,
Arrival, or Approach Options Window.
266
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3) Touch the Remove Departure Button, the Remove Arrival Button, or the Remove Approach Button.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
4) Touch the OK Button in response to “Remove <procedure> -<procedure name> from flight plan?” The
procedure is removed (the departure airport remains when removing a departure). To cancel the request, touch
the Cancel Button.
Removing an entire procedure from the active flight plan using the GDU Controller:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Turn the large PFD Key to highlight the procedure header.
3) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed.
EIS
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Removing an individual waypoint from a stored flight plan:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options
2) Touch the Catalog Button to display the Flight Plan Catalog Screen.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a flight plan options button to display the Catalog Options Window.
4) Touch the Edit Button.
5) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a waypoint selection button to display the Waypoint Options Window.
6) Touch the Remove Waypoint Button.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
7) Touch the OK Button in response to “Remove <waypoint name>?” The waypoint is removed. To cancel the
request, touch the Cancel Button.
Removing an entire airway from a stored flight plan:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options
AFCS
2) Touch the Catalog Button to display the Flight Plan Catalog Screen.
3) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a flight plan options button to display the Catalog Options Window.
4) Touch the Edit Button.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5) Scroll the list if necessary and touch an airway selection button to display the Airway Options Window.
6) Touch the Remove Airway Button.
7) Touch the OK Button in response to “Remove <airway name>?” The airway is removed, but the starting and
ending waypoints remain in the flight plan. To cancel the request, touch the Cancel Button.
APPENDICES
Removing an entire procedure from a stored flight plan:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options
2) Touch the Catalog Button to display the Flight Plan Catalog Screen.
INDEX
3) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a flight plan options button to display the Catalog Options Window.
4) Touch the Edit Button.
5) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a departure, arrival, or approach selection button to display the Departure,
Arrival, or Approach Options Window.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
267
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
6) Touch the Remove Departure Button, the Remove Arrival Button, or the Remove Approach Button.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
7) Touch the OK Button in response to “Remove <procedure> -<procedure name> from flight plan?” The
procedure is removed (the departure airport remains when removing a departure). To cancel the request, touch
the Cancel Button.
Changing Flight Plan Comments (Names)
The comment field (or name) of each flight plan can be changed to something that is useful for identification
and sorting.
EIS
Changing the active flight plan comment:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options
2) Touch the Rename Button to display the keypad.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Use the keypad to select the comment.
4) Touch the Enter Button to accept the comment, and and return to the Flight Plan Options Screen.
Changing the active flight plan comment using the GDU Controller:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) On the GDU Controller, press the FPL Button to display the Direct To Window.
2) Turn the large PFD Knob to move the cursor to the comment field, if necessary.
3) Turn the small PFD Knob one click to activate the editing cursor (flashing).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Turn the large and small PFD knobs to select the comment (large knob moves the cursor; small knob selects the
character)
5) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob to accept the selection.
Changing a stored flight plan comment:
AFCS
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options
2) Touch the Catalog Button to display the Flight Plan Catalog Screen.
3) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a flight plan options button to display the Catalog Options Window.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Touch the Rename Button to display the keypad.
5) Use the keypad to select the comment.
6) Touch the Enter Button to accept the comment, and return to the Flight Plan Catalog Screen.
APPENDICES
Along Track Offsets
INDEX
A waypoint having an “along track offset” distance from an existing waypoint can be entered into a flight plan.
Along track offset waypoints lie along the path of the existing flight plan, and can be used to make the system
reach a specified altitude before or after reaching the specified flight plan waypoint. Offset distances can be
entered from 1 to 999 nm in increments of 1 nm. Entering a negative offset distance results in an along track
offset waypoint inserted before the selected waypoint, whereas entering a positive offset distance results in an
along track offset waypoint inserted after the selected waypoint. Multiple offset waypoints are allowed.
268
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A waypoint must be adjacent to its parent waypoint in the flight plan, so the system limits the along-track
distance to less than the length of the leg before or after the selected waypoint. If the selected waypoint is the
active waypoint, the distance is limited to less than the distance to go to the active waypoint. Assigning an along
track offset to a leg with indeterminate length is not permitted. An along track offset is not allowed at or after
the final approach fix of an approach.
The along track offset distance cannot be modified once entered, but the altitude can be modified. If the
along track offset distance must be changed, the existing along track offset waypoint must be deleted and a new
one created with the new offset distance.
EIS
Waypoint
Selected
Waypoint
Options
Select
Button
(After) +
Button
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Along
Track
Waypoint
Button
(Before) Button
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Along Track Offset
Waypoint
Along Track Offset
Waypoint Altitude
AFCS
Figure 5-116 Along Track Offset
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Entering an along track offset distance:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan
2) Touch a waypoint options button to display the Waypoint Options Screen.
APPENDICES
3) Touch the Along Track Waypoint Button to bring up the Along Track Waypoint Offset Screen.
4) Use the keypad to select the distance in the range of 1 to 999 nm (limited by leg distances).
5) Touch the (Before) - Button or (After) - Button to select the offset waypoint direction.
4) Touch the Enter Button to insert the offset waypoint into the active flight plan.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
269
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Parallel Track
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Parallel Track feature allows creation of a parallel course offset of 1 to 50 nm left or right of the current
flight plan. When Parallel Track is activated, the course line drawn on the map pages shows the parallel course,
and waypoint names have a lower case “-p” placed after the identifier.
Using direct-to, loading an approach, a holding pattern, or editing and activating the flight plan automatically
cancels Parallel Track. Parallel Track is also cancelled if a course change occurs greater than 120° or the parallel
tracks overlap as a result of the course change.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Note: Vertical navigation is unavailable while the Parallel Track feature is active.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Active Flight Plan
prior to Parallel Track
AFCS
Figure 5-117 Active Flight Plan Pane - Prior to Activating Parallel Track
Offset Direction
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Left Button
Right Button
Activate Parallel Track Button
Parallel Track Status
APPENDICES
Offset Distance Button
INDEX
Figure 5-118 Parallel Track Screen - Selecting Parallel Track
270
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight ManageMent
SySteM
overview
Activating parallel track:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options > Parallel Track
2) Touch the Left Button or the Right Button to choose the offset direction.
Flight
inStruMentS
3) Touch the Offset Distance Button to display the keypad.
4) Use the keypad to select the distance.
5) Touch the Enter Button to accept the distance, and and return to the Parallel Track Screen.
6) Touch the Activate Parallel Track Button to activate the parallel track function.
eiS
audio panel
& cnS
Original Track
Parallel Track
Flight
ManageMent
Parallel Track Waypoints
haZard
avoidance
- TIFTO-p
- TOP-p
- ...
- LAA-p
Activating Parallel Track
affects the active flight
plan from the current
position on (will not affect
an approach)
Figure 5-119 Active Flight Plan Pane - Parallel Track Active
aFcS
If the parallel track proposed by the offset direction and distance is not allowed by the system, the activation
prompt is displayed, but disabled. Parallel Track cannot be activated if a course is set using direct-to or if the
active leg is the first leg of the departure procedure. Attempting to activate parallel track with these conditions
results in the message ‘Parallel Track Unavailable Invalid Route Geometry’. If an approach leg is active the status
indicates that the system is unable to activate the parallel track with the message ‘Parallel Track Unavailable
Approach Leg Active’. If the offset direction and distance results in an unreasonable route geometry the status
indicates that the system is unable to activate the parallel track because of invalid geometry.
additional
FeatureS
appendiceS
index
Unavailable
-Approach
Leg Active
Unavailable
- Invalid
Route
Geometry
Figure 5-120 Parallel Track Unavailable
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
271
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
If the active leg is not a track between two fixes (TF) or a course to a fix (DF) leg, the status
indicates that the system is unable to activate the parallel track because parallel track is not available for the
active leg type.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Cancelling parallel track:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options > Parallel Track
EIS
2) Touch the Cancel Parallel Track Button to cancel the parallel track function.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Cancel Parallel Track Button
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Parallel Track Status
Figure 5-121 Parallel Track Screen - Cancelling Parallel Track
Activating a Flight Plan Leg
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The system allows selection of a highlighted leg as the “active leg” (the flight plan leg which is currently
used for navigation guidance).
Activating a flight plan leg:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan
AFCS
2) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch the waypoint selection button to select the destination waypoint for the
desired leg. The Waypoint Options Window is displayed.
3) Touch the Activate Leg to Waypoint Button.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Touch the OK Button in response to “Activate Leg?” The new active flight plan leg is activated. To cancel the
request, touch the Cancel Button.
272
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Current
Active
Flight Plan
Leg
Waypoint
Selection
Button
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Activate
Leg to
Waypoint
Button
Selected Leg
Destination
Waypoint
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
OK Button
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
New Active
Flight Plan
Leg
Cancel
Button
Figure 5-122 Active Flight Plan Screen - Activating a Flight Plan Leg
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Inverting a Flight Plan
Any flight plan may be inverted (reversed) for navigation back to the original departure point.
Inverting the active flight plan:
AFCS
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options
2) Touch the Invert Button
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Touch the Yes Button in response to “Invert active flight plan?” The active flight plan leg is inverted. To cancel
the request, touch the No Button.
Inverting and activating a stored flight plan:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options
2) Touch the Catalog Button to display the Flight Plan Catalog Screen.
APPENDICES
3) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a flight plan selection button to display the Catalog Options Window.
4) Touch the Invert and Activate Button.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
7) Touch the OK Button in response to “Invert and Activate Selected Flight Plan and Replace Current Active
Route?” The stored flight is inverted and becomes the active flight plan. The stored flight plan is not modifed.
To cancel the request, touch the Cancel Button.
273
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Collapsing Airways
The system allows airways on the active flight plan to be collapsed or expanded from the Active Flight Plan
Page Screen. When airways have been collapsed, it is indicated on the airway heading.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When airways are collapsed, leg-to-leg computed values such as DIS or ETE shown for the exit waypoint
reflect the total of all the legs on the airway that have been hidden in the collapsed display. The DTK value is
inhibited because it is not usable in this context.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
The Active Flight Plan Page always keeps the following three waypoints visible: “From” waypoint, “To”
waypoint, and the “Next” waypoint. To prevent one or more of these waypoints from being hidden in a collapsed
airway segment, the airway segment that contains either the “To” or the “Next” waypoint is automatically
expanded. When an airway is loaded, airways are automatically expanded to facilitate flight plan review.
Airway
Collapsed
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Airway
Expanded
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-123 Expanded/Collapsed Airways
Collapsing/expanding the airways in the active flight plan:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan
AFCS
3) Scroll the list if necessary and touch an airway selection button to display the Airway Options Window.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Touch the Collapse All Button or the Expand All Button to collapse/expand all airways and return to the
Active Flight Plan Screen.
Expand All Button
APPENDICES
Collapse All Button
INDEX
Figure 5-124 Active Flight Plan Screen -Collapsing Expanding Airways
274
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Closest Point of FPL
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
‘Closest Point of FPL’ calculates the bearing and closest distance at which a flight plan passes a selected
waypoint, and allows creation of a new user waypoint along the flight plan at the location closest to a chosen
reference waypoint.
Determining the closest point along the active flight plan to a selected waypoint:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options
2) Touch the Closest Point of Flight Plan Button to display the Closest Point of Flight Plan Screen
EIS
3) Touch the From waypoint button to display the keypad.
4) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select the “From” waypoint.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Touch the Insert Point into Flight Plan Button to add the calculated waypoint into the flight plan. The name
for the new waypoint is derived from the identifier of the From waypoint.
From Waypoint Button
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Calculated Bearing/Distance
and Latitude/Longitude of the
Closest Point of Flight Plan
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-125 Closest Point of FPL
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Inserted Flight Plan Waypoint
Figure 5-126 Closest Point of FPL inserted in Active Flight Plan
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
275
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
User-Defined Holding Patterns
A holding pattern can be defined at any active flight plan waypoint, or at the aircraft present position.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Creating a user-defined hold at an active flight plan waypoint:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan
2) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch the waypoint selection button to select the waypoint at which to define
the holding pattern. The Waypoint Options Window is displayed.
3) Touch the Hold at Waypoint Button. The Hold at Waypoint Screen is displayed.
EIS
4) Touch the Turn Direction Button, and touch the Right Button or the Left Button to select the turn direction.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) Touch the Hold Entry Course Button to display the keypad. Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select the
entry angle.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8) Touch the Leg Time Button or the Leg Distance Button to display the keypad. Use the keypad and the Enter
Button to select the length of the leg.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) Touch the Course Direction Button, and touch the Inbound Button or the Outbound Button to select the
course direction.
10) Touch the Create Button to add the hold into the flight plan.
7) Touch the Leg Length Mode Button, and touch the Distance Button or the Time Button to select the length
mode.
AFCS
9) Touch the Expect Further Clearance Button to display the keypad. Use the keypad and the Enter Button to
select the time for a reminder.
Hold at
Waypoint
Button
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Waypoint
Selection
Button
Course Direction Button
(Inbound or Outbound)
APPENDICES
Turn Direction Button
Hold at Present Position Button
Hold Location Information
Leg Length Mode Button
(Time or Distance)
Leg Time or Leg Distance Button
Hold Entry Course Button
INDEX
Expect Further Clearance Button
Cancel Hold Button
Show on Map Button
Figure 5-127 Creating a User Defined Holding Pattern at an Active Flight Plan Waypoint
276
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Creating a user-defined hold at the aircraft present position:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options
2) Touch the Hold at P.POS Button. The Hold at Waypoint Screen is displayed.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Touch the Turn Direction Button, and touch the Right Button or the Left Button to select the turn direction.
4) Touch the Course Direction Button, and touch the Inbound Button or the Outbound Button to select the
course direction.
5) Touch the Hold Entry Course Button to display the keypad. Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select the
entry angle.
EIS
6) Touch the Leg Length Mode Button, and touch the Distance Button or the Time Button to select the length
mode.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
7) Touch the Leg Time Button or the Leg Distance Button to display the keypad. Use the keypad and the Enter
Button to select the length of the leg.
8) Touch the Expect Further Clearance Button to display the keypad. Use the keypad and the Enter Button to
select the time for a reminder.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
9) Touch the Create Button to create an Offroute Direct-to hold waypoint.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Hold at P.POS Button
AFCS
Course Direction Button
(Inbound or Outbound)
Turn Direction Button
Hold Location Information
(Time or Distance)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Hold at Present Position Button
Leg Length Mode Button
Leg Time or Leg Distance Button
Hold Entry Course Button
Cancel Hold Button
APPENDICES
Expect Further Clearance Button
Show on Map Button
Figure 5-128 Creating a User Defined Holding Pattern at the Aircraft Present Position
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
277
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Creating a user-defined hold at a Direct To waypoint:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Touch the Direct-To Button and set up the Direct To waypoint as desired.
3) Touch the Hold Button. The Direct To Hold Screen is displayed.
4) Touch the Turn Direction Button, and touch the Right Button or the Left Button to select the turn direction.
5) Touch the Course Direction Button, and touch the Inbound Button or the Outbound Button to select the
course direction.
EIS
6) Touch the Hold Entry Course Button to display the keypad. Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select the
entry angle.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
7) Touch the Leg Length Mode Button, and touch the Distance Button or the Time Button to select the length
mode.
8) Touch the Leg Time Button or the Leg Distance Button to display the keypad. Use the keypad and the Enter
Button to select the length of the leg.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
9) Touch the Expect Further Clearance Button to display the keypad. Use the keypad and the Enter Button to
select the time for a reminder.
10) Touch the Enter Button to return to the Direct To Screen.
11) Touch the Activate Direct To Button to activate the Direct-To and add the hold into the flight plan.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Direct To
Button
AFCS
Hold
Button
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Course Direction Button
(Inbound or Outbound)
Turn Direction Button
APPENDICES
Hold at Present Position Button
Hold Location Information
Leg Length Mode Button
(Time or Distance)
Leg Time or Leg Distance Button
Hold Entry Course Button
Expect Further Clearance Button
INDEX
Cancel Hold Button
Show on Map Button
Figure 5-129 Creating a User Defined Holding Pattern at a Direct To Waypoint
278
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Removing a user-defined hold at an active flight plan waypoint or at a Direct-To waypoint:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch the Hold waypoint selection button. The Waypoint Options Window is
displayed.
3) Touch the Remove Hold Button.
4) Touch the OK Button in response to “Remove Holding Pattern?” The holding pattern is removed. To cancel the
request, touch the Cancel Button.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Remove Hold Button
Figure 5-130 Removing a User Defined Holding Pattern
Removing a user-defined hold at the aircraft present position:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan
2) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch the PPOS-H waypoint selection button, or touch the Direct-To Button. The
Direct To Window is displayed.
3) Touch the Cancel D-> PPOS-H Button.
AFCS
4) Touch the OK Button in response to “Cancel D-> PPOS-H?” The holding pattern is removed. To cancel the
request, touch the Cancel Button.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Cancel D-> PPOS-H Button
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
Figure 5-131 Removing a User Defined Holding Pattern at the Aircraft Present Position
279
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
5.7Vertical Navigation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Note: The system supports vertical navigation for all lateral leg types except for CA, CI, FA, FM, HA, HM, PI,
VA, VD, VI, VR, and VM. Vertical constraints are not retained in stored flight plans.
EIS
The system Vertical Navigation (VNAV) feature provides vertical profile guidance during the enroute and
terminal phases of flight. Guidance based on specified altitudes at waypoints in the active flight plan or to a
direct-to waypoint is provided. It includes vertical path guidance to a descending path, which is provided as a
linear deviation from the desired path. The desired path is defined by a line joining two waypoints with specified
altitudes or as a vertical angle from a specified waypoint/altitude. The vertical waypoints are integrated into the
active flight plan. Both manual and autopilot-coupled guidance are supported.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Note: Making course changes greater than 90° during a descent with vertical guidance may cause excessive
and rapid movement of the vertical deviation indicator and SVS Pathways.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The system updates vertical path guidance continuously using ground speed and the calculated distance to
the Bottom of Descent (BOD). Due to turn anticipation guidance (turn-smoothing), distance to the BOD can be
affected by course changes greater than approximately 5 degrees. Ground speed can be affected by factors such as
shifts in wind direction, aircraft power management, pitch angle, and course changes. Abrupt and/or substantial
changes to either the distance to the BOD, ground speed, or both can cause similarly abrupt/substantial changes
in vertical path guidance.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Because of turn-smoothing, changes to both distance to the BOD and ground speed tend to be more extreme
when the BOD is also a waypoint that marks a large course change. These speed and distance changes will be
accounted for in the computed required vertical path and reflected in the vertical guidance indications.
VNAV
Enabled
Button
AFCS
VNAV
Enabled
Button
-VNAV
Disabled
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
-VNAV Enabled
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 5-132 VNAV Profile Screen - Enable/Disable VNAV
280
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
Current Vertical
Navigation Profile
Enabled (valid data)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
VNAV Altitude
Contraint
Figure 5-133 Active Flight Plan Pane - VNAV Enabled
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Current Vertical
Navigation Profile
Disabled (fields dashed)
VNAV Altitude
Contraint
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-134 Active Flight Plan Pane - VNAV Disabled
Enabling/Disabling VNAV guidance:
APPENDICES
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan > VNAV
2) Touch the VNAV Enabled Button to enable/disable vertical navigation.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
Canceling vertical navigation results in vertical deviation (V DEV), vertical speed required (VS REQ), and time
to top of descent/bottom of descent (TIME TO TOD/BOD) going invalid. The Vertical Deviation Indicator (VDI)
and Required Vertical Speed Indicator (RVSI) on the PFD are removed, and the V DEV, VS REQ, and TIME TO
TOD items displayed in the CURRENT VNV PROFILE box are dashed. VNAV remains disabled until manually
enabled. Vertical guidance in reversionary mode can only be enabled for a direct-to waypoint.
281
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The system allows a vertical navigation direct-to to any waypoint in the active flight plan with an altitude
constraint “designated” for vertical guidance. Selecting the VNAV ¯ Button on the VNAV Profile Screen
allows the flight plan to be flown, while vertical guidance based on the altitude constraint at the VNAV direct-to
waypoint is provided. The altitude change begins immediately and is spread along the flight plan from current
position to the vertical direct-to waypoint, not just along the leg for the direct-to waypoint. A direct-to with
altitude constraint activated by pressing the ¯ Key also provides vertical guidance, but would bypass flight plan
waypoints between the current position in the flight plan and the direct-to waypoint. A top of descent (TOD)
point is computed based on the default flight path angle; descent begins once the TOD is reached.
Vertical Speed Target Button
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Flight Path Angle Button
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
VNAV ¯ Button
Figure 5-135 VNAV Profile Screen - Vertical Navigation Profile Modification
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
VNAV Waypoint Selection Button
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-136 Selecting the VNAV Direct To Waypoint
Activating a vertical navigation direct to:
APPENDICES
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan > VNAV
2) Touch the VNAV ¯ Button to display the Select VNAV Direct To Screen with a list of possible Vertical
navigation direct to choices.
3) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch a VNAV waypoint selection button.
4)
Touch the Activate Button.
INDEX
5) Touch the Activate Button in response to “Activate Vertical ¯: NNNNNFT at XXXXXX” to initiate the vertical
navigation direct to. Vertical guidance begins to the altitude constraint for the selected waypoint. To cancel the
request, touch the Cancel Button.
282
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
Current Vertical
Navigation Profile
- Prior to VNAV Direct To
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-137 Active Flight Plan Pane - VNAV Direct To Not Active
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Current Vertical
Navigation Profile
- After VNAV Direct To
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-138 Active Flight Plan Pane - VNAV Direct To Active
APPENDICES
The vertical navigation profile can be modified by directly entering a vertical speed target (VS TGT) and/or flight
path angle (FPA) on the VNAV Profile Screen.
Modifying the VS TGT and FPA:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan > VNAV
2) Touch the Vertical Speed Target Button or the Flight Path Angle Button to display the keypad.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
3) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select the vertical speed target or the flight path angle.
283
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Altitude Constraints
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The system can use altitude constraints associated with lateral waypoints to give guidance for vertical
navigation. These altitudes are, depending on the specific instance, manually entered or retrieved from the
published altitudes in the navigation database. The navigation database only contains altitudes for procedures
that call for “Cross at” altitudes. If the procedure states “Expect to cross at,” then the altitude is not in the
database. In this case the altitude may be entered manually.
Altitude Constraint Examples
Displayed Text Examples
Light Blue Text with
Pencil Icon
EIS
5OOOFT
Cross AT or ABOVE 5,000 ft
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
23OOFT
Cross AT 2,300 ft
White Text
Light Blue Text
3OOOFT
Cross AT or BELOW 3,000 ft
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
White Text with Altitude
Restriction Bars
Figure 5-139 Active Flight Plan Screen - Waypoint Altitude Constraints
White Text
Light Blue Text
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Altitude calculated by the system estimating
the altitude of the aircraft as it passes over
the navigation point, or altitude retrieved
from the navigation database. The altitude is
provided as a reference and is not designated
to be used in determining vertical speed and
deviation guidance.
Altitude is designated for use in giving
vertical speed and deviation guidance.
Altitude does not match the published
altitude in navigation database or no
published altitude exists. The pencil icon
indicates manual designation or manual
data entry.
Light Blue Subdued Text
The system cannot use this
altitude in determining vertical
speed and deviation guidance
because of an invalid constraint
condition.
AFCS
Table 5-8 Altitude Constraint Color Coding
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Altitudes associated with arrival and approach procedures are “auto-designated”. This means the system
automatically uses the altitudes loaded with the arrival or approach for giving vertical speed and deviation
guidance. Note that these altitudes are displayed as blue text up to, but not including, the FAF. The FAF is
always a “reference only” altitude and cannot be designated, unless the selected approach does not provide
vertical guidance. In this case, the FAF altitude can be designated.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Altitudes that have been designated for use in vertical guidance can be “un-designated”. The altitude is now
displayed only as a reference. It is not used to give vertical guidance. Other displayed altitudes may change
due to re-calculations or be rendered invalid as a result of manually changing an altitude to a non-designated
altitude.
284
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Designating the current waypoint altitude to be used for vertical guidance:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan
2) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch a VNAV ALT button to display the VNAV Altitude Window.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3)
Touch the Enter Button to designate the current altitude to be used for vertical guidance. The altitude is now
shown in blue, indicating it is usable for vertical guidance.
VNAV ALT Button
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-140 Active Flight Plan Screen - Waypoint Altitude Designation
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Altitude constraints are displayed and entered to the nearest foot mean sea level (MSL) or flight level to the
nearest hundred feet. An altitude constraint in feet above ground level (AGL) format is supported for airports.
When a database altitude restriction is displayed, the system allows entry of a different altitude when creating
a waypoint, effectively overriding the database restriction (only before the FAF). When a database altitude
restriction of type “AT or ABOVE” or “AT or BELOW” is activated, the system uses the “AT” portion of the
restriction to define the vertical profile.
An altitude constraint is invalid if:
• Meeting the constraint requires the aircraft to climb
AFCS
• Meeting the constraint requires the maximum flight path angle or maximum vertical speed to be exceeded
• The altitude constraint results in a TOD behind the aircraft present position
• The constraint is within a leg type for which altitude constraints are not supported
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• The altitude constraint is added to the FAF of an approach that provides vertical guidance (i.e., ILS or GPS
SBAS approach)
• The altitude constraint is added to a waypoint past the FAF.
APPENDICES
Selecting and designating a new waypoint altitude to be used for vertical guidance:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan
2) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch a VNAV ALT button to display the VNAV Altitude Window.
3)
If necessary, touch the Flight Level Button or the MSL Button to choose the altitude entry type.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
4) Use the keypad to select a new VNAV altitude and touch the Enter Button to designate the new altitude to be
used for vertical guidance. The altitude is now shown in blue, indicating it is usable for vertical guidance.
285
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Altitude constraints can be modified or deleted after having been added to the flight plan. In the event
an altitude constraint is deleted and the navigation database contains an altitude restriction for the lateral
waypoint, the system displays the altitude restriction from the database provided no predicted altitude
can be provided. The system also provides a way to reinstate a published altitude constraint that has been
edited.
Removing an altitude constraint provided by the navigation database:
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan
2) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch a VNAV ALT button to display the VNAV Altitude Window.
EIS
3)
Touch the Remove VNAV ALT Button. A ‘Remove VNAV altitude?’ window is displayed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Touch the OK Button. The altitude is now shown in white, indicating it is not usable for vertical guidance. To
cancel the request, touch the Cancel Button.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Manually Entered Constraint
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Database Constraint
Figure 5-141 Active Flight Plan Screen - Deleting Altitude Constraints
Removing an altitude constraint that has been manually entered:
AFCS
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan
2) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch a VNAV ALT button to display the VNAV Altitude Window.
3)
Touch the Remove VNAV ALT Button. A ‘Remove VNAV altitude?’ window is displayed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Touch the OK Button. The altitude is now shown in white, indicating it is not usable for vertical guidance. To
cancel the request, touch the Cancel Button.
Reverting a manually entered altitude constraint back to the navigation database value:
APPENDICES
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan
2) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch a VNAV ALT button to display the VNAV Altitude Window.
3)
Touch the Remove VNAV ALT Button. A ‘Remove or Revert to published VNAV altitude of nnnnnFT?’
confirmation window is displayed.
INDEX
4) Touch the Revert Button. The altitude is now the database altitude and is shown in light blue, indicating it is
usable for vertical guidance.
286
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5.8Procedures
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The system can access the whole range of instrument procedures available. Departures (DPs), arrivals (STARs),
and non-precision and precision approaches (APPRs) are stored within the database and can be loaded using the
Touchscreen Controller or the Procedures (PROC) Key on the GDU Controller.
EIS
The selected procedure for the departure or arrival airport is added to the active flight plan. No waypoints are
required to be in the active flight plan to load procedures; however, if the departure and arrival airport are already
loaded, the procedure selection screen defaults to the appropriate airport, saving some time selecting the correct
airport. Whenever an approach is selected, the choice to either “Load” or “Load & Activate” is given. “Loading”
adds the approach to the end of the flight plan without immediately using it for navigation guidance. This
allows continued navigation via the intermediate waypoints in the original flight plan, but keeps the procedure
available for quick activation when needed. “Activating” also adds the procedure to the end of the flight plan but
immediately begins to provide guidance to the first waypoint in the approach.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Departure
Button
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Arrival
Button
Approach
Button
Touchscreen Controller - Procedures Screen
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Select
Procedure
Menu
Items
PFD - Procedures Window
Figure 5-142 Loading Procedures on the Touchscreen Controller and on the PFD
AFCS
Departures
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
A Departure Procedure (DP) is loaded at the departure airport in the flight plan. Only one departure can be
loaded at a time in a flight plan. If a departure is loaded when another departure is already in the active flight
plan, the new departure replaces the previous departure. The route is defined by selection of a departure, the
transition waypoints, and a runway.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
287
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Loading a Departure into the Active Flight Plan
Loading a departure into the active flight plan using the Touchscreen Controller:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) From Home, touch PROC
2) Touch the Departure Button to display the Departure Selection Screen.
3) If necessary, touch the Airport Button to display the keypad and use it to select the departure airport.
4) Touch the Enter Button to accept the departure airport.
EIS
5) If necessary, touch the Departure Button to display the Select Departure Screen with a list of available
departures.
6) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a departure selection button to select the departure.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
7) If necessary, touch the Transition Button to display the Select Transition Screen with a list of available transitions.
8) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a transition selection button to select the transition.
9) If necessary, touch the Runway Button to display the Select Runway Screen with a list of available runways.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
10) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a runway selection button to select the runway and return to the Departure
Selection Screen.
11) Touch the Preview Button, then the Show on Map Button to show the preview of the departure.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
12) Touch the Load Button to insert the departure into the active flight plan.
288
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Departure
Selection
Button
Runway
Selection
Button
Transition
Selection
Button
EIS
Preview
Button
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Departure
Button
Airport
Button
Transition
Button
Runway
Button
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Loaded
Departure
Departure
Sequence
Remove
Button
AFCS
Load
Button
Figure 5-143 Loading a Departure into the Active Flight Plan
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Loading a departure into the active flight plan using the GDU Controller:
1) Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed.
APPENDICES
2) Highlight ‘SELECT DEPARTURE’.
3) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob. The Select Departure Window is displayed.
4) Use the PFD Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob.
5) Select a departure from the list and press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob.
INDEX
6) Select a runway (if required) and press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob.
7) Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob. ‘LOAD?’ is highlighted.
8) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob to load the departure procedure.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
289
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Viewing available procedures at an airport:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Touch the Proc Tab to display the Airport Procedures Screen.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-144 Loading a Departure into the Active Flight Plan on the PFD
6) Touch the Back Button to return to the Airport Procedures Screen to view another procedure.
1) From Home, touch Waypoint Info > Airport
2) If necessary, touch the Airport Button to display the keypad and use it to select the airport.
4) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a procedure selection button. The procedure selection screen is displayed
for the selected procedure.
5) Touch the Preview Button, then the Show on Map Button to show the preview of the procedure.
7) Repeat steps 4 - 6 as necessary.
Removing a Departure from the Active Flight Plan
AFCS
When plans change while flying IFR, departures can be easily removed from the Active Flight Plan.
Removing a departure from the active flight plan using the Touchscreen Controller:
1) From Home, touch PROC
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Touch the Departure Button to display the Departure Selection Screen.
3) Touch the Remove Button. A ‘Remove departure?’ window is displayed.
APPENDICES
4) Touch the Yes Button. The departure is removed from the active flight plan. To cancel the request, touch the
No Button.
Removing a departure from the active flight plan using the GDU Controller:
1) Press the PROC Key to display the Procedures Window on the PFD.
2) Press the PFD Knob, and turn to highlight the departure header in the active flight plan.
INDEX
3) Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the departure procedure.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob. To cancel the removal request, highlight
‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob.
290
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Arrivals
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A Standard Terminal Arrival (STAR) can be loaded at any airport that has one available. Only one arrival
can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. If an arrival is loaded when another arrival is already in the active
flight plan, the new arrival replaces the previous arrival. The route is defined by selection of an arrival, the
transition waypoints, and a runway.
Loading an Arrival into the Active Flight Plan
Loading an arrival into the active flight plan using the Touchscreen Controller:
EIS
1) From Home, touch PROC
2) Touch the Arrival Button to display the Arrival Selection Screen.
3) If necessary, touch the Airport Button to display the keypad and use it to select the arrival airport.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Touch the Enter Button to accept the arrival airport.
5) If necessary, touch the Arrival Button to display the Select Arrival Screen with a list of available arrivals.
6) Scroll the list if necessary and touch an arrival selection button to select the arrival.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
7) If necessary, touch the Transition Button to display the Select Transition Screen with a list of available transitions.
8) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a transition selection button to select the transition.
9) If necessary, touch the Runway Button to display the Select Runway Screen with a list of available runways.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
10) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a runway selection button to select the runway and return to the Arrival
Selection Screen.
11) Touch the Preview Button, then the Show on Map Button to show the preview of the arrival.
12) Touch the Load Button to insert the arrival into the active flight plan.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
291
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Arrival
Button
Airport
Button
Transition
Button
Runway
Button
Arrival
Selection
Button
EIS
Preview
Button
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Transition
Selection
Button
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Runway
Selection
Button
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Loaded
Arrival
Arrival
Sequence
AFCS
Load
Button
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Remove
Button
Figure 5-145 Loading an Arrival into the Active Flight Plan
Loading an arrival into the active flight plan using the GDU Controller:
1) Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed.
APPENDICES
2) Highlight ‘SELECT ARRIVAL’.
3) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob. The Select Arrival Window is displayed.
4) Use the PFD Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob.
5) Select an arrival from the list and press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob.
INDEX
6) Select a runway (if required) and press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob.
7) Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob. ‘LOAD?’ is highlighted.
8) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob to load the arrival procedure.
292
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
Figure 5-146 Loading an Arrival into the Active Flight Plan on the PFD
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Viewing available procedures at an airport:
1) From Home, touch Waypoint Info > Airport
2) If necessary, touch the Airport Button to display the keypad and use it to select the airport.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Touch the Proc Tab to display the Airport Procedures Screen.
4) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a procedure selection button. The procedure selection screen is displayed
for the selected procedure.
5) Touch the Preview Button, then the Show on Map Button to show the preview of the procedure.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
6) Touch the Back Button to return to the Airport Procedures Screen to view another procedure.
7) Repeat steps 4 - 6 as necessary.
Removing an Arrival from the Active Flight Plan
When plans change while flying IFR, arrivals can be easily removed from the Active Flight Plan.
AFCS
Removing an arrival from the active flight plan using the Touchscreen Controller:
1) From Home, touch PROC
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Touch the Arrival Button to display the Arrival Selection Screen.
3) Touch the Remove Button. A ‘Remove arrival?’ window is displayed.
4) Touch the Yes Button. The arrival is removed from the active flight plan. To cancel the request, touch the No
Button.
APPENDICES
Removing an arrival from the active flight plan using the GDU Controller:
1) Press the PROC Key to display the Procedures Window on the PFD.
2) Press the PFD Knob, and turn to highlight the arrival header in the active flight plan.
3) Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the arrival procedure.
INDEX
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob. To cancel the removal request, highlight
‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
293
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Approaches
NOTE: If certain GPS parameters (SBAS, RAIM, etc.) are not available, some published approach procedures
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
for the desired airport may not be displayed in the list of available approaches.
EIS
An Approach Procedure (APPR) can be loaded at any airport that has one available, and provides guidance
for non-precision and precision approaches to airports with published instrument approach procedures.
Only one approach can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. If an approach is loaded when another approach
is already in the active flight plan, the new approach replaces the previous approach. The route is defined by
selection of an approach and the transition waypoints.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Whenever an approach is selected, the choice to either “Load” or “Load & Activate” is given. “Loading” adds
the approach to the end of the flight plan without immediately using it for navigation guidance. This allows
continued navigation via the intermediate waypoints in the original flight plan, but keeps the procedure
available for quick activation when needed. “Activating” also adds the procedure to the end of the flight plan
but immediately begins to provide guidance to the first waypoint in the approach.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When selecting an approach, a “GPS” designation to the right of the procedure name indicates the procedure
can be flown using the GPS receiver. Some procedures do not have this designation, meaning the GPS
receiver can be used for supplemental navigation guidance only. If the GPS receiver cannot be used for
primary guidance, the appropriate navigation receiver must be used for the selected approach (e.g., VOR or
ILS). The final course segment of ILS approaches, for example, must be flown by tuning the NAV receiver to
the proper frequency and selecting that NAV receiver on the CDI.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The SBAS GPS allows for flying LNAV, LNAV/VNAV, LP, and LPV approaches according to the published
chart. LNAV+V is a standard LNAV approach with advisory vertical guidance provided for assistance in
maintaining a constant vertical glidepath similar to an ILS glideslope on approach. This guidance is displayed
on the system PFD in the same location as the ILS glideslope using a magenta diamond. In all cases where
LNAV+V is indicated by the system during an approach, LNAV minima are used. The active approach type
is annunciated on the HSI as shown in the following table:
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
HSI Annunciation
Description
LNAV
GPS approach using published LNAV
minima
LNAV+V
GPS approach using published LNAV
minima. Advisory vertical guidance is
provided
L/VNAV
GPS approach using published LNAV/
(available only if VNAV minima (downgrades to LNAV if
SBAS available) SBAS unavailable)
LP
GPS approach using published LP
(available only if minima (downgrades to LNAV if SBAS
SBAS available) unavailable)
LPV
GPS approach using published LPV
(available only if minima (downgrades to LNAV if SBAS
SBAS available) unavailable)
Example on HSI
Approach Type
- LNAV, LNAV+V, L/VNAV, LP, LPV
Table 5-9 Approach Types
294
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Loading an Approach into the Active Flight Plan
Loading an approach into the active flight plan using the Touchscreen Controller:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) From Home, touch PROC
2) Touch the Approach Button to display the Approach Selection Screen.
3) Select the airport and approach:
a) If necessary, touch the Airport Button to display the keypad and use it to select the approach airport.
b) Touch the Enter Button to accept the approach airport.
EIS
c) If necessary, touch the Approach Button to display the Select Approach Screen with a list of available
approaches.
d) Scroll the list if necessary and touch an approach selection button to select the approach.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Or:
a) If the SBAS Button is available , touch the SBAS Button to display the keypad and use it to select the SBAS
channel number (The SBAS channel button is only available when an LP, LPV, or no approach is selected).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If the SBAS Button is not available , touch the Approach Button to display the Select Approach Screen, scroll
to the bottom of the list, touch the Select by SBAS Channel Button to display the keypad, and use it to select
the SBAS channel number
b) Touch the Enter Button to accept the SBAS channel and return to the Approach Selection Screen with the
airport and approach selected.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) If necessary, touch the Transition Button to display the Select Transition Screen with a list of available transitions.
5) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a transition selection button to select the transition.
6) To set the minimums, touch the Minimums Button to display the Minimums Screen. If the minimums were Off,
then Baro is automatically selected.
AFCS
a) If Baro is desired, use the keypad to select the barometric minimum altitude.
b) Touch the Enter Button to accept the barometric minimum altitude and return to the Approach Selection
Screen.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Or:
a) If temperature compensated minimum is desired, touch the Minimums Button to display the Minimums Source
Window.
APPENDICES
b) Touch the Temp Comp Button to select temperature compensated minimums and return to the Minimums
Screen.
c) Use the numeric keypad to select the destination temperature.
d) Touch the Enter Button to accept the destination temperature and return to the Minimums Screen.
e) Use the keypad to select the minimums altitude.
INDEX
f) Touch the Enter Button to accept the temperature compensated minimums and return to the Approach Selection
Screen.
7) Touch the Preview Button, then the Show on Map Button to show the preview of the approach.
8) Touch the Load Button to insert the approach into the active flight plan.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
295
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
NOTE: When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach course, the message ‘NOT APPROVED
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FOR GPS’ is displayed. GPS provides guidance to the approach, but the HSI must to be switched to a NAV
receiver to fly the final course of the approach.
Loading an approach into the active flight plan using the GDU Controller:
1) Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed.
2) Highlight ‘SELECT APPROACH’.
EIS
3) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob. The Select Approach Window is displayed.
4) Select the airport and approach:
a) Use the PFD Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
b) Select an approach from the list and press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob.
Or:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
a) If necessary, push the PFD Knob to exit the approach list, and use the large PFD Knob to move the cursor to
the CHNL field.
b) Use the PFD Knob to enter the approach channel number, and press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob to
accept the approach channel number. The airport and approach are selected.
5) Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
6) To set the minimums,:
a) Use the small PFD Knob to select “BARO” (if required) and press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob.
b) Use the PFD Knob to select the barometric minimum altitude.
c) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob to accept the barometric minimum altitude.
Or:
AFCS
a) Use the small PFD Knob to select “TEMP COMP” and press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob.
b) Use the PFD Knob to select the barometric minimum altitude.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
c) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob to accept the barometric minimum altitude.
d) Use the PFD Knob to select the temperature.
e) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob to accept the compensation temperature. ‘LOAD?’ is highlighted.
INDEX
APPENDICES
7) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob to load the approach procedure.
296
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Approach
Button
Airport
Button
Transition
Button
Minimums
Button
Approach
Selection
Button
Preview
Button
EIS
Transition
Selection
Button
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
SBAS
Channel
Button
Approach
Sequence
Load &
Activate
Button
Load
Button
Loaded
Approach
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Remove
Button
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Mininums
Button
Figure 5-147 Loading an Approach into the Active Flight Plan
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 5-148 Loading an Approach into the Active Flight Plan on the PFD
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
297
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Viewing available procedures at an airport:
1) From Home, touch Waypoint Info > Airport
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) If necessary, touch the Airport Button to display the keypad and use it to select the airport.
3) Touch the Proc Tab to display the Airport Procedures Screen.
4) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a procedure selection button. The procedure selection screen is displayed
for the selected procedure.
5) Touch the Preview Button, then the Show on Map Button to show the preview of the procedure.
EIS
6) Touch the Back Button to return to the Airport Procedures Screen to view another procedure.
7) Repeat steps 4 - 6 as necessary.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) From Home, touch Waypoint Info > Airport
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch an approach selection button. The Approach Selection Screen is displayed
on the Touchscreen Controller for the selected approach.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Loading an approach into the active flight plan from the Airport Information Screen:
7) Touch the Load Button to insert the approach into the active flight plan.
2) If necessary, touch the Airport Selection Button to display the keypad and use it to select the destination airport.
3) Touch the Proc Tab to display the Airport Procedures Screen.
5) Touch the Preview Button, then the Show on Map Button to show the preview of the approach.
6) Edit the approach, if required.
Loading an approach into the active flight plan from the Nearest Airport Screen:
1) From Home, touch Nearest > Airport
AFCS
2) If necessary, scroll the list to find the airport and touch the airport selection button to display the Waypoint
Options Window for the selected airport. If the airport is not listed, touch any airport selection button to display
the Waypoint Options Window.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Touch the Airport Info Button to display the Airport Information Screen. If in the previous step, the airport was
not listed, touch the airport button and use the keypad to select the destination airport.
4) Touch the Proc Tab to display the Airport Procedures Screen.
5) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch an approach selection button. The Approach Selection Screen is displayed
on the Touchscreen Controller for the selected approach.
APPENDICES
6) Touch the Preview Button, then the Show on Map Button to show the preview of the approach.
7) Edit the approach, if required.
INDEX
8) Touch the Load Button to insert the approach into the active flight plan.
298
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Activating an Approach
A previously loaded approach can be activated from the Procedures Screen.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Activating a previously loaded approach using the Touchscreen Controller:
1) From Home, touch PROC
2) Touch the Activate Approach Button to activate the approach.
Activating a previously loaded approach using the GDU Controller:
1) Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed.
EIS
2) Highlight ‘ACTIVATE APPROACH’.
3) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob. The approach is activated.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Touchscreen Controller - Procedures Screen
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Activate
Approach
Button
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
ACTIVATE
APPROACH
Selected
PFD - Procedures Window
Figure 5-149 Activating an Approach on the Touchscreen Controller and on the PFD
AFCS
In many cases, it may be easiest to “load” the full approach while still some distance away, enroute to the
destination airport. Later, if vectored to final, select ‘Activate Vector-To-Final’, which makes the inbound
course to the FAF waypoint active.
Activating a previously loaded approach with vectors to final using the Touchscreen Controller:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) From Home, touch PROC
2) Touch the Activate Vectors To Final Button to activate vectors to final.
Activating a previously loaded approach using the GDU Controller:
APPENDICES
1) Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed.
2) Highlight ‘ACTIVATE VECTOR-TO-FINAL’.
3) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob. Vector to final is activated.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
299
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ACTIVATE
VECTORTO-FINAL
Selected
EIS
Activate
Vectors To
Final Button
Touchscreen Controller - Procedures Screen
PFD - Procedures Window
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-150 Activating Vectors to Final on the Touchscreen Controller and on the PFD
Removing an Approach from the Active Flight Plan
When plans change while flying IFR, approaches can be easily removed from the Active Flight Plan.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Removing an approach from the active flight plan using the Touchscreen Controller:
1) From Home, touch PROC
2) Touch the Approach Button to display the Arrival Selection Screen.
3) Touch the Remove Button. A ‘Remove approach?’ window is displayed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Touch the Yes Button. The approach is removed from the active flight plan. To cancel the request, touch the
No Button.
Removing an approach from the active flight plan using the GDU Controller:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Window on the PFD.
AFCS
2) Press the PFD Knob, and turn to highlight the approach header in the active flight plan.
3) Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the approach procedure.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob. To cancel the removal request, highlight
‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key or the smal PFD Knob.
Missed Approach
Activating a missed approach in the active flight plan:
APPENDICES
1) From Home, touch PROC
2) Touch the Activate Missed Approach Button to activate the missed approach. The aircraft automatically
sequences to the MAHP.
Or:
INDEX
1) Press the PROC Key on the GDU Controller. The Procedures Window is displayed on the PFD.
2) Highlight ‘ACTIVATE MISSED APPROACH’.
3) Press the ENT Key or the small PFD Knob to activate the missed approach. The aircraft automatically sequences
to the MAHP.
300
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Or:
Press the Go-Around Button.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Touchscreen Controller - Procedures Screen
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Activate
Missed
Approach
Button
EIS
ACTIVATE
MISSED
APPROACH
Selected
PFD - Procedures Window
Figure 5-151 Activating a Missed Approach on the Touchscreen Controller and on the PFD
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Temperature Compensated Altitude
A temperature compensated altitude can be computed and used for a loaded approach. A temperature
compensated altitude is displayed with a snowflake ( ) icon.
Enabling temperature compensated altitude:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) From Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options.
2) Touch the Temp Compensation Button to display the Temp Compensation Screen.
3) Touch the Temp Compensation Annunciator Button to enable/disable temperature compensation of the
approach waypoints.
AFCS
4) Touch the <airport> Temp Button to display the numeric keypad. Use the keypad and the Enter Button to
select the temperature at the <airport>. The compensated altitudes are computed and shown in the flight plan.
APPENDICES
<airport>
Temp Button
Temp
Compensation
Button
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Temp
Compensation
Annunciator
Button
FAF Altitude
and
Compensated
Altitude
Figure 5-152 Flight Plan Options Screen - Temperature Compensation
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
301
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Course To Altitude
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In this missed approach procedure, the altitude immediately following the MAP (in this case ‘1426ft’) is not
part of the published procedure. It is simply a Course to Altitude (CA) leg which guides the aircraft along
the runway centerline until the required altitude required to safely make the first turn toward the MAHP
is exceeded. In this case, if the aircraft altitude is below the specified altitude (1,426 feet) after crossing
the MAP, a direct-to is established to provide a course on runway heading until an altitude of 1,426 feet
reached. After reaching 1,426 feet, a direct-to is established to the published MAHP (in this case LYMES).
If the aircraft altitude is above the specified altitude after crossing the MAP, a direct-to is established to the
published fix (LYMES) to begin the missed approach procedure. The altitude constraint value defaults to
400 feet AGL when there is no Course to Altitude defined in the published procedure.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
In some missed approach procedures this Course to Altitude leg may be part of the published procedure.
For example, the procedure dictates a climb to 5,500 feet, then turn left and proceed to the Missed Approach
Hold Point (MAHP). In this case, The altitude would be appear in the list of waypoints as ‘5500ft’. Again, if
the aircraft altitude is lower than the prescribed altitude, a direct-to is established on a Course to Altitude leg
when the missed approach procedure is activated.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Course to Altitude Leg
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 5-153 Course to Altitude
302
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5.9Trip Planning
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The system allows the pilot to view trip planning information, fuel information, and other information for a
specified flight plan or flight plan leg based on automatic data, or based on manually entered data.
Trip Planning
All of the input of data needed for calculation and viewing of the statistics is done on the Trip Planning Screen
on the Touchscreen Controller.
EIS
Trip Route Button
Selected Route Segment
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Input Data (sensor/pilot)
Manual Entry Button
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- Departure Time (local)
- Ground Speed
- Fuel On Board
- Fuel Flow
- Calibrated Airspeed
- Indicated Altitude
- Barometric Pressure
- Total Air Temperature
Figure 5-154 Trip Planning Screen - Manual Mode
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Preview of Selected
Flight Plan/Flight Plan Leg
AFCS
Selected Route Segment
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Fuel Statistics
- Efficiency
- Total Endurance
- Remaining Fuel
- Remaining Endurance
- Fuel Required
- Total Range
Trip Statistics
APPENDICES
Desired Track Distance Estimated Time Enroute Estimated Time of Arrival Enroute Safe Altitude Sunrise Time (local) Sunset Time (local) -
Other Statistics
Figure 5-155 Trip Planning Pane
- Density Altitude
- True Airspeed (TAS)
INDEX
The trip planning inputs are based on sensor inputs (automatic mode) or on pilot inputs (manual entry
mode). Some additional explanation of the sources for some of the inputs is as follows:
• Departure time (Depart Time) - This defaults to the current time in automatic page mode. The computations
are from the aircraft present position, so the aircraft is always just departing.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
303
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
• Calibrated airspeed (Cal Airspeed) - The primary source is from the air data system, and the secondary source
of information is GPS ground speed.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Indicated altitude (Indicated Alt) - The primary source is the barometric altitude, and the secondary source
of information is GPS altitude.
Trip Statistics
The trip statistics are calculated based on the trip route selected and the trip planning inputs.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Trip Route Mode
Trip Route Button
Description
Stored Flight Plan Cumulative Mode
Waypoints are the starting and ending waypoints of the selected
flight plan.
Stored Flight Plan Leg Mode
Waypoints are the endpoints of the selected leg.
Active Flight Plan Remaining Mode
The ‘from’ waypoint is the present position of the aircraft or a
selected waypoint, and the ‘to’ waypoint is the endpoint of the
active flight plan.
Active Flight Plan Leg Mode
The ‘from’ waypoint is the present position of the aircraft or a
selected waypoint, and the ‘to’ waypoint is the endpoint of the
selected leg
Waypoint Mode
Manually selected waypoints (if there is an active flight plan,
these default to the endpoints of the active leg).
Some of the calculated trip statistics are dashed when the selected leg of the active flight plan has already
been flown.
• Desired Track (DTK) - DTK is shown as nnn° and is the desired track between the selected waypoints.
It is dashed unless only a single leg is selected.
AFCS
• Distance (DIS) - The distance is shown in tenths of units up to 99.9, and in whole units up to 9999.
• Estimated time enroute (ETE) - ETE is shown as hours:minutes until less than an hour, then it is shown
as minutes:seconds.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Estimated time of arrival (ETA) - ETA is shown as hours:minutes and is the local time at the
destination.
- If in waypoint mode then the ETA is the ETE added to the departure time.
APPENDICES
- If a stored flight plan is selected it shows the ETA by adding to the departure time all of the ETEs of the
legs up to the selected leg. If the entire flight plan is selected, then the ETA is calculated as if the last
leg of the flight plan was selected.
INDEX
- If the active flight plan is selected the ETA reflects the current position of the aircraft and the current
leg being flown. The ETA is calculated by adding to the current time the ETEs of the current leg up to
and including the selected leg. If the entire flight plan is selected, then the ETA is calculated as if the
last leg of the flight plan was selected.
• Enroute safe altitude (ESA) - The ESA is shown as nnnnnFT
• Destination sunrise and sunset times (SUNRISE, SUNSET) - These times are shown as hours:minutes
and are the local time at the destination.
304
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Fuel Statistics
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The fuel statistics are calculated based on the selected starting and ending waypoints and the trip planning
inputs. Some of the calculated trip statistics are dashed when the selected leg of the active flight plan has
already been flown.
• Fuel efficiency (EFFICIENCY) - This value is calculated by dividing the current ground speed by the
current fuel flow.
• Time of fuel endurance (TOTAL ENDUR) - This time is shown as hours:minutes. This value is obtained
by dividing the amount of fuel on board by the current fuel flow.
EIS
• Fuel on board upon reaching end of selected leg (REM FUEL) - This value is calculated by taking the
amount of fuel onboard and subtracting the fuel required to reach the end of the selected leg.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Fuel endurance remaining at end of selected leg (REM ENDUR) - This value is calculated by taking the time
of fuel endurance and subtracting the estimated time enroute to the end of the selected leg.
• Fuel required for trip (FUEL REQ) - This value is calculated by multiplying the time to go by the fuel
flow.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Total range at entered fuel flow (TOTAL RANGE) - This value is calculated by multiplying the time of fuel
endurance by the ground speed.
Other Statistics
These statistics are calculated based on the system sensor inputs or the manual trip planning inputs.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Density altitude (DENSITY ALT)
• True airspeed (TRUE AIRSPEED)
Selecting the Stored Flight Plan - Cumulative trip route mode:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Trip Planning
AFCS
2) Touch the Trip Route Button to display the Input Selection Window.
3) Touch the Select from Flight Plan Button to display the Select Flight Plan Screen.
4) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch a stored flight plan button to display the Select Flight Plan Leg Screen.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5) Touch the Cumulative Flight Plan Button to select the mode and return to the Trip Planning Screen.
Selecting the Stored Flight Plan - Leg trip route mode:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Trip Planning
APPENDICES
2) Touch the Trip Route Button to display the Input Selection Window.
3) Touch the Select from Flight Plan Button to display the Select Flight Plan Screen.
4) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch a stored flight plan button to display the Select Flight Plan Leg Screen.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
5) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch a flight plan leg selection button to select the mode and return to the Trip
Planning Screen.
305
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Selecting the Active Flight Plan - Remaining trip route mode:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Trip Planning
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Touch the Trip Route Button to display the Input Selection Window.
3) Touch the Select from Flight Plan Button to display the Select Flight Plan Screen.
4) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch the active flight plan button to display the Select Flight Plan Leg Screen.
5) Touch the Remaining Flight Plan Button to select the mode and return to the Trip Planning Screen.
Selecting the Active Flight Plan - Leg trip route mode:
EIS
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Trip Planning
2) Touch the Trip Route Button to display the Input Selection Window.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Touch the Select from Flight Plan Button to display the Select Flight Plan Screen.
4) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch the active flight plan button to display the Select Flight Plan Leg Screen.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch a flight plan leg selection button to select the mode and return to the Trip
Planning Screen.
Selecting the waypoints trip route mode:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Trip Planning
2) Touch the Trip Route Button to display the Input Selection Window.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Touch the Select Starting and Ending Waypoints Button to display the Select Starting and Ending Locations
Window.
4) Touch the starting waypoint button to display the Select Starting Location Window.
5) Touch the Present Position Button to use the present position of the aircraft and return to the Select Starting
and Ending Locations Window.
AFCS
Or:
5) Touch the Waypoint Button to select a waypoint using the keypad and return to the Select Starting and Ending
Locations Window.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) Touch the ending waypoint button to to select a waypoint using the keypad and return to the Select Starting
and Ending Locations Window.
7) Touch the Accept Button to select the mode and return to the Trip Planning Screen.
APPENDICES
When the manual entry mode is selected, the other eight trip input data fields must be entered by the pilot,
in addition to flight plan and leg selection.
Entering manual data for trip statistics calculations:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Trip Planning
2) Touch the Manual Entry Button to enable the manual entry data field buttons.
INDEX
3) Touch an input data field button and use the keypad to select the value.
4) Touch the Enter Button to accept the value and return to the Trip Planning Screen.
5) Repeat steps 3 and 4 for each of the data fields.
306
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5.10Navigating a Flight Plan
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The following discussion is an example of navigating a flight plan with the SBAS capable GPS system while the
system provides vertical guidance through descents. A lateral flight plan (LNAV) would be navigated in much the
same way, but would not include vertical guidance when the final approach course is active.
nOTE: The following example flight plan is for instructional purposes only. All database information depicted
should be considered not current.
EIS
The example is a flight plan from KMKC to KCOS filed using the TIFTO2 departure, various Victor Airways,
and the DBRY1 arrival with the transition at TBE. The flight plan includes an enroute altitude of 12,000 feet, an
LPV (WAAS) approach selected for runway 35R, and a missed approach executed at the Missed Approach Point
(MAP). A few enroute changes are demonstrated.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Prior to departure, the TIFTO2 departure, the airways, and the DBRY1 arrival at KCOS are loaded. See the
Procedures section for loading departures and arrivals. Note the magenta arrow in Figure 5-156 indicating the
active departure leg.
After takeoff, ATC assigns a heading of 240º.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Figure 5-156 shows the aircraft on the assigned heading of 240º. ‘TERM’ (Terminal) is the current CDI flight
phase displayed on the HSI indicating 1.0 nm CDI scaling.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-156 Assigned Heading of 240º
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
307
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) ATC now assigns routing to join V4. A heading of 290º is assigned to intercept V4. The aircraft turns to heading
290° as seen in Figure 5-157.
Figure 5-157 Assigned Heading of 290º
4) Enter V4 into the flight plan.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
a) From Home on the Touchscreen Controller, touch the Flight Plan Button to display the Active Flight Plan
Screen as shown in Figure 5-158.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 5-158 Begin Adding V4 to the Active Flight Plan
308
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
b) The desired entry point for V4 (TOP) must be entered. Touch the desired waypoint selection button (SLN) shown
in Figure 5-159 to display the Waypoint Options Window.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-159 Selecting the Insertion Point
c) Touch the Insert Before Button shown in Figure 5-160 to display the keypad.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 5-160 Entering V4 Entry Point
d) Use the keypad to select the desired entry point for V4, Topeka VOR (TOP), as shown in Figure 5-161.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
Figure 5-161 Selecting V4 Entry Point
309
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
e) Touch the Enter Button. TOP is inserted into the flight plan as in Figure 5-162.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-162 TOP Inserted into the Flight Plan
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
f) Touch the desired waypoint selection button (TOP) to display the Waypoint Options Window (Figure 5-163).
AFCS
Figure 5-163 Begin Selecting the Airway
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
g) Touch the Load Airway Button to display the list of available airways for TOP as seen in Figure 5-164.
INDEX
Figure 5-164 List of Available Airways for TOP
310
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
h) Touch the V4 Button to select the airway, and to display the list of available exit points for V4. Scroll the list to
find SLN (Figure 5-165).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-165 List of Available Exits for V4
h) Touch the SLN Button to select the Salina VOR (SLN). The selected airway entry, exit, and waypoint sequence
are displayed as shown in Figure 5-166.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 5-166 Ready to Load V4
i) Touch the Load Airway Button. V4 is loaded into the Active Flight Plan.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 5-167 V4 Loaded
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
311
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
5) Making V4 the active leg of the flight plan.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
a) Touch the ULNAZ Button to display the Waypoint Options Window as shown in Figure 5-168.
Figure 5-168 Activating V4 Leg
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
b) Touch the Activate Leg to Waypoint Button. The confirmation window is now displayed as in Figure 5-169.
AFCS
Figure 5-169 Comfirm Active Leg
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
c) Touch the OK Button to activate the leg (Figure 5-170).
Figure 5-170 V4 Leg is Active
312
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
d) Note in Figure 5-171, the magenta arrow in the flight plan window and magenta line on the map indicating V4
is now the active flight plan leg. Note the phase of flight remained in Terminal (TERM) mode up to this point
because a departure leg was active. Since a leg after the departure is now active, the current CDI flight phase is
ENR (Enroute) and CDI scaling has changed to 2.0 nm.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-171 V4 Now Active Leg
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
6) The aircraft continues on heading 290º. When crosstrack distance is less than 2.0 nm, the XTK disappears from
the HSI and the CDI is positioned on the last dot indicating a 2.0 nm distance from the centerline of the next
course.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
313
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
7) As the CDI approaches center, the aircraft turns onto the active leg as seen in Figure 5-172.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-172 Turn on to Active Leg
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
8) At SLN, Victor Airway 244 (V244) is intercepted. Turn prompts are displayed in the PFD Navigation Status Box
as seen in Figure 5-173.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-173 Turn to Intercept V244
314
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
9) As seen in Figure 5-174, V244 is now the active flight plan leg.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-174 V244 Now Active Leg
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
10) At Lamar VOR (LAA) V263 is intercepted. See Figure 5-175
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 5-175 WIZGE to LAA Leg Active
11) ATC grants clearance to proceed direct to the OPSHN intersection to begin the arrival procedure. ATC advises
to expect an altitude of 10,000 feet at OPSHN.
a) From Home, touch the Direct To Button.
INDEX
b) Touch the Flight Plan Tab, and scroll the list to find OPSHN.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
315
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
c) Touch the OPSHN Button. The Direct To Screen is now displayed as shown in Figure 5-176.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-176 Direct To OPSHN
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
d) Touch the VNAV Altitude Button to display the keypad to select the VNAV altitude as shown in Figure 5-177.
AFCS
Figure 5-177 Enter VNAV Altitude
e) An altitude of 10,000 feet is selected as requested by ATC.
f) Touch the Enter Button to accept the altitude value and return to the Direct To Screen.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
g) Touch the VNAV Offset Button to display the keypad to select the offset distance as shown in Figure 5-178.
Figure 5-178 Enter VNV Offset Distance
316
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
h) An offset, or distance from the waypoint at which to reach the selected altitude of three miles prior to OPSHN is
selected. In other words, the system gives vertical guidance so the aircraft arrives at an altitude of 10,000 feet
three miles prior to OPSHN.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
i) Touch the Enter Button to accept the offset distance and return to the Direct To Screen.
j) Press the Activate ¯ OPSHN Button to activate the direct to.
Note, in Figure 5-179, the magenta arrow indicating the direct-to OPSHN after the offset waypoint for OPSHN.
The preceding offset waypoint indicates the offset distance and altitude that were previously entered. The
remaining waypoints in the loaded arrival procedure have no database specified altitudes, therefore, dashes are
displayed. Keep the CDI centered and maintain a track along the magenta line to OPSHN.
EIS
Note the Direct-to waypoint is within the loaded arrival procedure, therefore, phase of flight scaling for the CDI
changes to Terminal Mode and is annunciated by displaying ‘TERM’ on the HSI.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 5-179 Direct To Active
12) The aircraft is proceeding to OPSHN. The expected approach is the RNAV LPV approach to runway 35R, so it is
selected.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
a) From Home, touch the PROC Button. to display the Procedures Screen (Figure 5-180).
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 5-180 Procedures Screen
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
317
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
b) Touch the Approach Button to display the Approach Selection Screen with KCOS selected as the destination
airport as shown in Figure 5-181.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-181 Approach Selection Screen
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
c) Touch the Approach Button. A list of available approaches for the destination airport is displayed as in Figure
5-182.
Figure 5-182 List of Available Approaches
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
d) Scroll the list to select the LPV approach for 35R as shown in Figure 5-183.
Figure 5-183 RNAV 35R LPV Approach Shown
318
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
e) Touch the RNAV GPS Y 35R LPV Button. A list of available transitions for the selected approach is displayed
as in Figure 5-184.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-184 Select Transition Screen - List of Available Transitions
f) Touch the HABUK iaf Button to select it as the transition and return to the Approach Selection Screen as shown
in Figure 5-185.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 5-185 Approach Selected
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
g) Touch the Minimums Button to select the minimum descent altitude (Figure 5-186). Touch the Baro Button
and select the altitude using the keypad.
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 5-186 Selecting the Minimums
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
319
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
h) Touch the Enter Button to accept the minimum descent altitude and return to the Approach Selection Screen
(Figure 5-187).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-187 Minimums Set
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
i) Touch the Load Button. The selected approach is added to the flight plan as seen in Figure 5-188.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-188 Loaded Approach
320
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
13) Note the altitude constraints associated with each of the approach waypoints as seen in Figure 5-189. The
altitudes loaded from the database are displayed as light blue text, indicating these values are “designated”
for use in computing vertical deviation guidance. Items in white are “non-designated” and are not used for
computing vertical guidance.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Note: To use the displayed altitude for calculating vertical deviation guidance, perform the following:
a) Touch the FALUR altitude button (e.g. 8100FT).
b) Touch the Enter Button.
After making the altitude “designated”, it is displayed as light blue text (Figure 5-190).
EIS
Altitude constraint values associated with the Final Approach Fix (FAF) and waypoints beyond the FAF cannot be
designated for vertical guidance. These altitude values are always displayed as white text, as in Figure 5-190.
Vertical guidance from the FAF and on to the Missed Approach Point (MAP) is given using the WAAS GPS
altitude source, therefore, the displayed altitude values are for reference only.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-189 FALUR Not Designated for Vertical Guidance
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 5-190 FALUR Designated for Vertical Guidance
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
321
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
14) As the aircraft approaches OPSHN, it may be desirable to adjust the speed, or steepness of the upcoming
descent. The default Flight Path Angle (FPA) is -2.5 degrees and a required vertical speed is computed to
maintain the -2.5 FPA. To change the vertical flight path, perform the following steps.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
a) From Home, touch Flight Plan > VNAV to display the VNAV Profile Screen as shown in Figure 5-191.
b) Touch the Vertical Speed Target Button to adjust the vertical speed, or touch the Flight Path Angle Button
to adjust the FPA. Touching either button will display the keypad to select the desired value.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Note the information now displayed in the ‘CURRENT VNV PROFILE’ box (Figure 5-192). Also, note the offset
waypoint (orange box) and gray circle are now displayed on the map. The gray circle marks the Top of Descent
(TOD). In this example, vertical guidance is provided at the TOD that results in a -2.5 degree FPA descent to an
altitude of 10,000 feet upon reaching the offset waypoint.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-191 Adjusting the Descent
Figure 5-192 Adjusting the Descent
INDEX
c) Touch the Enter Button to accept the selected value.
322
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
15) As seen in Figure 5-193, the aircraft is approaching TOD. Note the target vertical speed required to reach the
selected altitude. The Vertical Deviation Indicator (VDI) and the Required Vertical Speed Indicator (RVSI) are
now displayed on the PFD as shown in Figure 5-194. When the aircraft is within one minute of the TOD, it is
annunciated as shown in Figure 5-194, and an aural alert ‘Vertical track’ will be heard.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-193 Approaching Top of Descent (TOD)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Vertical Deviation
Indicator (VDI)
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Required Vertical
Speed Indicator
(RVSI)
APPENDICES
Figure 5-194 VDI & RVSI Upon Reaching Top of Descent (TOD)
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
323
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
16) Upon reaching TOD, a descent vertical speed is established by placing the VSI pointer in line with the RVSI as
shown in Figure 5-195 .
EIS
Keep Vertical Deviation
Indicator Centered
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Align Actual Vertical Speed
with
Required Vertical Speed
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-195 VDI & RVSI Showing Correctly Established Descent
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
17) When the aircraft is one minute from the bottom of descent (BOD) it is annunciated as shown in Figure 5-196.
Upon reaching the offset waypoint for OPSHN, the aircraft is at 10,000 feet.
INDEX
Figure 5-196 Approaching Bottom of Descent (BOD) at OPSHN Offset Waypoint
324
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
18) The aircraft is approaching OPSHN. The upcoming turn and next heading are annunciated at the top left of the
PFD as seen in Figure 5-197. Initiate the turn and maneuver the aircraft on a track through the turn radius to
intercept the magenta line for the OPSHN to FSHER leg and center the CDI.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 5-197 Turn to intercept OPSHN to FSHER Leg
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
325
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
19) After passing OPSHN, the next leg of the arrival turns magenta as shown in Figure 5-198. The magenta arrow
in the flight plan list now indicates the OPSHN to FSHER leg of the arrival procedure is now active.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-198 Tracking the OPSHN to FSHER Leg
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
20) The flight continues through the arrival procedure to FSHER (see Figure 5-199). At a point 31 nm from the
destination airport, the phase of flight scaling for the CDI changes to Terminal Mode and is annunciated by
displaying ‘TERM’ on the HSI.
Figure 5-199 Awaiting Vectors to Final
INDEX
After FSHER, you receive a radar vector to the final approach. Annunciations for the upcoming turn and descent,
as well as the VDI and RVSI, appear on the PFD as the flight progresses.
326
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
21) Establish the course provided. When the course is established, activate Vectors To FInal.
a) From Home, touch PROC.
b) Touch the Activate Vectors to Final Button.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-200 Activating Vectors To Final
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
d) The active leg is now the established course direct to CEGIX faf (see Figure 5-201). The flight phase changes
to LPV on the HSI indicating the current phase of flight is in Approach Mode and the approach type is LPV. CDI
scaling changes accordingly and is used much like a localizer when flying an ILS approach. The RVSI is no longer
displayed and the VDI changes to the Glidepath Indicator (as shown in Figure 5-201) when the final approach
course becomes active.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The descent continues through the FAF (CEGIX) using the Glidepath Indicator, as one would use a glideslope
indicator, to obtain an altitude “AT or ABOVE” 8,100 feet at the FAF. Note the altitude restriction line under (At
or Above) the altitude in the ‘ALT’ field in Figure 5-201.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 5-201 Vectors To Final Approach is Now Active
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
327
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Note: In circumstances where it is required to manually activate the approach procedure, perform the following
steps:
a) From Home, touch PROC.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
b) Touch the Activate Approach Button (see Figure 5-200).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
22) After crossing CEGIX, the aircraft continues following the glidepath to maintain the descent to “AT or ABOVE”
6,370 feet at the Missed Approach Point (MAP) (RW35R) as seen in Figure 5-202.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-202 Descending to the Missed Approach Point
328
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
23) Upon reaching the MAP, it is decided to execute a missed approach. Automatic waypoint sequencing is
suspended past the MAP. Select the SUSP Softkey on the PFD to resume automatic waypoint sequencing
through the missed approach procedure.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A direct-to is initiated to WABOP. The aircraft is climbing to reach 9,000 feet at the Missed Approach Hold Point
(MAHP). The CDI flight phase now changes from LPV to MAPR as seen on the HSI.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 5-203 Missed Approach Active
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
329
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
24) The aircraft continues climbing to “AT or ABOVE” 9,000 feet at ADANE. A holding pattern is established at the
MAHP (ADANE) as shown in Figure 5-204.
Figure 5-204 Establishing the Holding Pattern
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
25) The aircraft maintains 9,000 feet while following the magenta line through the hold as in Figure 5-205.
INDEX
Figure 5-205 Hold Established
330
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5.12Abnormal Operation
This section discusses the Dead Reckoning mode of operation and the subsequent indications.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Note: Dead Reckoning Mode only functions in Enroute (ENR) or Oceanic (OCN) phase of flight. In all other
phases, an invalid GPS solution produces a “NO GPS POSITION” annunciation on the map and the system
stops using GPS.
EIS
While in Enroute or Oceanic phase of flight, if the system detects an invalid GPS solution or is unable to
calculate a GPS position, the system automatically reverts to Dead Reckoning (DR) Mode. In DR Mode, the system
uses its last-known position combined with continuously updated airspeed and heading data (when available) to
calculate and display the aircraft’s current estimated position.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
It is important to note that estimated navigation data supplied by the system in DR Mode may become increasingly
unreliable and must not be used as a sole means of navigation. If while in DR Mode airspeed and/or heading data
is also lost or not available, the DR function may not be capable of accurately tracking estimated position and,
consequently, the system may display a path that is different than the actual movement of the aircraft. Estimated
position information displayed by the system through DR while there is no heading and/or airspeed data available
should not be used for navigation.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
DR Mode is inherently less accurate than the standard GPS/SBAS Mode due to the lack of satellite measurements
needed to determine a position. Changes in wind speed and/or wind direction compound the relative inaccuracy
of DR Mode. Because of this degraded accuracy, other navigation equipment must be relied upon for position
awareness until GPS-derived position data is restored.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
DR Mode is indicated on the system by the appearance of the letters ‘DR’ displayed in yellow on the HSI slightly
below and to the left of the aircraft symbol on the CDI as shown in Figure 5-206. The CDI deviation bar remains,
but is removed from the display after 20 minutes in DR Mode. The autopilot will remain coupled in DR mode as
long as the deviation is available (20 min.) Lastly, but at the same time, a ‘GPS NAV LOST’ alert message appears
on the GTC. Navigation using GPS/SBAS source data resumes automatically once a valid GPS solution is restored.
AFCS
As a result of operating in DR Mode, all GPS-derived data is computed based upon an estimated position and is
displayed as yellow text on the PFD, MFD, and GTC to denote degraded navigation source information.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Also, while the system is in DR Mode, TAWS and terrain are disabled. Additionally, the accuracy of all nearest
information (airports, airspaces, and waypoints) is questionable. Finally, airspace alerts continue to function, but
with degraded accuracy.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
331
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
GTC Message
Annunciator
Flight Phase
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Current Track
Indicator
Distance &
Bearing
Bearing Pointer/
Distance
Course Deviation
Indicator
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Dead Reckoning
Annunciaion
Navigation Data Bar
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
All data except Active
Leg, TAS, and DTK are
in yellow
AFCS
Figure 5-206 Dead Reckoning Mode - GPS Derived Data Shown in Yellow
Note: The Inset Map is removed from the PFD any time aircraft pitch is greater than +30° or less than –20°,
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
or when a 65° bank angle is reached.
332
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Section 6 Hazard Avoidance
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The system offers hazard avoidance features to aid situational awareness and provide advisory information with
regard to potential hazards to flight safety associated with weather, terrain, and air traffic.
Weather
• Garmin GDL 69A SiriusXM Weather (Subscription Optional)
• Garmin GSR 56 Garmin Connext Weather (Optional)
• Lightning Detection System (Optional)
EIS
Terrain Avoidance
• Terrain SVT (Terrain with Synthetic Vision Technology)
AUDIO & CNS
• Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS) (Optional)
Traffic
• Garmin GTS 800 Traffic Advisory System (TAS)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
333
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
6.1 SiriusXM Weather
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: Do not use data link weather information for maneuvering in, near, or around areas of hazardous
weather. Information contained within data link weather products may not accurately depict current
weather conditions.
EIS
The GDL 69A is a remote-mounted satellite data link receiver. It provides SiriusXM Weather data to the system.
The displays show graphical weather information and its associated text. The GDL 69A can also receive SiriusXM
Satellite Radio entertainment services. Both weather data and audio entertainment programming operate in the
S-band frequency range to provide continuous reception capabilities at any altitude throughout North America.
AUDIO & CNS
SiriusXM services require subscriptions. For more information on specific subscription packages, visit www.
siriusxm.com.
Activating Services
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Before SiriusXM Weather and SiriusXM Satellite Radio can be used, the services must be activated by
providing SiriusXM’s customer service the coded IDs unique to the installed GDL 69/69A. SiriusXM Satellite
Radio (audio) and SiriusXM Weather (data) services each have coded IDs. The Data and Audio Radio IDs must
be provided to activate the weather service and entertainment subscriptions, respectively. These IDs are in the
following locations:
• The SiriusXM Info Screen on the Touchscreen Controller (Figure 6-1)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• The SiriusXM Satellite Radio Activation Instructions included with the GDL 69A
• The label on the back of the GDL 69A data link receiver
Contact the installer if the Audio and Data Radio IDs cannot be located.
AFCS
SiriusXM uses the coded IDs to send an activation signal to enable the system to receive weather data and/or
entertainment programming.
Establishing a SiriusXM Weather Data account:
1) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > SiriusXM Info.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Note the ID shown in the Data Radio Window as seen in Figure 6-1.
3) Contact SiriusXM customer service through the phone number listed at its website, www.siriusxm.com. Follow
the instructions provided by SiriusXM customer service.
APPENDICES
Activating SiriusXM Weather services:
1) Position the aircraft so the GDL 69/69A antenna has an unobstructed view of the sky.
2) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > SiriusXM Info
3) Touch the Start Button in the Activation window (Figure 6-1). The Activation Window shows ‘ACTIVATING’
while processing the activation.
INDEX
4) In the Weather Products window, scroll as needed to view available weather products. Available weather
products appear in white text; unavailable weather products appear in gray (diminished) text. It may take
several minutes before all subscribed-to weather products become available.
334
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5) When the available weather products match the current SiriusXM Weather Data subscription, touch the Lock
Button to save the activation changes, or touch the Cancel, Back, or Home Buttons to exit without saving
changes.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Weather Products
(Available Products
for Service
Class Indicated
in White, Not
Available are
Diminished)
EIS
Data Radio ID
(for SiriusXM
Weather)
Audio Radio ID
(for SiriusXM
Entertainment)
Service Class of
SiriusXM Weather
Subscription
Start Service
Activation
AUDIO & CNS
Figure 6-1 SiriusXM Info Screen Prior to Activation
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Accessing SiriusXM Weather Products
The SiriusXM Weather Pane is the principal map pane for viewing SirusXM Weather information (Figure 6-2).
This is the only map pane capable of showing information for all available SiriusXM Weather products.
Viewing the SiriusXM Weather Pane:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) From Home, touch the Weather Button. Button is highlighted and becomes Weather Selection Button.
Selected pane shows a weather display. If a weather pane other than ‘SiriusXM Weather’ is shown (such as
‘STORMSCOPE ‘or ‘CONNEXT WEATHER’ in the pane title), continue with the procedure to view the SiriusXM
Weather Pane.
2) Touch the Weather Selection Button.
AFCS
3) Touch the SiriusXM Weather Button. Button is highlighted and becomes SiriusXM Settings Button. The
system shows the SiriusXM Weather Pane.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
335
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
NEXRAD
Weather
Weather
Product Age in
Product Symbol
Minutes
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
MFD (SiriusXM Weather Pane)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO & CNS
EIS
Dashes Indicate
Weather Product
Expired
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Touchscreen Controller (SiriusXM Weather Settings Screen)
Select Weather
Product Map
Background
Enable/Disable
Weather
Product
Overlay(s)
AFCS
View the Legends
for Enabled
Weather Products
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-2 Viewing SiriusXM Weather Products on
the SiriusXM Weather Pane
APPENDICES
The map orientation of the SiriusXM Weather Pane is pilot-selectable, and is independent for each display
pane area. If desired, the system can also synchronize the SiriusXM Weather Pane orientation to the orientation
of the Navigation Map Pane.
Selecting a map orientation for the SiriusXM Weather Pane:
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > SiriusXM Weather > SiriusXM Settings.
INDEX
2) Touch the Orientation Button to change the current orientation setting (shown in light blue).
3) Touch to select one of the following buttons from the list:
•
336
Heading Up
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Track Up
•
North Up
•
Sync to Nav Map
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
•
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
For each enabled SiriusXM Weather product, the system displays a weather product icon and product age.
The product age is the elapsed time (in minutes) since the weather data provider compiled the weather product.
The product age display does not indicate the age of the information contained within the weather product,
which can be significantly older than the displayed weather product age.
EIS
WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to determine the age of the weather
information shown by the data link weather product. Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing
weather data for data link transmission, the weather information shown by the data link weather product
may be significantly older than the indicated weather product age.
AUDIO & CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The SiriusXM Weather service broadcasts weather products at specific intervals (defined in the Broadcast
Rate column in Table 6-1). If for any reason, a product is not broadcast within the Expiration Time intervals
(see Table 6-1), the system removes the expired data from the display, and shows dashes instead of the product
age. This ensures the displayed information is consistent with what is currently being transmitted by the
SiriusXM Weather service. If more than half of the expiration time has elapsed, the color of the product age
changes to yellow. If data for an entire weather product is not available for any reason, the system displays ‘N/A’
next to the weather product symbol instead of the product age.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Table 6-1 shows the weather product symbols, the expiration times and the broadcast rates. The broadcast
rate represents how often the SiriusXM Weather service transmits new signals that may or may not contain
updated weather products. It does not represent the rate at which the weather information is updated or when
the Data Link Receiver receives new data. SiriusXM and its weather data suppliers define and control the data
update intervals, which are subject to change.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
337
SySteM
overvieW
Hazard avoidance
audio & cnS
eiS
fliGHt
inStruMentS
SiriusXM Weather Product
Product
Symbol
fliGHt
ManaGeMent
Hazard
avoidance
afcS
additional
featureS
aPPendiceS
Broadcast
Interval
(Minutes)
5 (U.S.)
10 (Canada)
Next-generation Radar
(NEXRAD)
30
Cloud Tops
60
15
Echo Tops
30
7.5
SiriusXM Lightning
30
5
Storm Cell Movement
30
12
60
12
AIRMETs
60
12
Meteorological Aerodrome Reports
(METARs)
90
12
City Forecast
90
12
Surface Analysis
60
12
Freezing Levels
120
12
Winds Aloft
90
12
County Warnings
60
5
Cyclone (Hurricane) Warnings
60
12
Icing Potential (CIP and SLD)
90
22
Pilot Weather Reports (PIREPs)
90
12
Air Reports (AIREPs)
90
12
Turbulence
180
12
30
60
60
5
12
12
SIGMETs
No Radar Coverage
Temporary Flight Restrictions (TFRs)
Terminal Aerodrome Reports (TAFs)
indeX
Expiration Time
(Minutes)
no product image
no product image
no product image
Table 6-1 SiriusXM Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing
338
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Navigation Map Panes
SiriusXM Weather Pane
+
+
No Radar Coverage
+
+
+
Cloud Tops
+
Echo Tops
+
SiriusXM Lightning
+
+
+
+
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
METARs
+
+
+
+
+
Freezing Levels
+
Winds Aloft
+
County Warnings
+
Cyclone (Hurricane) Warnings
+
Icing Potential (CIP and SLD)
+
PIREPs
+
AIREPs
+
Turbulence
+
+
+
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Surface Analysis
AFCS
+
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
City Forecast
TFRs
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Storm Cell Movement
+
AUDIO & CNS
+
EIS
NEXRAD
SiriusXM Weather Product
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
PFD Inset Navigation Map
Table 6-2 shows which SiriusXM Weather products can be displayed (indicated with a ‘+’ symbol) on specific
maps.
+
Table 6-2 Weather Product Display Maps
APPENDICES
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
Softkeys control which weather products are shown on the PFD Inset Navigation Map. The Touchscreen
Controller controls the display of weather information on other maps such as the Navigation Map Pane and
the SiriusXM Weather Pane. When most weather products are selected for display, the corresponding button
or softkey annunciator changes from gray (disabled) to green (enabled), except for the NEXRAD weather
product. For NEXRAD, a light blue label on the button or softkey indicates the weather product selection;
see the NEXRAD discussion for more information.
339
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Map Settings Screen on the Touchscreen Controller controls the maximum map range at which the
system will display a weather product on a map; selecting a map range higher than this range removes the
weather product from the map. The map ranges selected on the Map Settings Screen are applicable to all
maps capable of displaying SiriusXM Weather products.
The SiriusXM Weather Settings Screen controls the enabling/disabling of weather products on the SiriusXM
Weather Pane. The Map Settings Screen controls the enabling/disabling of weather products on navigation
maps. If the optional GSR 56 Garmin Connext Weather feature is also installed, the Map Settings Screen
also controls the selection of the data link weather source for the navigation maps (including the PFD Inset
Navigation Map)
EIS
Selecting a data link weather source:
AUDIO & CNS
Note: Available if the GSR 56 Garmin Connext Weather service is also installed.
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the Sensor Tab.
3) Scroll to the WX Source Button. Button indicates currently selected source in light blue (SiriusXM or Connext).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Touch the WX Source Button.
5) Touch either the SiriusXM or Connext Buttons.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The weather product buttons on the Map Setting Screen and the weather product PFD softkey labels
correspond the selected data link weather source.
Setting up and customizing the SiriusXM Weather Products on Navigation Map Panes:
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the Sensor Tab.
AFCS
3) Scroll through the list to view the available weather products.
4) Touch a weather product annunciator button to enable/disable the selected weather product. Button annunciator
is green when a weather product is enabled, or gray when disabled.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5) If necessary, touch a range button next to the corresponding weather product, then touch to select the maximum
map range at which the system will display the selected weather product.
340
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Weather Product
Map Range
Settings
EIS
Figure 6-3 Map Settings Screen
(Sensor Tab Selected)
AUDIO & CNS
Weather displayed on maps other than the SiriusXM Weather Pane use settings based on those selected on
the Map Settings Screen.
SiriusXM Weather Product
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If multiple data link weather services are installed, customizing the display settings for the corresponding
weather products shown in Table 6-3 will result in identical settings for a comparable weather product from
another service provider.
Garmin Connext
Weather Product
SiriusXM Lightning
Connext Lightning
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
Meteorological Aerodrome
Report
(METARs)
Meteorological Aerodrome
Report
(METARs)
Winds Aloft
Winds Aloft
Pilot Weather Report
(PIREPs)
Temporary Flight Restrictions
(TFRs)
Pilot Weather Report
(PIREPs)
Temporary Flight
Restrictions (TFRs)
APPENDICES
Cloud Tops
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Cloud Tops
AFCS
Radar
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Next-generation Radar
(NEXRAD)
Table 6-3 Corresponding Data Link Weather Product Settings
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
341
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
The SiriusXM Settings Screen on the Touchscreen Controller can display a legend for each weather product
currently enabled on the SiriusXM Weather Pane.
Viewing legends for weather products enabled on the SiriusXM Weather Pane:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > SiriusXM Weather > SiriusXM Settings.
2) Touch the Legend Button. The Weather Legends Window appears on the Touchscreen Controller.
3) Scroll as needed to view the weather legends in the Weather Legends Window, then touch Back or Home.
AUDIO & CNS
EIS
The system displays additional information about the following weather products by panning over the product
on the map with the map pointer.
• Echo Tops
• County Warnings
• Storm Cell Movement
• TFRs
• SIGMETs
• PIREPSs
• AIRMETs
• AIREPs
• METARs
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
To enable the Map Pointer for panning, press the Joystick, then move the Joystick to position the Map
Pointer over the desired product. To stop panning, press the Joystick again, or touch the Back Button on the
Touchscreen Controller. Turn the Joystick clockwise to increase map range, counter-clockwise to decrease
map range. If the map range is adjusted while panning is enabled, the map is re-centered on the Map Pointer.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Original METAR Text
APPENDICES
Airport with
METAR Flag
Selected with
Map Pointer
INDEX
Figure 6-4 Panning on the SiriusXM Weather Pane
342
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
NEXRAD
WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to determine the age of the weather
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
information shown by the data link weather product. Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing
weather data for data link transmission, the weather information shown by the data link weather product
may be significantly older than the indicated weather product age.
NOTE: The NEXRAD weather product cannot be displayed at the same time as terrain, echo tops, turbulence,
or icing data.
EIS
AUDIO & CNS
The National Weather Service (NWS) operates the WSR-88D, or NEXRAD (NEXt-generation RADar)
system, an extensive network of 156 high-resolution Doppler radar systems. The NEXRAD network provides
centralized meteorological information for the continental United States and selected overseas locations. The
maximum range of a single NEXRAD site is 250 nm.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Individual NEXRAD sites supply the network with radar images, and the images from each site may arrive
at the network at different rates and times. Periodically, the weather data provider compiles the available
individual site images from the network to form a composite image, and assigns a single time to indicate when
it created the image. This image becomes the NEXRAD weather product. Individual images--gathered from
each NEXRAD site--differ in age, and are always older than the displayed NEXRAD weather product age. The
data provider then sends the NEXRAD data to the SiriusXM Weather service, whose satellites transmit this
information during the next designated broadcast time for the NEXRAD weather product.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Because of the time required to detect, assemble, and distribute the NEXRAD weather product, the displayed
weather information contained within the product may be significantly older than the current radar synopsis
and may not depict the current weather conditions. The NEXRAD weather product should never be used as a
basis for maneuvering in, near, or around areas of hazardous weather regardless of the information it contains.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
No Radar Coverage
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 6-5 NEXRAD Data on the SiriusXM Weather Pane
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
343
SySteM
overvieW
Hazard avoidance
Showing NEXRAD weather information (PFD Inset Navigation Map)
1) Press the Inset Map Settings Softkey.
fliGHt
inStruMentS
2) Press the NEXRAD Softkey to select one of the following coverage options: Off (disables NEXRAD data), USA,
Canada (softkey label changes to indicate the selected coverage option with each softkey press).
3) Press the Back Softkey to return to the top-level PFD Softkeys.
Displaying NEXRAD weather information (Navigation Map panes)
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
eiS
2) If necessary, touch the Sensor Tab.
3) Scroll as needed and touch the NEXRAD Data Button in the Overlays window to enable/disable the display of
the NEXRAD weather product.
audio & cnS
4) To change the coverage area of the NEXRAD weather product displayed on the selected Navigation Map pane,
touch the NEXRAD Data Settings Button. The NEXRAD Data Coverage Button displays the currently selected
coverage area in light blue text (‘USA’ or ‘Canada’).
fliGHt
ManaGeMent
a) Touch the NEXRAD Data Coverage Button.
b) Touch either the USA or Canada Button to select radar information from the selected region.
5) When finished changing NEXRAD settings for the Navigation Maps, touch Back or Home.
Displaying NEXRAD weather information (SiriusXM Weather Pane)
Hazard
avoidance
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > SiriusXM Weather > SiriusXM Settings.
2) Find the Nexrad Button in the Background window. Light blue text inside the button indicates the currently
selected coverage source.
3
To change the selected coverage source, touch the Nexrad Button, then touch one of the following buttons:
Off (removes NEXRAD data from the display), United States, or Canada.
aPPendiceS
additional
featureS
afcS
The system shows composite data from all available NEXRAD radar sites in the selected coverage area
(either United States or Canada.) This data is composed of the maximum reflectivity from the individual
radar sweeps. The display of the information is color-coded to indicate the strength of the radar returns. All
weather product legends can be viewed on the Touchscreen Controller. For the NEXRAD legend (Figure 6-6),
touch the Legend Button when NEXRAD is enabled for display on the SiriusXM Weather Settings Screen.
indeX
No Radar Coverage
Figure 6-6 NEXRAD Legend
344
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The display of No Radar Coverage is active when either the NEXRAD or Echo Tops weather products
are enabled for display. Areas where NEXRAD radar coverage and Echo Tops information is not currently
available, or outside of the selected coverage source area (e.g. USA or Canada), or is not being collected are
indicated in a gray shade of purple (Figure 6-6).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Reflectivity
Reflectivity is the amount of transmitted power returned to the radar receiver. Colors on the NEXRAD
display are directly correlative to the level of detected reflectivity. Reflectivity as it relates to hazardous
weather can be very complex.
EIS
The role of radar is essentially to detect moisture in the atmosphere. Simply put, certain types of weather
reflect radar better than others. The intensity of a radar reflection is not necessarily an indication of the
weather hazard level. For instance, wet hail returns a strong radar reflection, while dry hail does not. Both
wet and dry hail can be extremely hazardous.
AUDIO & CNS
The different NEXRAD echo intensities are measured in decibels (dB) relative to reflectivity (Z). NEXRAD
measures the radar reflectivity ratio, or the energy reflected back to the radar receiver (designated by the
letter Z). The value of Z increases as the returned signal strength increases.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
NEXRAD Limitations
NEXRAD radar images may have certain limitations:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• NEXRAD base reflectivity does not provide sufficient information to determine cloud layers or precipitation
characteristics (wet hail vs. rain). For example, it is not possible to distinguish between wet snow, wet
hail, and rain.
• NEXRAD base reflectivity is sampled at the minimum antenna elevation angle. An individual NEXRAD
site cannot depict high altitude storms at close ranges. It has no information about storms directly over
the site.
AFCS
• When zoomed in to a range of 30 nm, each square block on the display represents an area of four square
kilometers. The intensity level reflected by each square represents the highest level of NEXRAD data
sampled within the area.
The following may cause abnormalities in displayed NEXRAD radar images:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Ground clutter
• Strobes and spurious radar data
• Sun strobes (when the radar antenna points directly at the sun)
• Interference from buildings or mountains, which may cause shadows
APPENDICES
• Metallic dust from military aircraft, which can cause alterations in radar scans
NEXRAD Limitations (Canada)
• Radar coverage extends to 55ºN.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
• Any precipitation displayed between 52ºN and 55ºN is displayed as mixed regardless of actual precipitation
type.
345
SySteM
overvieW
ECHO TOPS
fliGHt
inStruMentS
Hazard avoidance
The Echo Tops weather product (Figure 6-7) shows the location, elevation, and direction of the highest
radar echo. The highest radar echo does not indicate the top of a storm or clouds; rather it indicates the
highest altitude at which precipitation is detected. Information is derived from NEXRAD data.
audio & cnS
eiS
note: When the Echo Tops product is enabled, NEXRAD and Cloud Tops weather products are disabled.
Hazard
avoidance
fliGHt
ManaGeMent
No Radar Coverage
Figure 6-7 Echo Tops Weather Product
Enabling/Disabling Echo Tops information:
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > SiriusXM Weather > SiriusXM Settings.
afcS
2) Touch the Echo Tops Button in the Background Window.
aPPendiceS
additional
featureS
Touch the Legend Button on the SiriusXM Weather Settings Screen to display the Echo Tops legend when
it Echo Tops is enabled.
No Radar Coverage
Figure 6-8 Echo Tops Legend
indeX
Since Echo Tops and Cloud Tops use the same color scaling to represent altitude, only one of these products
may be displayed at a time. When Echo Tops is enabled, the system disables NEXRAD and Cloud Tops
information.
The display of no radar coverage is always active when either NEXRAD or Echo Tops is selected. Areas
where NEXRAD radar coverage and Echo Tops information is not currently selected, not available, or is not
being collected are indicated in gray shade of purple (Figure 6-7).
346
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard avoidance
SySteM
overvieW
CLOUD TOPS
note: The Cloud Tops and Echo Tops weather products cannot be displayed at the same time.
fliGHt
inStruMentS
The Cloud Tops weather product (Figure 6-9) depicts cloud top altitudes as determined from satellite
imagery. When the Cloud Tops background is enabled, the system disables Echo Tops data.
Altitude for Selected
Cloud Top
eiS
audio & cnS
Cloud Top Selected
with Map Pointer
fliGHt
ManaGeMent
Hazard
avoidance
Figure 6-9 Cloud Tops Weather Product
Enabling/Disabling Cloud Tops information:
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > SiriusXM Weather > SiriusXM Settings.
afcS
2) Touch the Cloud Tops Button in the Background Window.
Touch the Legend Button on the SiriusXM Weather Settings Screen to display weather legend(s) for enabled
weather product(s). Scroll as necessary to view the information, then touch Back or Home.
additional
featureS
aPPendiceS
Figure 6-10 Cloud Tops Legend
indeX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
347
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
SiriusXM Lightning
AUDIO & CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Lightning weather product (Figure 6-11) shows the approximate location of cloud-to-ground lightning
strikes. A strike icon represents a strike has occurred within a two-kilometer region. The exact location of
the lightning strike is not displayed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Lightning Strikes
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-11 SiriusXM Lightning Weather Product
Enabling/Disabling SiriusXM Lightning information (SiriusXM Weather Pane):
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > SiriusXM Weather > SiriusXM Settings.
2) Touch the Lightning Button in the Overlays Window.
AFCS
Touch the Legend Button on the SiriusXM Weather Settings Screen to display weather legend(s) for enabled
weather product(s). Scroll as necessary to view the information, then touch Back or Home.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-12 SiriusXM Lightning Legend
Displaying SiriusXM Lightning information (Navigation Map Pane):
APPENDICES
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the Sensor Tab.
3) Touch the SiriusXM Lightning Button.
Displaying SiriusXM Lightning information (PFD Inset Navigation Map):
INDEX
1) If the Traffic Inset Map is displayed, press the Traffic Inset Softkey to disable the Traffic Inset Map.
2) Press the Inset Map Settings Softkey.
348
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard avoidance
SySteM
overvieW
3) Press the SiriusXM Lightning Softkey to enable/disable display lightning information.
4) Press the Back Softkey to return to the top-level softkeys.
fliGHt
inStruMentS
STORM CELL MOVEMENT
The Cell Movement map overlay (Figure 6-13) shows the location and movement of storm cells as identified
by the ground-based system. Yellow squares represent cells, with short orange arrows indicating direction of
cell movement.
eiS
Additional Information for Selected
Storm Cell
audio & cnS
fliGHt
ManaGeMent
Storm Cells
Selected
with Map
Pointer
Hazard
avoidance
Figure 6-13 Storm Cell Movement Weather Product
Enabling/Disabling Storm Cell Movement Information SiriusXM Weather Pane)
afcS
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > SiriusXM Weather > SiriusXM Settings.
2) Touch the Storm Cell Movement Button in the Overlays window.
additional
featureS
Touch the Legend Button on the SiriusXM Weather Settings Screen to display weather legend(s) for enabled
weather product(s). Scroll as necessary to view the information, then touch Back or Home.
Figure 6-14 Cell Movement Legend
aPPendiceS
Displaying Storm Cell Movement Information (Navigation Map Pane)
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the Sensor Tab.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
indeX
3) Scroll as needed and touch the NEXRAD Data Settings Button.
349
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
5) Touch the Storm Cell Movement Button. When button annunciator is green, the system will show the Storm
Cell Movement with the NEXRAD weather product on the Navigation Map Pane. When button annunciator is
gray, system will not show the Storm Cell Movement weather product on the Navigation Map Pane.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SIGMETS and AIRMETS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO & CNS
EIS
The National Weather Services issues SIGMETs (SIGnificant METeorological Information) and AIRMETs
(AIRmen’s METeorological Information) for potentially hazardous weather. The service issues a Convective
SIGMET for hazardous convective weather. A localized SIGMET is a significant weather condition occurring
at a localized geographical position.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Convective SIGMET
selected with Map
Pointer
Figure 6-15 AIRMET and SIGMET Weather Products
AFCS
Enabling/Disabling AIRMET and SIGMET information:
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > SiriusXM Weather > SiriusXM Settings.
2) Scroll as needed and touch the AIRMETs and/or SIGMETs Buttons in the Overlays Window.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) To view the text of a AIRMET or SIGMET, press the Joystick and move the map pointer with the Joystick over
the SIGMET or AIRMET border or icon until it is highlighted.
5) Touch the AIRMET/SIGMET Button to show the AIRMET / SIGMET Information Screen with the selected
AIRMET or SIGMET.
APPENDICES
6) Scroll as needed to view full text of the report, then touch the Back or Home buttons.
INDEX
Touch the Legend Button on the SiriusXM Weather Settings Screen to display weather legend(s) for enabled
weather product(s). Scroll as necessary to view the information, then touch Back or Home.
350
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
View
Selected
AIRMET
or SIGMET
Text
EIS
Figure 6-16 Map Pointer Options Screen
Figure 6-17 AIRMET/SIGMET
Information Screen
AUDIO & CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-18 SIGMET/AIRMET Legend
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
METARs
NOTE: Atmospheric pressure as reported for METARs is given in hectopascals (hPa), except for in the United
AFCS
States, where it is reported in inches of mercury (in Hg). Temperatures are reported in Celsius.
Note: METAR information is only displayed within the installed navigation database service area.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
METARs (METeorological Aerodrome Reports) describe observed weather conditions at airports and
reporting stations. METARs are generally updated hourly, but may be updated more frequently if conditions
warrant. METARs typically contain information about the temperature, dewpoint, wind, precipitation, cloud
cover, cloud heights, visibility, and barometric pressure. They can also contain information on precipitation
amounts, lightning, and other critical data. METARs are shown as colored flags at airports that provide them.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
351
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Original METAR Text
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO & CNS
Airport with
METAR Flag
Selected with
Map Pointer
Figure 6-19 Panning on the SiriusXM Weather Pane
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Showing METAR text (SiriusXM Weather Pane):
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > SiriusXM Weather > SiriusXM Settings.
2) Touch the METARs Button in the Overlays window. The system displays METAR flags at available reporting
stations when METARs are enabled (button annunciator is green).
AFCS
3) To view METAR text, press the Joystick and move the map pointer with the Joystick over a METAR reporting
station.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Touch the Legend Button on the SiriusXM Weather Settings Screen to display weather legend(s) for weather
product(s) enabled on the SiriusXM Weather Pane. Scroll as necessary to view the information, then touch
Back or Home.
Showing METAR text (Navigation Map Pane):
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
APPENDICES
2) If necessary, touch the Sensor Tab.
3) If necessary, scroll to and touch the WX Source Button, then touch the SiriusXM Button.
4) Scroll as needed and touch the Graphical METARs Button in the Overlays window.
INDEX
Textual METAR information is also available on the Airport Information screens on the Touchscreen
Controllers. When viewing the Airport Information screen for an airport, touch the Weather Tab and scroll
as needed to view the METAR text.
352
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard avoidance
SySteM
overvieW
The graphical METAR flag color shown on the maps is determined by the information in the METAR text.
The system displays a gray METAR flag when the METAR text does not contain adequate information to
determine the METAR category, such as VFR or IFR.
fliGHt
inStruMentS
Figure 6-20 METAR Legend
eiS
SURFACE ANALySIS AND CITy FORECAST
audio & cnS
note: Surface Analysis and City Forecast data are displayed only within the installed Aviation Database
service area.
The Surface Analysis and City Forecast weather products are available for current and forecast weather
conditions. Forecasts are available for intervals of 12, 24, 36, and 48 hours.
fliGHt
ManaGeMent
Hazard
avoidance
afcS
additional
featureS
Figure 6-21 Surface Analysis & City Forecast Weather Product - 12
Hour Selected
aPPendiceS
Displaying Surface Analysis and City Forecast information:
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > SiriusXM Weather > SiriusXM Settings.
2) Scroll as needed in the Overlays window and touch the Surface Conditions Button.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
indeX
3) If needed, touch the Surface Conditions forecast period button (to the right of the Surface Conditions Button)
and select from Current, 12 Hours, 24 Hours, 36 hours, or 48 Hours forecast periods from the pop-up
selection window.
353
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Touch the Legend Button on the SiriusXM Weather Settings Screen to display weather legend(s) for enabled
weather product(s). Scroll as necessary to view the information, then touch Back or Home.
EIS
Figure 6-22 Surface Analysis and City Forecast Legend
AUDIO & CNS
Freezing Levels
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Freezing Level data shows the color-coded contour lines for the altitude and location at which the first
isotherm is found (Figure 6-23). When no data is displayed for a given altitude, the data for that altitude has
not been received, or is out of date and has been removed from the display.
Figure 6-23 Freezing Level Weather Product
Displaying Freezing Level information:
APPENDICES
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > SiriusXM Weather > SiriusXM Settings.
2) Scroll as needed in the Overlays window and touch the Freezing Level Button.
INDEX
Touch the Legend Button on the SiriusXM Weather Settings Screen to display weather legend(s) for enabled
weather product(s). Scroll as necessary to view the information, then touch Back or Home.
Figure 6-24 Freezing Level Legend
354
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Winds Aloft
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Winds Aloft weather product (Figure 6-25) shows the predicted wind speed and direction at the
surface and at selected altitudes. Altitude can be displayed in 3,000-foot increments from the surface up to
42,000 feet MSL.
Displaying the Winds Aloft Weather Product (SiriusXM Weather Pane):
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > SiriusXM Weather > SiriusXM Settings.
2) Scroll as needed in the Overlays window and touch the Winds Aloft Button.
Winds Aloft Overlay at 12,000 Feet
EIS
3) To change the selected winds aloft altitude, touch the Winds Aloft altitude button and select the desired winds
aloft altitude from Surface to 42,000 feet MSL from the pop-up window.
AUDIO & CNS
Data Age
(US and
Canada)
Selected Winds
Aloft Altitude
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
SiriusXM Weather Settings Screen
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Touch to Enable/
Disable Winds
Aloft Overlay
Selects Winds Aloft
Altitude (Surface
Currently Selected)
APPENDICES
Figure 6-25 Displaying Winds Aloft Weather Product
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
355
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Touch the Legend Button on the SiriusXM Weather Settings Screen to display weather legend(s) for enabled
weather product(s). Scroll as necessary to view the information, then touch Back or Home.
Figure 6-26 Winds Aloft Data with Legend
EIS
County Warnings
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO & CNS
The County Warnings weather product (Figure 6-27) provides specific public awareness and protection
weather warnings from the National Weather Service (NWS). This can include information on severe
thunderstorms, tornadoes, and flood conditions.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Flood Warning
Selected with
Map Pointer
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-27 County Warnings Weather Product
Displaying County Warning information:
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > SiriusXM Weather > SiriusXM Settings.
APPENDICES
2) Scroll as needed in the Overlays window and touch the County Warnings Button.
3) To view additional information (such as county name), press the Joystick to activate the map pointer and move
the Joystick to highlight a selected County Warning. County Warning information appears in a box near the
map pointer.
INDEX
4) When finished, press the Joystick to deactivate the map pointer.
356
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Touch the Legend Button on the SiriusXM Weather Settings Screen to display weather legend(s) for enabled
weather product(s). Scroll as necessary to view the information, then touch Back or Home.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Figure 6-28 County Warnings Legend
EIS
Cyclone Warnings
AUDIO & CNS
The Cyclone weather product shows the current location of cyclones (hurricanes), tropical storms, and
their projected tracks. The system displays the projected track information in the form of DD/HH:MM.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Cyclone
Figure 6-29 Cyclone (Hurricane) Weather Product
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Enabling/Disabling cyclone (hurricane) weather product:
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > SiriusXM Weather > SiriusXM Settings.
2) Scroll as needed in the Overlays window and touch the Cyclone Warnings Button.
APPENDICES
Touch the Legend Button on the SiriusXM Weather Settings Screen to display weather legend(s) for enabled
weather product(s). Scroll as necessary to view the information, then touch Back or Home.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
Figure 6-30 Cyclone Legend
357
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Icing (CIP & SLD)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Hazard Avoidance
Current Icing Product (CIP) data (Figure 6-31) shows a graphical view of the icing environment. Icing
severity is displayed in four categories: light, moderate, severe, and extreme (not specific to aircraft type). The
CIP product is not a forecast, but a presentation of the current conditions at the time of the analysis.
Note: Icing data cannot be displayed at the same time as NEXRAD data.
EIS
Supercooled Large Droplet (SLD) icing conditions are characterized by the presence of relatively large,
super cooled water droplets indicative of freezing drizzle and freezing rain aloft. SLD threat areas are depicted
as magenta dots over the CIP colors.
Displaying Icing data:
AUDIO & CNS
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > SiriusXM Weather > SiriusXM Settings.
2) Scroll as needed in the Overlays window and touch the Current Icing Potential Button.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Touch the Current Icing Potential altitude button (to the right of the Current Icing Potential annunciator
Button) and scroll to and touch the desired altitude button (from 1,000 feet up to 30,000 feet.)
Current
Icing
Potential
Selected Current
Icing Potential
Altitude
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SLD Threat
Area
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-31 Current Icing Potential Overlay at 12,000 Feet
APPENDICES
SiriusXM Weather Settings Screen
Selects Icing Altitude
(12,000 FT Currently
Selected)
INDEX
Touch to Enable/
Disable Overlay
Figure 6-32 Displaying Icing (CIP and SLD Threat) Weather Products
358
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Touch the Legend Button on the SiriusXM Weather Settings Screen to display weather legend(s) for enabled
weather product(s). Scroll as necessary to view the information, then touch Back or Home.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Figure 6-33 Icing Potential Legend
EIS
Turbulence
Note: The Turbulence weather product cannot be displayed at the same time as NEXRAD weather product.
AUDIO & CNS
The Turbulence weather product (Figure 6-34) identifies the potential for erratic movement of high-altitude
air mass associated winds. Turbulence is classified as light, moderate, severe or extreme, at altitudes between
21,000 and 45,000 feet. Turbulence data is intended to supplement AIRMETs and SIGMETs.
Displaying Turbulence data:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > SiriusXM Weather > SiriusXM Settings.
2) Scroll in the Overlays window and touch the Turbulence Button.
3) Touch the Turbulence altitude button (to the right of the Turbulence annunciator button) and touch to select
an altitude from which to display turbulence data (from 21,000 feet up to 45,000 feet).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Selected
Turbulence
Altitude
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 6-34 Turbulence Weather Product at 21,000 Feet
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
359
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SiriusXM Weather Settings Screen
Selects Turbulence
Altitude (21,000 FT
Currently Selected)
EIS
Touch to Enable/
Disable Overlay
AUDIO & CNS
Figure 6-35 Displaying the Turbulence Weather Products
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Touch the Legend Button on the SiriusXM Weather Settings Screen to display weather legend(s) for enabled
weather product(s). Scroll as necessary to view the information, then touch Back or Home.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-36 Turbulence Legend
360
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
PIREPs and AIREPs
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pilot Weather Reports (PIREPs) (Figure 6-37) provide weather observations collected from pilots. When
significant weather conditions are reported or forecast, Air Traffic Control (ATC) facilities are required to solicit
PIREPs. A PIREP may contain adverse weather conditions, such as low in-flight visibility, icing conditions,
wind shear, and turbulence. PIREPs are issued as either Routine (UA) or Urgent (UUA).
Another type of PIREP is an Air Report (AIREP). AIREPs are used almost exclusively by commercial airlines.
AIREP
EIS
AUDIO & CNS
Urgent PIREP
Selected with
Map Pointer
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
PIREP
Figure 6-37 AIREPs and PIREPs on the SiriusXM Weather Pane
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Displaying PIREP or AIREP data:
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > SiriusXM Weather > SiriusXM Settings.
2) Scroll in the Overlays window as needed and touch the AIREPs or PIREPs Buttons.
AFCS
3) To view PIREP/AIREP text, push the joystick to activate the map pointer and move the pointer with the joystick
until the selected report is highlighted, then touch the PIREP Info or AIREP Info Button.
4) Scroll as needed through the report text, then touch Back or Home.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
PIREP
Location
Age of
PIREP
APPENDICES
PIREP Text
INDEX
Touch to Display
Information for Selected
AIREP/PIREP
PIREP Info Screen
Figure 6-38 Displaying PIREPS/AIREPS on the Touchscreen Controller
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
361
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Touch the Legend Button on the SiriusXM Weather Settings Screen to display weather legend(s) for enabled
weather product(s). Scroll as necessary to view the information, then touch Back or Home.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The PIREP color is determined by the type (routine or urgent).
EIS
Figure 6-39 AIREPs & PIREPs Legend
AUDIO & CNS
Temporary Flight Restrictions (TFRs)
NOTE: Do not rely solely upon data link services to provide Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR) information.
Always confirm TFR information through official sources such as Flight Service Stations or Air Traffic Control.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) issues TFRs to designate areas where flight is restricted. TFRs are
issued to restrict flight for a variety of reasons including national security, law enforcement, fire suppression
efforts, airshows, and large sporting events. TFRs may be issued at any time, and TFR data displayed on
the system is only intended to supplement TFR information obtained from official sources including Flight
Service Stations (FSS), and air traffic control.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The system does not display the age TFR product was assembled on the ground by the data provider is not
shown; however, if TFR product is not available or has expired, the system displays ‘TFR N/A’ in the upperright corner of maps on which the display of TFR information is enabled.
APPENDICES
TFR
Selected
with Map
Pointer
INDEX
Figure 6-40 TFR Text for TFR Selected with Map Pointer
362
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Enabling/Disabling TFR information (SiriusXM Weather Pane):
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > SiriusXM Weather > SiriusXM Settings.
2) Scroll in the Overlays Window as needed and touch the TFRs Button.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) To view TFR text, push the Joystick to activate the map pointer and move the pointer with the Joystick until
the selected TFR border is highlighted, then touch‑ view the TFR near the pointer.
4) When finished, push the Joystick, or touch Back or Home.
EIS
The Map Settings Screen provides controls for enabling/disabling the display of TFR information on navigation
maps, in addition to selecting the maximum map range for the system to display TFR information. If the crew
selects a map range above this setting, the system declutters TFR information from the selected Display Pane.
Maps other than the Navigation Map Pane use settings based on those selected on the Map Settings Screen.
AUDIO & CNS
Setting up and customizing TFR data for maps on which TFR data can be displayed:
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the Aviation tab.
3) Touch the Airspaces Settings Button.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Touch the TFR Range button (displays current range setting or ‘Off’)
5) Scroll as necessary and touch the maximum navigation map range to display TFR information, or touch the Off
button to disable the display of TFR information on navigation maps.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TFR information can also be enabled/disabled as part of the display of Class B/TMA, C/TCA, D, Restricted,
MOA (Military), Other/ADIZ airspaces. This setting affects the display of all airspace in this group.
Enabling/Disabling all airspace settings (including TFRs):
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the Aviation tab.
AFCS
3) Touch the Airspaces button to enable/disable the display of TFRs in addition to Class B/TMA, Class C/TCA,
Class D, Restricted, MOA (Military), and Other/ADIZ airspace.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
363
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
EIS
Touch to
change
settings
for TFR
display on
Navigation
Maps
AUDIO & CNS
Select Off to remove
TFR information from
Navigation Maps
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Select the
Maximum map
range for system
to show TFRs on
Navigation Maps
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-41 Customizing TFR display settings for Navigation Maps
364
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
6.2 Garmin Connext Weather
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: Do not use data link weather information for maneuvering in, near, or around areas of hazardous
weather. Information contained within data link weather products may not accurately depict current
weather conditions.
Note: The availability of specific Connext Weather products varies by region and by subscription type. For
Connext Weather product coverage information, refer to fly.garmin.com/fly-garmin/gfds-weather.
EIS
The optional GSR 56 Iridium Satellite data link provides the system with Garmin Connext Weather information.
Graphical weather information and associated text are available on the map displays, with additional information
and controls on the Touchscreen Controller.
AUDIO & CNS
The system retrieves weather data after the pilot selects either an immediate or automatically recurring weather
data request to the Garmin Connext Weather service using the Touchscreen Controller.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
In order to receive Connext Weather data, an account must first be established with Garmin Connext services.
Refer to Section 8.6, Registering With Connext, for more information.
Registering the system for Garmin Connext Services
When an account is established, Garmin Connext customer service provides an Access Code which must be
entered and transmitted to Garmin in order to receive Garmin Connext weather data.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Registering the system to receive Garmin Connext Weather:
1) Ensure the aircraft is outside and has a clear view of the sky
2) From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Connext Registration. If the Registration Information Window
indicates ‘Not Registered’, continue with this procedure.
AFCS
3) Touch the Register Button.
4) Use the Touchscreen Controller Keypad or Large and Small Right Knobs to supply the access code provided from
Garmin Connext customer service.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5) Touch the Enter button or press the Right Knob. The system contacts the Garmin Connext services. Registration
is complete when the Registration Information Window displays the name of the airframe, tail number, and the
serial numbers for the airframe and Iridium unit.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
365
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
AUDIO & CNS
Figure 6-42 Connext Registration Screen Prior to
Registration
Figure 6-43 Enter Access Code Provided by Garmin
Connext Customer Service
Accessing Connext Weather Products
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Connext Weather Pane is the principal map display for viewing Connext Weather information (Figure
6-44). This is the only map display capable of showing information for all available Connext Weather products.
Viewing the Connext Weather Pane:
From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > Connext Weather.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The map orientation of the Connext Weather Pane is pilot-selectable, and is independent for each display
pane area. If desired, the system can also synchronize the Connext Weather Pane orientation to the orientation
of the Navigation Map Pane.
Selecting a map orientation for the Connext Weather Pane:
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > Connext Weather > Connext Settings.
AFCS
2) Touch the Orientation Button to change the current orientation setting (shown in light blue).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Touch to select one of the following buttons from the list:
•
Heading Up
•
Track Up
•
North Up
•
Sync to Nav Map
APPENDICES
If more than one data link weather service has been installed (such as GDL 69/69A SiriusXM Weather), the
system provides the option to choose the source of weather information for the navigation map panes and the
PFD Inset Navigation Map.
Selecting a Data Link Weather Source (for maps other than the Connext Weather pane)
INDEX
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the Sensor tab.
366
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3) Scroll if necessary to view the WX Source Button. Light blue text on the button indicates currently selected
data link weather source (‘SiriusXM’ or ‘Connext’)
4) Touch the WX Source Button.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
5) Touch either the Connext or SiriusXM Buttons.
The weather product map overlays buttons and softkeys change to match the types of weather products
available for the selected data link weather source.
In order for the system to display Garmin Connext weather information, the pilot must first send Connext
Data Request using the Connext Weather Settings Screen on the Touchscreen Controller.
EIS
AUDIO & CNS
Weather
Product Icon
Weather
Product
Age
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-44 Connext Weather Pane with Winds Aloft Enabled
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Touch to
mange
Connext Data
Requests
and to select
Connext
Weather
products for
display
AFCS
Data Request
Window
Provides Status
and Controls
for Connext
Weather Data
Requests
Figure 6-45 Weather Selection Screen
APPENDICES
View Legends
for Enabled
Connext
Weather
Products
Figure 6-46 Connext Weather Settings Screen
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
When a weather product is enabled on the Connext Weather Pane, a box containing the icon or name for
the product and its age (in minutes) are shown in the upper right (Figure 6-44). If weather data has not been
requested or is not currently available from Garmin Connext, ‘N/A’ is shown next to the product symbol instead
of an age. The age of the weather product is based on the time difference between when the data was assembled
on the ground and the current GPS time. Weather products are updated continuously or refreshed at specific
intervals (defined in the Refresh Rate column in Table 6-4).
367
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to determine the age of the weather
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
information shown by the data link weather product. Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing
weather data for data link transmission, the weather information shown by the data link weather product
may be significantly older than the indicated weather product age.
If for any reason, a weather product is not refreshed within the defined Expiration Time intervals (see Table
6-4), the data is considered expired and is removed from the display. The age of the expired product is replaced
by dashes. If more than half of the expiration time has elapsed, the color of the product age changes to yellow.
EIS
The weather product age and availability information can also be displayed for Garmin Connext Weather
products currently enabled on the on the PFD Inset Map.
Displaying/Removing Weather Product Age Information on the PFD Inset Map:
AUDIO & CNS
1) Press the Inset Map Settings Softkey.
2) Press the Weather Legend Softkey. The system displasy weather product age information for enabled weather
products when softkey annunciator is green; age data removed when annunciator is gray.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Table 6-4 shows the Garmin Connext Weather product symbols, expiration times, and refresh rates. The
refresh rate represents the interval at which Garmin Connext Weather services makes available the most
current known weather data. It does not necessarily represent the rate at which new content is received from
various weather sources.
368
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Note: The availability of specific Garmin Connext Weather products varies by region and by subscription type.
For Garmin Connext weather product coverage information, refer to fly.garmin.com/fly-garmin/gfds-weather.
Symbol
Radar Precipitation
(PRECIP)
Expiration Time
(Minutes)
30
Refresh Rate
(Minutes)
U.S.: 3*
Canada: 3*†
Europe: 15
Australia: 15ˆ
Continuous
60
Continuous
90
Continuous
60
Continuous
90
Continuous
60
Continuous
60
Continuous
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
30
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
30
AUDIO & CNS
60
EIS
Infrared Satellite
(IR SAT)
Data Link Lightning
(DL LTNG)
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
(SIG/AIR)
Meteorological Aerodrome Report
(METARs)
Winds Aloft
(WIND)
Pilot Weather Report
(PIREPs)
Temporary Flight Restrictions
(TFRs)
Terminal Aerodrome Reports
no product image
(TAFs)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Garmin Connext Weather
Product
AFCS
* The composite precipitation image is updated every 3 minutes, but individual radar sites may take
between 3 and 10 minutes to provide new data.
†
Canadian radar precipitation data provided by Environment Canada.
ˆ Australian radar precipitation data provided by the Australia Bureau of Meteorology
Table 6-4 Garmin Connext Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
369
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
PFD Inset Map
Navigation Map
Pane
Garmin Connext
Weather Pane
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Table 6-5 shows which Garmin Connext Weather products can be displayed (indicated with a ‘+’ symbol) on
specific maps.
Garmin Connext Radar
+
+
+
No Radar Coverage
+
+
+
EIS
Garmin Connext Weather
Product
Cloud Tops
AUDIO & CNS
Lightning
+
+
+
SIGMETs
+
AIRMETs
+
METARs
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
+
+
+
+
Winds Aloft
+
PIREPs
+
TFRs
+
+
+
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Table 6-5 Garmin Connext Weather Product Display Maps
The Touchscreen Controller controls the display of weather information on the display panes. Softkeys
control the weather information on the PFD Inset Navigation Map. When most weather products are
selected for display, the corresponding button annunciator or softkey annunciator changes from gray
(disabled) to green (enabled).
AFCS
The Map Settings Screen on the Touchscreen Controller controls the maximum map range at which the
system displays a weather product on a map; selecting a map range higher than this range will declutter the
weather product from the map.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The Connext Weather Settings Screen controls the enabling/disabling of weather products on the Connext
Weather Pane. The Map Settings Screen and Map Options Screens control the enabling/disabling of weather
products on navigation maps.
Setting up and customizing Garmin Connext Weather Products on Map Panes
APPENDICES
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the Sensor Tab.
3) Scroll through the list to view the available weather products.
INDEX
4) Touch a weather product annunciator button to enable/disable the selected weather product. Button annunciator
is green when a weather product is enabled, or gray when disabled.
370
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5) If necessary, touch a range button next to the corresponding weather product, then touch to select the maximum
map range at which the system will display the selected weather product.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Weather Product
Map Range
Settings
EIS
AUDIO & CNS
Figure 6-47 Map Settings Screen
(Sensor Tab Selected)
SiriusXM Weather Product
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If multiple data link weather services are installed, customizing the display settings for the corresponding
weather products shown in Table 6-6 will result in identical settings for a comparable weather product from
another service provider.
Garmin Connext
Weather Product
SiriusXM Lightning
Connext Lightning
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
(SIG/AIR)
Meteorological Aerodrome
Report
(METARs)
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
(SIG/AIR)
Meteorological Aerodrome
Report
(METARs)
Winds Aloft
Winds Aloft
Pilot Weather Report
(PIREPs)
Temporary Flight Restrictions
(TFRs)
Pilot Weather Report
(PIREPs)
Temporary Flight
Restrictions (TFRs)
APPENDICES
Cloud Tops
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Cloud Tops
AFCS
Radar
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Next-generation Radar
(NEXRAD)
Table 6-6 Corresponding Data Link Weather Product Settings
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
371
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
The Touchscreen Controller can display a legend for each weather product currently enabled on the Garmin
Connext Weather Pane.
Viewing legends for enabled weather products:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > Connext Weather > Connext Settings
2) Touch the Legend Button. The Weather Legends window appears on the Touchscreen Controller.
3) Scroll if needed to view the weather legends in the Weather Legends Window.
4) To remove the Weather Legends window, touch the Back or Home Buttons.
AUDIO & CNS
EIS
The system displays additional information about the following weather products by panning over the
product on the map:
• Cloud Tops
• METARs
• SIGMETs
• TFRs
• AIRMETs
• PIREPSs
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
To enable the Map Pointer for panning, press the Joystick, then move the Joystick over the desired product.
To stop panning, press the Joystick again, or touch the Back Button on the Touchscreen Controller. Turn
the Joystick clockwise to increase map range, counter-clockwise to decrease map range. If the map range is
adjusted while panning is enabled, the map is re-centered on the Map Pointer.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Original METAR Text
APPENDICES
Airport with
METAR Flag
Selected with
Map Pointer
INDEX
Figure 6-48 Panning on the Connext Weather Pane
372
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Connext Weather Data Requests
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Data Request Window on the Connext Weather Settings Screen provides the flight crew with the options
to select the size of weather data request coverage area, choose automatic weather update intervals (if desired),
and the ability to send or cancel weather data requests. The Data Request Window also displays the status of the
weather data request process.
EIS
Before a weather data request can occur, a valid request coverage area must be defined from which all currently
available Garmin Connext Weather products will be retrieved (regardless of which weather products are currently
enabled for display). At a minimum, either the aircraft’s present position or a waypoint (as part of a flight plan
or entered directly in the ‘Waypoint’ coverage field) must be part of the request coverage area, otherwise the Data
Request Window indicates ‘Invalid Coverage Area’ and the system will not allow a request to occur.
AUDIO & CNS
It is not necessary for a destination (based on an active flight plan), a flight plan, or waypoint to be defined prior
to enabling these coverage areas; however no weather data will be retrieved for these option(s) until a flight plan
or waypoint is provided, respectively.
Defining Weather Data Request Coverage Area:
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > Connext Weather > Connext Settings.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Touch the Define Coverage Button.
3) To change the diameter and route width of the weather data request coverage area, touch the Diameter/
Width Button. Scroll as needed and touch the desired distance button in the popup window.
4) To include/remove the present position in the weather data request, touch the P. POS Button.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) To include/remove any portion of the flight plan route in the weather data request, touch the Flight Plan
Button.
6) To change distance of the flight plan to be used in the weather data request, touch the Flight Plan Distance
Button. Scroll as needed and touch the desired distance of the flight plan to be used (‘Remining FPL’ uses the
remainder of the flight plan, or select a specified look-ahead distance from the list.)
AFCS
7) To include/remove a specific waypoint to be used in the weather data request, touch the Waypoint Button.
a) Touch the waypoint entry Button (to the right of the Waypoint Button.)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
b) Using the Touchscreen Controller buttons or knobs, enter a waypoint to include in the weather data request.
Note the waypoint may be off-route.
Issuing/Cancelling an Immediate Weather Data Request:.
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > Connext Weather > Connext Settings.
APPENDICES
2) Touch the Send Immediate Request Button. The system contacts Garmin Connext weather services and
displays the request status in the Data Request Window. Window displays ‘Completed’ when finished.
3) If desired, touch the Cancel Immediate Request Button while a request is occurring. Data Request Window
displays ‘Request Cancelled’.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
373
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Data Request
Window
Figure 6-49 Connext Weather Settings Screen
Figure 6-50 Connext Weather Coverage Screen
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO & CNS
During a weather data request, the Data Request Window initially displays “Contacting Connext...”. Once a
connection is established, the Data Request Window displays “Receiving Wx Data... Time Remaining:” with an
estimated data transfer time (either minutes or seconds). Connext Data Requests typically take between one
to four minutes to complete depending on the size of the weather request coverage area, the amount weather
activity present, and the Iridium signal strength.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The system retrieves all available Garmin Connext Weather products within the selected coverage area
during an initial weather data request, regardless of which products (if any) are currently enabled for display.
On subsequent weather data requests, previously retrieved textual products (such as METARs and TAFS) are
retained if not expired, while new textual weather data matching the current coverage area and all graphical
weather data is downloaded during every data request.
374
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO & CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Present Position Selected, 200 nm Diameter
Requested
Destination Selected,
200 nm Diameter Requested
Figure 6-51 Connext Weather Coverage Options for Present Position and Destination
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
375
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO & CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Next 80 nm of Flight Plan Selected, 200 nm
Route Width Requested
Waypoint Selected, 200 nm Diameter
Requested
Figure 6-52 Connext Weather Coverage Options based on Flight Plan and Waypoint Selections
AFCS
The pilot can schedule weather data requests to recur automatically. Automatic requests remain enabled until
the pilot disables them, or the system power is cycled. The Data Request window will indicate a countdown
timer until the next automatic weather data request occurs.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Enabling/disabling automatic Connext Data Requests:
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > Connext Weather > Connext Settings.
2) Touch the Auto Request Button.
APPENDICES
3) From the pop-up window, touch an Auto Update Request Rate Button to select the desired weather request
update interval (5 Min, 10 Min, 15 Min, 20 Min, 30 Min, 45 Min, or 60 Min) or touch the Off Button to disable
INDEX
automatic weather data requests.
376
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Garmin Connext Weather Products
Connext Radar
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Garmin Connext Radar data is not real-time. The lapsed time between collection, processing, and
dissemination of radar images can be significant and may not reflect the current radar synopsis. Due to the
inherent delays and the relative age of the data, it should be used for long-range planning purposes only.
EIS
AUDIO & CNS
Boundary of
Weather Data
Request
No Radar Coverage
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-53 Connext Weather Pane with Connext Radar Enabled
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Enabling/Disabling Garmin Connext Radar information (PFD Inset Navigation Map)
1) If the Traffic Map Inset is displayed, press the Traffic Inset Softkey to disable the Traffic Map and display the
Navigation Map.
2) If necessary, press the Inset Map Settings Softkey to display the PFD Inset Navigation Map.
AFCS
3) Press the Connext Radar Softkey to enable or disable the weather product.
4) Press the Back Softkey to return to the top-level PFD Softkeys.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Displaying Garmin Connext Radar information (navigation map displays)
1) From Home, Touch Map > Map Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the Sensor tab.
3) Scroll if needed and touch the Connext Radar Button
APPENDICES
Displaying Garmin Connext Radar information (Connext Weather Pane)
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > Connext Weather > Connext Settings.
2) Touch the Radar Button in the Overlays window.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
Connext Weather Radar data shown represents lowest level, base reflectivity, of radar returns. The display
of the information is color-coded to indicate the weather severity level. All weather product legends can
377
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
be viewed on the Connext Weather Pane. For the Connext Weather Radar legend (Figure 6-54), touch the
Legend Button on the Connext Weather Settings Screen when Connext Weather is enabled for display.
AUDIO & CNS
Figure 6-54 Garmin Connext Radar Legend
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The display of no radar coverage is enabled when Precipitation is selected for display. Areas where
precipitation radar coverage is not currently available or is not being collected are indicated in gray shade of
purple. A white boundary line with white tick marks depicts the selected coverage area of the weather data
request (as defined as the Data Request window). This boundary encloses the precipitation data when this
weather product is displayed.
Reflectivity
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Reflectivity is the amount of transmitted power returned to the radar receiver. Colors on the Precipitation
display directly correlate to the level of detected reflectivity. Reflectivity as it relates to hazardous weather
can be very complex.
AFCS
The role of radar is essentially to detect moisture in the atmosphere. Simply put, certain types of weather
reflect radar better than others. The intensity of a radar reflection is not necessarily an indication of the
weather hazard level. For instance, wet hail returns a strong radar reflection, while dry hail does not. Both
wet and dry hail can be extremely hazardous.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The different radar echo intensities are measured in decibels (dB) relative to reflectivity (Z). Weather
radars measure the reflectivity ratio, or the energy reflected back to the radar receiver (designated by the
letter Z). The value of Z increases as the returned signal strength increases.
Radar Limitations
Radar images may have certain limitations:
APPENDICES
• Radar base reflectivity does not provide sufficient information to determine cloud layers or precipitation
characteristics (wet hail vs. rain). For example, it is not possible to distinguish between wet snow, wet
hail, and rain.
• Radar base reflectivity is sampled at the minimum antenna elevation angle. An individual radar site
cannot depict high altitude storms at close ranges. It has no information about storms directly over the
site.
INDEX
• When zoomed in to a range of 30 nm, each square block on the display represents an area of four square
kilometers.
378
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The following may cause abnormalities in displayed radar images:
• Ground clutter
• Strobes and spurious radar data
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Sun strobes (when the radar antenna points directly at the sun)
• Interference from buildings or mountains, which may cause shadows
• Metallic dust from military aircraft, which can cause alterations in radar scans
Cloud Tops
EIS
Cloud Tops data (Figure 6-55) depicts cloud top temperatures from satellite imagery. Brighter cloud top
colors indicate cooler temperatures occurring at higher altitudes.
AUDIO & CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-55 Cloud Tops Enabled on the Connext Weather Pane
AFCS
Displaying Cloud Tops information (Connext Weather Pane):
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > Connext Weather > Connext Settings.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Touch the Cloud Tops Button in the Overlays Window.
To display the Cloud Tops legend (Figure 6-56), touch the Legend Button on the Connext Weather Settings
Settings Screen when the Cloud Tops weather product is enabled for display.
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 6-56 Cloud Tops Legend
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
379
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Connext Lightning
AUDIO & CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Connext Lightning weather product (Figure 6-57) shows the approximate location of cloud-to-ground
lightning strikes. A strike icon represents a strike that has occurred within a two-kilometer region. Neither
cloud-to-cloud nor the exact location of the lightning strike is displayed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Lightning Strikes
Figure 6-57 Lightning Enabled on the Connext Weather Pane
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Displaying Connext Lightning information (Connext Weather Pane):
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > Connext Weather > Connext Settings.
2) Touch the Lightning Button in the Overlays window.
Displaying Connext Lightning information (Navigation Map Displays):
AFCS
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the Sensor tab.
2) Scroll as needed in the Overlays window and touch the Connext Lightning Button.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
To display the Lightning legend on the Touchscreen Controller (Figure 6-58), touch the Legend Button on
the Connext Weather Settings Screen when the Connext Lightning weather product is enabled for display.
INDEX
Figure 6-58 Connext Lightning Legend
380
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SIGMETs and AIRMETs
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SIGMETs (SIGnificant METeorological Information) and AIRMETs (AIRmen’s METeorological Information)
are issued for potentially hazardous weather. A Convective SIGMET is issued for hazardous convective
weather such as severe or widespread thunderstorms. A localized SIGMET can be displayed when significant
weather conditions are not widespread.
The entire SIGMET or AIRMET is displayed as long as any portion of it is occurs within the boundaries
defined during the weather data request.
EIS
AUDIO & CNS
Turbulence AIRMET
Selected with Map
Pointer
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-59 SIGMETs/AIRMETs Enabled on the Connext Weather Pane
Enabling/Disabling SIGMETs and AIRMETs (Connext Weather Pane):
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > Connext Weather > Connext Settings.
2) Scroll in the Overlays window and touch the SIGMETs and/or AIRMETs Buttons.
AFCS
3) To view the text of a AIRMET or SIGMET, press the Joystick and move the map pointer with the Joystick over
the SIGMET or AIRMET border or icon until it is highlighted.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Touch the AIRMET/SIGMET Button to show the AIRMET / SIGMET Information Screen with the selected
AIRMET or SIGMET.
5) Scroll as needed to view full text of the report, then touch the Back or Home buttons.
APPENDICES
To display the SIGMET / AIRMET legend (Figure 6-61), touch the Legend Button on the Connext Weather
Settings Screen when either product is enabled for display. Scroll as needed to view the legend, then touch
Back or Home.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
381
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Figure 6-61 SIGMET/AIRMET Legend
EIS
Figure 6-60 AIRMET/SIGMET Information Screen
AUDIO & CNS
METARs
Note: METAR information is only displayed within the installed navigation database service area.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
METARs (METeorological Aerodrome Reports) typically contain information about the temperature,
dewpoint, wind, precipitation, cloud cover, cloud base heights, visibility, and barometric pressure at an
airport or observation station. They can also contain information on precipitation amounts, lightning, and
other critical data. METARs reflect hourly observations; non-routine updates include the code “SPECI” in the
report. METARs are shown as colored flags at airports that provide them.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Original METAR Text
APPENDICES
Airport with
METAR Flag
Selected with
Map Pointer
INDEX
Figure 6-62 Viewing METARs on the Connext Weather Pane
382
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Showing METAR text (Connext Weather Pane):
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > Connext Weather > Connext Weather Settings.
2) Touch the METARs Button in the Overlays window.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) To view METAR text, press the Joystick and move the map pointer with the Joystick over a METAR reporting
station.
Showing METAR text (navigation maps):
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
EIS
2) If needed, touch the Sensor tab.
3) Touch the Graphical METARs Button.
AUDIO & CNS
The METAR flag color is determined by the information in the METAR text. The system displays a gray
METAR flag when the METAR text does not contain adequate information to determine the METAR category
(e.g. VFR, IFR).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Touch the Legend Button on the Connext Weather Settings Screen to display weather legend(s) for weather
product(s) enabled on the Connext Weather Pane. Scroll as necessary to view the information, then touch
Back or Home.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-63 METAR Legend
AFCS
Winds Aloft
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The Winds Aloft weather product (Figure 6-64) shows the predicted wind speed and direction at the
surface and at selected altitudes. Altitude can be displayed in 3,000-foot increments from the surface up to
42,000 feet MSL.
Displaying Winds Aloft data:
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > Connext Weather > Connext Settings.
APPENDICES
2) Scroll if needed in the Overlays window and touch the Winds Aloft Button.
3) Touch the Winds Aloft altitude button (to the right of the Winds Aloft Button) and touch the desired winds
aloft altitude from Surface to 42,000 feet MSL in the pop-up window.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
383
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Winds Aloft Overlay at 12,000 Feet
Winds
Aloft Data
Age
AUDIO & CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected Winds
Aloft Altitude
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Connext Weather Settings Screen
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Touch to Enable/
Disable Winds
Aloft Overlay
Selected Winds
Aloft Altitude
Figure 6-64 Displaying Winds Aloft Forecast
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
To display the Winds Aloft legend (Figure 6-65), touch the Legend Button on the Connext Weather
Settings Screen when the Winds Aloft weather product is enabled. Scroll as needed to view the legend
information, then touch Back or Home.
INDEX
Figure 6-65 Winds Aloft Legend
384
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
PIREPs
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pilot Weather Reports (PIREPs) describe in-flight weather collected from pilots. A PIREP may contain
adverse weather conditions, such as low in-flight visibility, icing conditions, wind shear, turbulence, and type
of aircraft flown. PIREPs are issued as either Routine (UA) or Urgent (UUA).
EIS
PIREP
Selected with
Map Pointer
AUDIO & CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-66 PIREPs Enabled on the Connext Weather Pane
Displaying PIREP data:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > Connext Weather > Connext Settings.
2) Scroll in the Overlays window as needed and touch the PIREPs Buttons.
3) To view PIREP text, push the joystick to activate the map pointer and move the pointer with the joystick until
the selected report is highlighted, then touch the PIREP Info Button.
AFCS
4) Scroll as needed through the report text, then touch Back or Home.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 6-67 PIREP Info Screen
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
385
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
To display the PIREPs legend (Figure 6-68), touch the Legend Button on the Connext Weather Settings
Screen when the PIREPs weather product is enabled on the Connext Weather Pane. Scroll as needed to
view the legend information, then touch Back or Home.
Figure 6-68 AIREPs & PIREPs Legend
EIS
Temporary Flight Restrictions (TFRs)
NOTE: Do not rely solely upon data link services to provide Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR) information.
AUDIO & CNS
Always confirm TFR information through official sources such as Flight Service Stations or Air Traffic Control.
NOTE: Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR) data from Garmin Connext is only available in the United States
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
(not including any U.S. territories.) Refer to fly.garmin.com/fly-garmin/gfds-weather for Garmin Connext
Weather product coverage information.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) issues TFRs to designate areas where flight is restricted. TFRs are
issued to restrict flight for a variety of reasons including national security, law enforcement, fire suppression
efforts, airshows, and large sporting events. TFRs may be issued at any time, and TFR data displayed on
the system is only intended to supplement TFR information obtained from official sources including Flight
Service Stations (FSS), and air traffic control.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
The system does not display the age TFR product was assembled on the ground by the data provider is not
shown; however, if TFR product is not available or has expired, the system displays ‘TFR N/A’ in the upperright corner of maps on which the display of TFR information is enabled.
TFR
Selected
with Map
Pointer
INDEX
Figure 6-69 TFR Text for TFR Selected with Map Pointer
386
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Enabling/Disabling TFR information (SiriusXM Weather Pane):
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > Connext Weather > Connext Settings.
2) Scroll in the Overlays Window as needed and touch the TFRs Button.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) To view TFR text, push the Joystick to activate the map pointer and move the pointer with the Joystick until
the selected TFR border is highlighted, then touch‑ view the TFR near the pointer.
4) When finished, push the Joystick, or touch Back or Home.
EIS
The Map Settings Screen provides controls for enabling/disabling the display of TFR information on navigation
maps, in addition to selecting the maximum map range for the system to display TFR information. If the pilot
selects a map range above this setting, the system removes TFR information from the selected Display Pane.
Maps other than the Navigation Map Pane use settings based on those selected on the Map Settings Screen.
AUDIO & CNS
Setting up and customizing TFR data for maps on which TFR data can be displayed:
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the Aviation tab.
3) Touch the Airspaces Settings Button.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Touch the TFR Range button (displays current range setting or ‘Off’)
5) Scroll as necessary and touch the maximum navigation map range to display TFR information, or touch the Off
Button to disable the display of TFR information on navigation maps.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TFR information can also be enabled/disabled as part of the display of Class B/TMA, C/TCA, D, Restricted,
MOA (Military), Other/ADIZ airspaces. This setting affects the display of all airspace in this group.
Enabling/Disabling all airspace settings (including TFRs):
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the Aviation tab.
AFCS
3) Touch the Airspaces button to enable/disable the display of TFRs in addition to Class B/TMA, Class C/TCA,
Class D, Restricted, MOA (Military), and Other/ADIZ airspace.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
387
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
EIS
Touch to
change
settings
for TFR
display on
Navigation
Maps
AUDIO & CNS
Select Off to remove
TFR information from
Navigation Maps
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Select the
Maximum map
range for system
to show TFRs on
Navigation Maps
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-70 Customizing TFR display settings for Navigation Maps
388
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Abnormal Operations
If the system cannot complete a weather data request, one or more messages will appear in the request status
window.
Auto requests inhibited
Send manual request to reset
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Weather Request Status
Message
Description
The system has disabled automatic weather data requests due to excessive errors.
Automatic weather data requests have stopped. Send a manual weather data request to
resume automatic updates.
EIS
No Connext Subscription
Reduce Request Area
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
The weather data request timed-out. Re-send data request.
The data link is busy. Retry request later.
Connext Server Temporarily
Inop
Connext Server Inop
Invalid Coverage Area
AFCS
Request Failed - Try Again
Transfer Preempted
Connext Comm Error [8]
Connext Login Invalid
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Request Cancelled
Requested area too large.
Reduce coverage area.
A weather data transfer has timed out. Check Iridium signal strength and re-send the
Connext Data Request.
A server error has occurred or invalid data received.
There is a problem with the Garmin Connext registration. Contact Garmin Connext at
1-866-739-5687 in the United States or 913-440-1135 for assistance.
The Garmin Connext weather data server is temporarily out of service, but is expected to
return to service in less than 30 minutes.
The Garmin Connext weather data server will be out of service for at least 30 minutes.
The weather data request coverage area does not contain at least one of the following:
a waypoint, a flight plan, or a flight plan destination. Verify at least one of the coverage
options is enabled and contains required criteria, then re-send the data request.
The system is not be currently subscribed to the Garmin Connext Weather service, or the
access code is incorrect. Verify the access code. Contact Garmin Connext at 1-866-7395687 in the United States or 913-440-1135 for assistance.
The weather data request area exceeds size limits. Reduce weather coverage area and
re-send data request.
The user has cancelled a weather data request.
The size of the weather data request has exceeded limits. Reduce the size of the coverage
area and try the weather data request again.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Connext Comm Error [7]
AUDIO & CNS
Auto update retry: ## Seconds The system will attempt another automatic weather data request after an error occurred
during the previous request. Timer counts down until the next automatic request occurs.
Connext Comm Error [2]
A communications error has occurred with the GIA. The system should be serviced.
Connext Comm Error [4]
This occurs if multiple automatic weather data requests have recently failed, or the GIA is
off-line.
Connext Comm Error [5]
The Iridium or Garmin Connext services are not accessible. Check Iridium signal strength.
If this error persists, the system should be serviced.
Connext Comm Error [6]
A communications error has occurred. It this error persists, the system should be serviced.
INDEX
Table 6-7 Abnormal Weather Data Request Status Messages
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
389
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
6.3Lightning Detection System
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: Do not rely on information from the lightning detection system display as the sole basis for
hazardous weather avoidance. Range limitations and interference may cause the system to display inaccurate
or incomplete information. Refer to documentation from the lightning detection system manufacturer for
detailed information about the system.
NOTE: Refer to the documentation from the manufacturer of the on-board lightning detection system for
EIS
detailed information about the system, its capabilities, and limitations.
NOTE: Information from an on-board lightning detection system cannot be displayed simultaneously with
AUDIO & CNS
data link lightning information on the same map.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The system displays lightning cell and strike information on the Stormscope Pane, the Navigation Map Pane,
and the PFD Inset Navigation Map using the symbology shown in the table below.
Table 6-8 Lightning Age and Symbols
AFCS
The system operates in either Cell Mode or Strike Mode. When operating in Cell Mode, the system displays
clusters or cells of electrical activity. When operating in Strike Mode, the system displays the approximate
location of individual lightning strikes.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Lightning information is available on the Stormscope Pane, and can be enabled/disabled for display on the
Navigation Map Pane and the PFD Inset Navigation Map.
390
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Using the Stormscope Pane
The Stormscope Pane is the principal map pane for viewing Stormscope lightning information. The
Stormscope Pane map orientation is always heading up unless there is no valid heading.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Stormscope Mode
Map Orientation
Strike Rate
EIS
AUDIO & CNS
Selected Map
Range
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Stormscope Pane Operating in Strike Mode
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Selected
Stormscope Mode
APPENDICES
Stormscope Settings Screen
INDEX
Figure 6-71 Displaying Lighting on the Stormscope Pane
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
391
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Displaying the Stormscope Pane:
From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > Stormscope.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Joystick on the Touchscreen Controller adjusts the map range shown on the Stormscope Pane. Turn the
Joystick clockwise to increase the map range shown, or counter-clockwise to decrease the map range. Map
ranges are available from 25 nm to 200 nm on the Stormscope Pane.
Selecting a Stormscope mode for the Stormscope Pane:
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > Stormscope > Stormscope Settings.
EIS
2) Touch either the Cell Button or the Strike Button. Button annunciator is green for currently selected mode.
Clearing the Stormscope Pane removes any previously displayed cell or lightning strike information from the
pane.
AUDIO & CNS
Clearing Stormscope Information on the Stormscope Pane:
1) From Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > Stormscope > Stormscope Settings.
2) Touch the Clear Stormscope Lightning Button.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Displaying Lightning Information on Navigation Maps
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Storm Cell
Figure 6-72 Lightning Information on the Navigation Map Pane
(Cell Mode Selected)
392
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Enabling/disabling lightning information on Navigation Pap Panes:
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the Sensor Tab.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Scroll as needed and touch the Stormscope Lightning Button to enable/disable lightning information.
EIS
AUDIO & CNS
Stormscope
Lightning
Enabled
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-73 Enabling Stormscope Information for the
Navigation Map Pane
Selecting a Stormscope mode for the Navigation Map Pane:
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) If necessary, touch the Sensor Tab.
3) Scroll as needed and touch the Stormscope Lightning Settings Button.
4) Touch either the Cell Button or the Strike Button. Button annunciator is green for currently selected mode.
5) When finished, touch Back or Home.
AFCS
Removes Previous
Lightning
Information from
the Navigation
Map Pane
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Stormscope
Modes
APPENDICES
Provides
Map Range
Controls for
Stormscope
Information
Figure 6-74 Stormscope Settings for the
Navigation Map Pane
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
393
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Clearing the Stormscope pane removes any previously displayed cell or lightning strike information from the
Navigation Map pane and the PFD Inset Navigation Map.
Clearing Stormscope information on the Navigation Map Pane:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the Sensor Tab.
3) Scroll as needed and touch the Stormscope Lightning Settings Button.
4) Touch the Clear Stormscope Lightning Button.
EIS
Selecting a maximum Stormscope map range for the Navigation Map Pane:
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
AUDIO & CNS
2) If necessary, touch the Sensor Tab.
3) Scroll as needed and touch the Stormscope Lightning Settings Button.
4) Touch the Map Settings Button.
5) Touch the Stormscope range button (current range setting displayed in light blue).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6) Scroll as needed and touch to select the maximum map range to display lighting information.
Abnormal Operations
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
If heading input is lost, strikes and/or cells must be cleared manually after the execution of each turn. This
is to ensure that the strike and/or cell positions are depicted accurately in relation to the nose of the aircraft.
Refer to the previous procedures ‘Clearing Stormscope information on the Navigation Map Pane’ or ‘Clearing
Stormscope Information on the Stormscope Pane’ to clear Stormscope information from the selected map.
394
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
6.4 Terrain SVT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Warning: Do not use Terrain SVT information for primary terrain avoidance. Terrain SVT is intended only to
enhance situational awareness.
NOTE: Terrain data is not available when the aircraft is outside of the installed terrain database coverage
area.
EIS
NOTE: If the TAWS-B option is installed, it will take precedence over Terrain SVT.
AUDIO & CNS
Terrain SVT is a terrain awareness system included with the Synthetic Vision Technology (SVT) system. It
provides visual annunciations and voice alerts to indicate the presence of threatening terrain and obstacles relevant
to the projected flight path. For detailed information regarding SVT, refer to the Flight Instruments section of
this Pilot’s Guide.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Terrain SVT does not comply with TSO-C151b certification standards. It increases situational awareness and
aids in reducing controlled flight into terrain (CFIT) and obstacles. Do not confuse Terrain SVT with a Terrain
Awareness and Warning System (TAWS). TAWS is more sophisticated and robust, and it is TSO-C151b certified.
Although the terrain and obstacle color map displays are the same, TAWS uses more sophisticated algorithms to
assess aircraft distance from terrain and obstacles and provides additional alerts.
Terrain SVT does not provide the following:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Premature Descent Alerting (PDA)
• Excessive Descent Rate (EDR)
• Negative Climb Rate (NCR)
• Altitude Voice Callout (VCO)
AFCS
Terrain SVT requires the following components to operate properly:
• Valid 3-D GPS position
• Valid terrain database
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Valid obstacle database
APPENDICES
Terrain SVT uses terrain and obstacle information from government sources. Terrain information is based on
terrain elevation information in a database that may contain inaccuracies. Individual obstructions may be shown if
available in the database. Garmin verifies the data to confirm accuracy of the content, per TSO-C151b. However,
the displayed information should never be understood as being all-inclusive and data may be inaccurate.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
Terrain SVT uses information from the GPS receiver to provide a horizontal position and altitude. GPS altitude
is derived from satellite measurements. GPS altitude is then converted to the height above geodetic sea level
(GSL), which is the height above mean sea level (MSL) calculated geometrically. Terrain SVT uses GSL altitude to
calculate alerts. GSL altitude accuracy is affected by satellite geometry, but is not subject to variations in pressure
and temperature that normally affect pressure altitude sensors. GSL altitude does not require local altimeter
settings to determine MSL altitude. It is a widely-used MSL altitude source. Therefore, GSL altitude provides a
highly accurate and reliable MSL altitude source to calculate terrain and obstacle alerts.
395
SySteM
overvieW
Hazard avoidance
fliGHt
inStruMentS
Terrain SVT terrain and obstacle databases are referenced to MSL. Using the GPS position and GSL altitude,
Terrain SVT displays a 2-D picture of the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative to the position and altitude
of the aircraft. Furthermore, the system uses GPS position and GSL altitude to calculate and project the aircraft’s
flight path in relation to the surrounding terrain and obstacles. In this manner, Terrain SVT can provide advanced
alerts for predicted dangerous terrain and obstacle conditions.
eiS
Baro-corrected altitude (or indicated altitude) is derived by adjusting the altimeter setting for local atmospheric
conditions. The most accurate baro-corrected altitude can be achieved by frequently updating the altimeter
setting to the nearest reporting station along the flight path. However, because actual atmospheric conditions
seldom match the standard conditions defined by the International Standard Atmosphere (ISA) model (where
pressure, temperature, and lapse rates have fixed values), it is common for the baro-corrected altitude (as read
from the altimeter) to differ from the GSL altitude.
audio & cnS
diSPlayinG terrain Svt data
afcS
Hazard
avoidance
fliGHt
ManaGeMent
Terrain SVT uses yellow (caution) and red (warning) to depict terrain and obstacles (with heights greater than
200 feet above ground level, AGL) alerts relative to aircraft altitude. The system adjusts colors automatically as
the aircraft altitude changes. The colors and symbols in Figure 6-75 and Tables 6-9 and 6-10 represent terrain,
obstacles, and potential impact points.
Figure 6-75 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for Terrain SVT
additional
featureS
Unlighted Obstacle Height Lighted Obstacle Height
< 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL < 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL
Description
Obstacle is red if 100’ below current
aircraft altitude or higher.
aPPendiceS
Obstacle is yellow if between 100’ below
and 1000’ below current aircraft altitude.
indeX
Table 6-9 Terrain SVT Obstacle Colors and Symbology
396
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Alert Type
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Potential Impact
Point Symbol
Example PFD Annunciation
Warning
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Caution
Table 6-10 Terrain SVT Potential Impact Point Symbols with Alert Types
EIS
The system shows Terrain SVT information on the Terrain SVT Pane, the Navigation Map Pane, and on the
PFD Inset Navigation Map.
Enabling/disabling relative terrain information (Navigation Map Pane):
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
AUDIO & CNS
2) If necessary, touch the Sensor Tab.
3) Touch the Relative Terrain Button to display/remove relative terrain information on the Navigation Map Pane.
Enabling/Disabling obstacle information (Navigation Maps)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the Land Tab.
3) Touch the Obstacle Data Button to enable/disable obstacle data.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The system can overlay terrain and obstacle data on the PFD Inset Navigation Map. If the Inset Map is
currently displaying the traffic map (Traffic Map Softkey annunciator is green), the traffic map must first be
disabled in order to view the PFD Inset Navigation Map.
Displaying terrain information (PFD Inset Navigation Map)
1) Press the Inset Map Settings Softkey.
AFCS
2) Press the Terrain Softkey. Softkey annunciator is green when terrain display is enabled, and gray when terrain
is disabled.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When the pilot enables Terrain SVT data on maps other than the Terrain SVT Pane, an icon indicates the
feature is enabled for display. A legend for Terrain SVT terrain colors accompanies the icon on the Navigation
Map Panes (Figure 6-76). The legend is shown without the terrain icon on the Terrain SVT Pane.
APPENDICES
Figure 6-76 Terrain Icon and Legend
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
397
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Map Settings Screen on the Touchscreen Controller enables adjustment of map range settings above
which the system declutters terrain and obstacle data from the display. If the pilot selects a map range larger
than the map range setting, the system removes the data from the map. For terrain data, the enable/disable
function applies only to the Display Pains, while the range setting also affects the PFD Inset Navigation Map.
The system can display terrain data independently from obstacle data; however, the system will display
obstacles for which cautions or warnings exist when terrain is enabled for display and the map range is within
the setting limit.
AUDIO & CNS
EIS
Maps besides the Terrain SVT Pane use settings based on those selected for the Map Settings Screen on the
Touchscreen Controller. The maximum display ranges for obstacles on each map are dependent on the range
setting made for the navigation maps. If the maximum range for obstacle display on the navigation maps is
adjusted to below 20 nm, the highest obstacle display range settings on the other applicable maps are also
adjusted proportionally.
CAUTION: Terrain and obstacle data will not be displayed when the Navigation Map range is larger than
the Map Options range setting for Terrain Data and Obstacle Data.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selecting the maximum navigation map range for terrain information:
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the Sensor Tab.
3) Scroll to find the Relative Terrain Settings Button.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Touch the Map Settings Button.
5) Touch the Terrain Range Button
6) Scroll if necessary, and touch a range button to select the maximum map range for the system to show relative
terrain information.
AFCS
Selecting the maximum navigation map range for obstacle information:
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the Land Tab.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Touch the Obstacle Data Range Button.
4) Scroll if necessary, and touch a range button to select the maximum map range for the system to show obstacle
information.
APPENDICES
Terrain SVT Pane
The Terrain SVT Pane shows terrain, obstacle, and potential impact point information in relation to the
aircraft’s current altitude, without clutter from the basemap. It is the principal map pane for viewing Terrain
SVT information. If an obstacle and the projected flight path of the aircraft intersect, the display automatically
adjusts the map range if necessary to emphasize the display of the potential impact point(s).
INDEX
Aircraft orientation on the Terrain SVT Pane is always heading up unless there is no valid heading. A box on
the map range arc indicates the selected map range. Turn the Joystick clockwise to increase the map range, or
counter-clockwise to decrease the map range.
398
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Showing the Terrain SVT Pane:
From Home, touch the Terrain SVT Button.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Terrain SVT Pane can also display airports, VORs, NDBs, and intersections for additional reference,
matching the enable/disable and map ranges settings chosen on the Map Settings Screen for these items.
Enabling/disabling aviation data on the Terrain SVT Pane:
1) From Home, touch Terrain SVT > Terrain SVT Settings.
EIS
2) Touch the Show Aviation Data Button to display/remove aviation data (airports, VORs, NDBs, Intersections)
on the Terrain SVT Pane.
Current Aircraft
GPS-derived GSL
Altitude
Map Orientation
AUDIO & CNS
Terrain SVT Pane
Map Range
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Yellow Terrain
(Between 100’
and 1000’ Below
the Aircraft
Altitude)
Red Terrain
(Above or Within
100’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)
Potential Impact
Point Caution
Yellow Lighted
Obstacle (Between
100’ and 1000’
Below Aircraft
Altitude)
Terrain SVT Pane
Alert Annunciation
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Black Terrain
(More than 1000’
Below the Aircraft
Altitude)
Terrain Legend
Figure 6-77 Terrain SVT Pane
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 6-78 Terrain SVT Settings Screen
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
The Terrain SVT Pane also displays Runway Extensions at the next airport in the Active Flight Plan, when
Runway Extensions are enabled on the Map Settings Screen, and the Terrain SVT Pane range is within the
selected declutter range setting limits. In addition, the Terrain SVT shows the wind vector when this feature is
399
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
enabled on the Map Settings Screen. Refer to the Flight Management section for more information about these
features.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The system issues alerts when flight conditions meet parameters set within Terrain SVT software algorithms.
Terrain SVT alerts employ a CAUTION or a WARNING alert severity level, or both. When the system issues
an alert, visual annunciations and aural alerts occur simultaneously. Table 6-11 shows Terrain SVT alert types
with corresponding annunciations and voice alerts.
EIS
When the system issues an alert, annunciations appear on the PFD, the Terrain SVT Display on the MFD,
and on the Touchscreen Controller. The Terrain SVT Alert Annunciation is shown to the upper left of the
Altimeter on the PFD and on the lower left of the Terrain SVT Display on the MFD. A pop-up alert appears on
the Touchscreen Controller. To acknowledge the pop-up alert, do one of the following:
• Touch the Terrain SVT Button (accesses the Terrain SVT Pane), or
AUDIO & CNS
• Touch the Inhibit Terrain Button to inhibit Terrain SVT alerting, or
• Touch the Ok Button remove the pop-up alert from the Touchscreen Controller.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
PFD Alert Annunciation
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Terrain SVT Pane Alert
Annunciation
Touchscreen
Controller Pop-Up
Alert Annunciation
APPENDICES
AFCS
Potential Impact
Point Caution
Acknowledges popup alert and return
to previous screen
View the Terrain
SVT Pane
Inhibits
Terrain SVT
alerting
INDEX
Figure 6-79 Terrain SVT Alert Annunciations
400
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Touchscreen Controller
Pop-Up Alert
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
PFD/Terrain
SVT Pane Alert
Alert Type
Voice Alert
“Warning; Terrain, Terrain”
Imminent Terrain Impact Warning (ITI)
“Warning; Terrain, Terrain”
Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance
Warning (ROC)
“Warning; Obstacle, Obstacle”
Imminent Obstacle Impact Warning (IOI)
“Warning; Obstacle, Obstacle”
“Caution; Terrain, Terrain”
Imminent Terrain Impact Caution (ITI)
“Caution; Terrain, Terrain”
Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance
Caution (ROC)
“Caution; Obstacle, Obstacle”
Imminent Obstacle Impact Caution (IOI)
“Caution; Obstacle, Obstacle”
EIS
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance
Caution (RTC)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance
Warning (RTC)
AUDIO & CNS
Table 6-11 Terrain SVT Alerts Summary
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance
The Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance (FLTA) feature of Terrain-SVT compares the aircraft’s projected
flight path with known terrain and obstacles in their respective databases and issues four types of alerts as
either a caution or a warning:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The system issues Reduced Required Terrain Clearance (RTC) and Reduced Required Obstacle
Clearance (ROC) alerts when the aircraft flight path is above terrain, yet is projected to come within the
minimum clearance values in Figure 6-80. The system shows a potential impact point on the navigation map
(if terrain display is enabled) and on the Terrain SVT Display with an RTC alert.
AFCS
The system issues Imminent Terrain Impact (ITI) and Imminent Obstacle Impact (IOI) alerts when
the aircraft is below the elevation of a terrain or obstacle cell in the aircraft’s projected path. The system
shows a potential impact point on the navigation map (if terrain display is enabled) and on the Terrain SVT
Display with an ITI or IOI alert. The system issues an alert when the projected vertical flight path is within
the minimum clearance altitudes in Figure 6-80.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
401
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Level (FT)
Descending (FT)
800
EIS
Required
Clearance
(FT)
Required Terrain
Clearance (FT)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
700
600
500
400
300
200
AUDIO & CNS
100
0
0
5
10
15
20
Distance From Runway (NM)
25
30
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-80 FLTA Alert Minimum Terrain and Obstacle Clearance Values
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The system automatically inhibits FLTA alerts when the aircraft is less than 200 feet above the destination
runway elevation while within 0.5 nm of the approach runway or the aircraft is between runway ends. When
Terrain SVT alerting is manually inhibited, the system displays the status annunciation ‘TER INH’ on the PFD
and in the lower-left corner of the Terrain SVT Pane
402
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Terrain SVT Alerting Inhibited
Annunciation (PFD)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO & CNS
Terrain SVT Alerting Inhibited
Annunciation (Terrain SVT Pane)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Terrain SVT Alerting
Inhibited
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-81 Inhibiting Terrain SVT Alerting
AFCS
Inhibiting/enabling Terrain SVT alerting:
1) From Home, touch Terrain SVT > Terrain SVT Settings.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Touch the Terrain Inhibit Button. When the annunciator on the button is green, Terrain SVT alerting is
inhibited. When the annunciator is gray, Terrain SVT alerting is enabled.
Or:
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) Scroll in the Overlays window and touch the Relative Terrain Settings Button.
APPENDICES
3) Touch the Terrain Inhibit button. When the annunciator on the button is green, Terrain SVT alerting is
inhibited. When the annunciator is gray, Terrain SVT alerting is enabled.
4) When finished, touch Back or Home.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
403
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Inhibiting Terrain SVT alerting while an alert is occurring:
Touch the Inhibit Terrain Button on the Terrain SVT pop-up window.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If Terrain SVT alerts are inhibited when the Final Approach Fix is the active waypoint in a GPS SBAS
approach, the system may show a ‘LOW ALT’ annunciation on the PFD next to the Altimeter if the current
aircraft altitude is at least 164 feet below the prescribed altitude at the Final Approach Fix. See the Flight
Instruments Section for details.
System Status
EIS
During power-up, Terrain SVT conducts a system test of its aural and visual annunciations. The system
issues an aural alert when the test is finished.
AUDIO & CNS
Terrain SVT continually monitors several system-critical items such as database validity, hardware status,
and GPS status. If the terrain/obstacle database is not available, the system generates the aural message
“Terrain System Failure” along with the ‘TER FAIL’ alert annunciation.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Terrain SVT requires a 3-D GPS navigation solution along with specific vertical accuracy minimums. Should
the navigation solution become degraded or if the aircraft is out of the database coverage area, the system
generates the aural message “Terrain System Not Available” along with the visual ‘TER N/A’ annunciation.
When sufficient GPS signal is returns and the aircraft is within the terrain/obstacle database coverage area, the
system generates the aural message “Terrain System Available”.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Alert Type
PFD/Terrain
SVT Display
Annunciation
Terrain SVT Display Center Banner
Annunciation
System Test in Progress
System Test Pass
None
None
AFCS
Terrain Alerting Inhibited
None
“Terrain System Test OK”
None
None
“Terrain System Not Available”*
No GPS position
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Excessively degraded GPS
signal; or Out of database
coverage area
Terrain System Test Fail;
Terrain or Obstacle database
unavailable or invalid; Invalid
software configuration; or
System audio fault
MFD Terrain or Obstacle
database unavailable or
invalid, and Terrain SVT
operating with PFD Terrain or
Obstacle databases
Voice Alert
None
“Terrain System Not Available”*
“Terrain System Failure”
None
None
* “Terrain System Available” will be heard when sufficient GPS signal is received, or Terrain database coverage area reentered.
Table 6-12 Terrain SVT System Status Annunciations
404
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
6.5 TAWS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Warning: Do not use TAWS information for primary terrain avoidance. TAWS is intended only to enhance
situational awareness.
NOTE: Government agencies provide data for the TAWS databases. Garmin accurately processes and cross-
validates the data but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data.
EIS
NOTE: Terrain information is not available when the aircraft is outside of the installed terrain database
coverage area.
AUDIO & CNS
The Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS) is a software feature that provides the pilot with visual
annunciations and voice alerts for potential conflicts between the current flight path and surrounding terrain and
obstacles. The TAWS messages are advisory in nature only.
TAWS satisfies TSO-C151b Class B requirements for certification.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
TAWS requires the following to operate properly:
• A valid terrain and obstacle database
• A valid 3-D GPS position solution
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TAWS uses terrain and obstacle information from government sources. Terrain information is based on terrain
elevation information in a database that may contain inaccuracies. Individual obstructions may be shown if
available in the database. Garmin verifies the data, per TSO-C151b. However, the displayed information should
never be understood as being all-inclusive and data may be inaccurate.
AFCS
TAWS uses information provided from the GPS receiver to provide a horizontal position and altitude. GPS
altitude is derived from satellite measurements. GPS altitude is then converted to the height above geodetic
sea level (GSL), which is the height above mean sea level (MSL) calculated geometrically. The system uses GSL
altitude for its alert calculations. GSL altitude accuracy is affected by satellite geometry, but is not subject to
variations in pressure and temperature that normally affect pressure altitude sensors. GSL altitude does not
require local altimeter settings to determine MSL altitude. It is a widely-used MSL altitude source. Therefore,
GSL altitude provides a highly accurate and reliable MSL altitude source to calculate terrain and obstacle alerts.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
The TAWS terrain and obstacle databases are referenced to MSL. Using the GPS position and GSL altitude,
TAWS provides a 2-D picture of the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative to the position and altitude of the
aircraft. Furthermore, the system uses the GPS position and GSL altitude to calculate and “predict” the aircraft’s
flight path in relation to the surrounding terrain and obstacles. In this manner, TAWS can provide advanced alerts
of predicted dangerous terrain and obstacle conditions.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
Baro-corrected altitude (or indicated altitude) is derived by adjusting the altimeter setting for local atmospheric
conditions. The most accurate baro-corrected altitude can be achieved by frequently updating the altimeter
setting to the nearest reporting station along the flight path. However, because actual atmospheric conditions
seldom match the standard conditions defined by the International Standard Atmosphere (ISA) model (where
pressure, temperature, and lapse rates have fixed values), it is common for the baro-corrected altitude (as read
from the altimeter) to differ from the GSL altitude.
405
SySteM
overvieW
Hazard avoidance
diSPlayinG taWS inforMation
audio & cnS
eiS
fliGHt
inStruMentS
TAWS uses yellow (caution) and red (warning) to depict terrain and obstacles (with heights greater than 200
feet above ground level) alerts relative to aircraft altitude. The system adjusts colors as the aircraft altitude
changes. The colors and symbols in Figure 6-82 and Tables 6-13 and 6-14 represent terrain, obstacles, and
potential impact points.
fliGHt
ManaGeMent
Figure 6-82 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for TAWS
Unlighted Obstacle
Lighted Obstacle
< 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL < 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL
Obstacle Location
Hazard
avoidance
Red obstacle is above or within 100 ft
below the aircraft altitude
Yellow obstacle is between 100 ft and
1000 ft below the aircraft altitude
afcS
Table 6-13 TAWS Obstacle Colors and Symbology
additional
featureS
Potential Impact
Point Symbol
Alert Type
Example Annunciation
Warning
Caution
indeX
aPPendiceS
Table 6-14 TAWS Potential Impact Point Symbols with Alert Types
406
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The system shows TAWS information on the TAWS Pane, the Navigation Map Pane, and on the PFD Inset
Navigation Map.
Enabling/disabling relative terrain information (Navigation Map Pane):
2) If necessary, touch the Sensor Tab.
3) Touch the Relative Terrain Button to display/remove relative terrain information on the Navigation Map Pane.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
Enabling/Disabling obstacle information (Navigation Maps)
EIS
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the Land Tab.
The system can overlay terrain and obstacle data on the PFD Inset Navigation Map. If the Inset Map is
currently displaying the traffic map (Traffic Map Softkey annunciator is green), the traffic map must first be
disabled in order to view the PFD Inset Navigation Map.
1) Press the Inset Map Settings Softkey.
2) Press the Terrain Softkey. Softkey annunciator is green when terrain display is enabled, and gray when terrain
is disabled.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
When the pilot enables TAWS information on maps other than the TAWS Pane, an icon indicates the feature
is enabled for display. A legend for TAWS terrain colors accompanies the icon on the Navigation Map Panes
(Figure 6-83). The legend is shown without the terrain icon on the TAWS Pane.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Displaying terrain information (PFD Inset Navigation Map)
AUDIO & CNS
3) Touch the Obstacle Data Button to enable/disable obstacle data.
AFCS
The system can display terrain data independently from obstacle data; however, the system will display
obstacles for which cautions or warnings exist when terrain is enabled for display and the map range is within
the setting limit.
INDEX
Maps besides the TAWS Pane use settings based on those selected for the Map Options Screen on the
Touchscreen Controller. The maximum display ranges for obstacles on each map are dependent on the range
setting made for the navigation maps. If the maximum range for obstacle display on the navigation maps is
adjusted to below 20 nm, the highest obstacle display range settings on the other applicable maps are also
adjusted proportionally.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
407
APPENDICES
The Map Settings on the Touchscreen Controller enables adjustment of map range settings above which the
system declutters terrain and obstacle data from the display. If the pilot selects a map range larger than the map
range setting, the system removes the data from the map. For terrain data, the enable/disable function applies
only to the Display Panes, while the range setting also affects the PFD Inset Navigation Map.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-83 Terrain Icon and Legend
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
CAUTION: Terrain and obstacle data will not be displayed when the Navigation Map range is larger than
the Map Settings range setting for Terrain Data and Obstacle Data.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selecting the maximum navigation map range for terrain information:
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the Sensor Tab.
3) Scroll to find the Relative Terrain Settings Button.
EIS
4) Touch the Map Settings Button.
5) Touch the Terrain Range Button
AUDIO & CNS
6) Scroll if necessary, and touch a range button to select the maximum map range for the system to show relative
terrain information.
Selecting the maximum navigation map range for obstacle information:
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) If necessary, touch the Land Tab.
3) Touch the Obstacle Data Range Button.
4) Scroll if necessary, and touch a range button to select the maximum map range for the system to show obstacle
information.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TAWS Pane
AFCS
The TAWS Pane shows terrain, obstacle, and potential impact point information in relation to the aircraft’s
current altitude, without clutter from the basemap. It is the principal map pane for viewing TAWS information.
If an obstacle and the projected flight path of the aircraft intersect, the display automatically adjusts the map
range if necessary to emphasize the display of the potential impact point(s).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Aircraft orientation on the TAWS pane is always heading up unless there is no valid heading. A box on the
map range arc indicates the selected map range. Turn the Joystick clockwise to increase the map range, or
counter-clockwise to decrease the map range.
Showing the TAWS Pane:
From Home, touch the TAWS Button.
APPENDICES
The TAWS Pane can also display airports, VORs, NDBs, and intersections for additional reference, matching
the enable/disable and map ranges settings chosen on the Map Settings Screen for these items.
Enabling/disabling aviation data on the TAWS Pane:
1) From Home, touch TAWS > TAWS Settings.
INDEX
2) Touch the Show Aviation Data Button to display/remove aviation data (airports, VORs, NDBs, Intersections)
on the TAWS Pane.
408
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Current Aircraft
GPS-derived GSL
Altitude
Map Orientation
TAWS Pane Map
Range
Red Terrain
(Above or Within
100’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Black Terrain
(More than 1000’
Below the Aircraft
Altitude)
Red Lighted Obstacle
(Above or Within
100’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)
EIS
Yellow Lighted
Obstacle (Between
100’ and 1000’
Below Aircraft
Altitude)
TAWS Alerting
Inhibited Annunciation
AUDIO & CNS
Yellow Terrain
(Between 100’
and 1000’ Below
the Aircraft
Altitude)
Figure 6-84 TAWS Pane
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
TAWS Alerting
Inhibited Selected
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 6-85 TAWS Settings Screen Controls TAWS Pane
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The TAWS Pane also displays Runway Extensions at the next airport in the Active Flight Plan, when Runway
Extensions are enabled on the Map Settings Screen, and the TAWS Pane range is within the selected declutter
range setting limits. In addition, the TAWS Pane shows the wind vector when this feature is enabled on the Map
Settings Screen. Refer to the Flight Management section for more information about these features.
TAWS Alerts
APPENDICES
The system issues TAWS alerts when flight conditions meet parameters that are set within TAWS software
algorithms. TAWS alerts typically employ a CAUTION or a WARNING alert severity level, or both. When the
system issues an alert, visual annunciations appear simultaneously with voice alerts. Table 6-15 shows TAWS
alert types with corresponding annunciations and voice alerts.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
409
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
When the system issues an alert, an annunciation appears on the PFD above the right side of the Roll Scale. If
the TAWS Pane is displayed, an annunciation appears in the lower-left corner of the pane. In addition, a pop-up
alert appears on the Touchscreen Controller. When a pop-up alert occurs, do one of the following:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Touch the TAWS Button (displays the TAWS Pane), or
• Touch the Inhibit TAWS Button to inhibit TAWS alerting.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO & CNS
EIS
• Touch the OK Button to remove the pop-up alert.
PFD Alert Annunciation
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TAWS Pane Alert
Annunciation
Touchscreen
Controller Pop-Up
Alert Annunciation
AFCS
Touch to show
TAWS Pane
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-86 TAWS Alert Annunciations
410
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
PFD/TAWS Pane
Annunciation
or
Imminent Terrain Impact Warning (ITI)
*
or
*
Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance
Warning (ROC)
or
*
or
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”
or
Terrain Ahead, Pull Up; Terrain Ahead, Pull Up”*
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”*
or
“Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up; Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up”
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”
or
“Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up; Obstacle Ahead, Pull
Up”*
Excessive Descent Rate Warning (EDR)
“Pull Up”
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance
Caution (RTC)
or
“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”*
or
“Terrain Ahead; Terrain Ahead”
*
or
*
Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance
Caution (ROC)
or
*
or
*
“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”*
or
“Obstacle Ahead; Obstacle Ahead”
“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”
or
“Obstacle Ahead; Obstacle Ahead”*
“Too Low, Terrain”
Excessive Descent Rate Caution (EDR)
“Sink Rate”
or
*
AFCS
Premature Descent Alert Caution (PDA)
Negative Climb Rate Caution (NCR)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Imminent Obstacle Impact Caution (IOI)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”
or
“Terrain Ahead; Terrain Ahead”*
Imminent Terrain Impact Caution (ITI)
“Don’t Sink”*
or
“Too Low, Terrain”
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
“Too Low, Terrain”
Flight Into Terrain High Speed Caution
(FIT)
Altitude Voice Callout (VCO)
AUDIO & CNS
*
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up” *
or
“Terrain Ahead, Pull Up; Terrain Ahead, Pull Up”
EIS
Imminent Obstacle Impact Warning (IOI)
Voice Alert
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance
Warning (RTC)
Touchscreen Controller
Pop-Up Alert
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Alert Type
None
None
“Five-Hundred”
* Alerts with multiple messages are configurable. Alerts for the default configuration are indicated with asterisks.
APPENDICES
Table 6-15 TAWS Alerts Summary
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
411
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Excessive Descent Rate Alert
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The purpose of the Excessive Descent Rate (EDR) alert is to provide notification when the aircraft is
determined to be closing (descending) upon terrain a rate that is calculated to be excessive relative to height
above terrain. Figure 6-87 shows the parameters for the alert as defined by TSO-C151b.
6000
5500
5000
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
4500
EIS
4000
NK
: “SI
ion
Caut
3500
”
RATE
3000
AUDIO & CNS
2500
2000
Warning: “PULL UP”
1500
1000
12000
11000
Descent Rate (FPM)
10000
9000
8000
7000
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
0
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
500
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-87 Excessive Descent Rate Alert Criteria
Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance (FLTA)
AFCS
The Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance (FLTA) feature of TAWS compares the projected flight path as
derived from GPS data with terrain features and obstacles from the terrain and obstacle databases. The system
issues visual annunciations and voice alerts when the projected flight path conflicts with terrain or obstacles.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The projected flight path is a calculated area ahead of, to the sides, and below the aircraft. The size of
the projected flight path varies based on factors including ground speed (the path ahead is larger when the
ground speed is higher), whether the aircraft is level, turning, or descending, and the proximity to the nearest
runway along the current track. As the aircraft approaches the runway, the projected flight path becomes
narrower until the system automatically disables FLTA alerts or the pilot manually inhibits them.
There are two types of FLTA alerts, Reduced Required Terrain/Obstacle Clearance (RTC or ROC respectively)
and Imminent Terrain/Obstacle Impact (ITI or IOI respectively).
APPENDICES
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance (RTC) and Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance (ROC)
alerts are issued when the aircraft flight path is above terrain, yet is projected to come within the minimum
clearance values in Figure 6-88. When an RTC alert is issued, the system shows a potential impact point on
maps with relative terrain display enabled.
INDEX
Imminent Terrain Impact (ITI) and Imminent Obstacle Impact (IOI) alerts are issued when the
aircraft is below the elevation of a terrain or obstacle in the aircraft’s projected path. ITI and IOI alerts are
accompanied by a potential impact point displayed on maps with relative terrain display enabled. The alert is
412
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
annunciated when the projected vertical flight path is calculated to come within minimum clearance altitudes
in Figure 6-88.
Required Terrain Clearance
RTC Descending (FT)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
RTC Level (FT)
800
600
500
EIS
400
300
AUDIO & CNS
Required
Terrain Clearance
(FT)
Required
Terrain
Clearance
(FT)
700
200
100
0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Distance From Runway (NM)
Distance
From Runway (NM)
Figure 6-88 FLTA Alert Minimum Terrain and Obstacle Clearance Values
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLTA alerts are automatically disabled when the aircraft is less than 200 feet above the destination runway
elevation while within 0.5 nm of the approach runway or the aircraft is between runway ends.
Premature Descent Alerting
A Premature Descent Alert (PDA) is issued when the system detects that the aircraft is significantly
below the normal approach path to a runway (Figure 6-89).
AFCS
PDA alerting begins when the aircraft is below 700 feet AGL within 15 nm of the destination airport and
ends when the aircraft is 0.5 nm from the runway threshold.
800
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
600
500
400
APPENDICES
Height Above Destination (Feet)
700
300
PDA Alerting Area
200
100
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
INDEX
Distance to Destination (NM)
Figure 6-89 PDA Alerting Threshold
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
413
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Inhibiting FLTA and PDA Alerts
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Hazard Avoidance
FLTA and PDA alerting can be manually inhibited. Discretion should be used when inhibiting alerts and
the system should be enabled when appropriate. When PDA and FLTA alerts are inhibited, the system
displays the ‘TAWS INH’ status annunciation on the PFD and on the TAWS Pane.
NOTE: The TAWS Inhibit function only inhibits FLTA and PDA alerts.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO & CNS
EIS
TAWS Alerting Inhibited
Annunciation (PFD)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TAWS Alerting Inhibited Annunciation
(TAWS Pane)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
TAWS Alerting
Inhibited Selected
Figure 6-90 Inhibiting TAWS FLTA and PDA Alerting
Inhibiting/enabling TAWS FLTA and PDA alerting:
APPENDICES
1) From Home, touch TAWS > TAWS Settings.
2) Touch the TAWS Inhibit Button. When the button annunciator on the button is green, alerting is inhibited.
When the button annunciator is gray, TAWS alerting is enabled.
Or:
INDEX
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the Sensor Tab.
3) Touch the Relative Terrain Settings Button.
414
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4) Touch the TAWS Inhibit Button. Alerting is inhibited when the annunciator on the button is green. When the
button annunciator is gray, alerting is enabled
5) When finished, touch Back or Home.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Inhibiting TAWS alerting while an alert is occurring:
1) Touch the Inhibit TAWS Button on the Terrain Alert pop-up window.
2) Touch the OK Button to confirm and inhibit TAWS or touch the Cancel Button to return to the previous screen
or Terrain Alert pop-up window.
EIS
While TAWS alerting is manually inhibited (or the TAWS system is not available or has failed), the system
may display a ‘LOW ALT’ annunciation if the following conditions are met:
• The aircraft is on a GBAS SBAS approach.
• The Final Approach Fix is the active waypoint.
AUDIO & CNS
• The aircraft is at least 164 feet below the prescribed altitude at the Final Approach Fix..
See the Flight Instruments Section for more details about the ‘LOW ALT’ annunciation.
Excessive Descent Rate Alert
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The purpose of the Excessive Descent Rate (EDR) alert is to provide suitable notification when the
aircraft is determined to be closing (descending) upon terrain at an excessive speed. Figure 6-91 shows the
parameters for the alert as defined by TSO-C151b.
6000
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5500
5000
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
4500
4000
ion:
AFCS
Caut
3500
ATE”
KR
“SIN
3000
2500
2000
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Warning: “PULL UP”
1500
1000
11000
12000
APPENDICES
Descent Rate (FPM)
10000
9000
8000
7000
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
0
500
Figure 6-91 Excessive Descent Rate Alert Criteria
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
415
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Negative Climb Rate After Takeoff Alert
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Negative Climb Rate (NCR) After Takeoff alert (also referred to as “Altitude Loss After Takeoff”)
provides alerts when the system determines the aircraft is losing altitude (closing upon terrain) after takeoff.
NCR alerting for TAWS is only active when departing from an airport and when the following conditions are
met:
• Height above the terrain is less than 700 feet
• Distance from the departure airport is 5 nm or less
• Heading change from the departure heading is less than 110 degrees
EIS
NCR alerts can be triggered by either altitude loss (Figure 6-92) or sink rate (6-93).
1000
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
AUDIO & CNS
900
800
700
600
500
“DON’T SINK”
or
“TOO LOW, TERRAIN”
400
300
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
200
100
0
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
Altitude Loss (Feet)
AFCS
Figure 6-92 Negative Climb Rate (NCR) Altitude Loss
1000
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
900
800
700
600
500
“DON’T SINK”
or
“TOO LOW, TERRAIN”
400
300
200
100
0
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
INDEX
Sink Rate (FPM)
Figure 6-93 Negative Climb Rate (NCR) Sink Rate
416
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Altitude Voice Callout (VCO)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
TAWS provides an aural advisory alert as the aircraft descends through 500 feet above the terrain (if greater
than 5 nm from the nearest airport) or 500 feet above the nearest runway threshold elevation (if less than 5
nm from the nearest airport). Upon descent to this altitude, TAWS issues a “Five-hundred” voice alert.
There are no display annunciations or pop-up alerts that accompany the aural message(s). The VCO alert
cannot be inhibited.
System Status
TAWS System Fail
TAWS FAIL
“TAWS System Failure”
System Test in progress
TAWS TEST
None
None
“TAWS System Test OK”
System Test pass
None
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Voice Alert
PFD/TAWS Pane
Annunciation
AUDIO & CNS
TAWS Pane
Center Banner
Annunciation
Alert Type
EIS
During power-up, TAWS conducts an automatic system test. The test can also be manually initiated. The
system issues a voice alerts when the test is finished. TAWS System Testing is disabled when ground speed
exceeds 30 knots. TAWS terrain alerts will not be issued while a test is in progress.
Table 6-16 TAWS System Test Status Annunciations
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Manually testing the TAWS System:
1) From Home, touch TAWS > TAWS Settings.
2) Touch the Test TAWS Button.
Or:
AFCS
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) Touch the Relative Terrain Settings Button.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Touch the Test TAWS Button.
TAWS Abnormal operations
TAWS continually monitors several system-critical items such as database validity and GPS status.
APPENDICES
If no neither the PFD nor MFD contains Terrain and Obstacle databases (or the databases are invalid), the
aural message “TAWS System Failure” is generated along with the ‘TAWS FAIL’ alert annunciation.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
TAWS requires a 3-D GPS navigation solution along with specific vertical accuracy minimums. Should the
navigation solution become degraded or if the aircraft is out of the database coverage area, the annunciation
‘TAWS N/A’ is generated in the annunciation window and on the TAWS Pane. The voice alert “TAWS Not
Available” is also generated if airborne. . When the system receives sufficient GPS signal and the aircraft is
within the database coverage area, the system issues a “TAWS Available” voice message.
417
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
PFD/TAWS Pane
Annunciation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Alert Type
AUDIO & CNS
EIS
TAWS System Test Fail;
Terrain, Airport Terrain
or Obstacle database
unavailable or invalid on all
GDUs; software mismatch
among GDUs; TAWS audio
fault
MFD Terrain or Obstacle
database unavailable or
invalid. TAWS operating
with PFD Terrain or
Obstacle databases
No GPS position
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Excessively degraded GPS
signal, or out of database
coverage area
Sufficient GPS signal
reception restored
None
None
TAWS Pane Center Banner
Annunciation
Voice Alert
TAWS FAIL
“TAWS System Failure”
TERRAIN DATABASE FAILURE
None
NO GPS POSITION
“TAWS Not Available”
None
“TAWS Not Available”
None
“TAWS Available”
(Voice alert only in
flight)
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Table 6-17 TAWS-B Abnormal Status Alerts
418
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
6.6 GTS 800 Traffic
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information for collision avoidance maneuvering.
The traffic display does not provide collision avoidance resolution advisories and does not under any
circumstances or conditions relieve the pilot’s responsibility to see and avoid other aircraft.
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information to accurately depict all of the traffic
EIS
information within range of the aircraft. Due to lack of equipment, poor signal reception, and/or inaccurate
information from other aircraft, traffic may be present but not represented on the display.
AUDIO & CNS
The Garmin GTS 800 is a Traffic Advisory System (TAS). It enhances situational awareness by monitoring the
airspace for transponder-equipped aircraft. The system also provides visual annunciations and voice alerts to
assist the pilot with visual acquisition of traffic.
The system can display a maximum of 30 aircraft with the highest threat potential simultaneously. The system
provides no surveillance information for aircraft without operating transponders, or if the system does not receive
this transponder information for any reason.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Theory of operation
When the system is in Operating Mode, the traffic system interrogates the transponders of other aircraft in
the vicinity while monitoring for transponder replies. The system uses this information to derive the distance,
relative bearing, and if reported, the altitude and vertical trend for each aircraft within its surveillance range.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The system then calculates a closure rate to each intruder based on the projected Closest Point of Approach
(CPA). If the closure rate meets the threat criteria for a Traffic Advisory (TA), the system provides a visual
annunciation with voice alerting.
TAS surveillance VOLUME and Symbology
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The GTS 800 TAS monitors the airspace within ±10,000 feet of own altitude, and up to 22 nm in the
forward direction. Range is somewhat reduced to the sides and aft of own aircraft due to the directional
interrogation signal patterns. The system displays TAS-detected traffic using the symbology shown in Table
6-18.
In addition, if a 1090 MHz Extended Squitter transponder is installed, and the GTS 800 detects airborne
traffic providing 1090 MHz Automatic Dependent Surveillance - Broadcast (ADS-B) information, the system
will display the TAS-detected traffic using the ADS-B symbology shown in Table 6-19.
APPENDICES
NOTE: Do not confuse this functionality with full ADS-B capability, which can provide traffic information
from ADS-B Ground-Based Transceivers (GBTs) and ADS-B traffic outside of the TAS surveillance volume.
This system is limited to displaying ADS-B information from suitably equipped airborne aircraft within the
TAS surveillance volume.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
419
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
TAS Symbology
The GTS 800 uses the symbology shown in the tables below to depict intruding traffic.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Traffic Symbol
Description
Non-Threat Traffic
Proximity Advisory (PA)
EIS
Traffic Advisory (TA)
AUDIO & CNS
Traffic Advisory Off Scale
Table 6-18 Traffic Symbol Description
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Traffic Symbol
Description
Traffic Advisory with ADS-B directional information. Points in the
direction of the intruder aircraft track.
Proximity Advisory with ADS-B directional information. Points in
the direction of the aircraft track.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Non-threat traffic with ADS-B directional information. Points in the
direction of the intruder aircraft track.
Traffic with ADS-B directional information, but positional accuracy
is degraded. Points in the direction of the aircraft track.
AFCS
Table 6-19 Traffic with ADS-B Symbology
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
A Traffic Advisory (TA), displayed as a yellow circle or triangle, alerts the crew to a potentially hazardous
intruding aircraft, if the closing rate, distance, and vertical separation meet TA criteria. A Traffic Advisory that
is beyond the selected display range (off scale) is indicated by a half TA symbol at the edge of the traffic map
at the relative bearing of the intruder.
A Proximity Advisory (PA), displayed as a solid white diamond or triangle, indicates the intruding aircraft
is within ±1200 feet and is within a 6 nm range, but is still not considered a TA threat.
APPENDICES
A Non-threat Advisory, shown as an open white diamond or triangle, is displayed for traffic beyond 6 nm
that is neither a TA or PA.
A solid white rounded arrow indicates either a PA or Non-Threat traffic with ADS-B directional information,
but the position of the traffic is shown with degraded accuracy.
INDEX
Relative altitude, when available, is labeled above or below the corresponding intruder symbol in hundreds
of feet (Figure 6-94). When this altitude is above own aircraft, it is preceded by a ‘+’ symbol; a minus sign ‘-’
indicates traffic is below own aircraft.
A vertical trend arrow to the right of the intruder symbol (Figure 6-94) indicates traffic is climbing or
descending at least 500 feet per minute with an upward or downward-pointing arrow respectively.
420
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Relative Altitude
Vertical trend arrow
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Figure 6-94 Intruder Altitude and Vertical Trend Arrow
If the intruding aircraft is providing ADS-B track information, this is displayed as a vector line extending
beyond the traffic symbol in the direction of the track (Figure 6-95).
EIS
Vector Line indicates
intruder aircraft track
AUDIO & CNS
Figure 6-95 Intruder Traffic with ADS-B Directional
Information and Track
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The GTS 800 automatically suppresses the display of altitude-reporting aircraft on the ground if the onground aircraft is equipped with a Mode-S transponder.
TA Alerting Conditions
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The traffic system automatically adjusts its TA sensitivity level to reduce the likelihood of nuisance TA
alerting during flight phases likely to be near airports. The system uses Level A TA sensitivity when the
aircraft is at or below 2,000’ AGL; Level B TA sensitivity applies in all other conditions.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
421
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
A
Yes
A
No
B
Yes
B
No
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO & CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Sensitivity Intruder Altitude
Level
Available
TA Alerting Conditions
Intruder closing rate provides less than 20 seconds of vertical and
horizontal separation.
Or:
Intruder closing rate provides less than 20 seconds of horizontal
separation and vertical separation is within 600 feet.
Or:
Intruder range is within 0.2 nm and vertical separation is within
600 feet.
Intruder closing rate provides less than 15 seconds of separation.
Intruder closing rate provides less than 30 seconds of vertical and
horizontal separation.
Or:
Intruder closing rate provides less than 30 seconds of horizontal
separation and vertical separation is within 800 feet.
Or:
Intruder range is within 0.55 nm and vertical separation is within
800 feet.
Intruder range is less than 20 seconds.
Table 6-20 TA Sensitivity Level and TA Alerting Criteria
Traffic Alerts
AFCS
NOTE: Voice traffic alerts are disabled below 400’ AGL.
When the traffic system detects a new TA, the following occur:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• The system issues a single “Traffic!” voice alert, followed by additional voice information about the bearing,
relative altitude, and approximate distance from the intruder that triggered the TA (Table 6-21). The
announcement “Traffic! 12 o’clock, high, four miles,” would indicate the traffic is in front of own aircraft,
above own altitude, and approximately four nautical miles away.
APPENDICES
• A ‘TRAFFIC’ annunciation appears to the left of the heading indication on the PFD, flashes for five seconds
and remains displayed until no TAs are detected in the area (Figure 6-96).
• If the PFD is operating in FULL mode, the PFD automatically displays an inset map. If no inset map was
enabled prior to the TA, the system displays the PFD Inset Traffic Map. If the PFD Inset Navigation Map was
enabled prior to the TA, the system displays the PFD Inset Navigation Map with the traffic overlay enabled.
INDEX
If the system cannot determine the bearing of TA traffic, a yellow text banner appears in the center of the
Traffic Map Pane and in the lower-left of the PFD Inset Traffic Map instead of a TA symbol. The text indicates
‘TA’ followed by the distance, relative altitude, and vertical trend arrow for the TA traffic, if known.
422
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The system displays a TA for at least eight seconds, even if the alerting condition(s) that initially triggered the
TA are no longer present.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
Inset Traffic
Map Displays
When TA is
Detected
AUDIO & CNS
Figure 6-96 Traffic Annunciation (PFD)
Relative Altitude
Approximate Distance (nm)
“One o’clock” through
“Twelve o’clock”
or “No Bearing”
“High”, “Low”, “Same Altitude” (if
within 200 feet of own altitude), or
“Altitude not available”
“Less than one mile”,
“One Mile” through “Ten Miles”, or
“More than ten miles”
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Bearing
Table 6-21 TA Descriptive Voice Announcements
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Operation
Testing the Traffic System:
1) From Home, touch Traffic > Traffic Settings.
AFCS
2) If the traffic system is in Operating Mode (Operate Button annunciator is green), touch the Standby Button
2) Turn the Joystick as necessary to set the Traffic Map Pane range so the outer range ring indicates ‘6 NM’. This
will allow the system to show all traffic symbols in the traffic test pattern.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Touch the Test Button. Button annunciator is green while test is in progress. If system test is successful, system
displays a test pattern of traffic symbols an provides the voice alert ‘TAS System Test Passed’, and the traffic
system returns to the previously selected mode. If the test fails, the system announces ‘TAS System Test Fail’ and
enters Standby Mode.
APPENDICES
Or:
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the Sensor tab.
3) Touch the Traffic Settings Button.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
4) If the traffic system is in Operating Mode (Operate Button annunciator is green), touch the Standby Button.
423
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
5) Turn the Joystick as necessary to set the Traffic Map Pane range so the outer range ring indicates ‘6 NM’. This
will allow the system to show all traffic symbols in the traffic test pattern.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
6) Touch the Test Button. Button annunciator is green while test is in progress. If system test is successful,
the system provides the aural announcement ‘TAS System Test Passed’, and the traffic system returns to the
previously selected mode. If the test fails, the system announced ‘TAS System Test Failed’ and enters Standby
Mode.
Test Mode
Annunciation
AUDIO & CNS
EIS
Test Banner
Annunciation
Proximity Advisory,
900’ Below,
Descending
Non-Threat Traffic,
1000’ Above, Level
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Traffic Advisory, 200’
Below, Climbing
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Traffic Map Pane in Test Mode
APPENDICES
Test Mode
Selected
INDEX
Traffic Settings Screen
Figure 6-97 Testing the Traffic System
424
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Selecting an operating mode:
1) From Home, touch Traffic > Traffic Settings.
Or:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
a) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
b) If necessary, touch the Sensor Tab.
c) Touch the Traffic Settings Button.
2) In the Mode Window, touch one of the following buttons:
Operate: System interrogates other aircraft transponders and displays traffic.
•
Standby: Traffic system does not interrogate other aircraft transponders or display traffic.
EIS
•
AUDIO & CNS
• Test: Traffic system performs system test, then changes to Standby Mode (Test Mode only accessible when
system is in Standby Mode.
Traffic MAP Pane
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Traffic Map Pane shows surrounding traffic data in relation to the aircraft’s current position and altitude,
without basemap clutter. It is the principal map pane for viewing traffic information. Aircraft orientation
is always heading up unless there is no valid heading. Range rings indicate map ranges. Turn the Joystick
counter-clockwise to decrease the map range, or clockwise to increase the range.
The traffic operating mode and altitude display mode appear in the upper right corner of the Traffic Map
Pane.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Traffic Advisory, 500’ Below, Climbing
Operating
Mode
Map Orientation
Altitude
Mode
AFCS
Traffic Display
Range Rings
Traffic Advisory
Off-Scale, 300’
Below, Level
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Non-Threat
Traffic, 2500’
Above,
Descending
Non-Bearing
Traffic
Advisory,
4.0 nm,
500’ Above,
Descending
Non-Threat
Traffic, Altitude
Not Reported
APPENDICES
Proximity
Advisory, 900’
Above, Level
Figure 6-98 Traffic Map Pane
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
425
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Displaying the Traffic Map Pane:
From Home, touch the Traffic Button.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Or:
If the PFD is operating in Split Mode, press the Traffic Softkey to show the Traffic Map Pane next to the PFD.
Altitude Range
The pilot can select the volume of airspace in which non-threat and proximity traffic is displayed. Note
the system will still show TAs occurring outside of these limits regardless of the altitude mode chosen.
EIS
Changing the altitude mode:
1) From Home, touch Traffic > Traffic Settings.
AUDIO & CNS
Or:
a) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
b) If necessary, touch the Sensor Tab.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
c) Touch the Traffic Settings Button.
2) Touch one of the following Altitude Mode Range Buttons:
•
Unrestricted: All traffic is displayed from 9900 feet above and 9900 feet below the aircraft.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Above: Displays non-threat and proximity traffic from 9000 feet above the aircraft to 2700 feet below the
aircraft. Typically used during climb phase of flight.
• Normal: Displays non-threat and proximity traffic from 2700 feet above the aircraft to 2700 feet below the
aircraft. Typically used during enroute phase of flight.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
• Below: Displays non-threat and proximity traffic from 2700 feet above the aircraft to 9000 feet below the
aircraft. Typically used during descent phase of flight.
APPENDICES
Available Altitude
Mode Buttons
INDEX
Figure 6-99 Traffic Settings Screen
426
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Traffic Displays
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The system can overlay traffic information on the navigation map panes as well as the PFD Inset Navigation
Map. Traffic information is also available on the PFD when the Synthetic Vision Technology (SVT) system is
enabled. See the Flight Instruments Section for details.
Enabling/disabling display of traffic information (Navigation Map Pane):
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the Sensor Tab.
EIS
3) Touch the Traffic Button.
When traffic is selected on maps other than the Traffic Map Pane, the system shows a traffic status icon to
indicate traffic is enabled for display (Figure 6-100).
AUDIO & CNS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Non-Threat
Traffic, 2500
Above,
Descending
TA Off Scale Banner
Annunciation
Traffic
Enabled Icon
AFCS
Non-Bearing Traffic
Advisory Banner
Annunciation
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Traffic
Advisory,
500’ Below,
Climbing
Proximity
Advisory, 900’
Above, Level
Non-Threat
Traffic, Altitude
Not Reported
Figure 6-100 TAS Traffic on Navigation Map Pane
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Displaying the Traffic Inset Map on the PFD (FULL Mode PFD):
Press the Traffic Inset Softkey to show or hide the PFD Traffic Inset Map.
Enabling/disabling traffic information on the PFD Inset Navigation Map (FULL Mode PFD):
1) Press the Inset Map Settings Softkey.
APPENDICES
2) Press the Traffic Softkey to enable/disable the display of traffic information.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
The system provides controls to customize the display of traffic information on navigation map panes
and on the PFD Inset Navigation Map. Traffic symbols and labels (such as up or down arrows and relative
altitudes) can be decluttered from the display when the map range exceeds a specified distance. In addition,
traffic labels may also be enabled or disabled, regardless of map range. These settings apply to both the
navigation map panes and the PFD Inset Navigation Map.
427
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Customizing the display of traffic on the Navigation Map Panes:
1) From Home, touch Map > Map Settings.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) If necessary, touch the Sensor Tab.
3) Touch the Traffic Settings Button.
4) Touch the Map Settings Button.
5) Touch the Labels Button to enable/disable the display of labels on traffic (such as relative altitude).
EIS
6) To change the map range above which the system removes traffic symbols from the map, touch the Symbols
Range Button, then scroll to and touch to select a map range above which the system will remove the traffic
symbols.
AUDIO & CNS
7) To change the map range at which the system removes traffic labels from the map, touch the Labels Range
button, then scroll to and touch to select a map range above which the system removes traffic labels from the
map.
8) When finished, touch the Back or Home.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
System Status
The traffic mode appears in the upper right corner of the Traffic Map Pane.
TAS System Test
Initiated
Traffic Mode Annunciation
(Traffic Map Pane)
TEST
(TEST MODE shown in top center of Traffic Map display)
TAS Operating
OPERATING
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Mode
TAS Standby
STANDBY
(also shown in center of Traffic Map display)
TAS Failed*
FAIL
Traffic Display Status Icon
(Other Maps)
* See Table 6-23 for additional failure annunciations
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Table 6-22 Traffic Modes
If the traffic unit fails, the system shows an annunciation as to the cause of the failure in the center of the
Traffic Map Pane. During a failure condition, the Operating Mode is not available.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Traffic Map Page Center
Description
Annunciation
NO DATA
System is not receiving any data from the TAS unit.
System is receiving data from the TAS unit, but the
DATA FAILED
unit is reporting a failure.
FAILED
The TAS unit is sending invalid data to the system.
Table 6-23 Traffic Failure Annunciations
428
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Traffic Status annunciations appear in banners at the lower left inside the Navigation Map Pane.
Traffic Status Banner
Annunciation
TA X.X ± XX <UP> or <DN>
AUDIO & CNS
NO TRFC DATA
EIS
TRFC FAIL
A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display range*.
Annunciation is removed when traffic comes within the
selected display range.
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory**.
Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude separation
in hundreds of feet, and altitude trend (‘<UP>’ indicates
climbing, ‘<DN>’ indicates descending).
TAS unit has failed (unit is self-reporting a failure or
sending incorrectly formatted data)
Data is not being received from the TAS unit
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
TA OFF SCALE
Description
*Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Pane
**Shown in center of Traffic Map Pane
Table 6-24 Traffic Status Annunciations
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
429
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO & CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Blank Page
430
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Section 7 Automatic Flight Control System
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: The approved Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) always supersedes the information in this Pilot’s Guide.
The GFC 700 is a digital Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS), fully integrated within the System avionics
architecture. The System Overview section provides a block diagram to support this system description.
GFC 700 AFCS functionality in the Cessna T240 aircraft is distributed across the following Line Replaceable
Units (LRUs):
• GSA 81 AFCS Servos (2)
• GDU 1400W Multi-Function Display (MFD)
• GTA 82 Pitch Trim Adapter (1)
• GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Units (2)
• GSM 86 Servo Mounts (2)
EIS
• GDU 1400W Primary Flight Display (PFD)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• GMC 720 AFCS Control Unit (1)
The GFC 700 AFCS can be divided into these main operating functions:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Flight Director (FD) — Flight director operation takes place within the primary (#1) IAU. Flight director
commands are displayed on the PFD. The flight director provides:
– Command Bars showing pitch/roll guidance
– Pitch/roll mode selection and processing
– Autopilot communication
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Autopilot (AP) — Autopilot operation occurs within the pitch and roll servos and the pitch trim adapter
and provides servo monitoring and automatic flight control in response to flight director steering commands,
AHRS attitude and rate information, and airspeed.
• Manual Electric Trim (MET) — The pitch trim adapter provides manual electric trim capability when the
autopilot is not engaged.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
431
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
Basic Autopilot Operation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
This section provides an overview for autopilot engagement and disengagement. A more detailed description
follows in Section 7.5.
• Autopilot Engagement — The autopilot may be engaged by pushing the AP Key on the AFCS Control Unit.
Annunciations regarding the engagement are indicated on the PFD.
• Autopilot Engagement with Flight Director Off — Upon engagement, the autopilot will be set to hold the
current attitude of the airplane, if the flight director was not previously on. In this case, ‘PIT’ and ‘ROL’ will be
annunciated.
EIS
• Autopilot Engagement with Flight Director On — If the flight director is on, the autopilot will smoothly
pitch and roll the airplane to capture the FD command bars. The prior flight director modes remain unchanged.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Autopilot Disengagement — The most common way to disconnect the autopilot is to press and release
the AP DISC Switch, which is located on the control stick. An autopilot disconnect tone will be heard and
annunciated on the PFD. Other ways to disconnect the autopilot include:
– Pressing the AP Key on the AFCS Control Unit
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
– Pressing the GA Switch (located adjacent to the throttle)
– Operating the MET Switch (located on each control stick)
– Pulling the autopilot circuit breaker
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
In the event of unexpected autopilot behavior, pressing and holding the AP DISC Switch will disconnect the
autopilot and remove all power to the servos.
432
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
7.1 AFCS Controls
The AFCS Control Unit is positioned above the MFD, and has the following controls:
2
3
4
5
7
9
11
12
14
BC Key
CRS Knob
Press to synchronize the Selected Heading to the current heading
Selects/deselects Backcourse Mode
Adjusts the Selected Course (while in VOR, LOC, or OBS Mode) in 1° increments
on the Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI)
FD Key
UP/DN Wheel
VS Key
VNV Key
ALT SEL Knob
Press to re-center the Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) and return course pointer
directly TO the bearing of the active waypoint/station
Activate/deactivate the flight director in default vertical and lateral modes
Adjusts the Vertical Speed Reference and bug in 100-fpm increments
Selects/deselects Vertical Speed Mode
Selects/deselects Vertical Path Tracking Mode for Vertical Navigation flight control
Adjusts the Selected Altitude and bug in 100-ft increments (a finer resolution of 10
feet is available under approach conditions)
3
4
7
8
9
10
5
6
12
13
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2
AFCS
1
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
13
Selects/deselects Navigation Mode
Engages/disengages the autopilot
Selects/deselects Flight Level Change Mode
Selects/deselects Altitude Hold Mode
Adjusts the Selected Heading and bug in 1° increments on the HSI
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
10
NAV Key
AP Key
FLC Key
ALT Key
HDG SEL Knob
Selects/deselects Approach Mode
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
8
Selects/deselects Heading Select Mode
EIS
6
HDG Key
APR Key
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1
APPENDICES
11
14
Figure 7-1 GMC 720 AFCS Control Unit
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
433
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
The following AFCS controls are located in the cockpit separately from the PFD and MFD:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
AP DISC Switch
(Autopilot Disconnect)
Disengages the autopilot and interrupts pitch trim operation
The AP DISC Switch is located on the control stick.
This switch may be used to acknowledge an autopilot disconnect alert and
mute the associated aural tone.
EIS
While pressed, allows manual control of the aircraft while the autopilot is
CWS Button
(Control Wheel Steering) engaged and synchronizes the flight director’s Command Bars with the
current aircraft pitch (if not in Glideslope Mode) and roll (if in Roll Hold
Mode)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Upon release of the CWS Button, the flight director may establish new
reference points, depending on the current pitch and roll modes. CWS
operation details are discussed in the flight director modes section.
The CWS Button is located on the control stick.
GA Switch (Go Around)
Selects flight director Go Around Mode
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If an approach procedure is loaded, this switch also activates the missed
approach when the selected navigation source is FMS or when the navigation
source is VOR/LOC and a valid frequency has been tuned.
The GA Switch is located adjacent to the throttle.
Used to command manual electric pitch trim
An MET Switch is located on the pilot and copilot control stick.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
MET Switch
(Manual Electric Trim)
434
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
7.2 Flight Director Operation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The flight director function provides pitch and roll commands to the AFCS and displays them on the PFD.
With the flight director activated, the aircraft can be hand-flown to follow the path shown by the Command Bars.
Maximum commanded pitch (+20°/-15°) and roll (22°) angles, vertical acceleration, and roll rate are limited to
values established during AFCS certification. The flight director also provides commands to the autopilot.
Activating the Flight Director
Modes Selected
BC Key
Backcourse***
APR Key
Approach**
HDG Key
Heading Select
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
AFCS
Navigation**
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NAV Key
ROL
ROL
ROL
GA
ROL
ROL
ROL
ROL
FMS
VOR
LOC
BC
FMS
VOR
LOC
HDG
Vertical
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Go Around
GA
Altitude Hold
ALT
Vertical Speed
VS
Flight Level Change
FLC
Vertical Path Tracking* VPTH
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
FD Key
AP Key
CWS Button
GA Switch
ALT Key
VS Key
FLC Key
VNV Key
Lateral
Roll Hold (default)
Roll Hold (default)
Roll Hold (default)
Go Around
Roll Hold (default)
Roll Hold (default)
Roll Hold (default)
Roll Hold (default)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Control Pressed
EIS
An initial press of a key listed in Table 7-1 (when the flight director is not active) activates the flight director
in the listed modes. The flight director may be turned off and the Command Bars removed from the display by
pressing the FD Key again. The FD Key is disabled when the autopilot is engaged.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
*Valid VNAV flight plan must be entered before VNV Key press activates flight director.
**The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active FMS
course before NAV or APR Key press activates flight director.
***The selected navigation receiver must have a valid LOC signal before BC Key press
activates flight director.
APPENDICES
Table 7-1 Flight Director Activation
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
435
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
AFCS Status Box
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight director mode annunciations are displayed on the PFD when the flight director is active. Autopilot
status is displayed in the center of the AFCS Status Box. Lateral flight director modes are displayed on the left
and vertical on the right. Armed modes are displayed in white and active in green.
Autopilot
Status
Active
Mode
Reference
Armed
Vertical Modes
EIS
Active
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Lateral Modes
Selected
Altitude
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Command
Bars
AFCS
Figure 7-2 PFD AFCS Display
Command Bars
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Upon activation of the flight director, Command Bars are displayed on the PFD as a single magenta cue. The
Command Bars move together vertically to indicate pitch commands, and bank left or right to indicate roll
commands. The Command Bars do not override the aircraft symbol.
APPENDICES
If the attitude information sent to the flight director becomes invalid or unavailable, the Command Bars are
removed from the display. The flight director Command Bars also disappear if the pitch exceeds +30˚/-20˚ or
bank exceeds 65˚.
Command Bars
INDEX
Aircraft Symbol
Figure 7-3 Command Bars
436
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Director Modes
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight director modes are normally selected independently for the pitch and roll axes. Unless otherwise
specified, all mode keys are alternate action (i.e., press on, press off). In the absence of specific mode selection,
the flight director reverts to the default pitch and/or roll modes(s).
Armed modes are annunciated in white and active in green in the AFCS Status Box. Under normal operation
when the control for the active flight director mode is pressed, the flight director reverts to the default modes(s)
for the axis(es). Automatic transition from armed to active mode is indicated by the white armed mode
annunciation moving to the green active mode field and flashing for 10 seconds.
EIS
If the information required to compute a flight director mode becomes invalid or unavailable, the flight
director automatically reverts to the default mode for that axis. A flashing yellow mode annunciation and
annunciator light indicate loss of sensor (ADC) or navigation data (VOR, LOC, FMS, SBAS) required to compute
commands. When such a loss occurs, the system automatically rolls the wings level and then enters Roll Hold
Mode, or maintains the pitch angle (enters Pitch Hold Mode), depending on the affected axis. The flashing
annunciation stops when the affected mode key is pressed or another mode for the axis is selected. If after 10
seconds no action is taken, the flashing annunciation stops.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 7-4 Loss of VOR Signal
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The flight director is automatically disabled if the attitude information required to compute the default flight
director modes becomes invalid or unavailable.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
437
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
7.3 Vertical Modes
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Table 7-2 lists the vertical modes with their corresponding controls and annunciations. The mode reference is
displayed next to the active mode annunciation for Altitude Hold, Vertical Speed, and Flight Level Change modes.
The UP/DN Wheel can be used to change the vertical mode reference while operating under Pitch Hold, Vertical
Speed, or Flight Level Change Mode. Increments of change and acceptable ranges of values for each of these
references using the UP/DN Wheel are also listed in the table.
EIS
Vertical Mode
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Pitch Hold
Selected Altitude Capture
Altitude Hold
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Vertical Speed
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Flight Level Change
Vertical Path Tracking
AFCS
VNAV Target Altitude Capture
Glidepath
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Glideslope
Go Around
APPENDICES
Level
Description
Control Annunciation
Reference
Range
Holds aircraft pitch attitude; may
be used to climb/descend to the (default)
PIT
-15° to +20°
Selected Altitude
Captures the Selected Altitude
*
ALTS
Holds current Altitude Reference ALT Key ALT nnnnn ft
Holds aircraft vertical speed; may
-2000 to
be used to climb/descend to the
VS Key VS nnnn fpm
+1500 fpm
Selected Altitude
80 to 200 kts
Holds aircraft airspeed while
(350)
aircraft is climbing/descending to FLC Key FLC nnn kt
80 to 210 kts
the Selected Altitude
(400)
Captures and tracks descent legs
VNV
VPTH
of an active vertical profile
Key
Captures the Vertical Navigation
**
ALTV
(VNAV) Target Altitude
Captures and tracks the SBAS
GP
glidepath on approach
APR
Key
Captures and tracks the ILS
GS
glideslope on approach
Commands a constant pitch
GA
GA
7°
angle and wings level
Switch
Autopilot engages and commands
pitch angle necessary to establish ***
LVL
N/A
zero vertical fpm
Reference
Change
Increment
0.5°
100 fpm
1 kt
* ALTS is armed automatically when PIT, VS, FLC, or GA is active, and under VPTH when the Selected Altitude is to be captured
instead of the VNAV Target Altitude.
** ALTV is armed automatically under VPTH when the VNAV Target Altitude is to be captured instead of the Selected Altitude.
INDEX
*** Level mode can only become activated as a function of Electronic Stability and Protection (ESP). Refer to the Additional
Features section for a detailed discussion of the ESP feature.
Table 7-2 Flight Director Vertical Modes
438
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Pitch Hold Mode (PIT)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When the flight director is activated (the FD Key is pressed), Pitch Hold Mode is selected by default. Pitch
Hold Mode is indicated as the active pitch mode by the green annunciation ‘PIT’. This mode may be used for
climb or descent to the Selected Altitude (shown above the Altimeter), since Selected Altitude Capture Mode is
automatically armed when Pitch Hold Mode is activated.
In Pitch Hold Mode, the flight director maintains a constant pitch attitude, the pitch reference. The pitch
reference is set to the aircraft pitch attitude at the moment of mode selection. If the aircraft pitch attitude
exceeds the flight director pitch command limitations, the flight director commands a pitch angle equal to the
nose-up/down limit.
EIS
Changing the Pitch Reference
When operating in Pitch Hold Mode, the pitch reference can be adjusted by:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Using the UP/ DN Wheel
• By pressing the CWS Button, hand-flying the aircraft to establish a new pitch reference, then releasing the
CWS Button
Selected Altitude
Capture Mode Armed
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pitch Hold
Mode Active
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected
Altitude
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Command Bars Maintain
Desired Pitch Reference
APPENDICES
Figure 7-5 Pitch Hold Mode
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
439
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
Selected Altitude Capture Mode (ALTS)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected Altitude Capture Mode is automatically armed with activation of the following modes:
• Pitch Hold
• Go Around
• Vertical Speed
• Vertical Path Tracking (if the Selected Altitude is to
be captured instead of the VNAV Target Altitude)
• Flight Level Change
EIS
The white ‘ALTS’ annunciation indicates Selected Altitude Capture Mode is armed (see Figure 7-5 for example).
The ALT Knob is used to set the Selected Altitude (shown above the Altimeter) until Selected Altitude Capture
Mode becomes active.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude, the flight director automatically transitions to Selected Altitude
Capture Mode with Altitude Hold Mode armed (Figure 7-6). This automatic transition is indicated by the green
‘ALTS’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds and the appearance of the white ‘ALT” annunciation. The
Selected Altitude is shown as the Altitude Reference beside the ‘ALTS’ annunciation.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
At 50 feet from the Selected Altitude, the flight director automatically transitions from Selected Altitude
Capture to Altitude Hold Mode and holds the Selected Altitude (shown as the Altitude Reference). As Altitude
Hold Mode becomes active, the white ‘ALT’ annunciation moves to the active pitch mode field and flashes green
for 10 seconds to indicate the automatic transition.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Altitude
Reference (in this
case, equal to
Selected Altitude)
Figure 7-6 Automatic Mode Transitions During Altitude Capture
AFCS
Changing the selected Altitude
NOTE: Pressing the CWS Button while in Selected Altitude Capture Mode does not cancel the mode.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Use of the ALT Knob to change the Selected Altitude while Selected Altitude Capture Mode is active causes
the flight director to revert to Pitch Hold Mode with Selected Altitude Capture Mode armed for the new
Selected Altitude.
440
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Altitude Hold Mode (ALT)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Altitude Hold Mode can be activated by pressing the ALT Key; the flight director maintains the current aircraft
altitude (to the nearest 10 feet) as the Altitude Reference. The flight director’s Altitude Reference, shown in the
AFCS Status Box, is independent of the Selected Altitude, displayed above the Altimeter. Altitude Hold Mode
active is indicated by a green ‘ALT’ annunciation in the AFCS Status Box.
Altitude Hold Mode is automatically armed when the flight director is in Selected Altitude Capture Mode (see
Figure 7-6). Selected Altitude Capture Mode automatically transitions to Altitude Hold Mode when the altitude
error is less than 50 feet. In this case, the Selected Altitude becomes the flight director’s Altitude Reference.
EIS
Changing the Altitude Reference
NOTE: Turning the ALT Knob while in Altitude Hold Mode changes the Selected Altitude, but not the flight
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
director’s Altitude Reference, and does not cancel the mode.
With the CWS Button depressed, the aircraft can be hand-flown to a new Altitude Reference. When the
CWS Button is released at the desired altitude, the new altitude is established as the Altitude Reference.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Altitude
Reference
Altitude Hold
Mode Active
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected
Altitude
AFCS
Selected
Altitude
Bug
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Command Bars Hold Pitch Attitude
to Maintain Altitude Reference
Figure 7-7 Altitude Hold Mode
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
441
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
Vertical Speed Mode (VS)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Vertical Speed Mode is activated by pressing the VS Key. The annunciation ‘VS’ appears in the active pitch
mode field, along with the Vertical Speed Reference to the right; the Vertical Speed Reference is also displayed
above the Vertical Speed Indicator.
In Vertical Speed Mode, the flight director acquires and maintains a Vertical Speed Reference as it climbs or
descends to the Selected Altitude (shown above the Altimeter). Current aircraft vertical speed becomes the
Vertical Speed Reference at the moment of Vertical Speed Mode engagement. A Vertical Speed Reference Bug
corresponding to the Vertical Speed Reference is shown on the indicator.
EIS
Changing the Vertical Speed Reference
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Using the UP/DN Wheel
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Vertical Speed Reference (shown both in the AFCS Status Box and above/below the Vertical Speed
Indicator) may be changed:
NOTE: If the Selected Altitude is reached during CWS maneuvering, the Vertical Speed Reference is not
• By pressing the CWS Button, hand-flying the aircraft to a new Vertical Speed Reference, then releasing the
CWS Button
changed. To adjust the Vertical Speed Reference in this case, the CWS Button must be pressed again after
the Selected Altitude is reached.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected Altitude
Capture Mode
Armed
Vertical Speed Vertical Speed
Reference
Mode Active
AFCS
Selected
Altitude
Vertical
Speed
Reference
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Vertical
Speed
Reference
Bug
Command Bars Indicate Climb to
Attain Vertical Speed Reference
INDEX
Figure 7-8 Vertical Speed Mode
442
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Level Change Mode (FLC)
NOTE: The Selected Altitude should be set before engaging Flight Level Change Mode.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight Level Change Mode is selected by pressing the FLC Key. This mode acquires and maintains the
Airspeed Reference while climbing or descending to the Selected Altitude (shown above the Altimeter). When
Flight Level Change Mode is active, the flight director continuously monitors Selected Altitude, airspeed, and
altitude.
EIS
The Airspeed Reference is set to the current airspeed upon mode activation. Flight Level Change Mode
is indicated by an ‘FLC’ annunciation beside the Airspeed Reference in the AFCS Status Box. The Airspeed
Reference is also displayed directly above the Airspeed Indicator, along with a bug corresponding to the
Airspeed Reference along the tape.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Engine power must be adjusted to allow the autopilot to fly the aircraft at a pitch attitude corresponding
to the desired flight profile (climb or descent) while maintaining the Airspeed Reference. The flight director
maintains the current altitude until either engine power or the Airspeed Reference are adjusted and does not
allow the aircraft to climb or descend away from the Selected Altitude.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Changing the Airspeed Reference
The Airspeed Reference (shown in both the AFCS Status Box and above the Airspeed Indicator) may be
adjusted by:
• Using the UP/DN Wheel
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Pressing the CWS Button, hand-flying the aircraft to a new airspeed, then releasing the CWS Button to
establish the new Airspeed Reference
NOTE: If the Selected Altitude is reached during CWS maneuvering, the Airspeed Reference is not changed.
Selected Altitude Capture
Mode Armed
AFCS
To adjust the Airspeed Reference in this case, the CWS Button must be pressed again after the Selected
Altitude is reached.
Flight Level Change Airspeed
Reference
Mode Active
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Airspeed
Reference
APPENDICES
Airspeed
Reference
Bug
INDEX
Command Bars Indicate Climb
to Attain Selected Altitude
Figure 7-9 Flight Level Change Mode
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
443
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
Vertical Navigation Modes (VPTH, ALTV)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Note: VNAV is disabled when parallel track or dead reckoning mode is active.
Note: The Selected Altitude takes precedence over any other vertical constraints.
Vertical Navigation (VNAV) flight control is available for enroute/terminal cruise and descent operations any
time that VNAV flight planning is available. Refer to the Flight Management Section for more information on
VNAV flight plans. Conditions for availability include, but are not limited to:
EIS
• The selected navigation source is FMS.
• A VNAV flight plan (with at least one altitude-constrained waypoint) or vertical direct-to is active.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• VNAV is enabled.
• Crosstrack error is valid and within certain limits.
• Desired/actual track are valid or track angle error is within certain limits.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• The VNAV Target Altitude of the active waypoint is no more than 250 ft above the current aircraft altitude.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The flight director may be armed for VNAV at any time, but no target altitudes are captured during a climb.
The Command Bars provide vertical profile guidance based on specified altitudes (entered manually or loaded
from the database) at waypoints in the active flight plan or vertical direct-to. The appropriate VNAV flight
control modes are sequenced by the flight director to follow the path defined by the vertical profile. Upon
reaching the last waypoint in the VNAV flight plan, the flight director transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and
cancels any armed VNAV modes.
Vertical Path Tracking Mode (VPTH)
Note: If another pitch mode key is pressed while Vertical Path Tracking Mode is selected, Vertical Path
AFCS
Tracking Mode reverts to armed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NOTE: Pressing the CWS Button while Vertical Path Tracking Mode is active does not cancel the mode. The
autopilot guides the aircraft back to the descent path upon release of the CWS Button.
APPENDICES
When a vertical profile (VNAV flight plan) is active and the VNV Key is pressed, Vertical Path Tracking
Mode is armed in preparation for descent path capture. ‘VPTH’ (or ‘/V’ when Glidepath or Glideslope Mode
is concurrently armed) is annunciated in white in addition to previously armed modes. If applicable, the
appropriate altitude capture mode is armed for capture of the next VNAV Target Altitude (ALTV) or the
Selected Altitude (ALTS), whichever is greater.
INDEX
Figure 7-10 Vertical Path Tracking Armed Annunciations
444
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Prior to descent path interception, the Selected Altitude must be set below the current aircraft altitude
by at least 75 feet. For the flight director to transition from Altitude Hold to Vertical Path Tracking Mode,
acknowledgment is required within 5 minutes of descent path interception by:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Pressing the VNV Key
• Adjusting the Selected Altitude
If acknowledgment is not received within 1 minute of descent path interception, the white ‘VPTH’
annunciation starts to flash. Flashing continues until acknowledged or the descent path is intercepted. If
the descent is not confirmed by the time of interception, Vertical Path Tracking Mode remains armed and the
descent is not captured.
EIS
In conjunction with the “TOD [top of descent] within 1 minute” annunciation in the Navigation Status
Box and the “Vertical track” voice message, VNAV indications (VNAV Target Altitude, vertical deviation, and
vertical speed required) appear on the PFD in magenta (Figure 7-11).
VNAV Target
Altitude
Vertical Path Tracking
Armed and flashing
Vertical
Deviation
Indicator
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Altitude Hold
Mode Active
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Selected
Altitude
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Required
Vertical
Speed
Indicator
AFCS
Terminal
Phase
of Flight
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
FMS is
Selected
Navigation
Source
Figure 7-11 Vertical Path Capture
APPENDICES
When a descent leg is captured (i.e., vertical deviation becomes valid), Vertical Path Tracking becomes
active and tracks the descent profile (Figure 7-12). An altitude capture mode (‘ALTS’ or ‘ALTV’) is armed as
appropriate.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
445
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
VNAV Target Altitude
Capture Armed
VNV Target
Altitude
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Vertical Path
Tracking Active
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Required
Vertical
Speed
Indication
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
FMS is
Selected
Navigation
Source
Terminal
Phase of
Flight
Command Bars Indicate Descent to
Maintain Required Vertical Speed
Vertical
Deviation
Indicator
Figure 7-12 Vertical Path Tracking Mode
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
If the Altimeter’s barometric setting is adjusted while Vertical Path Tracking is active, the flight director
increases/decreases the descent rate by up to 500 fpm to re-establish the aircraft on the descent path (without
commanding a climb). Adjusting the altimeter barometric setting creates discontinuities in VNAV vertical
deviation, moving the descent path. For large adjustments, it may take several minutes for the aircraft to reestablish on the descent path. If the change is made while nearing a waypoint with a VNAV Target Altitude,
the aircraft may not re-establish on the descent path in time to meet the vertical constraint.
Automatic Reversion to Pitch Hold Mode
AFCS
Several situations can occur while Vertical Path Tracking Mode is active which cause the flight director to
revert to Pitch Hold Mode:
• Vertical deviation exceeds 200 feet during an overspeed condition.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Vertical deviation experiences a discontinuity that both exceeds 200 feet in magnitude and results in the
vertical deviation exceeding 200 feet in magnitude. Such discontinuities are usually caused by flight plan
changes that affect the vertical profile.
• Vertical deviation becomes invalid (the Vertical Deviation Indicator is removed from the PFD).
APPENDICES
• A display enters Reversionary Mode (this does not apply to an active vertical direct-to).
INDEX
Unless VNAV is disabled, Vertical Path Tracking Mode and the appropriate altitude capture mode become
armed following the reversion to Pitch Hold Mode to allow for possible profile recapture.
446
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Non-Path Descents
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, and Flight Level Change modes can also be used to fly non-path descents
while VNAV is enabled. If the VS or FLC Key is pressed while Vertical Path Tracking Mode is selected,
Vertical Path Tracking Mode reverts to armed along with the appropriate altitude capture mode to allow
profile re-capture.
Figure 7-13 Flight Level Change VNV Non-Path Descent
EIS
To prevent immediate profile re-capture, the following must be satisfied:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• At least 10 seconds have passed since the non-path transition was initiated
• Vertical deviation from the profile has exceeded 250 feet, but is now less than 200 feet
Pressing the VNV Key twice re-arms Vertical Path Tracking for immediate profile re-capture.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
VNAV Target Altitude Capture Mode (ALTV)
Note: Armed VNAV Target Altitude and Selected Altitude capture modes are mutually exclusive. However,
Selected Altitude Capture Mode is armed implicitly (not annunciated) whenever VNAV Target Altitude
Capture Mode is armed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
VNAV Target Altitude Capture is analogous to Selected Altitude Capture Mode and is armed automatically
after the VNV Key is pressed and the next VNAV Target Altitude is to be intercepted before the Selected
Altitude. The annunciation ‘ALTV’ indicates that the VNAV Target Altitude is to be captured. VNAV Target
Altitudes are shown in the active flight plan or vertical direct-to, and can be entered manually or loaded from
a database (see the Flight Management Section for details). At the same time as “TOD within 1 minute” is
annunciated in the Navigation Status Box, the active VNAV Target Altitude is displayed above the Vertical
Speed Indicator (see Figure 7-11).
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
As the aircraft nears the VNAV Target Altitude, the flight director automatically transitions to VNAV Target
Altitude Capture Mode with Altitude Hold Mode armed. This automatic transition is indicated by the green
‘ALTV’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds and the appearance of the white ‘ALT” annunciation.
The VNAV Target Altitude is shown as the Altitude Reference beside the ‘ALTV’ annunciation and remains
displayed above the Vertical Speed Indicator. The Required Vertical Speed Indication (RVSI) is removed once
VNAV Target Altitude Capture Mode becomes active.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
447
Automatic Flight Control System
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
At 50 feet from the VNAV Target Altitude, the flight director automatically transitions from VNAV Target
Altitude Capture to Altitude Hold Mode and tracks the level leg. As Altitude Hold Mode becomes active, the
white ‘ALT’ annunciation moves to the active vertical mode field and flashes green for 10 seconds to indicate
the automatic transition. The flight director automatically arms Vertical Path Tracking, allowing upcoming
descent legs to be captured and subsequently tracked.
EIS
Altitude Reference
(in this case, equal to
VNV Altitude Target))
Figure 7-14 Automatic Mode Transitions During Altitude Capture
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Changing the VNAV Target Altitude
NOTE: Pressing the CWS Button while in VNAV Target Altitude Capture Mode does not cancel the mode.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Changing the current VNAV Target Altitude while VNAV Target Altitude Capture Mode is active causes
the flight director to revert to Pitch Hold Mode. Vertical Path Tracking and the appropriate altitude capture
mode are armed in preparation to capture the new VNAV Target Altitude or the Selected Altitude, depending
on which altitude is to be intercepted first.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
VNAV target altitudes can be changed while editing the active flight plan (see the Flight Management
Section for details).
Glidepath Mode (GP) (SBAS Only)
NOTE: Pressing the CWS Button while Glidepath Mode is active does not cancel the mode. The autopilot
AFCS
guides the aircraft back to the glidepath upon release of the CWS Button.
Glidepath Mode is used to track the SBAS-based glidepath. When Glidepath Mode is armed, ‘GP’ is
annunciated in white in the AFCS Status Box.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Selecting Glidepath Mode:
1) Ensure a GPS approach is loaded into the active flight plan. The active waypoint must be part of the flight plan
(cannot be a direct-to a waypoint not in the flight plan).
APPENDICES
2) Ensure that FMS is the selected navigation source (use the Active Nav Softkey to cycle through navigation
sources).
INDEX
3) Press the APR Key.
448
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
NOTE: Some RNAV (FMS) approaches provide a vertical descent angle as an aid in flying a stabilized
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
approach. These approaches are NOT considered Approaches with Vertical Guidance (APV). Approaches
that are annunciated on the HSI as LNAV or LNAV+V are considered Nonprecision Approaches (NPA) and
are flown to an MDA even though vertical glidepath (GP) information may be provided.
WARNING: When flying an LNAV approach (with vertical descent angle) with the autopilot coupled, the
aircraft will not level off at the MDA even if the MDA is set in the altitude preselect.
EIS
Upon reaching the glidepath, the flight director transitions to Glidepath Mode and begins to capture and
track the glidepath.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 7-15 Glidepath Mode Armed
Once the following conditions have been met, the glidepath can be captured:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• A GPS approach with vertical guidance (LPV, LNAV/VNAV, LNAV+V) is loaded into the active flight plan.
• The active waypoint is at or after the final approach fix (FAF).
• Vertical deviation is valid.
• The CDI is at less than full scale deviation
FMS Approach
Mode Active
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Automatic sequencing of waypoints has not been suspended (no ‘SUSP’ annunciation on the HSI)
Glidepath
Mode Active
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
LNAV/VNAV
Approach
Active
Command Bars Indicate
Descent on Glidepath
APPENDICES
FMS is Selected
Navigation
Source
Glidepath
Indicator
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
Figure 7-16 Glidepath Mode
449
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
Glideslope Mode (GS)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Pressing the CWS Button while Glideslope Mode is active does not cancel the mode. The autopilot
guides the aircraft back to the glideslope upon release of the CWS Button.
Glideslope Mode is available for LOC/ILS approaches to capture and track the glideslope. When Glideslope
Mode is armed (annunciated as ‘GS’ in white), LOC Approach Mode is armed as the lateral flight director mode.
Selecting Glideslope Mode:
EIS
1) Ensure a valid localizer frequency is tuned.
2) Ensure that LOC is the selected navigation source (use the Active Nav Softkey to cycle through navigation
sources).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Press the APR Key.
Or:
1) Ensure that FMS is the selected navigation source (use the Active Nav Softkey to cycle through navigation
sources).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Ensure a LOC/ILS approach is loaded into the active flight plan.
3) Ensure the corresponding LOC frequency is tuned.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Press the APR Key.
Figure 7-17 Glideslope Mode Armed
AFCS
Once LOC is the navigation source, the localizer and glideslope can be captured. Upon reaching the glideslope,
the flight director transitions to Glideslope Mode and begins to intercept and track the glideslope.
Approach
Mode Active
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Glideslope
Mode Active
NAV1 (localizer) is Selected
Navigation Source
Command Bars Indicate Descent
on Localizer/Glideslope Path
Glideslope
Indicator
Figure 7- 18 Glideslope Mode
450
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Go Around Mode (GA)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pushing the GA Switch engages the flight director in a wings-level, pitch-up attitude, allowing the execution
of a missed approach or a go around. This mode is a coupled pitch and roll mode and is annunciated as
‘GA’ in both the active pitch and roll mode fields. Go Around Mode arms Selected Altitude Capture Mode
automatically. Attempts to modify the aircraft attitude (i.e., with the CWS Button or the UP/DN Wheel) result
in reversion to Pitch and Roll Hold modes.
Go Around
Mode Active
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Command Bars Indicate Climb
Figure 7-19 Go Around Modes
AFCS
Level Mode (LVL)
Level (LVL) mode becomes active only as a function of Electronic Stability and Protection (ESP). Refer to the
Additional Features section for a detailed discussion of the optional ESP feature.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When the normal flight envelope thresholds have been exceeded for more than 50% of the last 20 seconds,
Level mode is activated. The autopilot will engage and provide input to bring the aircraft back into straight
and level flight based on zero degrees roll angle and zero feet per minute vertical speed. An aural “ENGAGING
AUTOPILOT” alert sounds and the lateral and vertical flight director annunciations will display “LVL”. The
AFCS will remain in Level mode until the pilot selects another mode.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
451
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
7.4 Lateral Modes
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The GFC 700 offers the lateral modes listed in Table 7-3. Refer to the vertical modes section for information
regarding Go Around Mode:
Lateral Mode
Description
Holds the current aircraft
roll attitude or rolls the
wings level, depending
on the commanded bank
angle
Captures and tracks the
Selected Heading
EIS
Roll Hold
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Heading Select
Control Annunciation
(default)
ROL
22°
HDG
Key
HDG
22°
FMS
30°
22° Capture
10° Track
22° Capture
10° Track
Navigation, FMS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Navigation, LOC Capture/Track
(No Glideslope)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Navigation, VOR Enroute Capture/Track
Approach, FMS
Captures and tracks
a localizer signal for
backcourse approaches
Backcourse
AFCS
Approach, LOC Capture/Track
(Glideslope Mode automatically armed)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Level
NAV
Key
VOR
LOC
BC Key
BC
FMS
Approach, VOR Capture/Track
Go Around
Captures and tracks the
selected navigation source
(FMS, VOR, LOC)
Captures and tracks the
selected navigation source APR Key
(FMS, VOR, LOC)
Commands a constant
pitch angle and wings level
Autopilot engages and
commands wings level
Maximum Roll
Command Limit
VAPP
LOC
22° Capture
10° Track
30°
22° Capture
10° Track
22° Capture
10° Track
GA
Switch
GA
Wings Level
*
LVL
Wings Level
* Level mode can only become activated as a function of Electronic Stability and Protection (ESP). Refer to the Additional
Features section for a detailed discussion of the optional ESP feature.
APPENDICES
The GFC 700 may generate a lower bank angle than the maximum roll command limit in degrees indicated in the
table above by the amount needed to produce a turn rate equal to or less than standard rate.
Table 7-3 Lateral Modes
INDEX
The CWS Button does not change lateral references for Heading Select, Navigation, Backcourse, or Approach
modes. The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Heading/Course upon release of the CWS Button.
452
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Roll Hold Mode (ROL)
Note: If Roll Hold Mode is activated as a result of a mode reversion, the flight director rolls the wings
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
level.
When the flight director is activated, Roll Hold Mode is selected by default. This mode is annunciated as
‘ROL’ in the AFCS Status Box. The current aircraft bank angle is held, subject to the bank angle conditions listed
in Table 7-4.
EIS
Figure 7-20 Roll Hold Mode Annunciation
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Bank Angle
Flight Director Response
< 6°
Rolls wings level
6° to 22° Maintains current aircraft roll attitude
> 22°
Limits bank to 22°
Table 7-4 Roll Hold Mode Responses
Changing the Roll Reference
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The roll reference can be changed by pressing the CWS Button, establishing the desired bank angle, then
releasing the CWS Button.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
453
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
Heading Select Mode (HDG)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Heading Select Mode is activated by pressing the HDG Key. Heading Select Mode acquires and maintains
the Selected Heading. The Selected Heading is shown by a light blue bug on the HSI and in the box to the
upper left of the HSI.
Changing the selected heading
Note: Pressing the HDG Knob synchronizes the Selected Heading to the current heading.
EIS
The Selected Heading is adjusted using the HDG Knob. Pressing the CWS Button and hand-flying the
aircraft does not change the Selected Heading. The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Heading
upon release of the CWS Button.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Turns are commanded in the same direction as Selected Heading Bug movement, even if the Bug is turned
more than 180° from the present heading (e.g., a 270° turn to the right). However, Selected Heading changes
of more than 340° at a time result in turn reversals.
Pitch Mode
Active
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Heading Select
Mode Active
Selected
Heading
Selected
Heading Bug
Command Bars Track
Selected Heading
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 7-21 Heading Select Mode
454
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Navigation Modes (FMS, VOR, LOC,)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active FMS course for the
flight director to enter Navigation Mode.
NOTE: When intercepting a flight plan leg, the flight director gives commands to capture the active leg at
approximately a 45° angle to the track between the waypoints defining the active leg. The flight director
does not give commands fly to the starting waypoint of the active leg.
EIS
Pressing the NAV Key selects Navigation Mode. Navigation Mode acquires and tracks the selected navigation
source (FMS, VOR, LOC). The flight director follows FMS roll steering commands when FMS is the selected
navigation source. When the navigation source is VOR or LOC, the flight director creates roll steering commands
from the Selected Course and deviation. Navigation Mode can also be used to fly non-precision FMS and LOC
approaches where glideslope capture is not required.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
If the Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) shows greater than one dot when the NAV Key is pressed, the selected
mode is armed. If the CDI is less than one dot, Navigation Mode is automatically captured when the NAV Key
is pressed. The armed annunciation appears in white to the left of the active roll mode.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 7-22 FMS Navigation Mode Armed
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
When the CDI has automatically switched from FMS to LOC during a LOC/ILS approach, FMS Navigation
Mode remains active, providing FMS steering guidance until the localizer signal is captured. LOC Navigation
Mode is armed when the automatic navigation source switch takes place. If the APR Key is pressed prior to the
automatic navigation source switch, LOC Navigation Mode is armed.
AFCS
LOC Navigation Mode automatically reverts to Backcourse Mode if the localizer front course is greater
than 105° from the aircraft heading. Refer to the discussion (in this section) on Backcourse Mode for more
information on this topic.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
If Navigation Mode is active and either of the following occur, the flight director reverts to Roll Hold Mode
(wings rolled level):
• Different VOR tuned while in VOR Navigation Mode (VOR Navigation Mode reverts to armed)
• Navigation source manually switched (with the Active Nav Softkey)
APPENDICES
• During a LOC/ILS approach, the FAF is crossed while in FMS Navigation Mode after the automatic navigation
source switch from FMS to LOC
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
455
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
Changing the Selected Course
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Selected Course is controlled using the CRS Knob (while in VOR, LOC, or OBS Mode). Pressing the
CWS Button and hand-flying the aircraft does not change the Selected Course while in Navigation Mode.
The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Course (or FMS flight plan) when the CWS Button is
released.
Pitch Mode
Active
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FMS Navigation
Mode Active
Selected Altitude
Capture Mode
Armed
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FMS is Selected
Navigation
Source
Selected
Course
Command Bars Indicate Left
Turn to Track FMS Course and Climb
to Intercept Selected Altitude
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 7-23 Navigation FMS Mode
456
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Approach Modes (FMS, VAPP, LOC)
NOTE: The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active FMS course for the
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
flight director to enter Approach Mode.
EIS
Approach Mode is activated when the APR Key is pressed. Approach Mode acquires and tracks the selected
navigation source (FMS, VOR, or LOC), depending on the loaded approach. This mode uses the selected
navigation receiver deviation and desired course inputs to fly the approach. Pressing the APR Key when
the CDI is greater than one dot arms the selected approach mode (annunciated in white to the left of the
active lateral mode). If the CDI is less than one dot, the LOC is automatically captured when the APR Key
is pressed.
VOR Approach Mode (VAPP) provides greater sensitivity for signal tracking than VOR Navigation Mode .
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Selecting VOR Approach Mode:
1) Ensure a valid VOR frequency is tuned.
2) Ensure that VOR is the selected navigation source (use the Active Nav Softkey to cycle through navigation
sources if necessary).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Press the APR Key.
When FMS Approach Mode is armed, Glidepath Mode is also armed.
Selecting FMS Approach Mode:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Ensure a FMS approach is loaded into the active flight plan. The active waypoint must be part of the flight plan
(cannot be a direct-to a waypoint not in the flight plan).
2) Ensure that FMS is the selected navigation source (use the Active Nav Softkey to cycle through navigation
sources if necessary).
3) Press the APR Key.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 7-24 Navigation/Approach Mode Armed
LOC Approach Mode allows the autopilot to fly a LOC/ILS approach with a glideslope. When LOC Approach
Mode is armed, Glideslope Mode is also armed automatically. LOC captures are inhibited if the difference
between aircraft heading and localizer course exceeds 105°.
APPENDICES
Selecting LOC Approach Mode:
1) Ensure a valid localizer frequency is tuned.
2) Ensure that LOC is the selected navigation source (use the Active Nav Softkey to cycle through navigation
sources if necessary).
INDEX
3) Press the APR Key.
Or:
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
457
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1) Ensure that FMS is the selected navigation source (use the Active Nav Softkey to cycle through navigation
sources if necessary).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Automatic Flight Control System
3) Ensure the corresponding LOC frequency is tuned.
2) Ensure a LOC/ILS approach is loaded into the active flight plan.
4) Press the APR Key.
If the following occurs, the flight director reverts to Roll Hold Mode (wings rolled level):
• Approach Mode is active and a Vectors-To-Final is activated
EIS
• Approach Mode is active and Navigation source is manually switched
• During a LOC/ILS approach, FMS Navigation Mode is active and the FAF is crossed after the automatic
navigation source switch from FMS to LOC
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Changing the Selected Course
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Selected Course is controlled using the CRS Knob (while in VOR, LOC, or OBS Mode). Pressing the
CWS Button and hand-flying the aircraft does not change the Selected Course while in Approach Mode.
The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Course (or FMS flight plan) when the CWS Button is
released.
Intercepting and flying a dme arc
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The AFCS will intercept and track a DME arc that is part of the active flight plan provided that FMS
Navigation Mode is engaged, FMS is the active navigation source on the CDI, and the DME arc segment is
the active flight plan leg. It is important to note that automatic navigation of DME arcs is based on FMS.
Thus, even if the APR key is pressed and LOC or VOR Approach Mode is armed prior to reaching the Initial
Approach Fix (IAF), Approach Mode will not activate until the arc segment is completed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
If the pilot decides to intercept the arc at a location other than the published IAF (i.e. ATC provides vectors
to intercept the arc) and subsequently selects Heading Mode or Roll Mode, the AFCS will not automatically
intercept or track the arc unless the pilot activates the arc leg of the flight plan and arms FMS Navigation
Mode. The AFCS will not intercept and fly a DME arc before reaching an IAF that defines the beginning of the
arc segment. Likewise, if at any point while established on the DME arc the pilot deselects FMS Navigation
Mode, the AFCS will no longer track the arc.
Backcourse Mode (BC)
NOTE: When making a backcourse approach, set the Selected Course to the localizer front course.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Backcourse Mode captures and tracks a localizer signal in the backcourse direction. The mode may be
selected by pressing the BC Key. Backcourse Mode is armed if the CDI is greater than one dot when the mode
is selected. If the CDI is less than one dot, the Backcourse Mode is automatically captured when the BC Key
is pressed. The flight director creates roll steering commands from the Selected Course and deviation when in
Backcourse Mode. The annunciation ‘BC’ in the AFCS Status Box indicates Backcourse Mode (Figure 7-25).
458
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
LOC Navigation Mode automatically (i.e., without pressing the BC key) reverts to Backcourse Mode if the
localizer front course is greater than 105° from the aircraft heading. Refer to the previous discussion (in this
section) on Navigation Modes for more information on LOC Navigation Mode.
Pitch Hold
Mode Active
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Backcourse
Mode Active
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
LOC2 is Selected Navigation Source
Command Bars Hold Pitch Attitude
Figure 7-25 Navigation Backcourse Mode
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Changing the Selected Course
The Selected Course is controlled using the CRS Knob. Pressing the CWS Button and hand-flying the
aircraft does not reset any reference data while in Backcourse Mode. The autopilot guides the aircraft back to
the Selected Course when the CWS Button is released.
AFCS
Level Mode (LVL)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Level (LVL) mode becomes active only as a function of Electronic Stability and Protection (ESP). Refer to the
Additional Features section for a detailed discussion of the optional ESP feature.
APPENDICES
When the normal flight envelope thresholds have been exceeded for more than 50% of the last 20 seconds,
Level mode is activated. The autopilot will engage and provide input to bring the aircraft back into straight
and level flight based on zero degrees roll angle and zero feet per minute vertical speed. An aural “ENGAGING
AUTOPILOT” alert sounds and the lateral and vertical flight director annunciations will display “LVL”. The
AFCS will remain in Level mode until the pilot selects another mode.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
459
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
7.5 Autopilot Operation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Refer to the AFM for specific instructions regarding emergency procedures.
The autopilot operates flight control surface servos to provide automatic flight control. Pitch and roll commands
are provided to the servos, based on the active flight director modes. The autopilot uses pitch and roll rates to
stabilize the aircraft attitude during upsets and flight director maneuvers. Flight director commands are rate- and
attitude-limited, combined with pitch and roll damper control, and sent to the pitch and roll servo motors.
EIS
Pitch autotrim provides trim commands to the pitch trim servo to relieve any sustained effort required by the
pitch servo. The pitch servo measures the output effort (torque) and provides this signal to the pitch trim servo.
The pitch trim servo commands the motor to reduce the average pitch servo effort.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
When the autopilot is not engaged, the pitch trim servo may be used to provide manual electric trim (MET).
This allows the aircraft to be trimmed using a control wheel switch rather than the trim wheel. Manual trim
commands are generated with the MET Switch. Trim speeds are scheduled with airspeed to provide more
consistent response.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Servo motor control limits the maximum servo speed and torque. The servo mounts are equipped with slipclutches set to certain values. This allows the servos to be overridden in case of an emergency.
Engaging the Autopilot
NOTE: Autopilot engagement/disengagement is not equivalent to servo engagement/disengagement. Use
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
the CWS Button to disengage the pitch and roll servos while the autopilot remains active.
When the AP Key is pressed, the autopilot and flight director (if not already engaged) are activated. Engagement
is indicated by a green ‘AP’ annunciation in the center of the AFCS Status Box. The flight director engages in
Pitch and Roll Hold modes when initially activated.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Autopilot
Engaged
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 7-26 Autopilot Engaged
460
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Control Wheel Steering
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
During autopilot operation, the aircraft may be hand-flown without disengaging the autopilot. Pressing and
holding the CWS Button disengages the pitch and roll servos from the flight control surfaces and allows the
aircraft to be hand-flown. At the same time, the flight director is synchronized to the aircraft attitude during
the maneuver. The ‘AP’ annunciation is temporarily replaced by ‘CWS’ in white for the duration of CWS
maneuvers.
In most scenarios, releasing the CWS Button reengages the autopilot with a new reference. Refer to the flight
director modes section for CWS behavior in each mode.
EIS
Control Wheel Steering
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 7-27 CWS Annunciation
Disengaging the Autopilot
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The autopilot is manually disengaged by pushing the AP DISC Switch, MET Switch, or the AP Key on
the MFD. Manual disengagement is indicated by a five-second flashing yellow ‘AP’ annunciation and a twosecond autopilot disconnect aural alert. After manual disengagement, the autopilot disconnect aural alert
may be cancelled by pushing the AP DISC or MET Switch (AP DISC Switch also cancels the flashing ‘AP’
annunciation).
Figure 7-28 Manual Autopilot Disengagement
AFCS
Automatic autopilot disengagement is indicated by a flashing red ‘AP’ annunciation and by the autopilot
disconnect aural alert, which continue until acknowledged by pushing the AP DISC or MET Switch.
Automatic disengagement occurs due to:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• System failure
• Inability to compute default flight director modes (FD also disengages automatically)
• Invalid sensor data
APPENDICES
Figure 7-29 Automatic Autopilot Disengagement
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
461
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
7.6 Example Procedures
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Note: The following example flight plan and diagrams (not to be used for navigation) in this section are
for instructional purposes only and should be considered not current. Numbered portions of accompanying
diagrams correspond to numbered procedure steps.
EIS
This section provides a scenario-based set of procedures showing various GFC 700 AFCS modes used during a
flight. In this scenario, the aircraft departs Charles B. Wheeler Downtown Airport (KMKC), enroute to Colorado
Springs Airport (KCOS). After departure, the aircraft climbs to 12,000 ft and airway V4 is intercepted, following
ATC vectors.
0
24
27
24
27
24
30
21
18
15
18
9
24
21
12
15
27
12
6
Lamar
VOR
(LAA)
Topeka
VOR
(TOP)
21
Hays
VOR
(HYS)
9
V 244
Salina
VOR
(SLN)
12
3
V4
18
V 244
9
6
0
33
KMKC
27
30
6
KCOS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3
30
3
6
0
33
3
30
33
9
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
33
0
15
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Airway V4 is flown to Salina VOR (SLN) using VOR navigation, then airway V244 is flown using FMS Navigation.
The ILS approach for runway 35L and LPV (WAAS) approach for runway 35R are shown and a missed approach
is executed.
12
21
15
18
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 7-30 Flight Plan Overview
462
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Departure
Climbing to the Selected Altitude and flying an assigned heading:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Before takeoff, set the Selected Altitude to 12,000 feet using the ALT Knob.
2) In this example, Vertical Speed Mode is used to capture the Selected Altitude (Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, or
Flight Level Change Mode may be used).
a) Press the VS Key to activate Vertical Speed Mode.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Vertical Speed Reference may be adjusted after Vertical Speed Mode is selected using the UP/DN Wheel or
pushing the CWS Button while hand-flying the aircraft to establish a new Vertical Speed Reference.
b) Press the AP Key to engage the autopilot in a climb using Vertical Speed Mode.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Use the HDG Knob to set the Selected Heading, complying with ATC vectors to intercept Airway V4.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Press the HDG Key to activate Heading Select Mode while the autopilot is engaged in the climb. The autopilot
follows the Selected Heading Bug on the HSI and turns the aircraft to the desired heading.
AFCS
4) As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude, the flight director transitions to Selected Altitude Capture Mode,
indicated by the green ‘ALTS’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
At 50 feet from the Selected Altitude, the green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds; the autopilot
transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
463
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
HD
GM
od
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
e
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3
Selected Altitude of 12,000 MSL
ALT Mode
4
KMKC
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1
2
VS
e
Mod
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 7-31 Departure
464
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Intercepting a VOR Radial
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
During climb-out, the autopilot continues to fly the aircraft in Heading Select Mode. Airway V4 to Salina
VOR (SLN) should now be intercepted. Since the enroute flight plan waypoints correspond to VORs, flight
director Navigation Mode using either VOR or FMS as the navigation source may be used. In this scenario, VOR
Navigation Mode is used for navigation to the first VOR waypoint in the flight plan.
Intercepting a VOR radial:
1) Arm VOR Navigation Mode:
a) Tune the VOR frequency.
EIS
b) Press the Active Nav Softkey to set the navigation source to VOR.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
c) Use the CRS Knob to set the Selected Course to 255°. Note that at this point, the flight director is still in
Heading Select Mode and the autopilot continues to fly 290°.
d) Press the NAV Key. This arms VOR Navigation Mode and the white ‘VOR’ annunciation appears to below the
active lateral mode.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) As the aircraft nears the Selected Course, the flight director transitions from Heading Select to VOR Navigation
Mode and the ‘VOR’ annunciation flashes green. The autopilot begins turning to intercept the Selected
Course.
AFCS
3) The autopilot continues the turn until the aircraft is established on the Selected Course.
0
33
3
30
Hd
29 g
0o
V4
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6
27
3
255
9
o
24
Salina
VOR
(SLN)
VO
R
NA
V
Mo
de
2
HD
G
od
e,
VO
R
Ar
APPENDICES
12
M
m
ed
15
1
INDEX
21
18
Figure 7-32 Intercepting a VOR Radial
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
465
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
Flying a Flight Plan/FMS Course
Note: Changing the navigation source cancels Navigation Mode and causes the flight director to revert
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
back to Roll Hold Mode (wings rolled level).
As the aircraft closes on Salina VOR, FMS is used to navigate the next leg, airway V244. The aircraft is
currently tracking inbound on Airway V4.
Flying a FMS flight plan:
EIS
1) Transition from VOR to FMS Navigation Mode:
a) Press the Active Nav Softkey until FMS is the selected navigation source.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
b) Press the NAV Key to activate FMS Navigation Mode. The autopilot guides the aircraft along the active flight
plan leg.
2) Following the flight plan, the autopilot continues to steer the aircraft under FMS guidance.
0
33
3
V4
6
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
33
3
30
0
e
1
d
AV Mo
VOR N
o
075
e
30
d
AV Mo
6
27
GPS N
260
o
12
15
AFCS
21
18
12
15
24
9
Hays
VOR
(HYS)
Salina
VOR
(SLN)
V 244
24
27
076
2
9
o
21
18
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 7-33 Transition to GPS Flight Plan
Descent
APPENDICES
While flying the arrival procedure, the aircraft is cleared for descent in preparation for the approach to KCOS.
Three methods are presented for descent:
• Flight Level Change descent – Flight Level Change Mode can be used to descend to the Selected Altitude at a
constant airspeed. This descent method does not account for flight plan waypoint altitude constraints.
INDEX
• Vertical Path Tracking descent – Vertical Path Tracking Mode is used to follow the vertical descent path
defined in the FMS flight plan. Altitude constraints correspond to waypoints in the flight plan. Before VNAV
flight control can provide vertical profile guidance, a VNAV flight plan must be entered and enabled.
466
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
• Non-path descent in a VNAV scenario – A VNAV flight plan is entered and enabled, however Pitch Hold,
Vertical Speed, or Flight Level Change Mode can be used to descend to the VNAV Target Altitude prior to
reaching the planned TOD. Flight Level Change Mode is used in the example.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight Level Change descent:
1) Select Flight Level Change Mode:
a) Using the ALT Knob, set the Selected Altitude to 10,000 feet.
EIS
b) Press the FLC Key to activate Flight Level Change Mode. The annunciation ‘FLC’ appears next to the
Airspeed Reference, which defaults to the current aircraft airspeed. Selected Altitude Capture Mode is armed
automatically.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Use the UP/DN Wheel or push the CWS Button while hand-flying the aircraft to adjust the commanded airspeed
while maintaining the same power, or reduce power to allow descent in Flight Level Change Mode while the
autopilot maintains the current airspeed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude, the flight director transitions to Selected Altitude Capture Mode,
indicated by the green ‘ALTS’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the Selected Altitude; the
autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft.
AFCS
1
Cruise Altitude of 12,000 MSL
2
FLC
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
ALT Mode
Mod
e
3
Selected Altitude of 10,000 MSL
ALT Mode
APPENDICES
Figure 7-34 FLC Descent
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
467
SyStem
overvieW
AutomAtic Flight control SyStem
Vertical Path Tracking descent to VNAV Target Altitude:
1) Select coupled VNAV:
Flight
inStrumentS
a) Press the VNV Key to arm Vertical Path Tracking Mode. The white annunciation ‘VPTH’ appears.
eiS
b) Using the ALT Knob, set the Selected Altitude 75 feet below the flight plan’s VNAV Target Altitude of 10,000
feet.
AuDio pAnel
& cnS
If the Selected Altitude is not at least 75 feet below the VNAV Target Altitude, the flight director captures the
Selected Altitude rather than the VNAV Target Altitude once Vertical Path Tracking Mode becomes active (ALTS
is armed rather than ALTV).
Flight
mAnAgement
c) If Vertical Path Tracking Mode is armed more than 5 minutes prior to descent path capture, acknowledgment is
required for the flight director to transition from Altitude Hold to Vertical Path Tracking Mode. To proceed with
descent path capture if the white ‘VPTH’ annunciation begins flashing, do one of the following
•
Press the VNV Key
•
Turn the ALT Knob to adjust the Selected Altitude
AFcS
hAZArD
AvoiDAnce
If the descent is not confirmed by the time of interception, Vertical Path Tracking Mode remains armed and the
descent is not captured.
2) When the top of descent (TOD) is reached, the flight director transitions to Vertical Path Tracking Mode and
begins the descent to the VNAV Target Altitude. Intention to capture the VNAV Target Altitude is indicated by
the white ‘ALTV’ annunciation.
ADDitionAl
FeAtureS
3) As the aircraft nears the VNAV Target Altitude, the flight director transitions to VNAV Target Altitude Capture
Mode, indicated by the green ‘ALTV’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds.
inDex
AppenDiceS
The green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the VNAV Target Altitude;
the autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft at the vertical waypoint.
468
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
AutomAtic Flight control SyStem
ALT Mode
TOD
SyStem
overvieW
1
Cruise Altitude of 12,000 MSL
2
VPT
HM
Flight
inStrumentS
ode
3
BOD
VNAV Target Altitude of 10,000 MSL
ALT Mode
Selected Altitude (set below VNAV Target Altitude)
3 nm
OPSHN
eiS
Figure 7-35 VPTH Descent
Non-path descent using Flight Level Change Mode:
AuDio pAnel
& cnS
1) Using Flight Level Change Mode, command a non-path descent to an intermediate altitude above the next
VNAV flight plan altitude.:
Flight
mAnAgement
a) Using the ALT Knob, set the Selected Altitude below the current aircraft altitude to an altitude (in this case,
9,400 feet) at which to level off between VNAV flight plan altitudes.
b) Press the FLC Key before the planned TOD during an altitude hold while VPTH is armed. The Airspeed Reference
defaults to the current aircraft airspeed. Vertical Path Tracking and Selected Altitude Capture Mode are armed
automatically.
hAZArD
AvoiDAnce
2) Reduce power to allow descent in Flight Level Change Mode. The autopilot maintains the Airspeed Reference.
AFcS
3) As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude, the flight director transitions to Selected Altitude Capture Mode,
indicated by the green ‘ALTS’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds.
ADDitionAl
FeAtureS
The green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the Selected Altitude; the
autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft. After leveling off, reset selected altitude at
or below 9,000 ft.
AppenDiceS
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
inDex
4) When the next TOD is reached, Vertical Path Tracking becomes active (may require acknowledgment to allow
descent path capture).
469
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
5) As the aircraft nears the VNAV Target Altitude, the flight director transitions to VNAV Target Altitude Capture
Mode, indicated by the green ‘ALTV’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
The green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the VNAV Target Altitude;
the autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft at the vertical waypoint.
VP
TH
M
od
e
ALT Mode
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Planned
TOD
2
BOD
1
FL
C
Pla
nn
M
od
e
Selected Altitude of 9,400 MSL
VNAV Target Altitude of 10,000 MSL
3
ed
De
sce
nt
Pa
th
ALT Mode
TOD
4
VP
TH
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
VNAV Target Altitude of 9,000 MSL
Mo
de
5
BOD
ALT Mode
Selected Altitude
3 nm
OPSHN
HABUK
AFCS
Figure 7-36 Non-path Descent
Approach
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Flying an ILS approach:
1) Transition from FMS Navigation Mode to Heading Select Mode.
APPENDICES
a) Select the Runway 35L ILS approach for KCOS and select ‘VECTORS’ for the transition. Load and activate the
approach into the flight plan.
b) Use the HDG Knob to set the Selected Heading after getting vectors from ATC.
c) Press the HDG Key. The autopilot turns the aircraft to the desired heading.
INDEX
d) Use Heading Select Mode to comply with ATC vectors as requested.
470
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
2) Arm LOC Approach and Glideslope modes.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
a) Ensure the appropriate localizer frequency is tuned.
b) Press the APR Key when cleared for approach to arm Approach and Glideslope modes. ‘LOC’ and ‘GS’ appear
in white as armed mode annunciations.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
c) The navigation source automatically switches to LOC. After this switch occurs, the localizer signal can be captured
and the flight director determine when to begin the turn to intercept the final approach course. The flight director
now provides guidance to the missed approach point.
3) There are two options available at this point, as the autopilot flies the ILS approach:
• Push the AP DISC Switch at the decision height and land the aircraft.
• Use the GA Switch to execute a missed approach.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
KCOS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
LOC APR/
GS Mode
3
PETEY
2
AFCS
G
HD
od
M
e
1
APPENDICES
GPS NAV Mode
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
PYNON
INDEX
Figure 7-37 ILS Approach to KCOS
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
471
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
Flying a RNAV FMS approach with vertical guidance:
1) Arm flight director modes for a RNAV FMS approach with vertical guidance:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
a) Make sure the navigation source is set to FMS (use Active Nav Softkey to change navigation source).
b) Select the Runway 35R LPV approach for KCOS. Load and activate the approach into the flight plan.
EIS
2) Press the APR Key once clearance for approach has been received. FMS Approach Mode is activated and
Glidepath Mode is armed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Once the glidepath is captured, Glidepath Mode becomes active. The flight director now provides guidance to
the missed approach point.
4) There are two options available at this point, as the autopilot flies the approach:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Push the AP DISC Switch at the Decision height and land the aircraft.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Use the GA Switch to execute a missed approach.
472
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
KCOS
EIS
4
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3
GPS APR/
GP Mode
CEGIX
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2
FALUR
HABUK
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
PYNON
1
AFCS
GPS NAV Mode
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 7-38 LPV Approach to KCOS
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
473
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
Go Around/Missed Approach
Note: As a result of calculations performed by the system while flying the holding pattern, the display may
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
re-size automatically and the aircraft may not precisely track the holding pattern as depicted on the PFD and
MFD.
Flying a missed approach:
EIS
1) Push the GA Switch at the Decision height and apply go-around power to execute a missed approach. The
flight director Command Bars establish a nose-up climb to follow. If flying an ILS or LOC approach the CDI also
switches to FMS as the navigation source. When the GA Switch is pushed, the missed approach is activated.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Start the climb to the prescribed altitude in the published Missed Approach Procedure (in this case, 10,000 ft).
Press the NAV Key to have the autopilot fly to the hold.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Use the ALT Knob to set a Selected Altitude to hold.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
To hold the current airspeed during the climb, press the FLC Key.
AFCS
As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude, the flight director transitions to Selected Altitude Capture Mode,
indicated by the green ‘ALTS’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the Selected Altitude; the
autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft.
INDEX
APPENDICES
4) The autopilot flies the holding pattern after the missed approach is activated. Annunciations are displayed in
the Navigation Status Box, above the AFCS Status Box.
474
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
MOGAL
EIS
GPS NAV Mode
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3
2
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
GA Mode
KCOS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1
Figure 7-39 Go Around/Missed Approach
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
475
SyStem
overvieW
AutomAtic Flight control SyStem
7.7 AFcS AnnunciAtionS AnD AlertS
Flight
inStrumentS
AFcS StAtuS AlertS
The annunciations in Table 7-5 (listed in order of increasing priority) can appear on the PFD above the
Airspeed and Attitude indicators. Only one annunciation occurs at a time, and messages are prioritized by
criticality.
AuDio pAnel
& cnS
eiS
AFCS Status
Annunciation
Flight
mAnAgement
Figure 7-40 AFCS Status Annunciation
Alert Condition
Aileron Mistrim Right
hAZArD
AvoiDAnce
Aileron Mistrim Left
Elevator Mistrim Down
Description
Roll servo providing sustained force in the indicated direction
Pitch servo providing sustained force in the indicated direction
Pitch Trim Failure
Roll Failure
Roll axis control failure; AP inoperative
Pitch Failure
Pitch axis control failure. All vertical autopilot modes unavailable. Autopilot lateral
modes may continue to be used and flight director vertical modes may still be
available.
AppenDiceS
AFcS
Pitch trim servo failure. If the pitch trim servo is inoperative, it is considered a
pitch axis control failure and all vertical autopilot mode are unavailable. Autopilot
lateral modes may continue to be used and flight director modes may still be
available.
If AP engaged, take control of the aircraft and disengage AP
If AP disengaged, move MeT switch to unstick
ADDitionAl
FeAtureS
Elevator Mistrim Up
Annunciation
System Failure
inDex
Preflight Test
AP and MET are unavailable; FD may still be available
Performing preflight system test; aural alert sounds at completion
Do not press the AP DISC Switch during servo power-up and preflight system tests
as this may cause the preflight system test to fail or never to start (if servos fail
their power-up tests). Power must be cycled to the servos to remedy the situation.
Preflight system test failed; aural alert sounds at failure
Table 7-5 AFCS Status Alerts
476
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
AutomAtic Flight control SyStem
SyStem
overvieW
overSpeeD protection
note: Overspeed protection is not active in ALT, GS or GP Modes.
Flight
inStrumentS
While Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, Flight Level Change, Vertical Path Tracking, or an altitude capture mode is
active, airspeed is monitored by the flight director. Pitch commands are not changed until overspeed protection
becomes active. Overspeed protection is provided in situations where the flight director cannot acquire and
maintain the mode reference for the selected vertical mode without exceeding the certified maximum autopilot
airspeed.
eiS
When an autopilot overspeed condition occurs, the Airspeed Reference appears in a box above the Airspeed
Indicator, flashing a yellow ‘MAXSPD’ annunciation. Engine power should be reduced and/or the pitch reference
adjusted to slow the aircraft. The annunciation disappears when the overspeed condition is resolved.
AuDio pAnel
& cnS
Flight
mAnAgement
Airspeed
Indicator
Figure 7-41 Overspeed Annunciation
hAZArD
AvoiDAnce
unDerSpeeD protection
Underspeed Protection is designed to discourage aircraft operation below minimum established airspeeds and
is available when the autopilot is on.
AFcS
When the aircraft reaches a predetermined airspeed (Table 7-6), a yellow MINSPD annunciation (Figure 7-42)
will appear above the airspeed indicator. When the airspeed trend vector reaches a predetermined airspeed
(Table 7-6), a single aural “AIRSPEED” will sound, alerting the pilot to the impending underspeed condition.
ADDitionAl
FeAtureS
Flaps MINSPD Annunciation Aural AIRSPeeD Alert
0%
80 kt
85 kt
50%
76 kt
80 kt
100%
70 kt
80 kt
Table 7-6 MINSPD Annunciation and AIRSPeeD Alert
AppenDiceS
inDex
Airspeed
Indicator
Figure 7-42 MINSPD Annunciation
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
477
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If the aircraft continues to decelerate, Underspeed Protection functionality depends on which vertical flight
director mode is selected. For the purpose of this discussion, the vertical flight director modes can be divided
into two categories: Those in which it is important to maintain altitude for as long as possible (altitude-critical
modes), and those in which maintaining altitude is less crucial (non-altitude critical modes).
Altitude-Critical Modes (ALT, GS, GP, TO, GA)
If the aircraft decelerates to stall warning, the lateral and vertical flight director modes will change from
active to armed. The autopilot will provide input causing the aircraft to pitch down to maintain an airspeed
no less than stall warning activation speed plus two knots, and the wings to level.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
An aural “AIRSPEED” alert will sound every five seconds and a red “UNDERSPEED PROTECT ACTIVE”
annunciation (Figure 7-43) will appear to the right of the vertical speed indicator.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 7-43 Underspeed Protect Active Annunciation
When airspeed increases (as a result of adding power/thrust) to above the IAS at which stall warning turns
off, plus two knots, the autopilot will cause the aircraft to pitch up until recapturing the vertical reference.
The vertical and lateral flight director modes will change from armed to active.
AFCS
Non-Altitude Critical Modes (VS, VNAV)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
If the aircraft decelerates to an IAS below the minimum commandable autopilot airspeed, a red
“UNDERSPEED PROTECT ACTIVE” annunciation (Figure 7-43) will appear to the right of the vertical speed
indicator. The vertical flight director mode will change from active to armed, and the autopilot will cause
the aircraft to pitch down until reaching a pitch attitude at which IAS equals the minimum commandable
autopilot airspeed.
APPENDICES
When sufficient power/thrust is available, the autopilot will recapture the previously selected vertical
reference and the flight director mode will change from armed to active.
Note: When the autopilot is outside normal operating limits, it uses more aggressive commands to return
INDEX
to normal limits.
478
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
7.8 Abnormal Operation
Suspected Autopilot malfunction
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Note: Consult the aircraft documentation for the location of circuit breakers as well as specifics that may
supplement or amplify this procedure.
If an autopilot failure or trim failure is suspected to have occurred, perform the following steps:
EIS
1) Firmly grasp the control wheel.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press and hold the AP DISC Switch. The autopilot will disconnect and power is removed from the trim motor.
Power is also removed from all primary servo motors and engaged solenoids. Note the visual and aural alerting
indicating autopilot disconnect.
3) Retrim the aircraft as needed. Substantial trim adjustment may be needed.
4) Pull the appropriate circuit breaker(s) to electrically isolate the servo and solenoid components.
5) Release the AP DISC Switch.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Overpowering Autopilot Servos
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
In the context of this discussion, “overpowering” refers to any pressure or force applied to the pitch controls
when the autopilot is engaged. A small amount of pressure or force on the pitch controls can cause the autopilot
automatic trim to run to an out-of-trim condition. Therefore, any application of pressure or force to the
controls should be avoided when the autopilot is engaged.
Overpowering the autopilot during flight will cause the autopilot’s automatic trim to run, resulting in an outof-trim condition or cause the trim to hit the stop if the action is prolonged. In this case, larger than anticipated
control forces are required after the autopilot is disengaged.
AFCS
The following steps should be added to the preflight check:
1) Check for proper autopilot operation and ensure the autopilot can be overpowered.
2) Note the forces required to overpower the autopilot servo clutches.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
479
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
Blank Page
480
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Section 8 Additional Features
NOTE: Regardless of the availability of SafeTaxi®, ChartView, or FliteCharts®, it may be necessary to carry
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
another source of charts on-board the aircraft.
Additional features of the G2000 include the following:
• SafeTaxi® diagrams
• SiriusXM Satellite Radio entertainment (Optional)
• Electronic Documents (Optional)
• SMS Text Messaging (Optional)
• Flight Data Logging
EIS
• Electronic Stability and Protection (Garmin ESP™)
System (Optional)
• ChartView and FliteCharts® electronic charts (Optional)
• Scheduled Messages
• Airport Directory (AOPA or AC-U-KWIK)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Electronic Checklists (Optional)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
SafeTaxi diagrams provide detailed taxiway, runway, and ramp information at more than 700 airports in the United
States. By decreasing range on an airport that has a SafeTaxi diagram available, a close up view of the airport layout
can be seen.
FliteCharts and optional ChartView provide on-board electronic terminal procedures charts. Electronic charts
offer the convenience of rapid access to essential information. Either ChartView or FliteCharts may be configured
in the system, but not both.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The AOPA or AC-U-KWIK Airport Directory offer detailed information for a selected airport, such as available
services, hours of operation, and lodging options.
The optional SiriusXM Satellite Radio entertainment audio feature of the GDL 69A Data Link Receiver handles
more than 170 channels of music, news, and sports. SiriusXM Satellite Radio offers more entertainment choices and
longer range coverage than commercial broadcast stations.
AFCS
SMS text messaging is an optional subscription service offered through Garmin Flight Data Services and Iridium
Satellite LLC. SMS messaging communications are through the Iridium Satellite Network.
The optional Garmin ESP™ Electronic Stability and Protection system discourages aircraft operation outside the
normal flight envelope.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The Scheduled Messages feature can be used to enter and display short term or long term reminder messages
such as Switch fuel tanks, Change oil, or Altimeter-Transponder Check in the Messages display on the Touchscreen
Controller.
The optional Electronic Document function allows viewing of electronic documents on PFD and/or MFD
displays.
APPENDICES
The Flight Data Logging feature automatically stores critical flight and engine data on an SD data card. Approximately
1,000 flight hours can be recorded for each 1GB of available space on the card.
Optional electronic checklists help to quickly find the proper procedure on the ground or during flight.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
481
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
8.1 SafeTaxi
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SafeTaxi is an enhanced feature that gives greater map detail when viewing airports at close range on the
Navigation Map or the Inset Map on the PFD. The maximum map ranges for enhanced detail are pilot configurable.
When viewing at ranges close enough to show the airport detail, the map reveals taxiways with identifying
letters/numbers, airport Hot Spots, and airport landmarks including ramps, buildings, control towers, and other
prominent features. Resolution is greater at lower map ranges. When the aircraft’s current position is within the
SafeTaxi view, the airplane symbol on the airport provides enhanced position awareness.
EIS
Designated Hot Spots are recognized at airports with many intersecting taxiways and runways, and/or complex
ramp areas. Airport Hot Spots are outlined to caution pilots of areas on an airport surface where positional
awareness confusion or runway incursions happen most often. Hot Spots are defined with a magenta circle or
outline around the region of possible confusion.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Any map display that show the navigation view can also show the SafeTaxi airport layout within the maximum
configured range. The following is a list of displays where the SafeTaxi feature can be seen:
• Navigation Map
• VOR Information
• Inset Map (PFD)
• User Waypoint Information
• Weather Datalink
• Trip Planning
• Airport Information
• Nearest
• Intersection Information
• Active Flight Plan
• NDB Information
• Stored Flight Plan
AFCS
During ground operations the aircraft’s position is displayed in reference to taxiways, runways, and airport
features. In the example shown, the aircraft is on taxiway Charlie approaching a designated Airport Hot Spot
boundary on KSFO airport. Airport Hot Spots are outlined in magenta. When panning over the airport, features
such as runway holding lines and taxiways are shown at the cursor.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Taxiway
Identification
Airport
Features
APPENDICES
Airport Hot
Spot Outline
INDEX
Aircraft
Position
Figure 8-1 SafeTaxi Depiction on the Navigation Map Display
482
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Enabling/Disabling SafeTaxi:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) If not already selected, touch the Aviation Tab.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) If necessary, scroll to display the SafeTaxi Annunciator Button.
4) Touch the SafeTaxi Button to enable or disable the display of SafeTaxi on the Navigation and Inset maps. A
green annunciator on the button indicates SafeTaxi is enabled.
Configuring SafeTaxi range:
EIS
1) From the Home Screen, touch Map > Map Settings.
2) If not already selected, touch the Aviation Tab.
3) If necessary, scroll to display the SafeTaxi Range Button.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Touch the SafeTaxi Range Button. A selection of ranges is displayed.
5) Touch the desired range. In Figure 8-2, 4 NM has been selected. With this setting, SafeTaxi will be displayed
on the Navigation Map for range settings up to, and including 4 NM.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 8-2 SafeTaxi Map Settings
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
483
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
SafeTaxi Database Information
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The SafeTaxi database is revised every 56 days. SafeTaxi is available for use after the expiration date. When
turning on the system, the MFD Power-up Display indicates the expiration date and status of the database.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
SafeTaxi Database
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-3 Power-up Page, SafeTaxi Database
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Power-up Page Display
Definition
Normal operation. SafeTaxi database is valid and within current cycle.
SafeTaxi database has expired.
Database card contains no SafeTaxi data.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Table 8-1 SafeTaxi Annunciation Definitions
484
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The SafeTaxi Region, Version, Cycle, Effective date and Expires date of the database cycle can be viewed by
selecting the MFD1 and PFD1 Databases Screen.
Viewing SafeTaxi database information:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) From the Home Screen, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Status.
2) If not already selected, touch the Database Tab.
3) Touch the desired button (PFD1 or MFD1).
4) Scroll to view the SafeTaxi database information, as shown in Figure 8-4.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-4 MFD SafeTaxi Database Information
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The SafeTaxi database cycle number shown in the figure, 12S3, is deciphered as follows:
12 – Indicates the year 2012
S – Indicates the data is for SafeTaxi
3 – Indicates the third issue of the SafeTaxi database for the year
AFCS
The SafeTaxi ‘Effective’ date 3–MAY–2012 is the beginning date for the current database cycle. The SafeTaxi
‘Expires’ date 26–JUL–2012 is the revision date for the next database cycle.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The ‘Effective’ date is the beginning date for this database cycle. The ‘Effective’ date appears in yellow when
the current date is before the effective date (Figure 8-5). The ‘Expires’ date is the revision date for the next
database cycle. The ‘Expires’ date appears in yellow when expired. ‘Not Available’ indicates the SafeTaxi
database is not available on the database card or no database card is inserted. An expired SafeTaxi database is
not disabled and will continue to function indefinitely.
APPENDICES
Refer to Appendix B for instructions on revising the SafeTaxi database.
INDEX
Current Date is before Effective Date
SafeTaxi Database has Expired
SafeTaxi Database Not Installed
Figure 8-5 SafeTaxi Database Status
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
485
SyStem
oVerView
AdditionAl FeAtureS
8.2 chArtView (optionAl)
Flight
inStrumentS
ChartView resembles the paper version of Jeppesen terminal procedures charts. The charts are displayed in full
color with high-resolution. The MFD depiction shows the aircraft position on the moving map in the planview
of approach charts and on airport diagrams. Airport Hot Spots are outlined in magenta.
The geo-referenced aircraft position is indicated by an aircraft symbol displayed on the chart when the current
position is within the boundaries of the chart. Inset boxes (Figure 8-6) are not considered within the chart
boundaries. Therefore, when the aircraft symbol reaches a chart boundary line, or inset box, the aircraft symbol
is removed from the display.
Flight
mAnAgement
Audio pAnel
& cnS
eiS
Figure 8-6 shows examples of off-scale areas, indicated by the grey shading. Note, the grey shading is for
illustrative purposes only and will not appear on the published chart or MFD display. These off-scale areas
appear on the chart to convey supplemental information. However, the depicted geographical position of this
information, as it relates to the chart planview, is not the actual geographic position. Therefore, when the aircraft
symbol appears within one of these areas, the aircraft position indicated is relative to the chart planview, not to
the off-scale area.
hAZArd
AVoidAnce
Off-Scale
Area
AdditionAl
FeAtureS
AFcS
Off-Scale
Areas
Figure 8-6 Sample Chart Indicating Off-Scale Areas
AppendiceS
note: Do not maneuver the aircraft based solely upon the geo-referenced aircraft symbol.
The ChartView database subscription is available from Jeppesen, Inc. Available data includes:
• Arrivals (STAR)
• Airport Diagrams
• Departure Procedures (DP)
• Chart NOTAMs
index
• Approaches
NOTE: Only NOTAMs applicable to specific information conveyed on the displayed Jeppesen chart are
available. There may be other NOTAMs available pertaining to the flight that may not be displayed. Contact
Jeppesen for more information regarding Jeppesen database-published NOTAMs.
486
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Chart Selection
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When a flight plan is active, or when flying direct-to a destination, the initial set of charts made available
pertain to the departure airport. After departing the airport environment, the initial chart set made available
pertains to the destination airport. When no flight plan is active, or when not flying to a direct-to destination,
the initial chart set is made available for the nearest airport.
Selecting Charts using the Charts Screen:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Charts.
EIS
2) The airport for which charts will be displayed is shown at the top of the Charts Screen. Touch the Airport Button
to enter another airport.
3) Touch the Info Tab to display the airport information selection buttons for the selected airport (Figure 8-7).
• Departure Tab to display a list of possible departures for the selected airport.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Arrival Tab to display a list of possible arrivals for the selected airport.
• Approach Tab to display a list of possible approaches for the selected airport.
4) Touch the desired information button in any of these lists to display the applicable chart on the MFD.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 8-7 Airport Diagram Selection
Figure 8-8 Airport Diagram View Options
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5) Touch the Charts Options Button to select the desired display option for the selected chart (Figure 8-8).
APPENDICES
6) Touch All to display the complete Airport Diagram. Fit Width displays the full width of the Airport Diagram. Plan
displays only the diagram portion of the chart. Minimums displays only the approach minimums on an approach
chart. Profile displays only the descent profile on the approach chart. Header displays the chart heading. Only
appropriate views are available for the selected chart.
7) Touch Back to return to the Charts Screen.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
487
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
Selecting Airport Diagrams from the Nearest Airports Screen:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Nearest > Airport.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Touch the desired airport button. KCOS is selected in this example. The Waypoint Options buttons are displayed
as shown in Figure 8-9.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-9 Airport Diagram Selection
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Touch the Airport Chart Button. The Info Tab selections are displayed on the Touchscreen Controller (Figure
8-7) and the Airport Diagram is displayed on the MFD Display (Figure 8-10).
Figure 8-10 Airport Chart for Selected Airport
INDEX
The aircraft symbol is shown on the chart only if the chart is to scale and the aircraft position is within the
boundaries of the chart. The aircraft symbol is not displayed when the Aircraft Not Shown Icon appears. If the
Chart Scale Box displays a banner ‘NOT TO SCALE’, the aircraft symbol is not shown. The Aircraft Not Shown
Icon may appear at certain times, even if the chart is displayed to scale.
488
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
When no terminal procedure chart is available for the nearest airport or the selected airport, the banner
‘CHART NOT AVAILABLE’ appears on the screen. The ‘CHART NOT AVAILABLE’ banner does not refer to
the Jeppesen subscription, but rather the availability of a particular airport chart selection or procedure for a
selected airport.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Figure 8-11 Chart Not Available Banner
EIS
If there is a problem in rendering the data (such as a data error or a failure of an individual chart), the banner
‘UNABLE TO DISPLAY CHART’ is then displayed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 8-12 Unable To Display Chart Banner
Day/Night View
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
ChartView can be displayed on a white or black background for day or night viewing. The Day View offers
a better presentation in a bright environment. The Night View gives a better presentation for viewing in a dark
environment.
Selecting Day, Night, or Auto View:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) From the Home Screen, touch Charts > Charts Options.
2) Touch the Light Mode Button (Figure 8-8).
3) Touch the Day, Night, or Auto button (Figure 8-13). The selection is annunciated on the Light Mode Button.
When Auto is selected, the display will change to the appropriate day or night setting, dependent on ambient
lighting.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 8-13 Selecting Day/Night View
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
489
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
4) Touch the Threshold button (Figure 8-14). The Auto Light Mode Threshold window is displayed.
Select Chart Options
Adjust Threshold Setting
Figure 8-14 Setting Day/Night Switching Threshold
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Move the slider left or right to set the desired threshold. Setting the Threshold Level percentage to the same
percentage shown as the Current MFD Backlight Level will cause the Day/Night view to switch at the current
backlight setting. Adjusting the Threshold Level setting larger than the Current MFD Backlight Level will cause
the display to remain in Night Mode longer. Adjusting the Threshold Level setting smaller than the Current MFD
Backlight Level will cause the display to change to Day Mode sooner.
INDEX
Figure 8-15 Airport Diagram, Day View
490
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 8-16 Airport Diagram, Night View
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
ChartView Database Information
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The ChartView database is revised every 14 days. Charts are still viewable during a period that extends from
the cycle expiration date to the disables date. ChartView is disabled 70 days after the expiration date and is no
longer available for viewing. When turning on the system, the MFD Power-up Display shows the current status
of the ChartView database. See the follow table for the various ChartView Power-up Display annunciations and
the definition of each.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
ChartView Database
APPENDICES
Figure 8-17 Power-up Page, ChartView Database
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
491
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
Definition
Blank Line. System is not configured for ChartView. Contact a Garminauthorized service center for configuration.
System is configured for ChartView but no chart database is installed.
Contact Jeppesen for a ChartView database.
Normal operation. ChartView database is valid and within current
cycle.
ChartView database is within 1 week after expiration date. A new cycle
is available for update.
ChartView database is beyond 1 week after expiration date, but still
within the 70 day viewing period.
ChartView database has timed out. Database is beyond 70 days after
expiration date. ChartView database is no longer available for viewing.
System time is not available. GPS satellite data is unknown or the
system has not yet locked onto satellites. Check database cycle number
for effectivity.
System is verifying chart database when new cycle is installed for the
first time.
After verifying, chart database is found to be corrupt. ChartView is not
available.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Power-up Display
Table 8-2 ChartView Annunciations and Definitions
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The ChartView status information can be found on the MFD1, PFD1, and GTC1 Databases Screen (Figure
8-18). The ‘Expires’ date is the revision date for the next database cycle. The ‘Expires’ date appears in yellow
when expired. ChartView becomes inoperative 70 days after the ChartView ‘Expires’ date is reached. This
is shown as the ‘Disables’ date. When the disables date is reached, the date is displayed in yellow. Also, the
Charts Button on the Home Screen appears subdued and is disabled until a new issue of ChartView is installed.
AFCS
Viewing ChartView database information:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Status.
2) Touch the Database Tab.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Touch the button corresponding to the display (MFD1, PFD1, or GTC1) for which the database information will
be viewed.
INDEX
APPENDICES
4) Scroll to display the ChartView database information as shown in Figure 8-18
492
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
Figure 8-18 MFD ChartView Database Information
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The ChartView database cycle number shown in Figure 8-18, 1218, is deciphered as follows:
12 – Indicates the year 2012
18 – Indicates the eighte nth issue of the ChartView database for the year
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The ‘Expires’ date 16–SEP–2012 is the date that this database should be replaced with the next issue.
The ‘Disables’ date 25–NOV–2012 is the date that this database becomes inoperative.
The ChartView database is obtained directly from Jeppesen. Refer to Updating Jeppesen Databases in
Appendix B for instructions on revising the ChartView database.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Example database currency conditions are shown in Figure 8-19. The ‘Expires’ date, in yellow, is the revision
date for the next database cycle. The ‘Disables’ date, in yellow, is the date that this database cycle is no longer
viewable. ‘Not Available’ indicates no ChartView data is available on the database card or no database card is
inserted.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
ChartView Database is Disabled
ChartView Database Not Installed
APPENDICES
ChartView Database has expired,
but is not Disabled
Figure 8-19 ChartView Database Status
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
493
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
8.3 FliteCharts
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FliteCharts resemble the paper version of AeroNav Services terminal procedures charts. The charts are displayed
with high-resolution and in color for applicable charts.
The geo-referenced aircraft position is indicated by an aircraft symbol displayed on the chart when the current
position is within the boundaries of the chart. An aircraft symbol may be displayed within an off-scale area
depicted on some charts.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Figure 8-20 shows examples of off-scale areas, indicated by the grey shading. Note, these areas are not shaded on
the published chart. These off-scale areas appear on the chart to convey supplemental information. However, the
depicted geographical position of this information, as it relates to the chart planview, is not the actual geographic
position. Therefore, when the aircraft symbol appears within one of these areas, the aircraft position indicated is
relative to the chart planview, not to the off-scale area.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
NOTE: Do not maneuver the aircraft based solely upon the geo-referenced aircraft symbol.
Off-Scale
Areas
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Off-Scale
Area
APPENDICES
Off-Scale
Areas
INDEX
Off-Scale
Area
Figure 8-20 Sample Chart Indicating Off-Scale Areas
494
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The FliteCharts database subscription is available from Garmin. Available data includes:
• Arrivals (STAR)
• Approaches
• Departure Procedures (DP)
• Airport Diagrams
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Chart Selection
When a flight plan is active, or when flying direct-to a destination, the initial set of charts made available
pertains to the departure airport. After departing the airport environment, the initial chart set made available
pertains to the destination airport. When no flight plan is active, or when not flying to a direct-to destination,
the initial chart set is made available for the nearest airport.
EIS
Selecting Charts using the Charts Screen:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Charts.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) The airport for which charts will be displayed is shown at the top of the Charts Screen. Touch the Airport Button
to enter another airport.
3) Touch the Info Tab to display the airport information selection buttons for the selected airport (Figure 8-21).
• Departure Tab to display a list of possible departures for the selected airport.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Arrival Tab to display a list of possible arrivals for the selected airport.
• Approach Tab to display a list of possible approaches for the selected airport.
4) Touch the desired information button in any of these lists to display the applicable chart on the MFD.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-21 Airport Diagram Selection
Figure 8-22 Airport Diagram Viewing Options
APPENDICES
5) Touch the Charts Options Button to display the viewing options available for the selected chart (Figure 8-22).
6) Touch All to display the complete Airport Diagram. Fit Width displays the full width of the Airport Diagram.
Plan displays only the diagram portion of the chart. Minimums displays only the approach minimums on an
approach chart. Profile displays only the descent profile on the approach chart. Header displays the chart
heading. Only relevant views are available for the selected chart.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
7) Touch Back to return to the Charts Screen.
495
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
Selecting Airport Diagrams from the Nearest Airports Screen:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Nearest > Airport.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Touch the desired airport button. KCOS is selected in Figure 8-23. The Waypoint Options buttons are now
displayed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-23 Airport Diagram Selection
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Touch the Airport Chart Button. The Info Tab selections are displayed on the Touchscreen Controller (Figure
8-21) and the Airport Diagram is displayed on the MFD Display (Figure 8-24).
Figure 8-24 Airport Chart for Selected Airport
INDEX
The aircraft symbol is shown on the chart only if the chart is to scale and the aircraft position is within the
boundaries of the chart. The aircraft symbol is not displayed when the Aircraft Not Shown Icon appears. If the
Chart Scale Box displays a banner ‘NOT TO SCALE’, the aircraft symbol is not shown. The Aircraft Not Shown
Icon may appear at certain times, even if the chart is displayed to scale.
496
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
When no terminal procedure chart is available for the nearest airport or the selected airport, the banner
‘CHART NOT AVAILABLE’ appears on the screen. The ‘CHART NOT AVAILABLE’ banner does not refer to
the Jeppesen subscription, but rather the availability of a particular airport chart selection or procedure for a
selected airport.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Figure 8-25 Chart Not Available Banner
EIS
If there is a problem in rendering the data (such as a data error or a failure of an individual chart), the banner
‘UNABLE TO DISPLAY CHART’ is then displayed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 8-26 Unable To Display Chart Banner
Day/Night View
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
ChartView can be displayed on a white or black background for day or night viewing. The Day View offers
a better presentation in a bright environment. The Night View gives a better presentation for viewing in a dark
environment.
Selecting Day, Night, or Auto View:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) From the Home Screen, touch Charts > Charts Options.
2) Touch the Light Mode Button (Figure 8-22).
3) Touch the Day, Night, or Auto button. The selection is annunciated on the Light Mode Button. When Auto
is selected, the display will change to the appropriate day or night setting, dependent on ambient lighting.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 8-27 Selecting Day/Night View
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
497
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
4) Touch the Threshold button (Figure 8-28). The Auto Light Mode Threshold window is displayed.
Select Chart Options
Adjust Threshold Setting
Figure 8-28 Setting Day/Night Switching Threshold
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Move the slider left or right to set the desired threshold. Setting the Threshold Level percentage to the same
percentage shown as the Current MFD Backlight Level will cause the Day/Night view to switch at the current
backlight setting. Adjusting the Threshold Level setting larger than the Current MFD Backlight Level will cause
the display to remain in Night Mode longer. Adjusting the Threshold Level setting smaller than the Current MFD
Backlight Level will cause the display to change to Day Mode sooner.
INDEX
Figure 8-29 Airport Diagram, Day View
498
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 8-30 Airport Diagram, Night View
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
FliteCharts Cycle Number and Expiration Date
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FliteCharts data is revised every 28 days. Charts are still viewable during a period that extends from the cycle
expiration date to the disables date. FliteCharts is disabled 180 days after the expiration date and are no longer
available for viewing upon reaching the disables date. When turning on the system, the MFD Power-up Display
shows the current status of the FliteCharts database. See the following table for the various FliteCharts Powerup Display annunciations and the definition of each.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
FliteCharts Database
APPENDICES
Figure 8-31 Power-up Display, FliteCharts Database
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
499
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
Definition
Blank Line. System is not configured for FliteCharts. Contact a Garminauthorized service center for configuration.
System is configured for FliteCharts but no chart database is installed.
Refer to Updating Garmin Databases in Appendix B for the FliteCharts
database
Normal operation. FliteCharts database is valid and within current
cycle.
FliteCharts database is beyond the expiration date, but still within the
180 day viewing period.
FliteCharts database has timed out. Database is beyond 180 days
after expiration date. FliteCharts database is no longer available for
viewing.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Power-up Display
Table 8-3 FliteCharts Annunciations and Definitions
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
‘FliteCharts Expires’ plus a date in white, indicates the chart database is current. ‘Chart data is out of date!’
in yellow, indicates charts are still viewable, but approaching the disable date.
When the 180 day grace period has expired, ‘Chart data is disabled.’ in yellow indicates that the FliteCharts
database has expired and is no longer viewable. ‘Chart Data: N/A’ appears in white if no FliteCharts data is
available on the database card or no database card is inserted.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FliteCharts status information can be found on the MFD1, PFD1, and GTC1 Databases Screen (Figure 8-32).
The ‘Expires’ date is the revision date for the next database cycle. The ‘Expires’ date appears in yellow when
expired.
AFCS
FliteCharts becomes inoperative 180 days after the FliteCharts ‘Expires’ date is reached, and is no longer
available for viewing. This date is shown as the ‘Disables’ date. When the disables date is attained, the date is
displayed in yellow. Also, Charts Button on the Home Screen then appears subdued and is disabled until a
new issue of FliteCharts is installed.
Viewing FliteCharts database information:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Status.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Touch the Database Tab.
INDEX
APPENDICES
3) Touch the button corresponding to the display (MFD1, PFD1, or GTC1) for which the database information will
be viewed.
500
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4) Scroll to display the FliteCharts database information as shown in Figure 8-32.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 8-32 MFD FliteCharts Database Information
The FliteCharts database cycle number shown in the figure, 1208, is deciphered as follows:
12 – Indicates the year 2012
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
08 – Indicates the eighth issue of the FliteCharts database for the year
The FliteCharts ‘Expires’ date 16–JUN–12 is the last date that this database is current.
The ‘Disables’ date 25–NOV–12 is the date that this database becomes inoperative.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The FliteCharts database is obtained from Garmin. Refer to Updating Garmin Databases in Appendix B for
instructions on revising the FliteCharts database.
Example database currency conditions are shown in Figure 8-33. The ‘Expires’ date, in yellow, is the revision
date for the next database cycle. The ‘Disables’ date, in yellow, is the date that this database cycle is no longer
viewable. ‘Not Available’ indicates no FliteCharts data is available on the database card or no database card is
inserted.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
FliteCharts Database is Disabled
FliteCharts Database Not Installed
APPENDICES
FliteCharts Database has expired,
but is not Disabled
Figure 8-33 FliteCharts Database Status
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
501
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
8.4 Airport Directory
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Aircraft Owners and Pilots Association (AOPA) or AC-U-KWIK Airport Directory databases offer detailed
information regarding services, hours of operation, lodging options, and more for various airports. This
information is viewed on the Airport Directory Info Screen as shown in Figure 8-34.
Selecting the Airport Directory Info Screen:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Nearest > Airports.
EIS
2) A list of the nearest airports to the aircraft present position is displayed, beginning with the closest. Touch the
desired airport, in this case KCOS. The Waypoint Options buttons are displayed as shown in Figure 8-34.
3) Touch the Airport Info Button to display the Airport Directory Info Screen.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Touch the APT DIR Tab to display the Airport Directory information for the selected airport as shown in Figure
8-35.
Figure 8-34 Nearest Airport Selection
Figure 8-35 AOPA Airport Directory Information
AFCS
Airport Directory Database Cycle Number and Revision
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The Airport Directory database is revised every 56 days. Check fly.garmin.com for the current database. The
Airport Directory is always available for use after the expiration date. When turning on the system, the Powerup Display indicates whether the databases are current, out of date, or not available.
INDEX
Airport Database
Figure 8-36 Power-up Page, Airport Directory Database
502
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Power-up Display
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Definition
Normal operation. Airport Directory database is valid and within
current cycle.
Airport Directory database has expired.
Database card contains no Airport Directory data.
Table 8-4 Airport Directory Annunciation Definitions
EIS
The Airport Directory ‘Region’, ‘Version’, ‘Cycle’, ‘Effective’ date and ‘Expires’ date of the database cycle can
also be found on the Touchscreen Controller, as seen in Figure 8-37.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Viewing Airport Directory database information:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Status.
2) Touch the Database Tab.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Touch the button corresponding to the display (MFD1, PFD1, or GTC1) for which the database information will be
viewed.
4) Scroll to display the Airport Directory database information as shown in Figure 8-37.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-37 MFD Airport Directory Database Information
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
503
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
The Airport Directory database cycle number shown in the figure, 12D3, is deciphered as follows:
12 – Indicates the year 2012
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
D – Indicates the data is for Airport Directory
3 – Indicates the third issue of the Airport Directory database for the year
The Airport Directory ‘Effective’ date 31–MAY–2012 is the beginning date for the current database cycle. The
Airport Directory ‘Expires’ date 26–JUL–2012 is the revision date for the next database cycle.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
The ‘Effective’ date appears in yellow when the current date is before the effective date. The ‘Expires’ date
appears in yellow when expired (Table 8-4). ‘Not Available’ appears in the ‘Region’ field if Airport Directory
data is not available on the database card. An expired Airport Directory database is not disabled and will
continue to function indefinitely.
Current Date is before Effective Date
Airport Directory Database has Expired
Airport Directory Database Not Installed
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-38 Airport Directory Airport Database Status
504
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.5 SiriusXM Satellite Radio (Optional)
Note: Refer to the Hazard Avoidance Section for information and activation of SiriusXM Weather products.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The optional SiriusXM Satellite Radio entertainment feature of the GDL 69A Data Link Receiver provides audio
entertainment for passengers and crew. The GDL 69A can receive SiriusXM Satellite Radio entertainment services
at any altitude throughout the Continental United States.
EIS
SiriusXM Satellite Radio offers a variety of radio programming over long distances without having to constantly
search for new stations. Based on signals from satellites, coverage far exceeds land-based transmissions.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio services are subscription-based. For more information on specific service packages, visit
www.siriusxm.com.
Activating SiriusXM Satellite Services
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The SiriusXM Weather and/or SiriusXM Radio services are activated by first establishing an account with
SiriusXM Satellite Radio. The Audio Radio ID and/or Data Radio ID must be provided to SiriusXM Satellite
Radio to activate the weather and/or entertainment subscription.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
SiriusXM Satellite Radio uses the coded radio ID to send an activation signal that, when received by the GDL
69A, allows it to play entertainment programming and display weather data.
These radio IDs is located:
• On the label on the back of the Data Link Receiver
• On the XM Information Screen on the Touchscreen Controller (Figure 8-39)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Contact the installer if the radio ID cannot be located.
Establishing a SiriusXM Satellite Radio account:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Utilities > Setup > SiriusXM Info.
AFCS
2) Note the Audio Radio ID and/or Data Radio ID as seen in Figure 8-39.
3) Contact SiriusXM Satellite Radio. Follow the instructions provided by SiriusXM Satellite Radio services.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 8-39 XM Information Display
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
505
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
NOTE: The LOCK Button on the XM Information Screen is used to save GDL 69A activation data when
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
the SiriusXM services are initially set up. It is not used during normal SiriusXM Radio operation, but there
should be no adverse effects if inadvertently selected during flight.
Activating SiriusXM Satellite services on the G2000:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Utilities > Setup > SiriusXM Info.
2) Verify the Data Radio and/or Audio Radio show a signal strength, indicating the system is communicating with
the satellite.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
3) Touch the Start Button in the Activation field (Figure 8-40).
Figure 8-40 Activating Radios
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
4) Touch the LOCK Button in the Activation field as seen in Figure 8-41. The system is now activated and ready
for use.
INDEX
Figure 8-41 Locking Activation Settings
506
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Using SiriusXM Radio
The Music Screen provides information and control of the audio entertainment features of the SiriusXM
Satellite Radio.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Add Current Channel
to Favorites
Select Channel
By Number
Select Channel
Categories
EIS
Channel List
for Selected
Category
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Select Channel
Categories
Figure 8-42 SiriusXM Satellite Radio Controls
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selecting Channels
The Channel field on the Music Screen shows the available channels for the selected audio entertainment
category. The Now Playing field shows information for the currently active channel.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selecting a channel from the channel list:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Services > Music to access the Music Screen as in Figure 8-42.
2) Touch the desired channel in the channel list. The selected channel is now shown in the Now Playing field.
Selecting a channel directly:
AFCS
1) From the Home Screen, touch Services > Music > Channel.
2) The numeric keypad is displayed. Enter the desired channel number.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the Enter Button. The selected channel is now shown in the Now Playing field.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
507
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
Entertainment Categories
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Category field on the Music Screen shows the currently selected entertainment category. Categories of
audio entertainment, such as jazz, rock, talk/news, sports, etc., can be selected to list the available channels
for a type of music or other contents.
Selecting a category:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Services > Music > Category.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
2) The list of categories is displayed as shown in Figure 8-43.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-43 Channel Categories
3) Scroll to view the available categories.
4) Touch the desired category to select. The selected category is displayed on the Category Button and the
channel list displays channels available for the selected category.
AFCS
Favorites
Channels can be saved to a list of favorites and recalled for listening later.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Save a channel to favorites list:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Services > Music to access the Music Screen as in Figure 8-42.
2) Select a desired channel as the ‘Now Playing’ channel.
APPENDICES
3) Touch the Favorite Annunciator Button. The current channel is placed in the favorites list. Note, a green
annunciator indicates a favorite channel is ‘Now Playing’.
Select a favorite channel for listening:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Services > Music > Category.
2) The list of categories is displayed as shown in Figure 8-42.
INDEX
3) If necessary, scroll to view the Favorites Button.
4) Touch the Favorites Button to view the favorite channel list.
5) Touch the desired channel in the list. The channel is now displayed in the Now Playing field.
508
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Adjusting Volume
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Entertainment audio volume is shown in the Volume field (Figure 8-42) as a percentage of full volume.
Volume can be muted manually, or muting may be initiated automatically when other audio, such as radio,
intercom, or aural alerts, is present.
Adjusting the volume:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Services > Music > Volume.
2) The volume adjustment slider is displayed as shown in Figure 8-44.
EIS
3) Touch and drag the slider to the right or left to adjust the volume. Drag to the right increases volume. Drag to
the left to decrease the volume.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-44 Adjusting Volume
Muting or unmuting the volume:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Services > Music > Volume.
AFCS
2) Touch the Music Annunciator Button to mute or unmute the volume. Muted volume is indicated by a gray
annunciator. Unmuted volume is indicated by a green annunciator.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Touch the Back Button to return to the Music Screen. When the volume is muted, ‘Muted’ is displayed in the
Volume field.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
509
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
Mute settings:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Services > Music > Volume > Mute Settings.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Touch the Intercom Annunciator Button (Figure 8-45) to allow automatic muting of entertainment audio when
intercom audio is present. This function is active when the annunciator is green.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-45 Mute Settings
3) Touch the Radio Inputs Annunciator Button to allow automatic muting of entertainment audio when COM,
NAV, ADF, etc. audio is present. This function is active when the annunciator is green.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Touch the Aural Alerts Annunciator Button to allow automatic muting of entertainment audio when an aural
alert is issued. This function is active when the annunciator is green.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
5) Touch the Back Button to return to the Music Screen.
510
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.6 Satellite SMS Messaging Service
GSR 56 Iridium Transceiver provides airborne SMS text messaging capability.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Registering With Connext
A subscriber account must be established prior to using the Iridium Satellite System. Before setting up an
Iridium account, obtain the System ID and serial number of the Iridium Transceiver (GSR1) by performing the
following procedure. Contact Garmin International Aviation Product Services at 1-866-739-5687 in the United
States or 913-397-8200, ext. 1135.
EIS
Registering the system for data link services:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Status.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) If necessary, touch the Airframe Tab. Note the System ID number as seen in Figure 8-46. This number will be
needed when contacting Garmin Connext Services to establish the account.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-47 Iridium Transceiver Serial Number (GSR1)
AFCS
Figure 8-46 System ID Number
3) Touch the LRU Info Tab. Scroll to view ‘GSR1’ and note the serial number (Figure 8-47), which will also be
needed when contacting Garmin Flight Data Services.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Contact Garmin International Aviation Product Services to establish an account and receive an access code.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
511
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
5) From the Home Screen, touch Utilities > Setup > Connext Registration > Register (Figure 8-48).
Figure 8-48 Connext Registration Display
Figure 8-49 Entering the Access Code
6) Enter the access code as shown in Figure 8-49.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
7) Touch the Enter Button.
Contacts
Names, telephone numbers, and email addresses may be entered and stored. These contacts may be used to
place telephone calls or send email and text messages.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Creating a new contact:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Services > Contacts.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
2) The Contacts Screen is displayed as shown in Figure 8-51.
Figure 8-50 Services Menu
Figure 8-51 Contact List
INDEX
3) Touch New Contact... at the top of the list (Figure 8-51).
512
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4) Touch Name, shown in Figure 8-52. The Contact Name entry screen is displayed.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 8-52 Enter New Contact Information
Figure 8-53 Enter Name
5) Enter the name of the new contact as the example shows in Figure 8-53.
6) Touch Enter.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
7) Touch Telephone Number. The Telephone Number entry screen is displayed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 8-55 Enter Telephone Number
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-54 Select Telephone Number
8) Enter the telephone number of the new contact as the example shows in Figure 8-55.
9) Touch Enter.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
513
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
10) Touch Email Address. The Email Address entry screen is displayed.
Figure 8-56 Select Email Address
Figure 8-57 Enter Email Address
11) Enter the email address of the new contact as the example shows in Figure 8-57.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
12) Touch Enter.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
13) Touch Create. The new contact is created and appears in the list of contacts as shown in Figure 8-59.
Figure 8-59 Enter Email Address
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-58 New Contact Info Complete
514
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Text Messaging (SMS)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The pilot or copilot can send and receive text messages on the Iridium satellite network. Messages may be
sent to an email address or text message capable cellular telephone. Message length is limited to 160 characters,
including the email address.
Viewing a Text Message When Received
1) Touch the flashing SMS Button as shown in Figure 8-60. The SMS Text Inbox Tab is automatically selected
and the newly received text message is shown at the top of the list, as in Figure 8-61.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-60 New SMS Text Message Annunciation
Figure 8-61 New Text Message at Top of List
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Touch the desired message to display its contents as seen in Figure 8-62.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 8-62 New Text Message Contents
3) If desired, touch Reply to create a reply to the message.
4) Touch Delete to delete the message from the list.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
5) Touching Save Contact saves the contact information in the system contact list.
515
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
Reply to a Text Message
While viewing the text message content, touch the REPLY Button.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Or:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
1) From the Home Screen, touch Services > SMS Text (Figure 8-63).
Figure 8-63 SMS Text Services Selection
Figure 8-64 Touch Desired Message
2) Touch the desired text message in the Inbox list as in Figure 8-64. If necessary, scroll to the desired message.
The text message is displayed as in Figure 8-65.
Touch the REPLY Button. The Opened SMS Text Message Screen is displayed as shown in Figure 8-66.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3)
Figure 8-66 New Reply Message Screen
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 8-65 Message Content
516
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4) Touch the ‘Message’ Window to display the alphanumeric buttons.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 8-67 Message Content
Figure 8-68 Reply Message
5) Enter the reply text as seen in Figure 8-67.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6) Touch the Enter Button. The reply message is displayed as in Figure 8-68.
7) Touch the Send Button. The SMS Message Replied To Screen is displayed as seen in Figure 8-69.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-69 Reply Message Sent
8) If desired, touch the Reply Again Button to resend the reply.
9) Touch Delete to delete the message from the list.
APPENDICES
10) Touching Save Contact saves the contact information in the system contact list.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
517
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
Sending a Text Message
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) From the Home Screen, touch Services > SMS Text.
Figure 8-70 SMS Text Services Selection
Figure 8-71 Select Options
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Touch the Options Button as seen in Figure 8-71. The available options are displayed as in Figure 8-72.
Touch the Draft New Message Button. The SMS Text Message Draft Screen is displayed as shown in Figure
8-73. The Draft New Message option is also available from within the Drafts and Outbox Tabs.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3)
Figure 8-73 Touch ‘To’ Window
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 8-72 Select Draft New Message
518
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4) Touch the ‘To’ Window. A selection screen is displayed like in Figure 8-74. If the text message is to be sent to
SMS compatible telephone, touch the Phone Button. If the message is to be sent to an email address, touch
Email.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Alpha Buttons are
displayed when the
Email Button is
touched
EIS
Figure 8-74 Select Message Destination
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Numeric Buttons
are displayed when
the Phone Button is
touched
Figure 8-75 Enter Number or Address
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Enter the telephone number or email address as seen in Figure 8-75. The number or address may be obtained
from the Contacts by touching the Find Button.
6) Touch the Enter Button. The number or address is now displayed as in Figure 8-76.
7) Touch the ‘Message’ Window. The alphanumeric buttons are displayed as in Figure 8-77.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-76 Touch Message Window
Figure 8-77 Reply Message
APPENDICES
8) Enter the message text.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
519
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
9) Touch the Enter Button. The message text is displayed in the ‘Message’ Window as shown in Figure 8-78.
Figure 8-78 Message Ready to Send
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
10) Touch the Send Button.
Text Message Boxes
Received text messages reside in the Inbox as ‘Read’ or ‘Unread’ messages. The Outbox contains ‘Sent” and
‘Unsent’ text messages. Saved messages that are meant to be sent later are stored as Drafts.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
View Inbox messages:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Services > SMS Text.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
2) Touch the Inbox Tab. A list of received messages is displayed as in Figure 8-79. The Inbox Tab is selected by
default when accessing the SMS Text Messaging Screen.
INDEX
Figure 8-79 SMS Text Inbox
520
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
View Draft messages:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Services > SMS Text.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Touch the Draft Tab. A list of draft messages is displayed as in Figure 8-80, provided messages have been
previously saved.
3) Touch a message to access the Send or Delete Buttons.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-80 SMS Text Drafts
View Outbox messages:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) From the Home Screen, touch Services > SMS Text.
2) Touch the Outbox Tab. A list of sent or unsent messages is displayed as in Figure 8-81.
3) Touch a message to access the Send Again, Delete, and Save Contact Buttons.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 8-81 SMS Text Outbox
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
521
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
Managing Text Messages
The following table illustrates the various message status icons.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message Symbol
Description
Received text message that has not been opened
EIS
Received text message that has been opened
A reply has been sent for this text message
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Saved text message, draft not sent
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
System is sending text message
Text message has been sent
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
System failed to send text message
Table 8-5 Text Message Symbols
The viewed messages in the Inbox, Outbox, or Drafts may be listed according to the date/time the message
was sent or received or by message address.
AFCS
Viewing messages sorted by message date/time:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Services > SMS Text.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Touch the Options Tab. The ‘Sort Messages By’ selections are displayed as in Figure 8-82.
Figure 8-82 Message Sort Options
522
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3) Touch the Time Button. A green annunciator indicates an active selection.
4) Touch the Back Button to return to the previously selected message box.
Viewing messages sorted by address:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) From the Home Screen, touch Services > SMS Text.
2) Touch the Options Tab. The ‘Sort Messages By’ selections are displayed as in Figure 8-82.
3) Touch the Address Button. A green annunciator indicates an active selection.
4) Touch the Back Button to return to the previously selected message box.
EIS
Marking all messages as read:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Services > SMS Text.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Touch the Options Tab. The selection buttons are displayed as in Figure 8-82.
3) Touch the Mark All Read Button.
4) Touch the Back Button to return to the Inbox. All messages in the Inbox now indicate they have been opened.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Delete all messages:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Services > SMS Text.
2) Touch the Options Tab. The selection buttons are displayed as in Figure 8-82.
3) Touch the Delete All Messages Button. A confirmation screen is displayed as in Figure 8-83.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-83 Confirm Deletion of Messages
APPENDICES
4) Touch the OK Button.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
523
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
8.7 Electronic Stability and Protection
EIS
ESP engages when the aircraft exceeds one or more conditions (pitch, roll, and/or Vne) beyond the normal flight
parameters. Enhanced stability for each condition is provided by applying a force to the appropriate control surface
to return the aircraft to the normal flight envelope. This is perceived by the pilot as resistance to control movement
in the undesired direction when the aircraft approaches a steep attitude, high airspeed, or when a stall is imminent.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
As the aircraft deviates further from the normal attitude or airspeed continues to increase, the force increases (up to
an established maximum) to encourage control movement in the direction necessary to return to the normal attitude
and/or airspeed range. Except in the case of high airspeed, when maximum force is reached, force remains constant
up to the maximum engagement limit. Above the maximum engagement limit, forces are no longer applied. There
is no maximum engagement related to a high airspeed condition.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Garmin ESP™ Electronic Stability and Protection system is designed to provide automatic control inputs to
discourage aircraft operation outside the normal flight envelope. ESP works to maintain the desired pitch and roll
operating envelope by automatically engaging one or more servos when the aircraft is near a defined pitch and/
or roll operating limit. While ESP uses the same sensors, processors, and actuators as the GFC 700 autopilot, it
is a separate function. When the GFC 700 autopilot is engaged and/or the aircraft is at or below 200 feet AGL,
the ESP system will not operate.
When ESP has been engaged for more than ten seconds (cumulative; not necessarily consecutive seconds) of a
20-second interval, the autopilot is automatically engaged with the flight director in Level Mode, bringing the aircraft
into level flight. An aural “Engaging Autopilot” alert is played and the flight director mode annunciation will indicate
‘LVL’ for vertical and lateral modes.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The pilot can interrupt ESP by pressing and holding the Autopilot Disconnect (AP DISC) switch. Upon releasing
the AP DISC switch, ESP force will again be applied, provided aircraft pitch and roll attitudes are within engagement
limits. ESP can also be overridden by overpowering the servo’s mechanical torque limit.
ESP can be enabled or disabled on the Avionics Settings Screen on the Touchscreen Controller.
AFCS
To enable or disable ESP:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the System Tab
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Scroll to display the Stability & Protection Enable Button as shown in Figure 8-84.
INDEX
APPENDICES
4) Touch the Enable Button. A green annunciator indicates ESP is enabled. A gray annunciator indicates ESP is
disabled.
524
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ESP is automatically enabled on system power up.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 8-84 Enable/Disable ESP
Operation
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Roll Limit Indicator
ESP Engage (45°)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Roll Limit Indicators are displayed on the roll scale at 45° right and left, indicating where ESP will engage
(see Figure 8-85). As roll attitude exceeds 45°, ESP will engage and the on-side Roll Limit Indicator will move
to 30°, as shown in Figure 8-86. The Roll Limit Indicator is now showing where ESP will disengage as roll
attitude decreases.
Roll Limit Indicator
ESP Engage (45°)
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-85 ESP Roll Engagement Indication (ESP NOT Engaged)
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
525
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
ESP Disengage (30°)
Aircraft Roll Attitude = 46°
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ESP Engage (45°)
Aircraft Roll Attitude = 44°
Before ESP Engage
After ESP Engage
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-86 Roll Increasing to ESP Engagement
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Once engaged, ESP force will be applied between 30° and 75°, as illustrated in Figure 8-87. The force
increases as roll attitude increases and decreases as roll attitude decreases. The applied force is intended to
encourage pilot input that returns the airplane to a more normal roll attitude. As roll attitude decreases, ESP
will disengage at 30°.
º
30
10º
20º
30
º
90º
90º
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
75º
75º
º
60
60
º
0º
º
AFCS
10º
45
º
45
20º
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 8-87 ESP Roll Operating Range When Engaged
(Force Increases as Roll Increases & Decreases as Roll Decreases)
526
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ESP is automatically disengaged if the aircraft reaches the autopilot roll engagement attitude limit of 75°
(Figure 8-88).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ESP Upper Disengage Limit (75°)
Aircraft Roll Attitude = 74°
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-88 Roll Attitude Autopilot Engagement Limit (ESP Engaged)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
527
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
Pitch Engagement
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ESP engages at 17° nose-up and 19° nose-down. Once ESP is engaged, it will apply opposing force between
12° and 50° nose-up and between 14° and 50° nose-down, as indicated in Figure 8-89. Maximum opposing
force is applied between 22° and 50° nose-up and between 23° and 50° nose-down.
The opposing force increases or decreases depending on the pitch angle and the direction of pitch travel. This
force is intended to encourage movement in the pitch axis in the direction of the normal pitch attitude range
for the aircraft.
APPENDICES
50˚
45˚
45˚
40˚
40˚
35˚
30˚
35˚
30˚
ESP
50˚
25˚
25˚
20˚
20˚
15˚
15˚
10˚
10˚
5˚
5˚
0˚
0˚
5˚
5˚
10˚
10˚
15˚
15˚
20˚
20˚
25˚
25˚
30˚
35˚
30˚
ESP
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
There are no indications marking the pitch ESP engage and disengage limits in these nose-up/nose-down
conditions.
35˚
40˚
40˚
45˚
45˚
50˚
50˚
Figure 8-89 ESP Pitch Operating Range When Engaged
(Force Increases as Pitch Increases & Decreases as Pitch Decreases)
INDEX
High Airspeed Protection
Exceeding Vne will result in ESP applying force to raise the nose of the aircraft. When the high airspeed
condition is remedied, ESP force is no longer applied.
528
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.8 Scheduled Messages
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Scheduled Messages feature can be used to enter and display reminder messages (e.g., Change oil, Switch
fuel tanks, or Altimeter-Transponder Check) on the Messages Screen of the Touchscreen Controller. Messages
can be set to display based on a specific date and time (Event), once the message timer reaches zero (One
Time), or recurrently whenever the message timer reaches zero (Periodic). Message timers set to periodic alerting
automatically reset to the original timer value once the message is displayed. When power is cycled, all messages
are retained until deleted, and message timer countdown is resumed.
Entering a scheduled message:
EIS
1) From the Home Screen, touch Utilities > Scheduled Messages.
2) Touch the Add Message Button as shown in Figure 8-90.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Touch the Message Button as shown in Figure 8-91.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-90 Touch Add Message
Figure 8-91 Touch Message Button
AFCS
4) The keypad is displayed as in Figure 8-92. Enter the message name using the keypad. The large and small Right
Knob can also be used to enter the characters.
5) Touch the Enter Button. The message name is displayed on the Message Button.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) Touch the Frequency Button as shown in Figure 8-93.
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 8-92 Enter Message Name
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Figure 8-93 Touch Frequency Button
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
529
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
7) Touch Event, One Time, or Periodic. The selection is displayed on the Frequency Button as in Figure 8-94.
Figure 8-94 Touch One Time Button
Figure 8-95 Touch Time Button
8) Touch the Time Button as seen in Figure 8-95.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
9) The numeric keypad is displayed as in Figure 8-96. Enter the time value using the keypad. If One Time or
Periodic were selected in step 7, the time is entered in a HH:MM:SS format. If Event was selected in step 7,
time is entered in a clock format (HH:MM lcl) as local time.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
10) Touch the Enter Button. The time is displayed on the Time Button.
Figure 8-96 Enter Time
Figure 8-97 Message
INDEX
APPENDICES
11) If Event was selected in step 7, touch the Date Button. The Date Button is subdued and disabled when One
Time or Periodic were selected in step 7.
530
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
12) Touch the desired year, as in Figure 8-98, then the month followed by the day.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Touch Month
Touch Year
Touch Day
Figure 8-98 Event Date Entry
Edit a scheduled message:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) From the Home Screen, touch Utilities > Scheduled Messages.
2) Touch the name of the message to be edited. The Message Options Window is displayed as in Figure 8-100.
3) Touch the Edit Message Button.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Select the desired message parameter to be edited and perform the needed steps as discussed previously for
entering a scheduled message.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 8-99 Select Message for Editing
Figure 8-100 Select Edit Option
Deleting a scheduled message:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Utilities > Scheduled Messages.
INDEX
2) Touch the name of the message to be deleted. The Message Options Window is displayed as in Figure 8-100.
3) Touch the Delete Message Button. Touch the Delete All Messages Button to delete all saved messages.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
531
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When a scheduled message is activated, the MSG Button flashes inverse video (Figure 8-101) and
‘MESSAGE - See GTC’ flashes inverse video on the PFD (Figure 8-102). Touching the MSG Button on the
Touchscreen Controller opens the Messages Screen (Figure 8-103) and acknowledges the message, indicated by
the removal of the message annunciation on the PFD and the MSG Button ceasing to flash. Touching the MSG
Button again removes the Messages Screen from view, and the scheduled message is deleted from the message
queue.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-101 Message Annunciation on Touchscreen Controller
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-102 Message Annunciation on PFD
INDEX
Figure 8-103 Scheduled Message Example
532
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.9Electronic Documents
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Electronic Document function allows viewing of electronic documents PFD and/or MFD displays. The
system allows the display of electronic documents from two sources. These sources are Installed and User
documents.
Installed Documents
‘Installed’ Documents are typically provided by the aircraft manufacturer. These documents are stored on the
Supplemental Data Cards, along with the databases, located in the bottom SD Card slot of each PFD and the MFD.
Each Supplemental Data Card contains identical document files.
EIS
User Documents
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
‘User’ Documents are those loaded by the crew. User Documents must be in .pdf format and reside on an
SD Card no larger than 16GB. The Maximum document file size is 1.5GB. The maximum number of pages
per document is limited to 9,999. Pages with large and/or numerous images may exceed RAM memory limits,
therefore, may not be displayed correctly or not displayed at all.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
An SD card must be inserted into the top card slot of each display on which it is desired to view the user
documents. Each display can only access electronic documents on the SD Cards that are inserted in that display.
User Documents can be unique to the display on which they are viewed.
Supported PDF Features
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
User Documents must be in .pdf format. The following .pdf features are not supported. If a file contains any
of these features, the system will ignore the feature and display the document.
• Embedded files (attachments)
• Alternate images (using a different image for display and printing)
• Page labels (alternate page numbers; e.g. for i, ii, iii, iv for table of contents)
• Additional annotations, including file attachment annotation, sound annotation, movie annotation, widget
annotation, and trap network annotation.
• Digital signatures
• Javascript
• Logical structure (structuring documents into chapters, paragraphs, headings, footnotes)
• Web capture information (annotations for search engines)
• Prepress support (annotations for newspapers, etc.)
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
SD Card File Structure for User Documents
User document files must reside on the SD card in a directory named “Documents”. The list of available User
Documents is limited to 100 documents and are shown in alphabetical order based on filename.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
533
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
Viewing Electronic Documents
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
To select a document:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Utilities > Documents. The Document Viewer is now displayed as in Figure
8-104.
Figure 8-104 Electronic Document Viewer
Figure 8-105 Document Selection
2) Touch the Selected Document Button.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Touch the Installed or User Tab to select the desired document source as seen in Figure 8-105. In this
example, Installed documents is selected.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
4) Touch the desired document button. The selected document name is displayed in the Selected Document
Button, as shown in Figure 8-106. The document is displayed in the selected pane, such as the MFD as shown
in Figure 8-107.
Figure 8-107 Document Viewed on MFD
INDEX
Figure 8-106 Selected Document Indicated
534
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
To change Document Viewer options:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Utilities > Documents > Options. Document Viewer Options is displayed as
in Figure 8-108.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Touch Document Info to view information pertaining to the document, such as files size and creation date as
seen in Figure 8-109.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-108 Document Viewer Options
Figure 8-109 Document Information
3) Touch Fit Page to view the complete page in the selected pane (Figure 8-108).
4) Touch Fit Width to enlarge the displayed page to fill the width of the selected pane.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) Touching the Rotate Page Buttons will rotate the displayed page 90 degrees to the right or left (depending on
button touched) within the selected pane. Each subsequent touch will rotate the page another 90 degrees.
6) Touch the Brightness Slider to adjust the brightness of the displayed page.
AFCS
To browse the document:
1) After selecting the desired document, touch the Next Page and Prev Page buttons to increment and decrement
one page with each touch.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) The Page Select Button (Figure 8-110) shows the number of pages contained in the document and the page
currently being displayed. Touch the Page Select Button (Figure 8-110) to jump to a specific page number. The
Enter Page Number screen is displayed, as in Figure 8-111.
Page Select Button
APPENDICES
Current Page
Total Pages
INDEX
Figure 8-110 Document Browsing Options
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Figure 8-111 Enter Document Page Number
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
535
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Touch the Find Button to display the Document Viewer Find screen as shown in Figure 8-112.
Figure 8-112 Table of Contents
Figure 8-113 Flight Instruments Section Displayed
4) If necessary, touch the Table of Contents Tab to display the document Table of Contents (Figure 8-112).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Touch [+] to expand a topic. Touch [–] to return to the collapsed view of the topic.
6) Touch the desired topic to jump to that portion of the document. In this example, Flight Instruments is selected
and the Flight Instruments section is displayed (Figure 8-113).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Creating bookmarks in the document:
1) While viewing the page to bookmark, touch the Find Button on the appropriate Touchscreen Controller.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
2) Touch the Bookmark Tab to display the Bookmark Window as in Figure 8-114.
Figure 8-114 Select Bookmark Tab
Figure 8-115 Enter Bookmark Name
INDEX
3) Touch the Bookmark Current Page Button. The Enter Bookmark Name Screen is displayed as shown in
Figure 8-115.
536
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4) Touch Enter. A confirmation screen is displayed as seen in Figure 8-116.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 8-116 Bookmark Created
Figure 8-117 Bookmark Created
5) Touch OK. The newly created bookmark is displayed as in Figure 8-117.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Deleting document bookmarks:
1) With the desired document displayed, touch the Find Button (Figure 8-110) to display the Document Viewer
Find Screen.
2) Touch the Bookmark Tab to display the Bookmark Window.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Touch the X Button next to the bookmark to be deleted (Figure 8-118).
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-119 Bookmark Deleted
APPENDICES
Figure 8-118 Delete Bookmark
4) Touch OK on the confirmation screen as in Figure 8-119.
5) Again, touch OK.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
537
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
8.10 Flight Data Logging
NOTE: Some aircraft installations may not provide all aircraft/engine data capable of being logged by the
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
system.
The Flight Data Logging feature will automatically store critical flight and engine data on an SD data card (up
to 16GB) inserted into the top card slot of the MFD. Approximately 1,000 flight hours can be recorded for each
1GB of available space on the card.
EIS
Data is written to the SD card once each second while the MFD is powered on. All flight data logged on a
specific date is stored in a file named in a format which includes the date, time, and nearest airport identifier. The
file is created automatically each time the system is powered on, provided an SD card has been inserted.
The .csv file may be viewed with Microsoft Excel® or other spreadsheet applications.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The following is a list of data parameters the system is capable of logging for the Cessna T240 aircraft.
• GPS fix
• Time
• Longitude (degrees; geodetic;
+East)
• GPS altitude (GSL)
• Magnetic Heading (degrees)
• GPS vertical alert limit
• GPS altitude (WGS84 datum)
• HSI source
• Baro-Corrected altitude (feet)
• Selected course
• SBAS GPS horizontal protection
level
• Baro Correction (in/Hg)
• Com1/Com2 frequency
• Indicated airspeed (kts)
• Nav1/Nav2 frequency
• SBAS GPS vertical protection
level
• Vertical speed (fpm)
• CDI deflection
• Fuel Qty (gal.)
• GPS vertical speed (fpm)
• VDI/GP/GS deflection
• Fuel Flow (gph)
• OAT (degrees C)
• Wind Direction (degrees)
• Fuel Pressure (psi)
• True airspeed (knots)
• Wind Speed (knots)
• Voltage 1 and/or 2
• Pitch Attitude Angle (degrees)
• Active Waypoint Identifier
• Amps 1 and/or 2
• Roll Attitude Angle (degrees)
• Distance to next waypoint (nm)
• Oil Pressure (psi)
• Lateral and Vertical G Force (g)
• Bearing to next waypoint
(degrees)
• Oil Temperature (deg. F)
• Magnetic variation (degrees)
• Manifold Pressure (in. Hg)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Date
• Ground Speed (kts)
APPENDICES
• Ground Track (degrees
magnetic)
• TIT (deg. F)
• Autopilot On/Off
• AFCS roll/pitch modes
• AFCS roll/pitch commands
INDEX
• Latitude (degrees; geodetic;
+North)
• GPS horizontal alert limit
538
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The file containing the recorded data will appear in the format shown in Figure 8-120. This file can be imported
into most computer spreadsheet applications.
Local 24hr Time
HHMMSS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Local Date
YYMMDD
Nearest Airport
(A blank will be
inserted if no
airport is found)
log_130410_104506_KIXD.csv
EIS
Figure 8-120 Log File Format
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
539
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
8.11 Electronic Checklists (Optional)
NOTE: The checklists presented in this section are for example only and may not reflect checklists actually
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
available for the Cessna T240. The information described in this section is not intended to replace the
checklist information described in the AFM or the Pilot Safety and Warning Supplements document.
NOTE: Garmin is not responsible for the content of checklists. User-defined checklists are created by the
EIS
aircraft manufacturer. Modifications or updates to the checklists are coordinated through the aircraft
manufacturer. The user cannot edit these checklists.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Display Panes are able to display optional electronic checklists (supplied by the manufacturer) which
allow the pilot to quickly find the proper procedure on the ground and during each phase of flight. The system
accesses the checklists from the Supplemental Data Cards located in the bottom card slot of PFD and MFD.
If the SD card contains an invalid checklist file or no checklist, the Power-up Page messages display ‘Checklist
File: Invalid’ or ‘Checklist File: N/A’ (not available) and Checklist is not available on the Home Screen.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The following colors are used for checklist items:
• Light Blue - Items not selected or checked
• White - Item is selected
• Green - Item has been checked
• Gray - General notes
• Yellow - Caution notes
• Red - Warning notes
Accessing and navigating checklists:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) From the Home Screen, touch Checklist.
2) Touch the tab pertaining to the desired checklist category. The Starting Engine Tab is selected in this
example, as seen in Figure 8-121.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
3) Touch the desired checklist from those listed in the center of the screen. If necessary, scroll through the list to
see all the available checklists for the selected group. In Figure 8-121, BEFORE STARTING ENGINE is selected
and the checklist is displayed in the previously selected Display Pane as in Figure 8-122. The first checklist item
is selected as indicated by the white text surrounded by a white box.
Figure 8-121 Select Checklist Category & Checklist
540
Figure 8-122 Selected Checklist Displayed
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4) Turn either the large or small right knob on the Touchscreen Controller to select checklist items. The selected
checklist item is indicated with a surrounding white box.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
5) Press the small right knob on the Touchscreen Controller to check the selected checklist item. The line item
turns green and a checkmark is placed in the associated box, as seen in Figure 8-123. The next line item is
automatically selected for checking.
Press the small right knob on the Touchscreen Controller again to remove a check mark from an item.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-123 Completing Checklist Items
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
6) When all checklist items have been checked, ‘*Checklist Finished*’ is displayed in green text at the bottom
left of the Checklist Pane. If all items in the checklist have not be checked when sequencing through the last
checklist item, ‘*Checklist Not Finished*’ will be displayed in yellow text.
7) ‘GO TO NEXT CHECKLIST?’ will now be highlighted, as in Figure 8-124.
8) Press the small right knob on the Touchscreen Controller to advance to the next checklist.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 8-124 Completeing Checklist Items
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
541
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
Resetting A Specific Checklist:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Checklist.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Touch the desired checklist to reset. BEFORE STARTING ENGINE is selected in Figure 8-125.
3) Touch the Checklist Options Button.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
4) Touch Reset Current Checklist as seen in Figure 8-126.
Figure 8-125 Checklist Screen
Figure 8-126 Checklist Options
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Resetting All Checklists:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Checklist.
2) Touch the Checklist Options Button shown in Figure 8-125.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
3) Touch Reset All Checklists as seen in Figure 8-126.
542
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.12 Abnormal Operation
GDL 69/69A Data Link Receiver Troubleshooting
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Some quick troubleshooting steps listed below can be performed to find the possible cause of a failure.
• Ensure the owner/operator of the aircraft in which the Data Link Receiver is installed has subscribed to
SiriusXM
• Ensure the SiriusXM subscription has been activated
EIS
• Check the circuit breakers to ensure that power is applied to the Data Link Receiver
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
For troubleshooting purposes, check the LRU Information for Data Link Receiver (GDL 69 or GDL 69A)
status, serial number, and software version number. If a failure has been detected the status is marked with a
yellow X.
To check LRU status:
1) From the Home Screen, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Status.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) If necessary, touch the LRU Info Tab.
3) Scroll to display the GDL69 or GDL69A field as shown in Figure 8-127.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-127 Detected Failure in Data Link Receiver
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
543
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
If a failure still exists, the following messages may provide insight as to the possible problem:
Message
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
CHECK ANTENNA
UPDATING
NO SIGNAL
LOADING
EIS
OFF AIR
--------
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
WEATHER DATA LINK FAILED
ACTIVATION REQUIRED
DETECTING ACTIVATION
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
WAITING FOR DATA...
Message Location
Description
Data Link Receiver antenna error; service
SiriusXM Info Screen (Touchscreen Controller)
required
SiriusXM Info Screen (Touchscreen Controller) Data Link Receiver updating encryption code
SiriusXM Info Screen (Touchscreen Controller) Loss of signal; signal strength too low for
receiver
Weather Datalink Pane
Music Screen (Touchscreen Controller)
Acquiring channel audio or information
Music Screen (Touchscreen Controller)
Channel not in service
Music Screen (Touchscreen Controller)
Missing channel information
No communication from Data Link Receiver
Weather Datalink Pane
within last 5 minutes
SiriusXM Info Screen (Touchscreen Controller) SiriusXM subscription is not activated
Weather Datalink Pane
SiriusXM subscription is activating.
SiriusXM subscription confirmed downloading
Weather Datalink Pane
weather data.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Table 8-6 GDL 69/69A Data Link Receiver Messages
544
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Appendix A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Annunciations and Alerts
Note: The Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) supersedes information found in this document.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G2000 Alerting System conveys alerts to the pilot using the following items:
EIS
• Alerts Window: The Alerts Window (Figure A-1) automatically appears in the lower-right of the PFD when
condition(s) warrant. The window contains abbreviated annunciation text. The text color is based on the
alert levels described in the following section. Warning (red) and caution (yellow) annunciations cause a
corresponding red WARNING or yellow CAUTION Softkey to flash until the alert is acknowledged by pressing
the respective softkey. Advisory (white) annunciations do not have a corresponding flashing softkey or
acknowledgement. All warning alerts appear within view in the Alerts Window, without the need to scroll. If
there are more caution and/or advisory alerts than can be shown in the Alerts Window viewing area, a scroll
bar appears in the window, and the CAS Softkey on the PFD becomes available. Press the CAS Softkey to
display the second-level CAS Softkeys which allow for scrolling in the list of caution and advisory alerts,
while the existing warning alerts remain at the top of the window. Press the CAS Up or CAS Dn Softkeys
to scroll up or down respectively, or press the Back Softkey to return to the top-level PFD Softkeys. If a new
warning or caution alert is issued while the Alerts Window is already displayed, the new alert appears at the
top of the window, separated by a divider line from the existing alerts. After the new warning or caution alert
is acknowledged, the alert appears at the top of its respective level of alerts, and the divider line is removed.
Higher priority alerts are displayed toward the top of the Alerts Window.
AUDIO
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Softkey Annunciation: During a warning or caution alert, a red WARNING or yellow CAUTION Softkey
appears as a flashing annunciation to accompany the Alerts Window text. Press the flashing softkey to
acknowledge the alert and to extinguish the flashing softkey annunciation.
AFCS
• Notifications Screen: The Notifications Screen on the Touchscreen Controller displays prioritized G2000
System Messages and Aircraft Advisory Messages as text. These appear when the System Messages tab is
selected. When the system issues a new message, the PFD displays a flashing ‘MSG’ annunciation, and
the Touchscreen Controller displays a flashing MSG Button. Touch the MSG Button on the Touchscreen
Controller to acknowledge the message and display the Notifications Screen on the Touchscreen Controller.
The System Messages Tab momentarily indicates the number of new system messages in parenthesis. Touch the
MSG Button a second time to remove the Notifications Screen. The Back or Home Buttons also remove the
Notifications Screen in addition to their respective functions. When the Touchscreen Controller is displaying
the Notifications Screen, the pilot can also scroll through the messages. Active messages are shown in white
text. If a message becomes inactive while the Notifications Screen is already displayed, the inactive message text
becomes gray.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
• System Annunciations: Typically, a large yellow or red ‘X’ appears in a window associated with information
from a failed LRU. The color of the ‘X’ is dependent on the window. For example, a red ‘X’ appears over the
Airspeed Indicator in a failure condition; a yellow ‘X’ appears over a failed Vertical Speed Indicator. See the
G2000 System Annunciations section for more information.
• Audio Alerting System: The system issues audio alert tones or voice alerts when specific system conditions are
met. See the Alert Levels Definitions section for more information.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
545
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Message/
Aircraft Advisory
Message
Notification
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Appendix A
System
Annunciation
EIS
Alerts
Window
AUDIO
& CNS
Access Alerts Window
Scrolling Softkeys when
scrolling is available
Alerts Softkey
Annunciation
(WARNING or
CAUTION)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure A-1 G2000 Alerting System (PFD)
Alert Level Definitions
The G2000 alerts system, as installed in Cessna T240 aircraft, uses three alert levels.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• WARNING: This level of alert requires immediate pilot attention. The system displays a warning alert in
the Alerts Window with a continuous aural chime. Text appearing in the Alerts Window is red. A warning
alert is accompanied by a flashing red WARNING Softkey annunciation, as shown in Figure A-2. Pressing the
WARNING Softkey acknowledges the presence of the warning alert, stops the aural chime, and extinguishes
the WARNING Softkey annunciation.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
• CAUTION: This level of alert indicates the existence of abnormal conditions on the aircraft that may require
pilot intervention. The system displays a caution alert in the Alerts Window with a single aural chime. Text
appearing in the Alerts Window is yellow. A caution alert is accompanied by a flashing yellow CAUTION
Softkey annunciation, as shown in Figure A-2. Pressing the CAUTION Softkey acknowledges the presence of
the caution alert and extinguishes the CAUTION Softkey annunciation.
APPENDICES
Figure A-2 Warning and Caution PFD Softkey Annunciations
INDEX
• ADVISORY: This level of alert provides general information to the pilot. The system displays a white advisory
alert in the Alerts Window. No softkey annunciations accompany an advisory alert.
546
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Appendix A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Alert Annunciations
Alert Cause
Anti-ice system has failed
Left and Right Alternators offline
No power on the left bus
No power on the right bus
Carbon Monoxide level is too high
Door not secured
Fuel pressure low or backup pump is on
Fuel tank is not correctly selected
HIGH VOLTS
Left or right bus voltage 31 volts or higher
OIL PRES LOW
Low oil pressure
Chime/”Fuel Valve”
Chime/”High Voltage”
Chime/”Oil Pressure Low”
Chime/”Airspeed”
A-ICE FLUID LO◊
Anti-ice fluid level is low
Single Chime/None
A-ICE PRESS HI◊
Anti-ice fluid pressure is high
Single Chime/None
AIL MISTRIM LEFT
Aileron mistrim present
Single Chime/None
AIL MISTRIM RIGHT
Aileron mistrim present
Single Chime/None
Autopilot is unavailable due to miscompare
Single Chime/None
One or both of the AVN cooling fans have failed.
Single Chime/None
AVN FAN FAIL
BELOW ICING MIN SPD◊ Aircraft below minimum airspeed for icing conditions
Single Chime/None
Left Alternator offline or inoperative
Single Chime/”Left Alternator Out”
R ALT OUT
Right Alternator offline or inoperative
Single Chime/”Right Alternator Out”
Low fuel quantity in the left tank
Single Chime/None
R LOW FUEL
Low fuel quantity in the right tank
Single Chime/None
NO ADC MODES
Autopilot air data modes are not available
Single Chime/None
NO VERT MODES
Autopilot vertical modes are not available
Single Chime/None
OXYGEN
Pressure above 12,000 ft and oxygen off
Single Chime/None
Oxygen control is inoperative
Single Chime/None
OXYGEN PRES
Oxygen outlet pressure below 16.5 psi
Single Chime/None
OXYGEN QTY
Oxygen quantity below 250 psi
Single Chime/None
PITOT COLD♣
Possible icing conditions are present and pitot heat is
off (in-air)
Single Chime/None
PITOT OVHT♣
Pitot heat is on in overheat conditions (in-air)
Single Chime/None
Propeller heat system is abnormal
Single Chime/None
OXYGEN CTRL INOP
PROP HEAT
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
L LOW FUEL
APPENDICES
Single Chime/None
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Autopilot and PFD are using different AHRS
AFCS
L ALT OUT
AP/PFD DIF AHRS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Underspeed protection is engaged
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
UNDERSPEED
PROTECT ACTIVE
AP MISCOMPARE
AUDIO
& CNS
FUEL VALVE
Audio Alert/Voice Message
Chime/None
Chime/”Left and Right Alternators Out”
Chime/None
Chime/None
Chime/”Carbon Monoxide”
Chime/”Door Open”
Chime/None
EIS
CAS Window Text
A-ICE FAIL◊
L/R ALT OUT
L BUS OFF
R BUS OFF
CO LVL HIGH
DOOR OPEN
FUEL PRESS LO
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The system displays the following alerts in the Alerts Window. Red text corresponds to warnings, yellow
to cautions, and white to advisories. See the Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) for recommended pilot actions.
Information in the AFM always supersedes this Pilot’s Guide.
547
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix A
CAS Window Text
STALL WARN COLD♣
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
STALL WARN FAIL♣
STALL WARN OVHT
♣
STARTER ENGD
A-ICE BACKUP
◊
A-ICE NORM
◊
EIS
Single Chime/None
Single Chime/None
None
Anti-Ice system is operating in high mode
None
Anti-Ice system is operating normally
None
Anti-Ice system is operating in maximum mode
None
AP/TRIM master switch is in the OFF position
None
An autopilot servo data path has failed
None
Oxygen control is inoperative
None
OXYGEN ON
Oxygen system enabled while aircraft is on the ground
None
PITOT COLD
Possible icing conditions are present and pitot heat is
off (on-ground)
None
PITOT OVHT♣
Pitot heat is on in overheat conditions (on-ground)
None
RUDR HOLD
Rudder Hold is engaged
None
Speed brakes are active
None
STALL WARN COLD
Possible icing conditions are present and stall warn
heat is off (on-ground)
None
STALL WARN OVHT♣
Stall warn heat is on in overheat conditions (on-ground)
None
A-ICE NORM
A-ICE MAX


AP/TRIM OFF
FAILED AP PATH
AUDIO
& CNS
Single Chime/None
None
A-ICE HI
OXYGEN CTRL INOP
♣
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Audio Alert/Voice Message
Single Chime/None
Anti-Ice system is operating normally
◊
SPEED BRAKES
♣
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Alert Cause
Possible icing conditions are present and stall warn
heat is off (in-air)
Stall warning has failed
Stall warn heat is on in overheat conditions (in-air)
Starter relay has power applied
Anti-ice system in back-up mode
♣With optional stall warning computer only / ◊With optional FIKI system only/ With optional TKS system
AFCS
Comparator Annunciations
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The Comparator monitors critical values generated by redundant sensors. If differences in the sensors exceed
a specified amount, this discrepancy is annunciated as seen in Figure A-3. If one or both of the sensed values
are unavailable, it is annunciated as in Figure A-4. The following is a list of the possible annunciations:
Figure A-3 Miscompare Annunciations (PFD)
548
Figure A-4 No Compare Annunciations (PFD)
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Appendix A
Description
Pitch Miscompare
Difference in pitch sensors is > 5 degrees.
Roll Miscompare
Difference in roll sensors is > 6 degrees.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Heading Miscompare
Condition
Difference in heading sensors is > 6 degrees.
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Annunciation
Heading No Compare No data from one or both heading sensors.
Pitch No Compare
No data from one or both pitch sensors.
Roll No Compare
No data from one or both roll sensors..
EIS
Reversionary AHRS Sensor Annunciation
AUDIO
& CNS
The reversionary AHRS selection appears in the Reversionary Sensor Window, as shown in Figure A-5. This
annunciation reflects reversionary AHRS sensors selected on the PFD. Pressing the Sensors Softkey gives access
to the AHRS Settings Softkey. Press the AHRS Settings Softkey to display the AHRS 1 and AHRS 2 Softkeys.
These softkeys allow manual switching of AHRS sensors. In the case of certain types of sensor failures, the system
may make some sensor selections automatically.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The PFD is displaying
data from the #2
AHRS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure A-5 Reversionary AHRS Sensor
Annunciation
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
549
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix A
G2000 System Annunciations
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When the system issues a message, the ‘MSG’ annunciator flashes on the PFD and a MSG Button flashes on
the Touchscreen Controller to alert the pilot of a new message. The annunciator and button continue to flash
until acknowledged by touching the MSG Button on the Touchscreen Controller. Active messages are displayed
in white text. Messages that have become inactive change to gray text. The ‘MSG’ annunciator flashes if the
state of a displayed alert changes or a new message is displayed. The G2000 System Messages convey messages
to the pilot regarding problems with the G2000 system.
EIS
When an LRU or an LRU function fails, a red or yellow ‘X’ is typically displayed on items associated with
the failed data. The color of the ‘X’ is dependent on the LRU. The following section describes various system
annunciations. Refer to the Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) for additional information regarding pilot responses
to these annunciations.
NOTE: Upon power-up of the system, certain windows remain invalid as the equipment begins to initialize.
AUDIO
& CNS
All windows should be operational within one minute of power-up. If any window continues to remain
flagged, the system should be serviced by a Garmin-authorized repair facility.
System
Annunciations
appear as
Yellow or Red
‘X’
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
System Message/
Aircraft Advisory
Message
Notification
.
550
Figure A-6 System Messages and System Annunciations
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Appendix A
Comment
System Annunciation
Attitude and Heading
Reference System is aligning.
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Annunciation
Comment
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Display system is not receiving
airspeed input from air data
computer.
Display system is not receiving
attitude information from the
AHRS.
Display system is not receiving
heading input from the AHRS.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Display system is not receiving
altitude input from the air data
computer.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Display system is not receiving
valid temperature information
from air data computer.
Display is not receiving valid
time information from the GIA.
AFCS
Display system is not receiving
valid transponder information.
INDEX
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
A yellow ‘X’ through any other
display field indicates the field
is not receiving valid data.
APPENDICES
Other Various Yellow X
Indications
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
190-01263-02 Rev. A
AUDIO
& CNS
AHRS calibration incomplete or
configuration module failure.
This annunciation is seen only
when the autopilot is engaged.
The annunciation indicates an
AHRS monitor has detected
an abnormal flight parameter,
possibly caused by strong
turbulence. In this case, the
situation should correct itself
within a few seconds. If there
is an actual failure, a yellow
“X” soon appears over the
Attitude Indicator.
‘GPS LOI’ Indicates Loss of
Integrity of GPS information.
GPS information is either
not present or is invalid for
navigation use. Note that
AHRS uses GPS inputs during
normal operation. AHRS
operation may be degraded
if GPS signals are not present
(see AFM). If GPS integrity is
subsequently restored, system
displays ‘GPS INTEG OK’
annunciation.
Display system is not receiving
valid ISA information from air
data computer.
EIS
Display system is not receiving
vertical speed input from the
air data computer.
551
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix A
System Messages and Aircraft Message Advisories
Note: This Section provides information regarding G2000 System Messages. Knowledge of the aircraft,
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
systems, flight conditions, and other existing operational priorities must be considered when responding to
a message. Always use sound pilot judgment. The Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) takes precedence over any
conflicting guidance found in this section.
EIS
This section describes various G2000 System Messages and Aircraft Message Advisories. Certain messages are
issued due to an LRU or LRU function failure. Such messages are normally accompanied by a corresponding
red or yellow ‘X’ annunciation as shown previously in the G2000 System Annunciations section. The system
displays Aircraft Message Advisories in the same manner as System Messages. Aircraft Message Advisories are
specific to the Cessna T240.
AUDIO
& CNS
GDU 1400W Primary Flight Display & Multi Function Display
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
System Message
XTALK ERROR – A flight display
crosstalk error has occurred.
PFD1 SERVICE – PFD1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
MFD1 SERVICE – MFD1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
PFD1 MANIFEST – PFD
1 software mismatch,
communication halted.
MFD1 MANIFEST – MFD
1 software mismatch,
communication halted.
PFD1 CONFIG – PFD1 config
error. Config service req’d.
MFD1 CONFIG – MFD1 config
error. Config service req’d.
SW MISMATCH – GDU
software version mismatch.
Xtalk is off.
PFD1 COOLING – PFD1 has
poor cooling. Reducing power
usage.
MFD1 COOLING – MFD1 has
poor cooling. Reducing power
usage.
PFD1 FAN FAIL – PFD1 internal
fan failure. Unit needs service.
MFD1 FAN FAIL – MFD1
internal fan failure. Unit needs
service.
552
Comments
The MFD, PFD and GTC are not communicating with each other. The system should be serviced.
The PFD and/or MFD self-test has detected a problem. The system should be serviced.
The PFD and/or MFD has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
The PFD configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory. The system should be
serviced.
The MFD configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory. The system should
be serviced.
The MFD and PFD have different software versions installed. The system should be serviced.
The PFD and/or MFD is overheating and is reducing power consumption by dimming the display.
If problem persists, the system should be serviced.
The PFD and/or MFD internal cooling fan has failed. The system should be serviced.
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Appendix A
Comments
The PFD and/or MFD backlight calibration cannot be found or is invalid. The system should be
serviced.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A key is stuck on the PFD and/or MFD bezel. Attempt to free the stuck key by pressing it several
times. The system should be serviced if the problem persists.
EIS
The PFD1 configuration module backup memory has failed. The system should be serviced.
AUDIO
& CNS
The PFD1 voltage is low. The system should be serviced.
The MFD voltage is low. The system should be serviced.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The SD card was removed from the top card slot of the specified GDU. The SD card needs to be
reinserted.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
The SD card was removed from the top card slot of the GDU. The SD card needs to be reinserted.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The SD card in the top card slot of the specified GDU is invalid.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Message
PFD1 BACKLIGHT
CALIBRATION – calibration
lost. Return for repair.
MFD1 BACKLIGHT
CALIBRATION – calibration
lost. Return for repair.
PFD1 KEYSTK – PFD1 [key
name] is stuck.
MFD1 KEYSTK – MFD1 [key
name] is stuck.
CNFG MODULE – PFD1
configuration module is
inoperative.
PFD1 VOLTAGE – PFD1 has low
voltage. Reducing power usage
MFD1 VOLTAGE – MFD1 has
low voltage. Reducing power
usage
PFD1 CARD1 REM – PFD1 card
1 was removed. Reinsert card.
PFD1 CARD2 REM – PFD1 card
2 was removed. Reinsert card.
PFD1 CARD3 REM – PFD1 card
3 was removed. Reinsert card.
MFD1 CARD1 REM – MFD1
card 1 was removed. Reinsert
card.
MFD1 CARD2 REM – MFD1
card 2 was removed. Reinsert
card.
MFD1 CARD3 REM – MFD1
card 3 was removed. Reinsert
card.
PFD1 CARD1 ERR – PFD1 card
1 is invalid.
PFD1 CARD2 ERR – PFD1 card
2 is invalid.
PFD1 CARD3 ERR – PFD1 card
3 is invalid.
MFD1 CARD1 ERR – MFD1
card 1 is invalid.
MFD1 CARD2 ERR – MFD1
card 2 is invalid.
MFD1 CARD3 ERR – MFD1
card 3 is invalid.
The SD card in the top card slot of the GDU is invalid.
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
553
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix A
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
System Message
PFD1 SOFTWARE – PFD1
mismatch, communication
halted.
MFD1 SOFTWARE – MFD1
mismatch, communication
halted.
Comments
The specified GDU has different software versions installed. The system should be serviced.
EIS
Database System Messages
AUDIO
& CNS
Message
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 navigation
database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 navigation
database error exists.
GTC1 DB ERR – GTC1 database
error exists.
DB MISMATCH – Navigation
database mismatch. Xtalk is off.
Comments
The specified GDU detected a failure in one or more databases. Ensure the data card is
properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, the system should be serviced.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The GTC detected a failure in one or more databases. Ensure the data card is properly
inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, the system should be serviced.
The GDUs have different navigation database versions or regions installed. Crossfill is off.
Check the Avionics Status Screen to determine versions or regions. Also, check the Avionics
Status Screen for a database synchronization function not completed. After synchronization
is complete, power must be turned off, then on.
DB MISMATCH – Standby
The GDUs have different standby navigation database versions or regions installed. Check
Navigation database mismatch.
the Avionics Status Screen to determine versions or regions. Also, check the Avionics Status
Screen for a database synchronization function not completed. After synchronization is
complete, power must be turned off, then on.
DB MISMATCH – Terrain database The GDUs have different terrain database versions or regions installed. Check the Avionics
mismatch.
Status Screen to determine versions or regions. Also, check the Avionics Status Screen for a
database synchronization function not completed. After synchronization is complete, power
must be turned off, then on.
DB MISMATCH – Obstacle database The GDUs have different obstacle database versions or regions installed. Check the Avionics
mismatch.
Status Screen to determine versions or regions. Also, check the Avionics Status Screen for a
database synchronization function not completed. After synchronization is complete, power
must be turned off, then on.
NAV DB UPDATED – Active
System has updated the active navigation database from the standby navigation database.
navigation database updated.
PFD1 TERRAIN DSP – [PFD1 Terrain
awareness display unavailable.
PFD2 TERRAIN DSP – PFD2 Terrain
One of the terrain, airport terrain, or obstacle databases required for TAWS in the specified
awareness display unavailable.
GDU is missing or invalid.
MFD1 TERRAIN DSP – MFD1
Terrain awareness display
unavailable.
554
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Appendix A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Unit System Messages
GIA2 CONFIG – GIA2 config
error. Config service req’d.
GIA2 COOLING – GIA2 over
temperature.
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 temperature is too low to operate correctly. Allow units to warm up to
operating temperature.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
GIA1 COOLING – GIA1 over
temperature.
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 have an error in the audio configuration. The system should be serviced.
AUDIO
& CNS
GIA2 COOLING – GIA2
temperature too low.
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory. The
system should be serviced.
EIS
GIA1 CONFIG – GIA1 audio
config error. Config service
req’d.
GIA2 CONFIG – GIA2 audio
config error. Config service
req’d.
GIA1 COOLING – GIA1
temperature too low.
Comments
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
System Message
GIA1 CONFIG – GIA1 config
error. Config service req’d.
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 temperature is too high. If problem persists, the system should be serviced.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
GIA1 SERVICE – GIA1 needs
service. Return the unit for
repair.
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 self-test has detected a problem in the unit. The system should be serviced.
GIA2 SERVICE – GIA2 needs
service. Return the unit for repair.
AFCS
HW MISMATCH – GIA1
hardware mismatch, GIA1
communication halted.
A GIA mismatch has been detected, where only one is WAAS capable.
HW MISMATCH – GIA
hardware mismatch, GIA2
communication halted.
GIA1 MANIFEST – GIA1
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The GIA1 and/or GIA 2 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
GIA2 MANIFEST – GIA2
software mismatch,
communication halted.
GFC MANIFEST – GFC software
Incorrect servo software is installed, or gain settings are incorrect.
mismatch, communication halted.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
COM1 TEMP – COM1 over temp.
Reducing transmitter power.
The system has detected an over temperature condition in COM1 and/or COM2. The transmitter
COM2 TEMP – COM2 over temp. operates at reduced power. If the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
Reducing transmitter power.
555
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix A
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
System Message
Comments
COM1 CONFIG – COM1 config
error. Config service req’d.
The COM1 and/or COM2 configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory. The
COM2 CONFIG – COM2 config system should be serviced.
error. Config service req’d.
COM1 SERVICE – COM1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
The system has detected a failure in COM1 and/or COM2. COM1 and/or COM2 may still be
COM2 SERVICE – COM2 needs usable. The system should be serviced when possible.
service. Return unit for repair.
EIS
COM1 PTT – COM1 push-totalk key is stuck.
COM2 PTT – COM2 push-totalk key is stuck.
AUDIO
& CNS
COM1 RMT XFR – COM1
remote transfer key is stuck.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
COM2 RMT XFR – COM2
remote transfer key is stuck.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
COM1 MANIFEST –
COM1 software mismatch,
communication halted.
COM2 MANIFEST –
COM2 software mismatch,
communication halted.
LOI – GPS integrity lost.
Crosscheck with other NAVS.
The COM1 and/or COM2 external push-to-talk switch is stuck in the enable (or “pressed”)
position. Press the PTT switch again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
The COM1 and/or COM2 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or “pressed”) position. Press the
transfer switch again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
The COM 1 and/or COM 2 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
GPS integrity is insufficient for the current phase of flight.
LOSS OF GPS NAVIGATION –
Poor Satellite Coverage.
Loss of GPS navigation due to insufficient satellite coverage.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS
navigation. Position error.
Loss of GPS navigation due to position error.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS
navigation. GPS fail.
Loss of GPS navigation due to GPS failure.
ABORT APR – Loss of GPS
navigation. Abort approach.
Abort approach due to loss of GPS navigation.
APR DWNGRADE – Apr
downgraded.
Vertical guidance generated by SBAS is unavailable. Use only LNAV minimums.
TRUE NORTH APPROACH –
Change HDG reference to true.
Displayed after passing the first waypoint of a true north approach when the nav angle is set to
‘AUTO’.
GPS1 SERVICE – GPS1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
INDEX
GPS2 SERVICE – GPS2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
A failure has been detected in the GPS1 and/or GPS2 receiver. The receiver may still be available.
The system should be serviced.
556
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Appendix A
NAV1 SERVICE – NAV1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
NAV2 SERVICE – NAV2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
NAV2 RMT XFR – NAV2
remote transfer key is stuck.
A failure has been detected in GPS receiver #1 and/or GPS receiver #2. The system should be
serviced.
A failure has been detected in the NAV1 and/or NAV2 receiver. The receiver may still be available.
The system should be serviced.
EIS
NAV1 RMT XFR – NAV1
remote transfer key is stuck.
Comments
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
GPS2 FAIL – GPS2 is
inoperative.
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Message
GPS1 FAIL – GPS1 is
inoperative.
The remote NAV1 and/or NAV2 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or “pressed”) state. Press
the transfer switch again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
AUDIO
& CNS
G/S1 FAIL – G/S1 is inoperative.
A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 1 and/or receiver 2. The system should be
G/S2 FAIL – G/S2 is inoperative. serviced.
G/S2 SERVICE – G/S2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 1 and/or receiver 2. The receiver may still be
available. The system should be serviced when possible.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NAV1 MANIFEST – NAV1
software mismatch,
communication halted.
NAV2 MANIFEST – NAV2
software mismatch,
communication halted.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
G/S1 SERVICE – G/S1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
The NAV 1 and/or NAV 2 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
AFCS
GDC 74A Air Data Computer System Messages
Comments
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The GDC 74A has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
GDC1 is reporting the altitude error correction is unavailable.
APPENDICES
System Message
GDC1 MANIFEST – GDC
1 software mismatch,
communication halted.
ADC1 ALT EC – ADC1 altitude
error correction is unavailable.
ADC1 AS EC – ADC1 airspeed
error correction is unavailable.
ADC1 SERVICE – ADC1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
GDC1 is reporting the airspeed error correction is unavailable.
The GDC74A should be serviced..
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
557
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix A
GEA 71 Engine/Airframe Unit System Messages
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
System Message
GEA1 CONFIG – GEA1 config
error. Config service req’d.
GEA 1 MANIFEST – GEA
1 software mismatch,
communication halted.
Comments
The GEA1 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration memory. The system
should be serviced.
The #1 GEA 71 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
EIS
GTX 33 Transponder System Messages
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO
& CNS
System Message
XPDR1 CONFIG – XPDR1
config error. Config service
req’d.
GTX1 MANIFEST – GTX
1 software mismatch,
communication halted.
XPDR1 SERVICE – XPDR1
needs service. Return unit for
repair.
XPDR1 FAIL – XPDR1 is
inoperative.
XPDR1 ADS-B FAIL – XPDR1
unable to transmit ADS-B
messages.
Comments
The transponder configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration memory. The
system should be serviced.
The transponder has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
The #1 transponder should be serviced when possible.
The #1 transponder is inoperative, including ADS-B OUT functions.
ADS-B Out is inoperative. Other transponder functions may be available. The transponder may
not be receiving a valid GPS position.
AFCS
GTS 800 Traffic Advisory System Messages
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Message Advisory
GTS CONFIG – GTS Config
error. Config service req'd.
GTS MANIFEST – GTS software
mismatch, communication
halted.
TRAFFIC FAIL – Traffic device
has failed.
Comments
The GTS 800 and GDU have different copies of the GTS 800 configuration, or the Mode S address
is invalid. The system should be serviced.
The GTS 800 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
The system is no longer receiving data from the traffic system. The traffic device should be
serviced.
GSR 56 Message Advisories
INDEX
Message
GSR1 FAIL – GSR1 has failed.
558
Comments
A failure has been detected in the #1 GSR 56. The system should be serviced.
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Appendix A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GMU 44 Magnetometer System Messages
Comments
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
System Message
HDG FAULT – AHRS1
magnetometer fault has
occurred.
HDG FAULT – AHRS2
magnetometer fault has
occurred.
A fault has occurred in the #1 or #2 GMU 44. Heading is flagged as invalid. The AHRS uses GPS
for backup mode operation. The system should be serviced.
EIS
GRS 77 Attitude and Heading Reference System Messages
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The #1 AHRS is not receiving backup GPS information. The system should be serviced.
AFCS
The #2 AHRS is not receiving backup GPS information. The system should be serviced.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The #1 AHRS is operating exclusively in no-GPS mode. The system should be serviced.
The #2 AHRS is operating exclusively in no-GPS mode. The system should be serviced.
The #1 AHRS and #2 AHRS magnetic model database versions do not match.
APPENDICES
The #1 AHRS earth magnetic field model is out of date. Update magnetic field model when practical.
The #2 AHRS earth magnetic field model is out of date. Update magnetic field model when practical.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Comments
The #1 AHRS is not receiving true airspeed from the air data computer. The AHRS relies on GPS
information to augment the lack of airspeed. The system should be serviced.
The #2 AHRS is not receiving true airspeed from the air data computer. The AHRS relies on GPS
information to augment the lack of airspeed. The system should be serviced.
The #1 AHRS is using the backup GPS path. Primary GPS path has failed. The system should be
serviced when possible.
The #2 AHRS is using the backup GPS path. Primary GPS path has failed. The system should be
serviced when possible.
The #1 AHRS is not receiving any or any useful GPS information. Check AFMS limitations. The
system should be serviced.
The #2 AHRS is not receiving any or any useful GPS information. Check AFMS limitations. The
system should be serviced.
AUDIO
& CNS
System Message
AHRS1 TAS – AHRS1 not
receiving airspeed.
AHRS2 TAS – AHRS2 not
receiving airspeed.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 using
backup GPS source.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 using
backup GPS source.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 not
receiving any GPS information.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 not
receiving any GPS information.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1
not receiving backup GPS
information.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2
not receiving backup GPS
information.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 operating
exclusively in no-GPS mode.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 operating
exclusively in no-GPS mode.
AHRS MAG DB – AHRS
magnetic model database
version mismatch.
AHRS1 SRVC – AHRS1 Magneticfield model needs update.
AHRS2 SRVC – AHRS2 Magneticfield model needs update.
AHRS1 SERVICE – AHRS1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
The #1 AHRS has an internal failure. Return unit for repair.
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
559
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix A
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
System Message
AHRS2 SERVICE – AHRS2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
AHRS1 CONFIG – AHRS1 config
error. Config service req’d.
AHRS2 CONFIG – AHRS2 config
error. Config service req’d.
AHRS1 CAL – AHRS1 calibration
version error. Srvc req’d.
AHRS2 CAL – AHRS2 calibration
version error. Srvc req’d.
GEO LIMITS – AHRS1 too
far north/south, no magnetic
compass.
GEO LIMITS – AHRS2 too
far north/south, no magnetic
compass.
GRS1 MANIFEST – GRS1
software mismatch,
communication halted.
GRS 2 MANIFEST –
GRS2 software mismatch,
communication halted.
Comments
The #2 AHRS has an internal failure. Return unit for repair.
The #1 AHRS has a configuration error. The system should be serviced.
The #2 AHRS has a configuration error. The system should be serviced.
The #1 AHRS calibration version error. The system should be serviced.
The #2 AHRS calibration version error. The system should be serviced.
The aircraft is outside geographical limits for approved AHRS operation. Heading is annunciated
as invalid.
The #1 AHRS has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
The #2 AHRS has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
GTC 570 Touchscreen Controller System Messages
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
System Message
GTC1 CONFIG – GTC1 config
error. Config service req’d.
GTC1 SERVICE – GTC1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
GTC1 COOLING – GTC1 has
poor cooling. Reducing power
usage.
GTC1 FAN FAIL – GTC1 internal
fan failure. Unit needs service.
GTC1 FAIL – GTC1 is inoperative.
GTC1 MANIFEST – GTC
1 software mismatch,
communication halted.
GTC1 CARD1 ERR – GTC1 card
1 is invalid.
GTC1 CARD1 REM – GTC1 card
1 was removed. Reinsert card.
GTC KEYSTK – GTC1 [key
name] key is stuck.
560
Comments
GTC 570 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration memory. The system
should be serviced.
The GTC 570 should be serviced..
The GTC 570 has insufficient cooling. If the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
The internal fan in the GTC 570 has failed. The system should be serviced.
The GTC 570 has failed. The system should be serviced.
The GTC 570 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
The internal SD card in the GTC 570 contains invalid data. The system should be serviced.
The internal SD card in the GTC 570 was removed. The system should be serviced.
A knob or joystick is stuck on the GTC 570 bezel. Attempt to free the stuck control by pushing or
turning it several times. The system should be serviced if the problem persists.
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Appendix A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GSR 56 Message Advisories
Comments
A failure has been detected in GSR1. The system should be serviced.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
GSR1 FAIL – GSR1 has failed.
MANIFEST – GSR1 software mismatch,
communication halted.
The GSR1 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
GCU 275 PFD Controller System Messages
Comments
GCU 275 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration memory. The system
should be serviced.
EIS
The GCU 275 has failed. The system should be serviced when possible.
AUDIO
& CNS
A key is stuck on the GCU 275 bezel. Attempt to free the stuck key by pressing it several times.
The system should be serviced if the problem persists.
The GCU 275 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
System Message
GCU1 CONFIG – GCU1 config
error. Config service req’d.
GCU1 FAIL – GCU1 is
inoperative.
GCU1 KEYSTK – [key name]
key is stuck.
GCU1 MANIFEST – GCU1
software mismatch,
communication halted.
GDL 69/69A Satellite Datalink Receiver System Messages
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Comments
GDL 69 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration memory. The system
should be serviced.
A failure has been detected in the GDL 69. The receiver is unavailable. The system should be
serviced.
AFCS
System Message
GDL69 CONFIG – GDL 69
config error. Config service
req’d.
GDL69 FAIL – GDL 69 has
failed.
GDL69 MANIFEST –
GDL69 software mismatch,
communication halted.
The GDL 69 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
GMA 36 Remote Audio Controller System Messages
The audio controller configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory. The
system should be serviced.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Comments
The audio controller has detected a failure. The audio controller is unavailable. The system should
be serviced.
APPENDICES
System Message
GMA1 FAIL – GMA1 is
inoperative.
GMA1 CONFIG – GMA1
config error. Config service
req’d.
DIG GMA1 MANIFEST
– Software mismatch,
communication halted.
The audio controller has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
561
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix A
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
System Message
GMA1 SERVICE – GMA1
needs service. Return unit for
repair.
Comments
The audio controller self-test has detected a problem in the unit. Certain audio functions may still
be available, and the audio controller may still be usable. The system should be serviced when
possible.
GMC 720 AFCS Controller System Messages
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO
& CNS
EIS
System Message
GMC CONFIG – GMC Config
error. Config service req’d.
GMC FAIL – GMC is
inoperative.
GMC MANIFEST – GMC
software mismatch.
Communication halted.
GMC KEYSTK – GMC [key
name] key is stuck.
Comments
Error in the configuration of the GMC 720.
A failure has been detected in the GMC 720. The GMC 720 is unavailable.
The GMC 720 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
A key is stuck on the GMC 720 bezel. Attempt to free the stuck key by pressing it several
times. The system should be serviced if the problem persists.
Miscellaneous System Messages
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
System Message
FPL WPT LOCK – Flight plan
waypoint is locked.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
FPL WPT MOVE – Flight plan
waypoint moved.
TIMER EXPIRD – Timer has
expired.
DATABASE CHANGE –
Database changed. Verify user
modified procedures.
DATABASE CHANGE –
Database changed. Verify
stored airways.
FPL TRUNC – Flight plan has
been truncated.
INDEX
LOCKED FPL – Cannot
navigate locked flight plan.
562
Comments
Upon power-up, The system detects that a stored flight plan waypoint is locked. This occurs
when an aviation database update eliminates an obsolete waypoint. The flight plan cannot
find the specified waypoint and flags this message. This can also occur with user waypoints
in flight plans that are deleted.
Remove the waypoint from the flight plan if it no longer exists in any database, or update the
waypoint name/identifier to reflect the new information.
The system has detected that a waypoint coordinate has changed due to a new navigation
database update. Verify that stored flight plans contain correct waypoint locations.
The system notifies the pilot the timer has expired.
This occurs when a stored flight plan contains procedures that have been manually edited.
This alert is issued only after a navigation database update. Verify the user-modified
procedures in stored flight plans are correct and current.
This occurs when a stored flight plan contains an airway that is no longer consistent with the
navigation database. This alert is issued only after a navigation database update. Verify use
of airways in stored flight plans and reload airways as needed.
This occurs when a newly installed navigation database eliminates an obsolete approach or
arrival used by a stored flight plan. The obsolete procedure is removed from the flight plan.
Update flight plan with current arrival or approach.
This occurs when the pilot attempts to activate a stored flight plan that contains a locked
waypoint. Remove locked waypoint from flight plan. Update flight plan with current
waypoint.
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Appendix A
Comments
Arriving at waypoint [xxxx], where [xxxx] is the waypoint name.
A steep turn is 15 seconds ahead. Prepare to turn.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The aircraft is inside the airspace.
Special use airspace is ahead of aircraft. The aircraft will penetrate the airspace within 10
minutes.
EIS
Special use airspace is near and ahead of the aircraft position.
Special use airspace is within 2 nm of the aircraft position.
The system notifies the pilot the loaded approach is not active. Activate approach when
required.
AUDIO
& CNS
The system notifies the pilot to load the approach frequency for the appropriate NAV receiver.
Select the correct frequency for the approach.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The system notifies the pilot to set the CDI to the correct NAV receiver. Set the CDI to the
correct NAV receiver.
Bad parallel track geometry.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Invalid leg type for parallel offset.
IAF waypoint for parallel offset has been passed.
The current vertical waypoint can not be reached within the maximum flight path angle and
vertical speed constraints. The system automatically transitions to the next vertical waypoint.
The lateral flight plan contains a procedure turn, vector, or other unsupported leg type prior to
the active vertical waypoint. This prevents vertical guidance to the active vertical waypoint.
AFCS
The current crosstrack exceeds the limit, causing vertical deviation to go invalid.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The current track angle error exceeds the limit, causing the vertical deviation to go invalid.
A parallel course has been selected, causing the vertical deviation to go invalid.
APPENDICES
The current VNAV is not supported, the Flight Director has reverted to PIT mode.
The position of the selected waypoint [xxxxx] is not calculated based on the WGS84 map
reference datum and may be positioned in error as displayed. Do not use GPS to navigate to
the selected non-WGS84 waypoint.
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Message
WPT ARRIVAL – Arriving at
waypoint - [xxxx]
STEEP TURN – Steep turn
ahead.
INSIDE ARSPC – Inside
airspace.
ARSPC AHEAD – Airspace
ahead - less than 10 minutes.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near
and ahead.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near
– less than 2 nm.
APR INACTV – Approach is
not active.
SLCT FREQ – Select
appropriate frequency for
approach.
SLCT NAV – Select NAV on
CDI for approach.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track
unavailable: bad geometry.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track
unavailable: Invalid leg type.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track
unavailable: Past IAF.
UNABLE V WPT – Can’t reach
current vertical waypoint.
UNABLE VNAV – Unsupported
leg type in flight plan.
UNABLE VNAV – Excessive
cross-track error.
UNABLE VNAV – Excessive
track angle error.
UNABLE VNAV – Unavailable.
Parallel course selected.
UNABLE VNAV – Reverted to
PIT.
NON WGS84 WPT – Do not
GPS for navigation to [xxxx]
563
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix A
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
System Message
TRAFFIC FAIL – Traffic device
has failed.
FAILED PATH – A data path
has failed.
LARGE MAG VARIANCE –
Verify all course angles.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO
& CNS
EIS
SCHEDULER [#] –
<message>.
SVT DISABLED – Out of
available terrain region.
SVT DISABLED – Terrain DB
resolution too low.
TERRAIN DISABLED – Terrain
Awareness DB resolution too
low.
TRN AUD FAIL – Trn
Awareness audio source
unavailable.
TRN AUD CFG – Trn
Awareness audio config error.
Service req’d.
CHECK CRS – Database course
for LOC1 / [LOC ID] is [CRS]°.
CHECK CRS – Database course
for LOC2 / [LOC ID] is [CRS]°.
[PFD1 or MFD1] CARD 1
REM – [PFD1 or MFD1] card 1
was removed. Reinsert card.
[PFD1 or MFD1] CARD 2
REM – Card 2 was removed.
Reinsert card.
[PFD1 or MFD1] CARD 1
ERR – [PDF1 or MFD1] card 1
is invalid.
[PFD1 or MFD1] CARD 2
ERR – [PFD1 or MFD1] Card 2
is invalid.
[PFD1 or MFD1] CARD 3
REM – Card 3 was removed.
Reinsert card.
[PFD1 or MFD1] CARD 3
ERR – [PDF1 or MFD1] card 3
is invalid.
564
Comments
The G2000 is no longer receiving data from the traffic system. The traffic device should be
serviced.
A data path connected to the GDU or the GIA 63/63W has failed.
The GDU’s internal model cannot determine the exact magnetic variance for geographic
locations near the magnetic poles. Displayed magnetic course angles may differ from the
actual magnetic heading by more than 2°.
Message criteria entered by the user.
Synthetic Vision is disabled because the aircraft is not within the boundaries of the installed
terrain database.
Synthetic Vision is disabled because a terrain database of sufficient resolution (9 arc-second
or better) is not currently installed.
TAWS is disabled because a terrain database of sufficient resolution (9 arc-second or better)
is not currently installed.
TAWS is disabled because an aural alert audio source is unavailable.
TAWS is disabled because the audio configuration is invalid. The system should be serviced.
Selected course for LOC1 differs from published localizer course by more than 10 degrees.
Selected course for LOC2 differs from published localizer course by more than 10 degrees.
The SD card was removed from the top card slot of the PFD or MFD. The SD card needs to be
reinserted.
The SD card was removed from the bottom card slot of the PFD or MFD. The SD card needs
to be reinserted.
The SD card in the top card slot of the PFD or MFD contains invalid data.
The SD card in the bottom card slot of the PFD or MFD contains invalid data.
The internal SD card was removed from the PFD or MFD. The system should be serviced.
The internal SD card in the PFD or MFD contains invalid data. The system should be serviced.
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Appendix A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Comments
The system was unable to save pilot data. Verify settings.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The audio system has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
Maintenance mode is active.
Lightning detection system has failed. The system should be serviced.
EIS
The GDL 59 is not registered with Connext Services, or its current registration data has failed
authentication.
User entered magnetic variation is being used for system calculations.
AUDIO
& CNS
The documents on the database cards do not match. Ensure the aircraft manufacturer installed
documents on the bottom card of each display match.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
System Message
DATA LOST – Pilot stored data
was lost. Recheck settings.
AUDIO MANIFEST–
Audio software mismatch,
communications halted.
MAINTENANCE MODE –
Maintenance Mode is active.
STRMSCP FAIL– Stormscope
has failed.
REGISTER CONNEXT – Data
services are inop, register w/
Connext.
USER MAG VAR – User
magnetic variation is active.
DOC VIEWER MISMATCH –
See Document Viewer Page for
detailed info.
Aircraft Message Advisories
The following Aircraft Message Advisories are available specifically for the Cessna T240.
Message Advisory
Comments
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The ESP IAS mode is inoperative.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The fuel tank quantities differ by more than ten gallons.
APPENDICES
ESP DEGRADE - ESP IAS
mode is inoperative.
FUEL IMBAL – Fuel
imbalance is greater than
10 gallons.
LOW MAN PRES –
Manifold pressure is below
15 in hg
VAPOR SUPPR – Alert to
turn on vapor suppression
AFCS
CO DET SRVC – The carbon There is a problem within the CO Guardian that requires service.
monoxide detector needs
service.
CO DET FAIL – The carbon
Loss of communication between the G2000 and the CO Guardian.
monoxide detector is
inoperative.
ESP FAIL - ESP is
The Garmin ESP system is inoperative.
inoperative.
ESP OFF - ESP selected off. The Garmin ESP system is selected off.
The engine manifold pressure is below 15 in hg.
Vapor suppression system should be enabled.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
565
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix A
Flight Plan Import/Export Messages
In some circumstances, some messages may appear in conjunction with others.
AUDIO
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight Plan Import/Export
Results
‘Flight plan successfully
imported.’
‘File contained user waypoints
only. User waypoints imported
successfully. No stored flight
plan data was modified.’
‘No flight plan files found to
import.’
‘Flight plan import failed.’
‘Flight plan partially imported.’
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
‘File contained user waypoints
only.’
‘Too many points. Flight plan
truncated.’
‘Some waypoints not loaded.
Waypoints locked.’
‘User waypoint database full.
Not all loaded.’
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
‘One or more user waypoints
renamed.’
‘Flight plan successfully
exported.’
‘Flight plan export failed.’
Description
A flight plan file stored on the SD card was successfully imported as a stored flight plan.
The file stored on the SD card did not contain a flight plan, only user waypoints. These waypoints
have been saved to the system user waypoints. No flight plans stored in the system have been
modified.
The SD card contains no flight plan data.
Flight plan data was not successfully imported from the SD card.
Some flight plan waypoints were successfully imported from the SD card, however others had
errors and were not imported. A partial stored flight plan now exists in the system.
The file stored on the SD card did not contain a flight plan, only user waypoints. In addition, one
or more of these waypoints may not have imported successfully.
The flight plan on the SD card contains more waypoints than the system can support. The flight
plan was imported with as many waypoints as possible.
The flight plan on the SD card contains one or more waypoints the system cannot find in the
navigation database. The flight plan has been imported, but must be edited within the system
before it can be activated for use.
The flight plan file on the SD card contains user waypoints. The quantity of stored user waypoints
has exceeded system capacity, therefore not all the user waypoints on the SD card have been
imported. Any flight plan user waypoints that were not imported are locked in the flight plan.
The flight plan must be edited within the system before it can be activated for use.
One or more imported user waypoints were renamed when imported due to naming conflicts with
waypoints already existing in the system.
The stored flight plan was successfully exported to the SD card.
The stored flight plan was not successfully exported to the SD card. The SD card may not have
sufficient available memory or the card may have been removed prematurely.
Crew Profile Import/Export Messages
INDEX
APPENDICES
Crew Profile Import/Export
Description
Results
‘No crew profile plan files
Displayed if the SD card does not have one or more valid crew profile filenames.
found to import.’
‘Overwrite existing profile?’
Displayed if the profile name matches the name of existing profile.
‘Profile name invalid. Enter a
Displayed if the profile name is invalid.
different profile name.’
566
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Appendix A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Crew Profile Import/Export
Results
‘All available crew profiles in
use. Delete a profile before
importing another.’
‘Crew profile import failed.’
‘Crew profile import
succeeded.’
‘Overwrite existing file?’
‘Crew profile export failed.’
‘Crew profile export
succeeded.’
Description
Displayed if the maximum number for crew profiles has been reached.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Displayed if the importing operation fails for any other reason.
Displayed if the importing operation succeeds.
EIS
Displayed if the filename matches the name of an existing file on the SD card.
Displayed if the export operation fails.
Displayed if the export operation succeeds.
AUDIO
& CNS
Voice Alerts
Note: The GIA 63/W #1 provides voice alerts to the G2000. Should this unit fail, audio and voice alerts are no
longer available.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The system issues voice alerts using either a male or female voice. Refer to the Terrain SVT Alerts or TAWS
Alerts tables in this section for additional voice alerts.
System Voice Alerts
Description
The aircraft has descended below the preset barometric minimum descent altitude.
The aircraft is one minute from Top of Descent. Issued only when vertical navigation is enabled.
Timer countdown has expired.
Electronic Stability and Protection (Garmin ESP™) has engaged the autopilot in LVL mode.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Voice Alert
“Minimums, minimums”
“Vertical track”
“Timer Zero”
“Engaging Autopilot”
AFCS
GTS 800 Traffic Advisory System Voice Alerts
The GTS 800 Traffic Advisory System (TAS) issues alerts using a male or female voice. The TAS alert voice
selection occurs during maintenance/installation.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Description
GTS system has passed a pilot-initiated system test.
GTS system has failed a pilot-initiated system test.
Issued each time a new traffic advisory (TA) occurs.
APPENDICES
Voice Alert
“TAS System Test Passed"
“TAS System Test Failed"
“Traffic”
Each time a new traffic advisory occurs, the GTS 800 system provides descriptive aural information to assist
the pilot in visually locating TA traffic in the following format: Bearing, Relative Altitude, Distance.
Relative Altitude
Distance (nm)
“One o’clock” through
“Twelve o’clock”
or “No Bearing”
“High”, “Low”, “Same Altitude” (if
within 200 feet of own altitude), or
“Altitude not available”
“Less than one mile”,
“One Mile” through “Ten Miles”, or “More than ten
miles”
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
Bearing
567
sYsteM
overvieW
APPendiX A
Afcs stAtus AnnunciAtions
fliGHt
instruMents
The following annunciations (listed in order of increasing priority) can appear on the PFD above the Airspeed
and Attitude indicators. Only one annunciation may occur at a time, and messages are prioritized by criticality.
eis
AFCS Status
Annunciation
Figure A-7 AFCS Status Annunciation
Audio
& cns
Alert Condition
Aileron Mistrim Right
fliGHt
MAnAGeMent
Aileron Mistrim Left
Elevator Mistrim Down
HAzArd
AvoidAnce
Elevator Mistrim Up
Afcs
Pitch Trim Failure
AdditionAl
feAtures
Description
Roll servo providing sustained force in the indicated direction
Pitch servo providing sustained force in the indicated direction
Pitch trim servo failure. If the pitch trim servo is inoperative, it is considered a
pitch axis control failure and all vertical autopilot mode are unavailable. Autopilot
lateral modes may continue to be used and flight director modes may still be
available.
If AP engaged, take control of the aircraft and disengage AP
If AP disengaged, move Met switch to unstick
Roll Failure
Roll axis control failure; AP inoperative
Pitch Failure
Pitch axis control failure. All vertical autopilot modes unavailable. Autopilot lateral
modes may continue to be used and flight director vertical modes may still be
available.
System Failure
Preflight Test
APPendices
Annunciation
AP and MET are unavailable; FD may still be available
Performing preflight system test; aural alert sounds at completion
Do not press the AP DISC Switch during servo power-up and preflight system tests
as this may cause the preflight system test to fail or never to start (if servos fail
their power-up tests). Power must be cycled to the servos to remedy the situation.
Preflight system test failed; aural alert sounds at failure
indeX
Overspeed Protection
Underspeed Protection
568
Overspeed protection is provided in situations where the flight director cannot
acquire and maintain the mode reference for the selected vertical mode without
exceeding the certified maximum autopilot airspeed.
Flaps
MINSPD
Annunciation
Airspeed Voice Alert
0%
80 kt
85 kt
50%
76 kt
80 kt
100%
70 kt
80 kt
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna t240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Appendix A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
NOTE: Do not press the AP DISC switch during servo power-up and preflight system tests as this may cause
the preflight system test to fail or never to start (if servos fail their power-up tests). Power must be cycled
to the servos to remedy the situation.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Terrain Alerts and Annunciations
The system includes either Terrain SVS or Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS) alerting, depending
on which system is installed.
Alert Type
PFD/Terrain SVT
Pane Annunciation
EIS
Terrain SVT Terrain Alerts
Touchscreen
Controller
Pop-Up Alert
Voice Alert
“Warning; Terrain, Terrain”
Imminent Terrain Impact Warning
(ITI)
“Warning; Terrain, Terrain”
Imminent Obstacle Impact
Warning (IOI)
“Warning; Obstacle, Obstacle”
Reduced Required Terrain
Clearance Caution (RTC)
“Caution; Terrain, Terrain”
Imminent Terrain Impact Caution
(ITI)
“Caution; Terrain, Terrain”
Reduced Required Obstacle
Clearance Caution (ROC)
“Caution; Obstacle, Obstacle”
Imminent Obstacle Impact
Caution (IOI)
“Caution; Obstacle, Obstacle”
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
“Warning; Obstacle, Obstacle”
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Reduced Required Obstacle
Clearance Warning (ROC)
AUDIO
& CNS
Reduced Required Terrain
Clearance Warning (RTC)
AFCS
Terrain SVT System Status Annunciations
TERRAIN TEST
None
None
“Terrain System Test
OK”
Terrain System Test Fail
TERRAIN FAIL
“Terrain System
Failure”
Terrain or Obstacle database unavailable or
invalid, invalid software configuration, system
audio fault
TERRAIN FAIL
“Terrain System
Failure”
TERRAIN DATABASE FAILURE
None
System Test in Progress
System Test Pass
None
MFD Terrain or Obstacle database unavailable
or invalid. System operating with PFD Terrain
or Obstacle databases
190-01263-02 Rev. A
None
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
Voice Alert
APPENDICES
Terrain SVT Pane
Annunciation
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
PFD/Terrain SVT
Pane Annunciation
Alert Type
569
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix A
PFD/Terrain SVT
Pane Annunciation
Alert Type
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
No GPS position
Excessively degraded GPS signal or out of
database coverage area
Sufficient GPS signal received after loss or
database coverage area entered
None
Terrain SVT Pane
Annunciation
Voice Alert
NO GPS POSITION
“Terrain System Not
Available”
None
“Terrain System Not
Available”
None
“Terrain System
Available”
EIS
TAWS Terrain Alerts
Alert Type
PFD/Terrain SVT
Pane Annunciation
Touchscreen
Controller
Pop-Up Alert
Voice Alert
AUDIO
& CNS
Excessive Descent Rate Warning (EDR)
“Pull Up”
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance
Warning (RTC)
or
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”
or
“Terrain Ahead, Pull Up; Terrain Ahead, Pull Up”
or
Terrain Ahead, Pull Up; Terrain Ahead, Pull Up”
or
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”
or
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”
or
“Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up; Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up”
or
“Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up; Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up”
or
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”
or
“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”
or
“Terrain Ahead; Terrain Ahead”
or
“Terrain Ahead; Terrain Ahead”
or
“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”
or
“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”
or
“Obstacle Ahead; Obstacle Ahead”
or
“Obstacle Ahead; Obstacle Ahead”
or
“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”
Imminent Terrain Impact Warning (ITI)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance
Warning (ROC)
Imminent Obstacle Impact Warning (IOI)
AFCS
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance
Caution (RTC)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Imminent Terrain Impact Caution (ITI)
Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance
Caution (ROC)
APPENDICES
Imminent Obstacle Impact Caution (IOI)
“Too Low, Terrain”
Premature Descent Alert Caution (PDA)
Altitude Callout “500”
None
None
“Sink Rate”
INDEX
Excessive Descent Rate Caution (EDR)
Negative Climb Rate Caution (NCR)
or
570
“Five-Hundred”
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
“Don’t Sink”
or
“Too Low, Terrain”
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Appendix A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TAWS System Status Annunciations
PFD/MFD Alert
TAWS Page Annunciation
Annunciation
Alert Type
Voice Alert
None
None
“TAWS System Test OK”
TAWS System Test Fail
TAWS FAIL
“TAWS System Failure”
Terrain or Obstacle database unavailable or
invalid, invalid software configuration, system
audio fault
TAWS FAIL
“TAWS System Failure”
TERRAIN DATABASE FAILURE
None
NO GPS POSITION
“TAWS Not Available”
None
“TAWS Not Available”
None
“TAWS Available”
System Test Pass
None
EIS
MFD Terrain or Obstacle database unavailable
or invalid. System operating with PFD Terrain or
Obstacle databases
None
No GPS position
None
AUDIO
& CNS
Excessively degraded GPS signal or out of
database coverage area
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Sufficient GPS signal received after loss or
database coverage area entered
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
TAWS TEST
System Test in Progress
GDL 69/69A Data Link Receiver Annunciations
UPDATING
SiriusXM Info Screen
(Touchscreen Controller)
Data Link Receiver updating
encryption code
NO SIGNAL
SiriusXM Info Screen
(Touchscreen Controller)
SiriusXM Weather Pane
Loss of signal; signal strength
too low for receiver
LOADING
Music Screen (Touchscreen
Controller)
Acquiring channel audio or
information
OFF AIR
Music Screen (Touchscreen
Controller)
Channel not in service
---
Music Screen (Touchscreen
Controller)
Missing channel information
WEATHER DATA
LINK FAILED
SiriusXM Weather Pane
No communication from Data
Link Receiver within last 5
minutes
ACTIVATION
REQUIRED
SiriusXM Info Screen
(Touchscreen Controller)
SiriusXM subscription is not
activated
SiriusXM Weather Pane)
SiriusXM subscription is
activating.
SiriusXM Weather Pane
SiriusXM subscription confirmed
downloading weather data.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
Data Link Receiver antenna
error; service required
APPENDICES
SiriusXM Info Screen
(Touchscreen Controller)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
CHECK ANTENNA
DETECTING
ACTIVATION
WAITING FOR
DATA...
Description
AFCS
Message Location
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Message
571
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix A
Blank Page
572
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Appendix B
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Database Management
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Third party sources provide database information. Inaccuracies in the databases may be discovered from time
to time. Garmin communicates this information by issuing a Database Alert. These notifications are available at
http://fly.garmin.com.
Garmin requests the flight crew report any observed discrepancies related to database information. These
discrepancies could come in the form of an incorrect procedure, incorrectly identified terrain, obstacles, and
fixes, or any other displayed item used for navigation or communication in the air or on the ground. To report a
discrepancy, go to http://fly.garmin.com and select “Aviation Data Error Report”.
EIS
CAUTION: Never disconnect power to the system when loading a database. Power interruption during the
database loading process could result in maintenance being required to return the system to operation.
AUDIO
& CNS
The system uses Secure Digital (SD) cards to load and store various types of data. For basic flight operations,
SD cards are required for database storage as well as Jeppesen navigation and ChartView database updates. Not
all SD cards are compatible with the system. Use only SD cards supplied by Garmin or the aircraft manufacturer.
CAUTION: When downloading updates to the Jeppesen Navigation Database, copy the data to an SD card
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
other than a Garmin Supplemental Data Card. Otherwise, data corruption can occur.
NOTE: When loading database updates, the ‘DB Mismatch’ System Message will be displayed until
database synchronization is complete, followed by turning system power off, then on. Synchronization can
be monitored on the Avionics Status Screen on the Touchscreen Controller.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NOTE: Loading a database in the system prior to its effective date will result in the expiration date on the
power-up display and the effective date on the Avionics Status Screen being displayed in yellow.
Jeppesen Databases
AFCS
The Jeppesen navigation database is updated on a 28-day cycle. The ChartView database is updated on a
14-day cycle. If the ChartView database is not updated within 70 days of the expiration date, ChartView will
no longer function. Jeppesen provides both of these databases directly.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The ChartView database should be copied to the Garmin supplied Supplemental Data Cards which reside in
the bottom card slot on the PFD and MFD. The navigation database must be installed from the Jeppesen or
user supplied SD data card. Contact Jeppesen (www.jeppesen.com) for subscription and update information.
NOTE: After the navigation database is installed, the card may be removed.
APPENDICES
Updating the active Jeppesen navigation database (not using the Dual Navigation Database or
Automatic Database Synchronization Features):
1) With the system OFF, insert the SD card containing the new navigation database version into the top card slot of each
display (PFD1, MFD1) to be updated (label of SD card facing left).
INDEX
2) Apply power to the system. A prompt is displayed in the upper left corner of the display:
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
573
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix B
Figure B-1 Standby Navigation Database Prompt
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO
& CNS
EIS
3) Press the NO Softkey to proceed to loading the active database.
4) A prompt similar to the following is displayed. Press the YES Softkey to update the active navigation database.
Figure B-2 Database Update Confirmation
5) After the update completes, the display starts in normal mode.
6) Remove power from the system and remove the SD card from the top card slot.
AFCS
7) Repeat steps 1 through 6 for the remaining display (PFD1 or MFD1).
8) Apply power to the system and press the right most softkey to acknowledge the Power-Up display.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
9) From the Home Screen on the Touchscreen Controller, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Status.
10) Touch the Database Tab.
11) Touch the MFD1 Button. Check the active navigation database information to verify the database has been
updated.
APPENDICES
12) Touch the Back Button.
13) Touch the PFD1 Button. Check the active navigation database information to verify the database has been
updated.
14) Touch the Back Button.
INDEX
15) Touch the GTC1 Button. Check the database information to verify databases have been updated.
16) Touch the Back Button.
574
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Appendix B
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Dual Navigation Database FEATURE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The dual navigation database feature allows each display to store an upcoming navigation database on the
bottom SD card so that the system can automatically load it to replace the active database when the new
database becomes effective (the next cycle becomes available seven days prior to its effective date).
EIS
If a navigation database loader card is inserted into the top SD card slot of a display, and an SD card is in the
bottom slot, the system will prompt the user (upon on-ground power up) as to whether the database should
be stored on the bottom SD card as the standby database. If the user responds affirmatively, the system will
copy the navigation database from the top SD card to the bottom SD card. As long as the bottom SD card
remains in the card slot, this standby navigation database will be available for the system to use as the active
database as soon as it becomes effective.
AUDIO
& CNS
The system checks the active and standby databases upon (on-ground only) power-up. If the standby
database is current and the active database is out of date, the display will upload the standby database into the
active internal database location. Uploading the standby database to the active location takes approximately
45-55 seconds. The pilot is alerted that the update is complete by a system alert message, ‘NAV DB UPDATED’.
Loading a standby navigation database:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
NOTE: After the navigation database is loaded or copied, the top SD card may be removed.
1) With the system OFF, insert the SD card containing the new navigation database version into the top card slot of
the MFD.
2) Verify that an SD card is inserted in the bottom slot of the PFD and the MFD.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Apply power to the system. A prompt is displayed.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure B-3 Standby Navigation Database Prompt
4) Press the YES Softkey. The navigation database is copied to the SD card in the bottom card slot of the MFD.
APPENDICES
5) After the navigation database files are copied to the bottom SD card, press any key to continue, as instructed.
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
575
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix B
AUDIO
& CNS
Figure B-4 Standby Navigation Database Update Complete
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6) Again, press any key to continue as instructed on the display.
Figure B-5 Navigation Database Verification Prompt
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
7) Press the NO Softkey. The display now starts in normal mode. Since the database effective date is not yet valid, it
should not be loaded as the active database. The display now starts in normal mode. Do not remove power while
the display is starting.
Figure B-6 Active Navigation Database Prompt
APPENDICES
8) Press the right most softkey to acknowledge the Power-Up display.
9) From the Home Screen on the Touchscreen Controller, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Status.
10) Touch the Database Tab.
INDEX
11) Touch the PFD1 Button. Verify the PFD1 Database screen indicates the standby navigation database is synchronizing.
When synchronization has finished, ‘Complete’ is displayed. Check the standby navigation database information
to verify database have been updated.
12) Touch the Back Button.
576
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Appendix B
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
13) Touch the PFD2 Button. Verify the PFD2 Database screen indicates the standby navigation database is synchronizing.
When synchronization has finished, ‘Complete’ is displayed. Check the standby navigation database information
to verify database have been updated.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
14) Touch the Back Button.
15) Touch the MFD1 Button. Check the standby navigation database information to verify the database has been
updated.
16) Touch the Back Button.
EIS
17) Touch the GTC1 Button. Check the standby navigation database information to verify databases have been
updated.
18) Touch the Back Button.
AUDIO
& CNS
NOTE: During the synchronization process, version differences between standby navigation databases will exist.
This will result in the system displaying a ‘DB Mismatch’ alert for the standby navigation databases. This alert will
remain until the next power cycle.
19) Remove power from the system.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
20) Remove the SD card from the top card slot of the MFD.
21) Apply power to the system.
22) Acknowledge the Power-Up display agreement by pressing the right most softkey as indicated on the display.
23) From the Home Screen on the Touchscreen Controller, touch Setup > Avionics Status.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
24 Touch the Database Tab.
25) Touch the PFD1 Button. Check the standby navigation database information to verify database have been
updated.
26) Touch the Back Button.
AFCS
27) Touch the MFD1 Button. Check the standby navigation database information to verify the database has been
updated.
28) Touch the Back Button.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
29) Touch the GTC1 Button. Check the standby navigation database information to verify databases have been
updated.
30) Touch the Back Button.
Automatic Database Synchronization Feature
APPENDICES
When updating the active navigation database, the automatic database synchronization feature automatically
transfers the navigation database from a single SD Card to the internal memories of the PFD, MFD, and
Touchscreen Controller. When updating all other databases (including the standby navigation database, but
not including charts or terrain databases) the data is transferred from a single SD card to the remaining SD
cards on the PFD and MFD, as well as the internal memory of the Touchscreen Controller. After power-up, the
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
577
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix B
system compares all copies of each applicable database. If similar databases do not match, the most recent valid
database is automatically copied to each card in the system that does not already contain that database.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The following databases are checked and synchronized: Navigation, Basemap, Safetaxi, Obstacle, and Airport
Directory. ChartView and terrain database files are too large to synchronize automatically. These databases
must be copied directly to each Supplemental Database Card to be intalled in the bottom card slot of the PFD
and MFD.
The synchronization progress may be monitored on the Database Status Screen on the Touchscreen Controller
(Figure B-7). This screen shows the synchronization status of each applicable database as follows:
EIS
• ‘Sync in Progress’ with percent complete and time remaining
• ‘Sync Complete’
• ‘Sync Error’
AUDIO
& CNS
While database synchronization is occurring, ‘Sync in Progress’ is displayed along with percent complete
and time remaining. When the synchronization is complete for the selected PFD1, MFD1, or GTC1 Databases
Status Screen, the status is listed as ‘Sync Complete’ (Figure B-8). The synchronization status is only present
when a synchronization is occurring or has occurred on the current power-up.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
An indication of ‘Sync Complete’ still requires a power cycle before the synchronized databases will be used
by the system.
To view database status:
1) From the Home Screen on the Touchscreen Controller, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Status.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) If necessary, touch the Database Tab. The Touchscreen Controller shows a list of displays on which databases reside.
3) Touch a button from the list to view database information associated with that display (MFD1, PFD1, GTC1).
AFCS
4) Scroll through the database information to view database status.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Synchronization
In Progress
Synchronization
Complete
APPENDICES
Figure B-7 Avionics Status Screen,
Database Information Window,
Navigation Database Sync in Progress
Figure B-8 Avionics Status Screen,
Database Information Window,
Navigation Database Sync Complete
INDEX
If an error occurs during the synchronization, ‘Sync Error’ is displayed in the synchronization status field
(Figure B-9). If synchronization completes for one display, but an error occurs for another, the error message
will be displayed on the Databases Status Screen for the affected display. When an error message appears, the
problem must be corrected before the synchronization can be completed. A power cycle is required to restart
synchronization.
578
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
APPendiX B
sYsteM
overvieW
fliGHt
instruMents
Synchronization
Error
Figure B-9 Synchronization error Message
eis
GArMin dAtABAses
The following databases are stored on Supplemental Data Cards provided by Garmin:
• Obstacle
• Terrain
• SafeTaxi
• Airport Directory
(AOPA or AC-UKWIK)
Audio
& cns
• Expanded basemap
fliGHt
MAnAGeMent
After subscribing to the desired database product, these database products will be downloaded and ultimately
stored on two Supplemental Data Cards. Each Supplemental Data Card resides in the bottom card slot of the
PFD and MFD as shown in Figure B-10. These cards must not be removed except to update the databases
stored on each card.
HAzArd
AvoidAnce
PFD
MFD
Afcs
AdditionAl
feAtures
Figure B-10 Correct Database Locations
APPendices
Since these databases are not stored internally in the displays (except for the Touchscreen Controller), a
Supplemental Data Card containing identical database versions must be kept in each display unit.
The basemap database contains data for the topography and land features, such as rivers, lakes, and towns.
It is updated only periodically, with no set schedule. There is no expiration date.
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna t240
indeX
The terrain database contains the terrain mapping data. This database is updated periodically and has no
expiration date.
579
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix B
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The obstacle database contains data for obstacles, such as towers, that pose a potential hazard to aircraft.
Obstacles 200 feet and higher are included in the obstacle database. It is very important to note that not all
obstacles are necessarily charted and therefore may not be contained in the obstacle database. This database is
updated on a 56-day cycle.
NOTE: The data contained in the terrain and obstacle databases comes from government agencies. Garmin
accurately processes and cross-validates the data, but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of
the data.
EIS
The AOPA or AC-U-KWIK Airport Directory provides detailed information about airports and heliports,
along with the names and phone numbers of thousands of FBOs. The AOPA Airport Directory covers U.S.
airports, while the AC-U-KWIK Airport Directory coverage area may be worldwide or regional, depending on
the database purchased. Both AOPA and AC-U-KWIK Airport Directory databases are updated every 56 days.
AUDIO
& CNS
The SafeTaxi database contains detailed airport diagrams for selected airports. These diagrams aid in following
ground control instructions by accurately displaying the aircraft position on the map in relation to taxiways,
ramps, runways, terminals, and services. This database is updated on a 56-day cycle.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Updating Basemap, SafeTaxi, Obstacle, and Airport Directory Databases
These databases may be copied to one Supplemental Data Card, then automatically synchronized to other
cards in the system:
1) With system power OFF, remove the MFD database card from the bottom card slot of the MFD.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Update the basemap, SafeTaxi, obstacle, and/or airport directory databases on the MFD card.
3) Insert the MFD database card into the bottom card slot of the MFD.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
4) Apply power to the system, check that the databases are initialized and displayed on the Power-Up display
(Figure B-11). When updating the terrain and ChartView databases, a ‘Verifying’ message may be seen. If this
message is present, wait for the system to finish loading before proceeding to step 5.
Figure B-11 Database Information on the MFD Power-Up Display
INDEX
5) From the Home Screen on the Touchscreen Controller, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Status.
6) If necessary, touch the Database tab.
580
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Appendix B
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
7) Touch a button from the list to view database information associated with that display (MFD1, PFD1, GTC1).
8) Scroll through the database information to view database status.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
9) Monitor the Sync Status of the updated databases in the Database Window. Wait for all databases to complete
synchronizing, indicated by ‘Complete’ being displayed as seen in Figure B-8.
10) Remove and reapply power to the system.
11) From the Home Screen on the Touchscreen Controller, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Status.
12) If necessary, touch the Database tab.
EIS
13) Touch a button from the list to view database information for each display (MFD1, PFD1, GTC1). Verify all have been
appropriately updated.
Updating Terrain and ChartView Databases
AUDIO
& CNS
These databases must be copied to all three Supplemental Data Cards:
1) With system power OFF, remove the Supplemental Data Card from the bottom card slots of the PFD and MFD.
2) Update the terrain and/or ChartView databases on each of the Supplemental Data Cards.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Insert the updated Supplemental Data Cards into the bottom card slots of the PFD and MFD.
4) Apply power to the system, check that the databases are initialized and displayed on the Power-Up Display
(Figure B-11). A ‘Verifying’ message may be seen. If this message is present, wait for the system to finish
loading before proceeding to step 5.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) From the Home Screen on the Touchscreen Controller, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Status.
6) If necessary, touch the Database tab.
7) Touch a button from the list to view database information associated with each display (MFD1, PFD1, GTC1).
8) Scroll through the database information to verify all databases are displaying the desired version information.
AFCS
9) Remove power from the system.
Magnetic Field Variation Database Update
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The Magnetic Field Variation Database is loaded as part of the navigation database, but is copied to, and
resides within each AHRS (GRS1 and GRS2). At startup, the system compares the MV DB within the navigation
database to that presently residing in each AHRS (GRS1 and GRS2). When a new navigation database is loaded,
the system may determine the newly loaded MV DB within the navigation database is newer than that residing
in each AHRS. In this case, the system will prompt for an update. This prompt is displayed on the Touchscreen
Controller (GTC), as shown in Figure B-12. Note, in this example, GRS1 is the first AHRS to indicate an update
is available. In actuality, this is dependent on which AHRS is the first to report status to the system. GRS2 may
be displayed before GRS1. The order is not important, only that both AHRS be updated.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
581
AUDIO
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix B
Figure B-12 GRS1 Magnetic Field Variation Database Update Prompt (Touchscreen Controller)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Loading the Magnetic Field Variation Database update:
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) With the MV DB prompt displayed, as shown in Figure B-12, touch the OK Button. A progress monitor is
displayed as shown in Figure B-13.
Figure B-13 Uploading Database to GRS1
INDEX
2) When the upload is complete, the prompt for the next GRS upload is displayed, as seen in Figure B-14. A
database mismatch message, as seen in Figure B-15, indicates the second GRS has not yet been updated.
582
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Appendix B
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO
& CNS
Figure B-14 GRS2 Magnetic Field
Variation Database Update Prompt
Figure B-15 Database Mismatch Message is
Annunciated Before Second GRS is Updated
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
583
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix B
Blank Page
584
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Appendix C
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Glossary
Course to Steer
INDEX
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
APPENDICES
CRS
CRS
CRSR
CTA
CTRL
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
CR
CRG
CRNT
Crosstrack Error
AFCS
190-01263-02 Rev. A
barometric altitude
barometric setting
battery
backcourse
CO
COM
CONFIG
COOL
COPLT
Course
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
B ALT
BARO
BATT
BC
CD
CDI
CDU
CF
CHT
CHKLIST
CHNL
CI
CLD
CLR
cm
CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
ATK
AUTOSEQ
AUX
AWOS
BFO
BKSP
BRG
C
ºC
CA
CALC
Calibrated Airspeed
The compass direction from the
present position to a destination
waypoint
beat frequency oscillator
backspace
bearing
center runway
degrees Celsius
Course to Altitude
calculator
Indicated airspeed corrected for
installation and instrument errors.
Course to DME distance
Course Deviation Indicator
Control Display Unit
Course to Fix
Cylinder Head Temperature
checklist
channel
Course to Intercept
cloud
clear
centimeter
Communication, Navigation, &
Surveillance
carbon monoxide
communication radio
configuration
coolant
co-pilot
The line between two points to be
followed by the aircraft
The recommended direction to steer
in order to reduce course error or
stay on course. Provides the most
efficient heading to get back to the
desired course and proceed along
the flight plan
Course to Radial
Cockpit Reference Guide
current
The distance the aircraft is off a
desired course in either direction, left
or right
course
Course to Steer
cursor
Control Area
control
AUDIO
& CNS
ATC
ATCRBS
ATIS
Bearing
EIS
AIM
AIRMET
ALRT
ALT
ALT, ALTN
AMPS
ANNUNC
ANT
AP
AP DISC
APR
APT
ARINC
ARSPC
ARTCC
ARV
AS
ASB
ASOS
accuracy
active, activate
air data computer
Automatic Direction Finder
Attitude Direction Indicator
Arc to fix
Automatic Flight Control System
Airplane Flight Manual
Airplane Flight Manual Supplement
airframe
Above Ground Level
Attitude and Heading Reference
System
Aeronautical Information Manual
Airman’s Meteorological Information
alert
altitude
alternator
amperes
annunciation
antenna
autopilot
autopilot disconnect
approach
airport, aerodrome
Aeronautical Radio Incorporated
airspace
Air Route Traffic Control Center
arrival
airspeed
Aviation Support Branch
Automated Surface Observing
System
Air Traffic Control
ATC Radar Beacon System
Automatic Terminal Information
Service
along-track
automatic sequence
auxiliary
Automated Weather Observing
System
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ACC
ACT, ACTV
ADC
ADF
ADI
AF
AFCS
AFM
AFMS
AFRM
AGL
AHRS
585
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix C
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Cumulative
CVR
CVRG
CWS
CYL
The total of all legs in a flight plan.
Cockpit Voice Recorder
coverage
control wheel steering
cylinder
density altitude
database
decibels ‘Z’ (radar return)
declutter
decrease fuel
degree
de-icing
departure
The desired course between the
active “from” and “to” waypoints
DEST
destination
DF
Direct to Fix
DFLT
default
DGRD
degrade
DH
decision height
Dilution of Precision A measure of GPS satellite geometry
quality on a scale of one to ten (lower
numbers equal better geometry,
where higher numbers equal poorer
geometry)
DIR
direction
DIS
distance
Distance
The ‘great circle’ distance from the
present position to a destination
waypoint
DME
Distance Measuring Equipment
DOP
Dilution of Precision
DP
Departure Procedure
DPRT
departure
DR
dead reckoning
DSBL
disabled
DTK
Desired Track
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO
& CNS
EIS
D ALT
DB, DBASE
dBZ
DCLTR, DECLTR
DEC FUEL
deg
DEIC, DEICE
DEP
Desired Track
APPENDICES
E
ECU
Efficiency
EGNOS
INDEX
EGT
EIS
ELEV
ELEV
EMERGCY
586
empty, east
Engine Control Unit
A measure of fuel consumption,
expressed in distance per unit of fuel
European Geostationary Navigation
Overlay Service
Exhaust Gas Temperature
Engine Indication System
elevation
elevator
emergency
EMI
ENDUR
Endurance
Electromagnetic Interference
endurance
Flight endurance, or total possible
flight time based on available fuel on
board
ENG
engine
ENGD
engaged
ENR
enroute
Enroute Safe Altitude The recommended minimum altitude
within ten miles left or right of the
desired course on an active flight
plan or direct-to
EPE
Estimated Position Error
EPU
Estimated Position Uncertainty
ERR
error
ESA
Enroute Safe Altitude
Estimated Position Error A measure of horizontal GPS position
error derived by satellite geometry
conditions and other factors
Estimated Time of Arrival The estimated time at which the
aircraft should reach the destination
waypoint, based upon current speed
and track
Estimated Time Enroute The estimated time it takes to reach
the destination waypoint from the
present position, based upon current
ground speed
ETA
Estimated Time of Arrival
ETE
Estimated Time Enroute
EXPIRD
expired
ºF
FA
FAA
FADEC
FAF
FAIL
FC
FCC
FCST
FD
FD
FDE
FFLOW
FIS-B
FISDL
FL
FLC
FM
degrees Fahrenheit
Course From Fix to Altitude
Federal Aviation Administration
Full Authority Digital Engine Control
Final Approach Fix
failure
Course From Fix to Distance
Federal Communication Commission
forecast
Course From Fix to DME Distance
flight director
Fault Detection and Exclusion
fuel flow
Flight Information ServicesBroadcast
Flight Information Service Data Link
flight level
Flight Level Change
Course From Fix to Manual
Termination
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Appendix C
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
key stuck
kilogram
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
KEYSTK
kg
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Hold Terminating at Altitude
heading
Groundspeed
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HA
HDG
GMA
GMT
GMU
GND
gph
GPS
Grid MORA
AUDIO
& CNS
Ground Track
GRS
GS
GTC
GTX
glideslope
go-around
gallon(s)
gearbox
Garmin Control Unit
Garmin Air Data Computer
Garmin Satellite Data Link
Garmin Display Unit
Garmin Engine/Airframe Unit
geographic
Garmin Flight Control
Garmin Integrated Avionics Unit
Global Navigation Satellite Landing
System
Garmin Audio Panel System
Greenwich Mean Time
Garmin Magnetometer Unit
ground
gallons per hour
Global Positioning System
Grid Minimum Off-Route Altitude;
one degree latitude by one degree
longitude in size and clears the
highest elevation reference point in
the grid by 1000 feet for all areas of
the grid
The velocity the aircraft is travelling
relative to a ground position
see Track
Garmin Reference System
Ground speed
Garmin Touchscreen Controller
Garmin Transponder
The direction an aircraft is pointed,
based upon indications from a
magnetic compass or a properly set
directional gyro
HF
Hold Terminating at Fix
HFOM
Horizontal Figure of Merit
Hg
mercury
HI
high
HI SENS
High Sensitivity
HM
Hold with Manual Termination
Horizontal Figure of Merit A measure of the uncertainty in the
aircraft’s horizontal position
hPa
hectopascal
HPL
Horizontal Protection Level
hr
hour
HSDB
High-Speed Data Bus
HSI
Horizontal Situation Indicator
HT
heat
HUL
Horizontal Uncertainty Level
Hz
Hertz
I
Inner Marker
IAF
Initial Approach Fix
IAT
Indicated Air Temperature
IAU
Integrated Avionics Unit
ICAO
International Civil Aviation
Organization
ICS
Intercom System
ID
Identification/Morse Code Identifier
IDENT, IDNT
identification
IF
Initial Fix
IFR
Instrument Flight Rules
IG
Imperial gallon
ILS
Instrument Landing System
IMC
Instrument Meteorological
Conditions
in
inch
INACTV
inactive
INC FUEL
increase fuel
IND
indicated
Indicated
Information provided by properly
calibrated and set instrumentation
on the aircraft panel
INFO
information
in HG
inches of mercury
INT
intersection(s)
INTEG
integrity (RAIM unavailable)
IrDA, IRDA
Infrared Data Association
EIS
G/S, GS
GA
gal, gl
GBOX
GCU
GDC
GDL
GDU
GEA
GEO
GFC
GIA
GLS
Heading
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Fuel On Board
Flight Management System
Fuel On Board
flight plan
feet per minute
frequency
freezing
Flight Service Station
foot/feet
The fuel flow rate, expressed in units
of fuel per hour
The total amount of usable fuel on
board the aircraft
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FMS
FOB
FPL
fpm
FREQ
FRZ
FSS
ft
Fuel Flow
587
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix C
kHz
km
kt
kilohertz
kilometer
knot
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
L
left, left runway
LAT
latitude
LBL
label
lb
pound
LCD
Liquid Crystal Display
LCL
local
LED
Light Emitting Diode
Left Over Fuel On Board The amount of fuel remaining on
board after the completion of one or
more legs of a flight plan or directto
Left Over Fuel Reserve The amount of flight time remaining,
based on the amount of fuel on
board after the completion of one or
more legs of a flight plan or directto, and a known consumption rate
Leg
The portion of a flight plan between
two waypoints
LIFR
Low Instrument Flight Rules
LNAV
Lateral Navigation
LO
low
LOC
localizer
LOI
loss of integrity (GPS)
LON
longitude
LPV
Localizer Performance with Vertical
guidance
LRU
Line Replacement Unit
LT
left
LTNG
lightning
LVL
level
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
M
m
MAG
MAG VAR
MAHP
MAN IN
MAN SQ
MAP
MASQ
MAX
MAXSPD
MDA
INDEX
MET
METAR
588
Middle Marker
meter
Magnetic
Magnetic Variation
Missed Approach Hold Point
manifold pressure (inches Hg)
Manual Squelch
Missed Approach Point
Master Avionics Squelch
maximum
maximum speed (overspeed)
barometric minimum descent
altitude
manual electric trim
Meteorological Aviation Routine
MEPT
manual electric pitch trim
MFD
Multi Function Display
MGRS
Military Grid Reference System
MHz
megahertz
MIC
microphone
MIN
minimum
Minimum Safe Altitude Uses Grid MORAs to determine a
safe altitude within ten miles of the
aircraft present position
MKR
marker beacon
MOA
Military Operations Area
MOV
movement
mpm
meters per minute
MSA
Minimum Safe Altitude
MSAS
Multi-functional Satellite
Augmentation System
MSG
message
MSL
Mean Sea Level
MT
meter
mV
millivolt(s)
MVFR
Marginal Visual Flight Rules
N
NAV
NAVAID
NDB
NEXRAD
nm
NPT
NRST
north
navigation
NAVigation AID
Non-directional Beacon
Next Generation Radar
nautical mile(s)
nearest
O
OAT
OBS
OFST
OXY
Outer Marker
Outside Air Temperature
Omni Bearing Selector
offset
oxygen
P ALT
PA
PA
PASS
PC
PFD
PI
PIT, PTCH
POSN
PPM
P. POS
PRES, PRESS
PROC
pressure altitude
Passenger Address
Proximity Advisory
passenger(s)
personal computer
Primary Flight Display
Procedure Turn to Course Intercept
pitch
position
parts per million
Present Position
pressure
procedure(s), procedure turn
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Appendix C
RAM
REF
REM
REQ
RES
REV
RF
RMI
RMT
RNG
RNWY
ROL
ROM
rpm
RST FUEL
RSV
SCIT
190-01263-02 Rev. A
TRG
TRK
TRSA
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
SID
SIGMET
Track Angle Error
APPENDICES
SD
sec
SEL, SLCT
SFC
SIAP
south
Selective Availability
Static Air Temperature
Satellite-Based Augmentation
System
Storm Cell Identification and
Tracking
Secure Digital
second(s)
select
surface
Standard Instrument Approach
Procedures
Standard Instrument Departure
Significant Meteorological
Information
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
S
SA
SAT
SBAS
true
Traffic Advisory
Tactical Air Navigation System
Terminal Aerodrome Forecast
True Airspeed
Traffic Advisory System
Total Air Temperature
Terrain Awareness and Warning System
Terminal Control Area
Traffic Collision Avoidance System
telephone
temperature
terminal
Track Between Two Fixes
Temporary Flight Restriction
True Heading
Traffic Information System
Turbine Inlet Temperature
Track Angle Error
Terminal Maneuvering Area
Timer/Reference
topographic
Direction of aircraft movement relative
to a ground position; also ‘Ground
Track’
The angle difference between the
desired track and the current track
target
track
Terminal Radar Service Area
AFCS
RT
RVRSNRY
RX
T
TA
TACAN
TAF
TAS
TAS
TAT
TAWS
TCA
TCAS
TEL
TEMP
TERM
TF
TFR
T HDG
TIS
TIT
TKE
TMA
TMR/REF
Topo
Track
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
right, right runway
radial
Receiver Autonomous Integrity
Monitoring
random access memory
reference
remaining (fuel remaining)
required
reserve (fuel reserve entered by
pilot)
reverse, revision, revise
Constant Radius Turn to Fix
Radio Magnetic Indicator
remote
range
runway
roll
read only memory
revolutions per minute
reset fuel
reserve (fuel reserve entered by
pilot)
right
reversionary
receive
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
R
RAD
RAIM
AUDIO
& CNS
quantity
simulator
slip/skid
symbol
speed
Special Position Identification
speaker
squelch
service
stall
Standard Terminal Arrival Route
statistics
standby
standard
Stormscope
Special Use Airspace
suspend
Synthetic Vision Technology
software
system
EIS
QTY
Sim
SLP/SKD
SMBL
SPD
SPI
SPKR
SQ
SRVC, SVC
STAL
STAR
STATS
STBY
STD
STRMSCP
SUA
SUSP
SVT
SW
SYS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
pounds per square inch
Procedure Turn
parallel track
Push-to-Talk
power
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
psi
PT
PTK
PTT
PWR
589
truncated
total
procedure turn
transmit
UNAVAIL
USR
UTC
UTM/UPS
unavailable
user
Coordinated Universal Time
UniversalTransverse Mercator/ Universal
Polar Stereographic Grid
velocity (airspeed)
Heading Vector to Altitude
VOR approach
variation
Heading Vector to DME Distance
volts, direct current
vertical
A measure of the uncertainty in the
aircraft’s vertical position
Vertical Speed Required The vertical speed necessary to
descend/climb from a current
position and altitude to a defined
target position and altitude, based
upon current groundspeed
VFOM
Vertical Figure of Merit
VFR
Visual Flight Rules
VHF
Very High Frequency
VI
Heading Vector to Intercept
VLOC
VOR/Localizer Receiver
VM
Heading Vector to Manual Termination
VMC
Visual Meteorological Conditions
VNAV, VNV
vertical navigation
VOL
volume
VOR
VHF Omni-directional Range
VORTAC
very high frequency omnidirectional
range station and tactical air
navigation
VPL
Vertical Protection Level
VPROF
VNV profile, vertical profile
VPTH
VNV path, vertical path
VR
Heading Vector to Radial
VS
vertical speed
VSI
Vertical Speed Indicator
VSR
Vertical Speed Required
VTF
vector to final
W
WAAS
WGS-84
WPT
WW
WX
waypoint(s)
world wide
weather
XFER, XFR
XPDR
XTALK
XTK
transfer
transponder
cross-talk
cross-track
V, Vspeed
VA
VAPP
VAR
VD
Vdc
VERT
Vertical Figure of Merit
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO
& CNS
EIS
APPENDICES
TRUNC
TTL
TURN
TX
INDEX
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix C
590
watt(s), west
Wide Area Augmentation System
World Geodetic System - 1984
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Appendix D
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Frequently Asked Questions
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If a particular aspect of the G2000 operational capability is not addressed by these commonly asked questions
or in the index, contact Garmin (see the copyright page or back cover for contact information) or a Garminauthorized dealer. Garmin is dedicated to supporting its products and customers.
What is SBAS?
EIS
The Satellite Based Augmentation System (SBAS) uses a system of ground stations to correct any GPS signal
errors. These ground stations correct for errors caused by ionospheric disturbances, timing, and satellite
orbit errors. It also provides vital integrity information regarding the health of each GPS satellite. The signal
correction is then broadcast through geostationary satellites. This correction information can then be received
by any SBAS-enabled GPS receiver.
AUDIO
& CNS
SBAS is designed to provide the additional accuracy, availability, and integrity necessary to enable users to rely
on GPS for all phases of flight.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
There are several SBAS systems serving different parts of the world. The Wide Area Augmentation System
(WAAS) is currently available in the United States, including Alaska and Hawaii. The European Geostationary
Navigation Overlay Service (EGNOS) offers coverage of Europe, parts of the middle east and northern Africa.
The Multi-functional Satellite Augmentation System (MSAS) covers mainly Japan and parts of northern Australia.
How does SBAS affect approach operations?
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Both LNAV/VNAV and LPV approaches use the accuracy of SBAS to include vertical (glide path) guidance
capability. The additional accuracy and vertical guidance capability allows improved instrument approaches to
an expanded number of airports throughout the U.S.
AFCS
The implementation of LPV approaches further improves precision approach capabilities. LPV approaches
are designed to make full use of the improved GPS signal from the SBAS. This approach combines the LNAV/
VNAV vertical accuracy with lateral guidance similar to the typical Instrument Landing System (ILS). LPV
approaches allow lower approach minimums.
What is RAIM and how does it affect approach operations?
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
RAIM is an acronym for Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring. RAIM is a GPS receiver function that
performs the following functions:
• Monitors and verifies integrity and geometry of tracked GPS satellites
• Notifies the pilot when satellite conditions do not provide the necessary coverage to support a certain phase
of flight
APPENDICES
• Predicts satellite coverage of a destination area to determine whether the number of available satellites is
sufficient to satisfy requirements
NOTE: If RAIM is not predicted to be available for the final approach course, the approach does not become
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
active, as indicated by the “RAIM not available from FAF to MAP” message and the LOI annunciation
flagging on the HSI.
591
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix D
For RAIM to work correctly, the GPS receiver must track at least five satellites. A minimum of six satellites is
required to allow RAIM to eliminate a single corrupt satellite from the navigation solution.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
RAIM ensures that satellite geometry allows for a navigation solution calculation within a specified protection
limit (2.0 nm for oceanic and en route, 1.0 nm for terminal, and 0.3 nm for non-precision approaches). The
system monitors RAIM and issues an alert message when RAIM is not available (see Appendix A). Without
RAIM, GPS position accuracy cannot be monitored. If RAIM is not available when crossing the FAF, the pilot
must fly the missed approach procedure.
Why might there be no approaches available for a flight plan?
EIS
Approaches are available for the final destination airport in a flight plan or as a direct-to (keep in mind some
VOR/VORTAC identifiers are similar to airport identifiers). If a destination airport does not have a published
approach, the system indicates “NONE” for the available procedures.
AUDIO
& CNS
What happens when an approach is selected? Can a flight plan with an approach, a departure, or an
arrival be stored?
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When an approach, departure, or arrival is loaded into the active flight plan, a set of approach, departure,
or arrival waypoints is inserted into the flight plan, along with a header line showing the title of the selected
instrument procedure. The original enroute portion of the flight plan remains active, unless the instrument
procedure is activated. This may be done either when the procedure is loaded or at a later time.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Flight plans can also be stored with an approach, a departure, or an arrival. Note the active flight plan is
erased when the system is turned off. Also, the active flight plan is overwritten when another flight plan is
activated. When storing flight plans with an approach, a departure, or an arrival, the system uses the waypoint
information from the current database to define the waypoints. If the database is changed or updated, the
system automatically updates the information, provided the procedure has not been modified. Should an
approach, departure, or arrival procedure no longer be available, the flight plan becomes locked until the
procedure is deleted from the flight plan.
AFCS
Can “slant Golf” (“/G”) be filed for a flight plan for a G2000 aircraft?
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
“/G” may be filed for a flight plan. GPS approaches are not to be flown with an expired database. See
the approved Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) as well as the Aeronautical Information Manual (AIM) for more
information.
What does the OBS Softkey do?
INDEX
APPENDICES
The OBS Softkey is used to select manual sequencing of waypoints. Activating OBS mode sets the current
active-to waypoint as the primary navigation reference and prevents the system from sequencing to the next
waypoint in a flight plan. When OBS mode is cancelled, automatic waypoint sequencing is continued, and
the system automatically activates the next waypoint in the flight plan once the aircraft has crossed the present
active waypoint.
592
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Appendix D
• Manual course change on HSI not possible
• Manually select course to waypoint from
HSI
• Always navigates ‘TO’ the active waypoint
• Indicates ‘TO’ or ‘FROM’ waypoint
• Must be in this mode for final approach
course
• Cannot be set for final approach course or
published holding patterns
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
OBS
• Manual sequencing - ‘holds’ on selected
waypoint
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Normal (OBS not activated)
• Automatic sequencing of waypoints
EIS
Why might the system not automatically sequence to the next waypoint?
AUDIO
& CNS
The system only sequences flight plan waypoints when automatic sequencing is enabled (i.e., no ‘OBS’ or
‘SUSP’ annunciation on the HSI). For automatic sequencing to occur, the aircraft must also cross the bisector of
the turn being navigated. The bisector is a line passing through the waypoint common to two flight plan legs
at an equal angle from each leg.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When does turn anticipation begin?
The system smooths adjacent leg transitions based on a normal 15° bank angle (with the ability to roll up to
30°) and provides three pilot cues for turn anticipation:
• A waypoint alert (‘Next DTK ###° in # seconds’ or ‘Next HDG ###° in # seconds’) appears on the PFD 10
seconds before the turn point and flashes as it counts down to zero.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• A flashing turn advisory (‘Turn [right/left] to ###° in # seconds’) appears on the PFD 10 seconds before the
turn and flashes as it counts down to zero. ‘Turn [right/left] to ###° now’ or ‘Next [DTK/HDG] to ###° now’
is displayed when the pilot is to begin the turn and the HSI (GPS mode) automatically sequences to the next
DTK or HDG value.
AFCS
• The To/From indicator on the HSI flips momentarily to indicate the midpoint of the turn has been crossed.
When does the CDI scale change?
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Once a departure is activated, the system Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) full scale deflection is set to 0.3
nm. The CDI scale changes to 1.0 nm (terminal mode) then ramps up to 2.0 nm (enroute mode) at 30 nm
from the departure airport. When 31 nm from the destination, the CDI scale smoothly transition from 2.0 nm
back to 1.0 nm (terminal mode). At 2.0 nm before the FAF during an active approach, the CDI scale transitions
down further based on the type of approach activated (LNAV, LNAV/VNAV, LPV). When a missed approach is
activated, the CDI is set to 0.3 nm. See the Flight Instruments Section for more details on CDI scaling.
APPENDICES
Why does the HSI not respond like a VOR when OBS mode is active?
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
Unlike a VOR, the CDI scale used on GPS equipment is based on the crosstrack distance to the desired
course, not on the angular relationship to the destination. Therefore, the CDI deflection on the GPS is constant
regardless of the distance to the destination and does not become less sensitive when further away from the
destination.
593
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix D
How do I activate a Missed Approach Procedure?
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
To comply with TSO specifications, the system does not automatically sequence past the MAP. The first
waypoint in the missed approach procedure becomes the active waypoint when the SUSP Button is selected
after crossing the MAP. All published missed approach procedures must be followed, as indicated on the
published approach.
To execute the missed approach procedure prior to the MAP (not recommended), touch the PROC Button on
the Home Screen or the Active Flight Plan Screen. Touch the Activate Missed Approach Button to activate
the missed approach portion of the procedure.
EIS
After a missed approach, how can the same approach be re-selected? How can a new approach be
activated?
AUDIO
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
After flying the missed approach procedure, the pilot may reactivate the same approach for another attempt
by touching the PROC Button on the Home Screen, followed by the Activate Approach Button. The system
provides navigation along the desired course to the waypoint and rejoins the approach in sequence from that
point.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
To activate a new approach for the same airport, select the new procedure by touching the PROC Button,
then touch the Approach Button to access the Approach Selection Screen. Then touch the Approach Button.
The Touchscreen Controller displays a list of approaches as buttons. Scroll as needed and touch the desired
approach button, then touch a transition button. The Touchscreen Controller returns to the Approach Selection
Screen. To activate the selected approach, touch the Load & Activate Button.
To activate a new approach to a different airport, touch the Direct To Button to access the Direct To Screen.
Then touch the waypoint point and enter the desired airport using the keypad or large and small right knobs.
Touch the Enter Button or push the Right Knob to accept the selected airport, then follow the steps in the
preceding paragraph to select an approach for the new airport.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
(MAP). If an attempt to do so is made, an alert message “Are you sure you want to discontinue the current
approach?” appears. The system directs the pilot back to the transition waypoint and does not take into
consideration any missed approach procedures, if the current approach is reactivated.
AFCS
NOTE: Do not attempt to reactivate the current approach prior to crossing the missed approach point
594
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Appendix E
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Map Symbols
Airports
Basemap
Item
Symbol
Unknown Airport
Interstate Highway
Non-towered, Non-serviced Airport
State Highway
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Item
Symbol
EIS
US Highway
Towered, Non-serviced Airport
National Highway
Non-towered, Serviced Airport
AUDIO
& CNS
City
Towered, Serviced Airport
State/Province Border
Restricted (Private) Airport
Heliport
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
International Border
Road
Railroad
NAVAIDS
Symbol
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Item
Latitude/Longitude
Intersection
LOM (compass locator at outer marker)
Airspace Boundaries
Mode C Tower Area
VOR/ILS
VORTAC
Warning Area Prohibited Area
Alert Area
Restricted Area
Caution Area Training Area
Danger Area
Unknown Area
Class C
Terminal Radar Service Area
Mode C Area
APPENDICES
TACAN
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
VOR/DME
Symbol
AFCS
VOR
Item
ICAO Control Area
Class B Airspace
NDB (non-directional radio beacon)
Military Operations Area (MOA)
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
595
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix E
Hazard Avoidance Features
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Feature
Symbol
Item
Terrain map overlay display enabled
Non-threat Traffic
Traffic map overlay enabled
Proximity Advisory
NEXRAD/Connext Radar display enabled
Traffic Advisory, Out of Range
Cloud Top display enabled
EIS
Traffic
Symbol
Traffic Advisory
Echo Top display enabled
AUDIO
& CNS
SiriusXM or Connext Lightning display
enabled
Cell Movement display enabled
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Elevation Pointer
(on Topography Scale when panning)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
METARs display enabled
Measuring Pointer
City Forecast display enabled
Wind Vector
AFCS
Surface Analysis display enabled
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Symbol
Map Pointer (when panning)
AIRMET display enabled
APPENDICES
Item
ARTCC Frequency or FSS Frequency
SIGMET display enabled
Freezing Levels display enabled
Overzoom Indicator
Winds Aloft display enabled
User Waypoint
County Warnings display enabled
Vertical Navigation Along Track Waypoint
Cyclone Warnings display enabled
Parallel Track Waypoint
Loss of hazard avoidance feature
(loss of GPS position)
Unanchored Flight Path Waypoint
Turbulence display enabled
Top of Descent (TOD)
Current Icing Potential display enabled
INDEX
Miscellaneous
Bottom of Descent (BOD)
Navigating using Dead Reckoning
596
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
APPendiX e
sYsteM
overvieW
oBStACLeS
Unlighted obstacle
Lighted obstacle
< 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL < 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL
obstacle Location
fliGHt
instruMents
Red obstacle is above or within 100 ft
below the aircraft altitude
Yellow obstacle is between 100 ft and
1000 ft below the aircraft altitude
eis
Gray obstacle is more than 1000 ft
below aircraft altitude
Audio
& cns
teRRAIN AVoIDANCe CoLoRS AND SYMBoLS
fliGHt
MAnAGeMent
Terrain Above Aircraft Altitude
Aircraft Altitude
100 ft Threshold
Red terrain is above
or within 100 ft below
the aircraft altitude
HAzArd
AvoidAnce
1000 ft
Yellow terrain is between 100 ft and 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude
Black terrain is more than 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude
Afcs
Figure e-1 terrain Altitude/Color Correlation
AdditionAl
feAtures
Figure e-2 Potential Impact Points
APPendices
indeX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna t240
597
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix E
Blank Page
598
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Index
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
B
Backcourse Mode-------------------------------------------458
Barometric setting, Altimeter---------------------------64, 70
Bearing pointer----------------------------------------------- 76
Bearing source----------------------------------------------- 76
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
C
Cabin temperature---------------------------------------50, 51
Calibrated Airspeed-----------------------------------------304
CAS Annunciation Window--------------------------------545
CDI---------------------------------- 294, 307, 317, 325, 329
Chart Not Available---------------------------------- 489, 497
ChartView--------------------------------------- 481, 486, 492
ChartView database----------------------------------------493
Checklists--------------------------------------------- 540–541
CLD TOP Softkey------------------------------------- 347, 379
Closest Point-------------------------------------------------275
CLR Key-------------------------------------------------------123
COM frequency box--------------------------------- 123, 126
COM Frequency Tuning------------------------------------128
Command Bars, flight director----------------------------436
Communication (COM) Frequency Box------------------- 64
COM/NAV Button-------------------------------------------123
Comparator--------------------------------------------------548
COM tuning failure-----------------------------------------172
Controls
PFD/MFD--------------------------------------------------6–7
Control Wheel Steering (CWS)--------------------- 434, 461
Copy a Flight Plan------------------------------------------265
Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)--------------------- 78–79
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
AFCS
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Approach channel------------------------------------------296
Approach Mode, AFCS------------------------------ 471, 472
Approach Mode (GPS, VAPP, LOC)-----------------------457
Arrival procedure------------------ 243, 259, 315, 317, 326
Assist, engine leaning--------------------------------------120
Attitude and Heading Reference System (AHRS)----- 1, 4,
36–37
Attitude Indicator--------------------------------------- 68–69
Audio alerting system--------------------------------------545
Audio Controller fail-safe operation---------------------173
Audio controls
SPKR-------------------------------------------------------159
Automatic Dependent Surveillance - Broadcast--------419
Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS)------ 2, 431–480
Controls-------------------------------------------- 433–434
Example procedures------------------------------ 462–469
Automatic squelch------------------------------------------136
Autopilot----------------------------------------431, 460–461
Autopilot disconnect-------------------------------- 434, 461
Auto-tuning--------------------------------------------------147
Auto Zoom---------------------------------------------------182
Aviation Symbols------------------------------------- 193, 243
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Activate a Flight Plan---------------------------------------264
Active database-------------------------------------- 574, 575
Active frequency
ADF---------------------------------------------------------149
AC-U-KWIK--------------------------------------------------579
ADF
ADF mode------------------------------------------ 149, 152
ANT mode-------------------------------------------------152
Volume-----------------------------------------------------149
ADF/BFO-----------------------------------------------------152
ADF frequency tuning--------------------------------------150
ADS-B---------------------------------------------------------419
AFCS Status Box--------------------------------------- 64, 436
AHRS---------------------------------------- 36, 559, 560, 562
Air-conditioning---------------------------------------------- 51
Air Data Computer (ADC)------------------------------------ 1
Airport Directory--------------------------------------------579
Airport Hot Spots-------------------------------------------482
Airport Signs------------------------------------ 85, 86, 87, 93
Airspace Alerts----------------------------------------------233
Airspeed Indicator----------------------------------64, 66–67
Airspeed Reference-----------------------------------------443
Alerting system----------------------------------------------545
Alerting System---------------------------------------------550
Alert levels-------------------------------------------- 100, 546
Alerts
Audio voice-----------------------------------------------567
Along Track Offset----------------------------------- 268, 269
ALT------------------------------------------------------------327
Alternator current (ALT AMPS)----------------------------118
Altimeter---------------------------------------------64, 69–70
Altimeter barometric setting---------------------------64, 70
Altitude alerting---------------------------------------------102
Altitude capture---------------------------------------------447
Altitude constraints-----------------------------------------284
Altitude Hold Mode (ALT)----------------------------------440
Altitude Reference----------------------------- 440, 441, 447
Ammeter-----------------------------------------------------118
Annunciations
AFCS Status-----------------------------------------------568
G2000 System--------------------------------------------- 41
ANT/BFO-----------------------------------------------------152
AOPA---------------------------------------------------------579
AOPA airport directory-------------------------------------481
AOPA Airport Directory------------------------ 502, 503, 504
Approach-----------------------------------------------------592
Activating-------------------------------------------------299
ILS----------------------------------------------------------470
Loading--------------------------------------------- 261, 298
Missed-----------------------------------------------------474
Removing--------------------------------------------------300
WAAS------------------------------------------------------472
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
A
I-1
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Index
Changing scale-------------------------------------------593
Course To Altitude------------------------------------------302
Cylinder Head Temperature (CHT °F)------------- 111, 118
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
D
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Data Bar fields, MFD------------------------------------48, 49
Databases-------------------------------------------------4, 573
Database Synchronization-------------------------- 573, 577
Data entry------------------------------------------------ 32–33
Data Link Receiver------------- 2, 481, 505, 543, 544, 571
Datalink receiver troubleshooting------------------------543
Data Logging----------------------------------------- 481, 538
Day/Night views-------------------------------------- 489, 497
Day view--------------------- 489, 490, 491, 497, 498, 499
DB Mismatch----------------------------------------- 573, 577
Dead Reckoning---------------------------------------------105
Decision Height (DH)---------------------------------------103
Declutter, display--------------------------------------------106
Defogging-------------------------------------------------50, 51
Delete Flight Plans------------------------------------------265
Density Altitude---------------------------------------------305
Departure
Select------------------------------------------ 289, 292, 296
Departure procedure------------- 257, 271, 288, 289, 290
Departure Time----------------------------------------------303
Dilution of Precision (DOP)--------------------------------- 38
Direct-to-- 234, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 280, 281, 317,
329
Display controls------------------------------------------- 6–13
DME
HOLD mode-----------------------------------------------153
NAV1 mode-----------------------------------------------153
NAV2 mode-----------------------------------------------153
Tuning mode--------------------------------------- 149, 153
DME information-----------------------------------------76, 77
Dual navigation database---------------------------------575
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
E
INDEX
APPENDICES
ECHO TOP Softkey------------------------------------------346
Electronic checklists--------481–482, 540, 540–541, 541
Electronic Stability and Protection---------------- 481, 524
Emergency frequency-------------------------------- 172, 173
Endurance, calculated (ENDUR)------------------- 118, 119
Engine Airframe Unit------------------------------------------ 1
Engine Indication System (EIS)--------------------- 109–120
Engine Manifold Pressure (MAN IN HG)----------------111
Entertainment audio---------------------------------------509
Entertainment inputs---------------------------------------170
ENT Key------------------------------------------------------123
Environmental Control System----------------------------- 50
ESP---------------------------------- 524, 525, 526, 527, 528
ESP™-------------------------------------------------- 481, 524
Estimated Position Error (EPE)----------------------------- 38
Excessive Descent Rate Alert------------------------------415
I-2
Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT °F)----------------------118
extended squitter-------------------------------------------419
F
Fan speed-------------------------------------------- 23, 50, 51
Field of view------------------------- 85, 89, 90, 95, 96, 203
Field of View (SVS)------------------------------------------203
Flight director-----------------------------------431, 435–436
Pitch modes---------------------------------------- 438–444
Roll modes------------------------------------------------452
Switching--------------------------------------------------432
Flight Level Change Mode (FLC)------------ 443, 467, 469
Flight Path Marker----------------------------- 85, 87, 91, 92
Flight plan
Closest point to reference------------------------------275
Storing-----------------------------------------------------592
Flight plan import/export messages---------------------566
Flight timer------------------------------------------------55, 56
FliteCharts®----------------- 481, 494, 495, 499, 500, 501
FliteCharts expiration--------------------------------------500
FPA----------------------------------------------------- 283, 322
FPM--------------------------------------------------------91, 92
Frequency
Nearest----------------------------------------------------230
Frequency spacing------------------------------------------135
Frequently asked questions--------------------------------591
Fuel
Efficiency--------------------------------------------------305
Endurance-------------------------------------------------305
Remaining-------------------------------------------------305
Required---------------------------------------------------305
Fuel calculations--------------------------------------------119
Fuel Flow (FFLOW GPH)-----------------------------------111
Fuel on Board-----------------------------------------------305
Fuel Quantity (FUEL QTY GAL)----------------------------111
Fuel remaining, calculated (GAL REM)------------------119
Fuel Statistics------------------------------------------------305
Fuel used, calculated (GAL USED)------------------------119
Full Mode------------------------------------------ 6, 7, 29, 31
G
Garmin ESP™---------------------------------------- 481, 524
Garmin Flight Data Services-------------------------------481
Garmin SVT™------------------------------------------------ 85
GBT-----------------------------------------------------------419
geodetic sea level------------------------------------ 395, 405
GFC 700 AFCS--------------------------------------- 431–480
Glidepath-----------------------------------------------------327
Glidepath Indicator------------------------------------------ 72
Glidepath Mode (GP)-------------------------- 448, 457, 472
Glideslope----------------------------------------------------327
Glideslope Indicator----------------------------------------- 72
Glideslope Mode (GS)------------------------- 434, 450, 471
Global Positioning System (GPS)
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
190-01263-02 Rev. A
Index
Jeppesen aviation database-------------------------------573
L
Garmin G2000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna T240
INDEX
190-01263-02 Rev. A
OBS Mode----------------------------------------------- 83–84
Obstacle alert------------------------------------------------- 95
Obstacles---------------------------------------------- 554, 555
Obstacle symbols-------------------------------------------- 95
Odometer-------------------------------------------- 55, 57, 58
Oil Pressure (OIL PSI)---------------------------------------111
Oil Temperature (OIL °F)-----------------------------------111
Omni Bearing Selector (OBS)----------------------- 592–593
Other Statistics--------------------------------------- 303, 305
Outside Air Temperature (OAT)------------------------64, 97
Oxygen Outlet Pressure (OXY OUTLET PSI)-------------118
Oxygen Quantity (OXY QTY PSI)--------------------------118
APPENDICES
Magnetometer----------------------------------------------- 37
Manual Electric Trim (MET)------------------------- 431, 460
Map Panning------------------------------------------------184
Map symbols------------------------------------------------595
Marker beacon----------------------------------------------147
Marker Beacon Annunciations----------------------------101
Measurement units, changing displayed-------------42, 45
Message advisories----------------------552, 559, 561, 562
O
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
M
AFCS
Land Symbols------------------------------------------------192
Level Mode--------------------------------------------------524
LNAV----------------------------------------------------------307
Log File-------------------------------------------------------539
LO SENS------------------------------------------------------148
Low Altitude Annunciation--------------------------------103
LPV----------------------------------------------------- 307, 329
LPV approach------------------------------------------------462
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
J
National Weather Service----------------------------------356
NAV1 audio--------------------------------------------------139
NAV2 audio--------------------------------------------------139
NAV frequency box-----------------------------------------123
Navigation database---------------------------------------284
Navigation Map---------------------------------------------239
Navigation Mode, AFCS----------------------------- 465–466
Navigation mode selection--------------------------------138
Navigation Mode (VOR, GPS, LOC, BC)-----------------455
Navigation source-------------------------------------- 78–80
Nav radio selection-----------------------------------------138
NAV Receiver Tuning---------------------------------------139
Nearest
Airports--------------------------------------------- 230–233
VOR------------------------------------------------- 230–231
nearest airport--------------------- 211, 215, 218, 221, 225
Nearest Airport-------------- 211, 212, 215, 218, 221, 225
Minimum Runway Length----------------------- 211, 212
Surface Matching----------------------------------------212
NEXRAD Softkey--------------------------------------------343
Night view-------------------------------------------- 489, 497
Non-path descent------------------------------447, 469–470
NOTAMs------------------------------------------------------486
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
ID indicator--------------------------------------------------145
ILS approach-------------------------------------------------470
Indicated Altitude-------------------------------------------304
Integrated Avionics Unit (IAU)------------------------------- 1
Intersection
Information---------------------------------------- 213–214
Inverting a flight plan--------------------------------------264
IOI--------------